Archives

Fungi and Endocrine Dysfunction

ABSTRACT

 

Fungi are ubiquitous microbes and form a fraction of the symbiotic human microbiome. Transition from normal commensals to opportunistic mycoses can occur in immunocompromised hosts. Endemic mycoses are caused by fungi that are acquired from environmental sources. Fungal infections can be classified based on the depth of tissue invasion. Superficial diseases are limited to skin, nails, and mucous membrane while systemic dissemination can affect multiple organs including endocrine glands. Fungal involvement of the adrenals, pituitary, thyroid, pancreas, and gonads is well recognized. On the other hand, individual with diabetes mellitus and Cushing’s syndrome are susceptible to fungal disease as a result of immune dysfunction. Mucormycosis, candidiasis, and dermatophytosis occur more commonly in diabetes. Exogenous as well as endogenous Cushing’s syndrome is another endocrine disorder that predisposes to systemic fungal diseases. High index of suspicion is necessary to recognise these infections as clinical manifestations can be masked due to the anti-inflammatory properties of glucocorticoids. Autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type I (APS-1) is a unique genetic disease where autoimmune damage predisposes to chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis (CMC) and a multitude of endocrine anomalies. Antifungal agents like azoles and polyenes can adversely affect the normal functioning of various endocrine pathways. Errors in diagnosis and treatment of the fungal infections of the endocrine glands can be critical. Equally important is to identify the various fungal diseases occurring in diabetes and other endocrine disorders. Conditions that predispose to fungal diseases such as diabetes and immunosuppressed states in organ-transplant recipients are becoming increasingly prevalent. Understanding of the critical interplay between the endocrine system and fungal pathogens are imperative for optimal patient outcomes in modern medicine.

INTRODUCTION

 

Fungi are classified as a separate kingdom that consists of single-celled or complex multicellular organisms. They are heterotrophs and unlike autotrophic plants, fungi lack chlorophyll and cannot synthesize their own food. They acquire nutrients from the surrounding media by osmosis.

 

Fungi are ubiquitous, transient, or persistent human colonizers which form the fungal microbiota or mycobiome. The human microbiota consists of a diverse array of microorganisms such as viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and parasites that reside in and around the human body. Fungi comprise ≤0.1% of the total human microbiota, but it still plays a crucial role in human health and disease (1).

 

Fungal species have complex interactions with the human host, which can be viewed as a spectrum of symbiotic relationships. The association can be mutualistic where it is advantageous to both, or commensal where only one profits but the other is unharmed.  On the other hand, the connection can be parasitic where the fungi are benefitted with a damaging effect on the human host, or amensalistic where one organism is harmed but the other remains unaffected. These human fungal symbionts can transition from commensalism to parasitism within the body. Immune dysfunction is one of the common factors that influence this conversion. Endocrine diseases like diabetes mellitus, Cushing’s syndrome, and autoimmune polyglandular syndrome type 1 (APS1) are prone to fungal infections due to immune dysfunction.

 

The prevalence of superficial fungal infection is 20-25% (2). On the other hand, fungal infections tend to spread in individuals with low immunity such as patients with cancer or acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and recipients of immunosuppressive drugs. The reported incidence of invasive fungal disease is 5.9 cases per thousand per year (3). The dissemination may affect various endocrine glands leading to their dysfunction, the adrenal gland being the one most commonly involved. Endocrine system involvement in fungal infections would extend to the adverse effect of various antifungal therapy too. Azoles are the most frequently described class affecting the endocrine system and, adrenal glands and gonads are their primary targets.

 

The diverse aspects of this complex relationship between fungi and the endocrine system are described in this chapter.

 

TYPES OF FUNGAL INFECTION

 

Fungal infections have been classified based on both anatomic location and epidemiology. They can also be classified on the basis of morphological structure of the fungus.

 

Anatomical Categories

 

MUCOCUTANEOUS INFECTIONS

 

Mucocutaneous infections is a heterogeneous group characterized by infections of the skin, mucous membranes, and the nails. These infections are confined to the cutaneous surface, with little propensity for systemic dissemination. The effect can vary from mild to severe depending on the extent of involvement but are rarely fatal.

 

DEEP ORGAN INFECTIONS

Fungal infections can sometimes cause deep tissue involvement and have the potential for hematogenous and systemic spread. Dissemination of fungal infections is usually observed in immunocompromised conditions. If untreated, deep organ or systemic fungal affection can be fatal.

 

Epidemiological Categories

 

ENDEMIC MYCOSES

 

Endemic mycoses include infections caused by fungi that do not belong to the normal human microbiota but rather are acquired from environmental sources. In endemic mycosis, deep organ infection is almost exclusively caused by inhalation, whereas cutaneous disease is most often caused by direct contact with soil but can also occasionally result from hematogenous dissemination. Dermatophytid fungi are mainly acquired by environmental contact however, human-to-human transmission has been reported. Examples of endemic mycoses include coccidioidomycosis, paracoccidioidomycosis, histoplasmosis, blastomycosis, penicilliosis, phaeohyphomycosis, sporotrichosis, and adiaspiromycosis.

 

OPPORTUNISTIC MYCOSES

 

Opportunistic fungi can be normal human microbiota components, but in the immunocompromised state, these organism transition from harmless commensals to invasive pathogens. These fungi invade the host from the usual sites of colonization, typically the mucous membranes or the gastrointestinal tract. Typical examples are candidiasis, aspergillosis, mucormycosis (zygomycosis), cryptococcosis, scedosporiosis, trichosporonosis, fusariosis, and pneumocystosis. Fungi that are reported to affect the various endocrine glands are shown in table 1.

 

Table 1. Fungi Affecting Specific Endocrine Glands

Type of fungus

Organs affected     

Aspergillosis

Pituitary, Thyroid, Pancreas, Adrenal

Zygomycosis

Thyroid

Candidiasis

Pituitary, Thyroid, Pancreas, Testis

Cryptococcosis

Thyroid, Pancreas, Adrenal, Testis

Histoplasmosis

Thyroid, Adrenal, Ovaries,

Blastomycosis

Testis, Ovaries

Coccidioidomycosis

Thyroid, Adrenal,

Paracoccidioidomycosis

Thyroid, Adrenal

Pneumocystis jirovecii

Pituitary, Thyroid, Parathyroid, Pancreas, Adrenal

 

Based on Morphology

 

YEASTS

 

Yeast are found as single rounded cells or as budding organisms. Examples are Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Candida albicans, and Leucosporidium frigidum.

 

MOLDS

 

Molds grow in filamentous forms called hyphae both at room temperature and in invaded tissue. The common molds are aspergillus (A. fumigatus, A flavus, and A brasiliensis), penicillium and rhizopus.

 

DIMORPHIC

 

Dimorphic fungi grow as yeasts or large spherical structures in the tissue but as filamentous forms at room temperature in the environment. These include histoplasma (H. capsulatum), blastomyces (B. dermatitidis), paracoccidioides (P. brasiliensis), coccidioides (C. immitis), penicillium (P. marneffei), and sporothrix (S schenckii).

Figure 1. Classification of Fungal Infections

FUNGAL DISEASES OF MAJOR ENDOCRINE GLANDS

 

Fungal infections are more prevalent in the immunocompromised state (table 2). There is a tendency for fungal infections to disseminate in such cases and affect endocrine organs like the pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, pancreas, adrenal glands, and gonads. The involvement of these endocrine glands may lead to deficient hormone secretion. The clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and management of fungal infection of the major endocrine glands are discussed below.

 

Table 2. Conditions Predisposing to Systemic Fungal Infections

A.    Endocrine diseases

1.     Diabetes mellitus

2.     Cushing’s syndrome

3.     Autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome-1

4.     STAT5b deficiency (Congenital Insulin-like Growth Factor-1 Deficiency)

B.    Immunosuppressed states

1.     Cancer

2.     Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

3.     Acute leukemia

4.     Hematopoietic stem cell transplant recipients

5.     Solid-organ transplant recipients

6.     Recipients of immunosuppressive drugs in conditions like connective tissue diseases

 

Pituitary Fungal Infections

 

ETIOLOGY

 

Pituitary infections or abscesses are rare and account for less than 1% of pituitary lesions (4). Even among them, fungal infections are extremely unusual and occur predominantly in immunocompromised states. The mode of spread could be hematogenous, extension from adjacent structures like meninges, sphenoid sinus, cavernous sinus, and skull base, or iatrogenic during transsphenoidal procedures. Fungal infection of the pituitary can occur in the presence of underlying lesions like pituitary adenoma, Rathke’s cleft cyst, etc. Cushing’s syndrome, resulting from an adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH) secreting pituitary adenoma, itself causes immunosuppression and further predisposes to fungal disease (5). Aspergillus is the most frequently reported fungal infection of the pituitary (6–8). Other fungi described to infect the pituitary include candida (9,10), Pneumocystis jirovecii (in HIV/AIDS) (11,12), and coccidia (13). In a review of 13 cases of pituitary aspergillus infection, five were immunosuppressed (14).

 

CLINICAL FEATURES

 

The clinical presentation of fungal infection of the pituitary can be variable (table 3).  Symptoms from mass effects such as headache, visual disturbances (due to optic chiasma compression), and ophthalmoplegia are the usual presenting features. Features suggestive of infection, such as fever, leukocytosis, and meningismus were absent in most of the reported cases (8,15,16). Aspergillus is known to cause angioinvasion and vasculitis, and thus can be additionally associated with features arising from cerebrovascular infarcts (8,14). Pituitary insufficiency can acutely manifest as hypotension and shock primarily from secondary hypoadrenalism (9). Gonadotrophin and other hormone secretion can be affected as a delayed sequalae,  but such reports are very rare (17). Pituitary stalk compression can induce hyperprolactinemia (18). Diabetes insipidus (DI) occur more frequently than seen with pituitary adenomas (10).

 

Table 3. Clinical Profile of Recently Reported Cases of Pituitary Aspergillus Infection

Author, year

Clinical setting

Symptoms

Diagnosis

Management/

outcome

Moore, 2016 (8)

74-year old male,

CAD, CKD, AHA hypertension

Right eye pain, headaches, 10 months of worsening left hemiparesis

 

Imaging - right ICA occlusion, acute right pontine stroke, smaller infarcts in the right MCA territory

Fatal outcome, autopsy findings revealed fungal hyphae in pituitary

Choi, 2021(15)

75-year old male, DM, hypertension, lung aspergillosis

Headache, visual disturbance, hyponatremia

MRI - bilateral sphenoid sinusitis and pituitary involvement, transsphenoidal biopsy demonstrated invasive aspergillus

Endoscopic debridement of sinuses. Oral voriconazole given, gradual improvement

Saffarian,2018 (16)

60-year old male

DM, hypertension, sphenoid aspergilloma

Headache, progressive visual loss, 4thcranial nerve palsy

MRI findings, endoscopy by nasal approach demonstrated aspergillus in biopsy

Endoscopic drainage, intravenous amphotericin, responded to treatment

Ouyang, 2015 (18)

55-year old female,

no comorbidities

Headache, dizziness, and decreased visual acuity

 

MRI - sellar and sphenoid sinus

mass

Prolactin - 815 ng/mL

Transnasal, transsphenoidal removal of the mass and oral voriconazole – resolution of symptoms

 

Vijay-vargiya, 2013 (14)

68-year old female,

kidney transplant recipient

Headache, left temporal hemianopsia, ptosis.

MRI – sellar mass

Intraoperative frozen

section showed organisms consistent with aspergillus

Transsphenoidal resection, voriconazole, Developed ACA ischemic stroke, died.

CAD – coronary artery disease, AHA – autoimmune hemolytic anemia, ICA – internal carotid artery, MCA – middle cerebral artery, ACA – anterior cerebral artery, DM – diabetes mellitus, MRI – magnetic resonance imaging

 

DIAGNOSIS

 

Fungal pituitary infections usually present with symptoms of headache, visual disturbance, and ophthalmoplegia and are often misdiagnosed as tumors (14). Identification of a mass in the sellar region in an immunocompromised state should raise suspicion of fungal etiology.  T1-weighted magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of fungal abscess of pituitary shows nonspecific isointensity or hypointensity (4). Pituitary abscess of any etiology including fungal may demonstrate peripheral rim enhancement and calcifications on T2-weighted images. Low signals due to iron deposition are however indicative of fungal involvement (19). Involvement of the adjacent sinuses is another pointer for fungal disease (15,16). It is difficult to distinguish fungal pituitary infections from intrasellar bacterial infections and tumors, and the diagnosis is often confirmed during surgery or autopsy. Histopathological examination can reveal hyphae and fungal spores. Silver impregnation stains such as Grocott or Gomori methenamine silver, fungal culture, or fungal polymerase chain reaction (PCR) can confirm the diagnosis (4). Serum 1,3-β-D-glucan is positive in a broad range of invasive fungal infections, including candida (19). Serum galactomannan is however, a specific marker for invasive aspergillosis (20).

 

TREATMENT

 

Treatment includes antifungal therapy and drainage of the abscess by transsphenoidal endoscopic approach (14). Craniotomy is discouraged due to fear of intracranial dissemination. Deficiency of pituitary hormones may necessitate replacement (9). Voriconazole is the preferred therapeutic agent for aspergillus infection. Other medical options are liposomal amphotericin B, posaconazole, isavuconazole, and echinocandins (21). The recommended dose of voriconazole for central nervous system (CNS) aspergillosis is intravenous loading with 6 mg/kg every 12 hour for two doses followed by 4 mg /kg every 12 hour. The oral loading dose is 400 mg every 12 hour for two doses, followed by 200 mg twice daily (22). Oral treatment may be required for months. The exact duration of therapy is not established and depends on the clinical parameters. Antifungal therapy for other varieties of fungus should be administered as per standard practice. Mortality rates are high in disseminated disease with vascular invasion, immunosuppressed state, and in cases of a delayed diagnosis (14).

 

Thyroid Disorders

 

ETIOLOGY

 

Infections of the thyroid are rare as its rich blood supply, iodine content, and capsule are protective against microbial invasion (23). Fungi form a small subset among the microbial pathogens infecting the thyroid. A. fumigatus is the predominant fungi in general, whereas P. jirovecii is the most common cause of fungal thyroiditis in patients with AIDS (24,25). Table 4 enumerates the fungal infections reported to infect the thyroid. These infections are primarily seen in immunocompromised patients and usually is a part of disseminated infection. Both hematogenous and lymphatic spread can occur.  Direct invasion of the thyroid by fungal infection is also reported. Mycotoxin secreted by the fungus may affect thyroid function, however the evidence in humans is not definitive (26).

 

Table 4. Predisposing Conditions Where Fungus Affects the Thyroid Gland

Type of fungus

Predisposing condition

Aspergillus

Organ transplant (27,28), AML (29), ALL (30),  MDS (31), NHL (32), SLE (24,33), cryoglobulinemic vasculitis (34), AIDS, normal immune status with MNG (35)

Pneumocystis

AIDS (25), Thymic alymphoplasia (36)

Candida

ALL (37), AML (38)

Coccidiodes

SLE on corticosteroids (39), sarcoidosis on corticosteroids, PAN on corticosteroids (40)

Histoplasmosis

NHL (41)

AML – acute myeloid leukemia, ALL – acute lymphoblastic leukemia, MDS – myelodysplastic syndrome, NHL- Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma, SLE- systemic lupus erythematosus, AIDS – acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, MNG – multinodular goiter, PAN – polyarteritis nodosa

 

CLINICAL FEATURES

 

Fungal infection of the thyroid usually occurs in presence of underlying critical illness. The symptoms of thyroid infection can get masked by the primary disease. Thyroid involvement can be often detected post-mortem in cases of disseminated fungal disease (42). Common clinical presentations include pain, swelling of the thyroid gland, and fever, often mimicking subacute thyroiditis. In severe cases, thyroid enlargement may cause dysphagia and respiratory distress due to esophageal and tracheal obstruction, respectively (25,42,43). Fungal thyroiditis typically follows the course of a brief phase of thyrotoxicosis followed by hypothyroidism. Recovery of thyroid function generally takes place in weeks to months. Sick euthyroid syndrome, which sometimes occurs in disseminated fungal infections, may confound thyroid function testing. The clinical presentation of different varieties of fungal infections is similar.

 

Aspergillus

 

A review of 28 cases of aspergillus thyroiditis by Tan et al. revealed that 12 (43%) patients had a primary thyroid infection. The rest had aspergillus infection elsewhere (usually lungs and airways). Fever, dyspnea, and neck swelling were the usual presentation. Dysphagia and airway obstruction resulted from mass effect and was fatal in two cases. The overall mortality rate was high (64%) (24).

 

Pneumocystis

 

Zavascki et al. described 15 cases of P. jirovecii thyroiditis. Most of the cases were reported in individuals with AIDS. It should be suspected if neck pain and swelling occur in presence of a CD4 count < 200/µL. Compressive symptoms such as odynophagia, dysphagia, dysarthria, and hoarseness have been reported. Extra-thyroid disease was present in 53% (8/15) of cases and documented usually on post-mortem studies. Most of the cases were euthyroid, three were hypothyroid, and one developed transient thyrotoxicosis (25).

 

Others

 

There are reports of infection of the thyroid with candida, histoplasma, coccidiodes, and, paracoccidiodes in immunocompromised hosts (37–41). The different varieties of fungal thyroiditis are clinically indistinguishable from each other.

 

DIAGNOSIS

 

Thyroid infection should be suspected in immunocompromised hosts who present with swelling and pain in the region of the thyroid gland. The thyroid involvement not uncommonly remains asymptomatic and gets detected post-mortem (42). Imaging of the neck by ultrasonography can be useful to define the morphology of the lesion. Computed tomography of the chest additionally identifies fungal lesions in the lungs, the usual site of primary or secondary infection. Fungal staining and culture of the lesion obtained by fine needle aspiration (FNA) of the thyroid gland can confirm the diagnosis. Results of thyroid function testing can be normal or may reveal thyrotoxicosis or hypothyroidism.

 

TREATMENT

 

Antifungal therapy is the mainstay of treatment. Voriconazole is the first line agent for invasive aspergillus infection. Adding echinocandin (capsofungin or antidulafungin) along with voriconazole may provide marginally better outcomes in patients who are immunocompromised (44,45). Cotrimoxazole is the preferred therapy for pneumocystis infection. The choice of antifungal therapy depends on the type of fungus and the prevalent pattern of antifungal resistance. Surgical debridement may be required especially if there is a possibility of tracheal compression due to mass effect. Symptomatic treatment may be required in the thyrotoxic phase resulting from acute damage to the gland. The thyroid gland fails to recover in a minority of patients. They should be treated with thyroid hormone replacement. Outcome of fungal thyroiditis has improved over the last two decades with advances in antifungal therapy (43).  

 

Disorders of Calcium Metabolism

 

Fungal infections can alter calcium and vitamin D metabolism. The common metabolic bone disorders are described in the following section.

 

MONOCYTE 1α HYDROXYLASE MEDIATED HYPERCALCEMIA

 

Etiology and Pathogenesis

 

Conversion to the active 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D [1,25(OH)2D] from 25-hydroxyvitamin D [25(OH)D] occurs primarily in the kidney. The renal enzyme 25(OH)D-1α hydroxylase (CYP27B1) responsible for the conversion, is tightly regulated by parathyroid hormone (PTH), fibroblast growth factor 23 (FGF-23), and the serum 1,25(OH)2D concentration. The activated mononuclear cells and macrophages also exhibit 25(OH)D-1α-hydroxylase activity. The 1,25(OH)2D synthesized in these cells normally exert a paracrine effect on growth and differentiation of cells. In granulomatous disorders, such as sarcoidosis, tuberculosis, and fungal infections, the 1,25(OH)2D production in monocytes is dysregulated resulting in hypercalcemia. The monocyte 25(OH)D-1α-hydroxylase is resistant to the regulatory mechanisms and the lack of calcium-mediated negative feedback predisposes to hypercalcemia  (46). PTH-independent hypercalcemia is described in chronic fungal infections, such as histoplasmosis, coccidioidomycosis, para-coccidioidomycosis, candidiasis, cryptococcosis, and pneumocystis.

 

Clinical Profile

 

The fungal infections associated with 1α-hydroxylase mediated hypercalcemia can occur in both immunocompromised and immunocompetent hosts. In a review summarizing 16 cases of histoplasmosis induced hypercalcemia, 68.7% (11/16) were immunosuppressed. The common presentations were with polyuria, constipation, altered sensorium, and renal insufficiency (47). Hypercalcemia is also reported in cryptococcus and pneumocystis infections in individuals with HIV/AIDS (48–50). Hypercalcemia can be an early marker of pneumocystis pneumonia in renal transplant recipients (51,52).  

 

Laboratory Features

 

Patients present with elevated serum calcium and phosphate levels, suppressed PTH values, normal 25(OH)D, and increased 1,25(OH)2D concentrations. Serum angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) levels can be elevated (47).

 

Treatment

 

Hypercalcemia resolves with resolution of the infection after institution of successful antifungal therapy. Hydration, calcitonin, and bisphosphonates can be considered to lower calcium till the effect of antifungal medication occurs (47). Steroids can be used in resistant cases but should be initiated only under appropriate antifungal coverage. Fatalities have been reported when the cases have been misdiagnosed as sarcoidosis and steroids initiated without antifungal drugs (53,54). Some cases show transient worsening of hypercalcemia probably mediated by immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome (55). Also, initiation of antiretroviral therapy in patients with HIV/AIDS infected with cryptococcus, might cause hypercalcemia. This may be due to restoration of granulomatous host response (56).

 

PARATHYROID HORMONE REALTED PROTEIN (PTHrP) MEDIATED HYPERCALCEMIA

 

Coccidioidomycosis infection is associated with hypercalcemia. However, the mechanism of hypercalcemia in coccidioidomycosis is not related to autonomous 1,25(OH)2D production. It could be due to osseous coccidioidomycosis in some cases, but in the majority of cases it occurs without bony lesions. Serum PTH levels and 1,25(OH2)D levels were either suppressed or normal (57).  Expression of PTHrP by the granulomatous tissue has been documented in coccidioidomycosis. The serum PTHrP levels are elevated in cases with hypercalcemia and presumed to be the possible mechanism. The PTHrP levels return to normal along with resolution of hypercalcemia after successful antifungal treatment  (58).

 

OTHER DISORDERS OF CALCIUM METABOLISM

 

Histoplasmosis-induced hypercalcemia has been postulated to result from excess expression and secretion of osteopontin by histiocytes in granulomas (59). Osteopontin can activate osteoclasts and subsequently lead to bone resorption (60). However, currently there is insufficient evidence to support this hypothesis. 

 

Hypoparathyroidism has also been described in HIV/AIDS with pneumocystis infiltrating the parathyroid glands. It causes hypocalcemia and hyperphosphatemia (61).

 

Fungal Infection of the Adrenal Gland

 

The adrenal gland is the commonest endocrine organ to be affected by infections including mycosis. Adrenal fungal infection can be asymptomatic and get detected as an incidental finding during radiological imaging, or can manifest with symptoms of adrenal insufficiency (62,63).

 

ETIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS

 

Unlike the other endocrine organs, isolated adrenal involvement can be seen as a manifestation of endemic mycoses in immunocompetent hosts by histoplasmosis, paracoccidioidomycosis, blastomycosis, and other fungal organisms (64–66). The susceptibility to develop primary adrenal infection or disseminated fungal disease is however more often seen in the immunocompromised individuals with HIV/AIDS, or in those receiving immunosuppressive therapy such as solid organ transplant recipients (67). Predisposition of the adrenal glands to fungal infections is postulated to be due to suppression of cell-mediated local immunity caused by high local glucocorticoid levels (68). More often than isolated involvement, the adrenal gland is involved as a part of disseminated infection. Histoplasmosis and paracoccidioidomycosis are the commonest fungal infections reported to have adrenal disease at autopsy (67,69).

 

Affinity for different adrenal zones might vary for different fungal infections. Paracoccidioides species has affinity for zona reticularis as well as zona glomerulosa leading to decreased dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate and aldosterone levels, respectively (59,70,71). The large fungal cells cause embolic infection of the small vessels of the gland subsequently leading to endovasculitis, granuloma formation and caseous necrosis (67,72). In patients with histoplasmosis, zona fasciculata and reticularis are preferentially affected owing to the presence of high concentration of cortisol (73). Vasculitis of downstream medullary vessels starting from zona fasciculata induce glandular destruction and subsequent caseation necrosis  (68,74).

 

CLINICAL FEATURES

 

The spectrum of manifestations of fungal adrenal involvement can vary from asymptomatic cases detected incidentally to frank adrenal crisis. Occasionally, adrenal involvement can get masked by the disseminated fungal disease or the underlying immunocompromised state (67). Many of the patients despite bilateral adrenal infection do not develop adrenal insufficiency, as destruction of more than 90% of adrenal cortex is required for the disease to manifest (59). Some studies have observed lower prevalence of adrenal involvement in immunocompromised hosts, presumably due to the inability to launch a granulomatous response in the gland (75,76).

 

Addison’s disease is most frequently reported with histoplasmosis and paracoccidioidomycosis, given their high affinity for adrenal glands. In a review of 252 cases of adrenal histoplasmosis, adrenal hypofunction was confirmed in 41.3%. Almost all the cases were secondary to chronic disseminated pulmonary histoplasmosis although isolated adrenal involvement has also been reported (77). A study of 546 cases of paracoccidioidomycosis from Brazil documented adrenal involvement in only 5% (n = 27) (78). Another review revealed partial adrenal insufficiency in 33–40% of cases, and frank symptoms in 3–10% cases (79).  Patients with diminished adrenal reserve often require glucocorticoid supplementation during periods of stress or after initiating antifungal agents known to affect steroidogenesis. There are reports of blastomycosis, pneumocystis, and cryptococcus causing adrenal insufficiency as well (80–82). The clinical features of primary adrenal insufficiency include fatigue, loss of appetite, weight loss, orthostatic hypotension, and hyperpigmentation (66,83).

 

DIAGNOSIS

 

Fungal infection of the adrenal glands can be asymptomatic and detected incidentally on abdominal imaging. Radiographically bilateral symmetric adrenal enlargement is seen with histoplasmosis whereas paracoccidioidomycosis and blastomycosis cause asymmetric and occasionally unilateral involvement (81,84–86). Other radiographical features include peripheral enhancement, central hypoattenuation, preserved contour, and calcifications (66,67). These features help to differentiate from other disorders such as metastatic disease where the adrenal contour is distorted and autoimmune adrenalitis, where the glands are atrophic (66,67,87,88).

 

The laboratory findings such as hyponatremia and hyperkalemia are often seen but the diagnosis of adrenal insufficiency is confirmed with the short Synacthen test (SST) or cosyntropin test (250 ug of Synacthen, im or iv) in chronic and stable cases. In a patient with suspected Addisonian crisis, a blood sample collected for estimation of serum cortisol and adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH) before initiating glucocorticoid replacement can be helpful. A formal evaluation by SST can be performed later. Simultaneous estimation of plasma renin and aldosterone to determine mineralocorticoid reserve can be considered. (66).

 

The confirmation of fungal etiology might necessitate fungal staining or culture of the biopsied material. In disseminated disease, a more accessible site like skin lesion or affected lymph node can be biopsied instead of the adrenal gland.

 

MANGEMENT AND PROGNOSIS

 

Initiation of antifungal therapy at the earliest is essential to salvage adrenal function. Recovery has been reported in a few cases with histoplasmosis and paracoccidioidomycosis (59). However, frequently adrenal insufficiency is irreversible and lifelong glucocorticoid replacement is required. Mineralocorticoid replacement with fludrocortisone may additionally be necessary (83). Onset of  adrenal insufficiency in paracoccidioidomycosis can occur after initiation of antifungal therapy from the fibrosis that occurs during recovery (79,89).

 

Fungal Infection of the Pancreas

 

The pancreas is normally resistant to fungal infection. Fungal affection of the pancreas usually occurs in an inflamed gland in the presence of underlying necrosis. Although rare, the prevalence of fungal pancreatitis is on the rise.

 

ETIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS

 

Candida (C. albicans and C. glabrata) is the most common etiology responsible for fungal pancreatic infections (90). Pneumocystis, aspergillosis, and cryptococcosis have also been reported to affect the pancreas (91–93). The risk factors for fungal infection are necrotizing pancreatitis, use of broad-spectrum antibiotics, abdominal surgery, prolonged total parenteral nutrition, indwelling catheters, and an immunosuppressed state. The mode of spread could be translocation from the gut, hematogenous spread, or external seeding (90).

 

CLINICAL COURSE AND MANAGEMENT

 

The clinical features of fungal infection of the pancreas are non-specific. Abdominal pain, fever, and a palpable abdominal mass can occur (94). Most cases of fungal pancreatitis occur on the backdrop of recent necrotizing pancreatitis (90,94). In a study of 92 patients with necrotizing pancreatitis, 22 (24%) had evidence of candida infection in the surgical necrosectomy material (95). Candida was demonstrated in 27% of aspirates from walled-off necrosis occurring after acute pancreatitis (96).  Rare cases of recurrent pancreatitis from candida have also been described (97,98).

 

Fungal culture and staining of percutaneous aspirates, or necrosed tissue obtained during surgery, are necessary to establish the diagnosis. Antifungal therapy and surgical drainage and debridement are the mainstay of therapy. Mortality rates are higher if candida infection is present (95).

 

 

Fungal Infection of the Testis

 

ETIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS

 

Fungal epididymo-orchitis can occur in isolation or as a part of disseminated infection. The fungi reported to infect testis and epididymis include candida, blastomycosis, histoplasma, aspergillus, and cryptococcus (99–103). Both C. albicans and C. glabatra can cause epididymo-orchitis by retrograde transport from infection in the urinary tract. Risk factors comprise diabetes mellitus, instrumentation of the urinary tract, urinary obstruction, or recent antibiotic usage (104). The majority of blastomycosis infections were associated with systemic diseases (105). Granulomatous epididymo-orchitis can also occur as a part of disseminated histoplasmosis in immunocompromised state (106).  

 

CLINICAL COURSE AND MANAGEMENT

 

Most patients present with unilateral or bilateral pain and swelling of the scrotum. Onset can be acute or insidious with duration of symptoms lasting for days to months (104). In contrast, bacterial infection is almost always unilateral with an acute onset of scrotal swelling, redness, and pain. Some fungal infections may remain asymptomatic and get detected on autopsy (102). Fungal epididymo-orchitis is also recognized as a cause of azoospermia and infertility (107). This is mainly due to direct gonadal invasion but can also be due to anti-sperm effects induced by fungi and by secreted mycotoxins (59). C. guilliermondii and C. albicans can affect sperm viability and motility (108). Antifungal agents are the mainstay of treatment. Surgery may be required in some cases.

 

Fungal Infection of the Ovary

 

ETIOLOGY AND PATHOGENESIS

 

Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) refers to infection of the upper genital tract usually occurring in reproductive age females. A tubo-ovarian abscess (TOA) is a sequela of PID. It is a complex adnexal mass resulting from ascent of the infection through the fallopian tube (109). Though the common causative organisms are bacteria such as Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae, fungal infections are also recognized as an important etiological agent (110). It can also be a part of disseminated infection (111–113). C. albicans as well as other candida species such as C. glabrata and C. keyfr have been described to cause TOA (114–116). Intrauterine devices, diabetes, and morbid obesity are the typical risk factors (114,117). There are rare reports of female genital coccidioidomycosis (112,113,118).

 

CLINICAL COURSE AND MANAGEMENT

 

The usual presentation is that of a pelvic infection not responding to conventional antibiotics (117). Presenting symptoms can be dysmenorrhea, menstrual irregularities, menorrhagia, anovulation, and infertility. Occasional patients present with severe lower abdominal pain, fever and vomiting (116).  

 

Fusarium toxin zearalenone and its metabolite zearalenol can be present as a contaminant in cereals and usually enter the food chain as pesticide. It is a non-steroidal estrogen mycotoxin with strong affinity for estrogen receptors (119). The resulting hyperestrogenism has the potential to cause infertility by suppressing luteinizing hormone (LH) and progesterone secretion and also can have a carcinogenic effect on the breast (120).

 

FUNGAL INFECTIONS OCCURING IN ENDOCRINE DISORDERS

 

Individuals with certain endocrine disorders such as diabetes mellitus and Cushing’s syndrome are predisposed to fungal infections as a result of the associated immune dysfunction. Both pathogenic and opportunistic fungi can cause infection in these conditions. APS1 is an endocrine syndrome characterized by CMC (121). The common fungal infections occurring in individuals with endocrine dysfunction are discussed below. Other fungal infections like coccidioidomycosis and aspergillosis are also known to occur at a higher frequency in individuals with diabetes.

 

Fungal Infections in Patients with Diabetes

 

Diabetes is known to affect both innate and adaptive immunity. Hyperglycemia also induces critical alterations in cytokine signaling (122). Fungal infections in general occur at a slightly increased frequency in diabetes, especially if glycemic control is poor. However, certain fungal infections like mucocutaneous candidiasis and invasive mucormycosis have a strong association with diabetes (123).

 

CANDIDIASIS

 

Infection with candida is common in individuals with diabetes (124) . Genital candidiasis is often an indicator for undetected or poorly controlled diabetes. Increased hydrolytic enzyme activity and hydrophobicity along with altered biofilm formation have been proposed as possible mechanisms that favor candida infection in diabetes (125,126). The common sites and clinical characteristics of candida infection in diabetes are summarized in table 5.

 

Table 5. Candida Infections in Diabetes

Site

Usual species

Predisposing factors

Clinical features

Diagnosis

Treatment

Oral candidiasis

C. albicans

C. glabrata

C. tropicalis

C. krusei

C. dubliniensis C. parapsilosis

(124)

Uncontrolled hyperglycemia, dentures, xerostomia, inhaled corticosteroids (127)

Types of lesions: Pseudo-membranous

Hyperplastic

Erythematous

Atrophic (denture stomatitis)

Angular cheilitis

Median rhomboid glossitis (128)

Compatible clinical findings; Confirmation by Gram stain or KOH preparation or fungal culture of the scrapings (129)

Oral hygiene

Topical: Clotrimazole, miconazole, nystatin, amphotericin B suspension

Oral: Fluconazole, itraconazole

(129)

Vulvo-vaginal candidiasis

C. albicans

C. glabrata (124)

 

Uncontrolled hyperglycemia, pregnancy and hyper-estrogenemic state, SGLT2 inhibitor therapy, immunosuppression (130)

Thick white cottage cheese-like discharge, itching, pain, redness, burning, edema and dyspareunia

Clinical findings, Vaginal swab – acidic pH, KOH or fungal staining, fungal culture in selected cases

Glycemic control

Vaginal: Clotrimazole, miconazole, tioconazole, terconazole, butoconazole

Oral: Fluconazole (150 mg single dose ) (131)

 

Balanoposthitis

C. albicans

C. glabrata

Uncontrolled hyperglycemia,  SGLT2 inhibitor therapy, uncircumcised men, immunosuppression (132,133)

Sore, pruritic erythematous rash with small papules, erosions or dry dull areas with glazed appearance (134)

Clinical findings, KOH or fungal stain of scrapings in rare cases

Glycemic control

Topical: Clotrimazole, miconazole

Oral: Fluconazole (150 mg single dose), Itraconazole

Esophageal candidiasis

C. albicans,  C. dubliniensis (124)

Old age, HIV/AIDS, corticosteroid use, COPD, PPI use, esophageal dysmotility (135)

Odynophagia, dysphagia, retrosternal pain, usually associated with oral thrush (136)

Endoscopy - white mucosal plaque-like lesions. Biopsy – confirmatory. Culture rarely required (136)

Initial therapy: Oral fluconazole

Second-line therapy: Itraconazole,

voriconazole

isavuconazole,

echinocandin,

liposomal amphotericin B

Urinary tract candidiasis

C. albicans,

C. glabrata,

C. tropicalis (137)

Hyperglycemia, urinary retention and stasis, renal transplantation, long-term urinary catheterization, hospitalization (138)

Asymptomatic, symptoms of lower and upper urinary tract involvement mimic bacterial infection (139)

Urinalysis and culture of urine, Imaging when indicated (139)

Asymptomatic candiduria needs treatment in neutropenic patients, before urological procedures.

First line: Fluconazole

Second line: Flucytosine, amphotericin B (138)

Onychomycosis

C. albicans,

C. parapsilosis

C. tropicalis (124)

Age, nail disorders, frequent exposure to moisture (124)

Nail discoloration, subungual hyperkeratosis, onycholysis, splitting, and nail plate destruction

Clinical findings, KOH preparations, fungal cultures, histopathologic examination with a PAS stain and PCR testing (140)

Oral itraconazole treatment of choice.

Terbinafine might also be efficacious (141)

Systemic candidiasis

C. albicans,

C. parapsilosis, C. krusei,

C. tropicalis,

C. glabrata (142)

New onset hemodialysis, use of TPN, or receipt of broad-spectrum antibiotic (143)

Can vary from minimal fever to a full-blown sepsis

Blood culture. 1,3-β-d-glucan assay may assist in the diagnosis

Preferred therapy Echinocandin: anidulafungin, capsofungin, micofungin

Alternative: Amphotericin B

Step down therapy: Fluconazole if susceptibility results support (144)

KOH - potassium hydroxide, SGLT2 - Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2, COPD – chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, PPI – proton-pump inhibitor, PAS – Periodic Acid Schiff, PCR – polymerase chain reaction, TPN – total parenteral nutrition.

 

MUCORMYCOSIS

 

Mucormycosis refers to a group of infections caused by fungi of the order Mucorales present ubiquitously in the environment. Individuals with uncontrolled diabetes or those who are immunosuppressed are characteristically affected. The most common presentation is rhino-orbital-cerebral mucormycosis, though pulmonary, gastrointestinal, cutaneous, and renal infection can also occur (145). Several cases of mucormycosis have been reported recently following SARS COV-2 disease (146). Around 40% of the patients had received corticosteroids within the month before the diagnosis of mucormycosis. Diabetes with ketoacidosis (DKA) is 50% more likely to develop mucormycosis than without DKA. The prognosis is poor and mortality rates remain high. The rhino-orbital-cerebral form is characteristically associated with diabetes and detailed below.

 

Pathogenic Organisms

 

The pathogenic fungi belonging to order Mucorale customarily associated with human infections are Rhizopus, Mucor,and Lichtheimia (formerly Absidia and Mycocladus). The rarer pathogens include Rhizomucor, Cunninghamella, Apophysomyces, and Saksenaea (147).  Infection occurs presumably from inhalation of spores.

 

Pathogenesis

 

Patients with diabetes, defects in phagocytic function (such as neutropenia or glucocorticoid treatment), and/or elevated levels of free iron which supports fungal growth in serum and tissues are prone to mucormycosis. DKA is a risk factor for developing rhino-orbital-cerebral mucormycosis, as acidosis leads to dissociation of iron from sequestering proteins, which aids increased fungal survival and virulence (148). Moreover, the ketoacid -hydroxybutyrate facilitates fungal adherence and penetration into tissues, by increased expression of fungal receptors (149). Apart from ketoacidosis, hyperglycemia itself may contribute to the risk of mucormycosis by four possible mechanisms: (i) disruption of normal iron sequestration due to hyper-glycation of iron-sequestering proteins; (ii) phagocytic dysfunction; (iii) enhanced expression of a mammalian cell receptor (GRP78) that binds to Mucorales, enabling tissue penetration; (iv) enhanced expression of CotH, a Mucorales-specific protein that binds to  GRP78 and mediates host cell invasion (150). The risk factors for mucormycosis are summarized in table 6.

 

Table 6. Risk Factors for Mucormycosis

Uncontrolled diabetes mellitus especially if associated with ketoacidosis

Underlying malignancy receiving chemotherapy or immunotherapy

Solid organ transplant

Hematopoietic stem cell transplant

Treatment with deferoxamine

Iron overload

Corticosteroid therapy

Trauma or burns

Malnutrition

Coronavirus disease 2019

 

Clinical Features

 

Rhino-orbital-cerebral mucormycosis is the most common form of the disease whereas lung, gastrointestinal, renal, and cutaneous involvement are less frequent (145). Initial symptoms of rhino-orbital-cerebral mucormycosis include eye or facial pain and facial numbness followed by conjunctival suffusion and blurring of vision. Facial erythema with or without edema may be present. Fever occurs in only half of the cases (151). Black, necrotic eschar develops over the palate or in the nasal mucosa. In untreated cases, infection spreads from the ethmoid sinus to the orbit which involvement of extra-ocular muscles. It results in proptosis, typically with chemosis. Infection might further extend from the orbit to the frontal lobe of the brain via hematogenous route or contiguous dissemination. It may extend to cavernous sinus as well via venous drainage (147). The clinical features are summarized in table 7.

 

Table 7. Clinical Features of Rhino-Orbital-Cerebral Mucormycosis

Site

Symptoms

Signs

Paranasal sinuses

Nasal congestion, purulent nasal discharge or post-nasal drip, loss of smell, headache, pain over the sinuses

Swelling, redness, ulceration and blackening of overlying skin and nasal mucosa

Systemic features

Fever

Fever

Orbit

Red eyes, pain, visual blurring, loss of vision, bulging of eyes

Periorbital swelling, chemosis, proptosis, loss of visual acuity

Cavernous sinus

Headache, periorbital swelling and pain, diplopia, and visual loss

Periorbital swelling, chemosis, ptosis, proptosis, restricted or painful eye movement, diminished facial sensation

Palate

Ulceration, pain, swelling

Ulceration, eschar formation

Central nervous system

Headache, drowsiness, seizures, hemiparesis, obtundation, coma

Focal seizures, hemiparesis, altered sensorium

Vascular invasion

Black eschars over skin, nasal mucosa, palate and involved areas, symptoms related to stroke

Black eschars (from cutaneous necrosis), focal neurological deficit (also from mycotic aneurysm)

 

Diagnosis

 

Clinical features, mycological, and histological investigations and imaging with CT or MRI are necessary for establishing the diagnosis and assessing the extent of spread. If sinusitis is suspected, endoscopy should be performed. Histopathological examination of infected tissue demonstrates characteristic wide, thick walled, ribbon like, aseptate hyphal elements that branch at right angles. Fungal culture of specimens is strongly recommended for genus and species identification, and for antifungal susceptibility testing (145). PCR-based technique and matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-time of flight (MALDI-TOF) can assist to confirm fungal etiology if cultures are negative (145,152). MRI of the cranium including the sinuses and orbit should be done to delineate the extent of involvement (145). CT scan can help to assess the extent of bony erosion and can be considered if MRI is not readily available.

 

Treatment and Prognosis

 

Surgical debridement of the necrotic tissue in combination with intravenous lipid preparations of amphotericin B are the mainstay of therapy. It is also important to restore euglycemia and correct acidosis as soon as possible. The recommended dose of lipid formulation amphotericin B is 5mg/kg/day. There is evidence to support a higher dose of 10 mg/kg/day in cases of CNS involvement. There is no consensus on total duration of therapy but it usually takes weeks to months for completely cure these infections. It is critically important to monitor for adverse effects of amphotericin B especially nephrotoxicity and electrolyte imbalance. Posaconazole or isavuconazole can be considered as oral step down therapy, as salvage therapy, or if amphotericin B related adverse effects precludes its further use (145). Repeat surgery may be necessary if the infection progresses. Prognosis is poor especially if there is associated CNS involvement.

 

DERMATOPHYTES

 

Dermatophytosis are caused by filamentous fungi belonging to the genera Microsporum, Epidermophyton, and Trichophyton. Dermatophytes cause infection of skin, hairs, and nails and derive nutrition from keratin present in these tissues. Dermatophytosis is known to occur commonly in individuals with diabetes. Infection of the hair is referred to as tinea capitis (scalp) and tinea barbae (beard). Infection of the body surface in general is called tinea corporis while that of groin is known as tinea cruris.

 

Skin infection with dermatophytes occurring over the feet is called tinea pedis. It can cause micro-fissuring that may predispose to secondary bacterial infection and subsequently to diabetic foot. The other form of dermatophyte infection affecting feet is onychomycosis or tinea unguium (153). Tinea pedis and onychomycosis are commonly causes by the anthropophilic dermatophytes T. rubrum, T. interdigitale and E. floccosum (154). Uremic patients on hemodialysis more often have dystrophic nail changes and are at increased risk of developing onychomycosis (155). Dystrophic nails in onychomycosis look thick, brittle and discolored, often with a yellow shade. It may also lead to separation of the nail plate from the nail bed (onycholysis). Paronychial inflammation of the nail edge surrounding skin is a characteristic feature (156). Early recognition and treatment of tinea pedis and onychomycosis can prevent ominous complications like diabetic foot.

 

Clinical features along with KOH preparation of scrapings from affected area are usually adequate to establish the diagnosis. Treatment mainly includes topical and oral agents with activity against dermatophytes. The commonly applied topical agents includes azoles, allylamines, butenafine, ciclopirox, and tolnaftate. Oral therapy usually involves use of terbinafine, itraconazole or fluconazole (157).

 

Fungal Infections in Cushing’s Syndrome

 

The susceptibility of individuals with Cushing’s syndrome to fungal infection is well recognized. Both endogenous and exogenous hypercortisolism are associated with opportunistic fungal diseases. Hypercortisolism induces immune dysfunction by multiple mechanisms (158).  The major defects induced by excess cortisol are depicted in table 8. Among the subtypes of endogenous Cushing’s syndrome, fungal infections are more commonly seen in the syndrome of ectopic ACTH secretion. Propensity for fungal infections in exogenous Cushing’s syndrome depends on both, the intensity of glucocorticoid therapy and relative virulence of the offending fungus. With respect to glucocorticoids, it depends on administration route, dose, potency, and duration of treatment (159). The commonly reported fungal infections in Cushing’s syndrome are discussed below.

 

Table 8. Hypercortisolemia-Induced Immune Dysfunctions Increasing Susceptibility to Fungal Infections

Cell/Mediator

Dysfunction

Innate immunity

Neutrophils

Impaired neutrophil adherence to endothelium

Monocytes and macrophages

Decreased circulating monocytes

Decreased degranulation capacity

Decreased phagocyte function

Natural Killer cells

Suppressed cytotoxic activity

Adaptive immunity

T Cells

Lymphopenia due to a reduction in CD4+ subset

 

Influences the Th1/Th2 balance

 

Induces apoptosis in mature T lymphocytes

Cytokines

Cytokines

Down-regulates multiple cytokines by inactivating key proinflammatory transcription factors (e.g., NF kappa B)

CD - cluster of differentiation, Th – T helper cells, NF – nuclear factor

 

CANDIDIASIS

 

In immunocompromised states such as Cushing’s syndrome, candida species may cause superficial infections like cutaneous candidiasis, oropharyngeal candidiasis, esophagitis, or vulvovaginitis. Cases of candida endophthalmitis have also been described (160). It may also disseminate in the bloodstream to cause candidemia. Glucocorticoid may augment biological fitness of candida species, by enhancing its adhesion to epithelial cells. C. albicans is the most common species reported though infection with C. glabrata, C. parapsilosis and C. tropicalis can also occur (159).

 

ASPERGILLUS

 

Aspergillus is associated with invasive fungal infection in endogenous Cushing’s syndrome as well as in those receiving exogenous glucocorticoids (161) . Most common species to cause invasive infection are A. fumigatus, followed by A. flavus, A. terreus, and A. niger. The usual portal of entry for aspergillus is typically the pulmonary tract. However, later it might get disseminated systemically and severe cases requiring emergency bilateral adrenalectomy for control of hypercortisolism has been reported (162). Apart from immune dysfunction, glucocorticoids can induce alterations in the biology of aspergillus species to increase its invasiveness. For example A. fumigatus and A. flavusshowed increased growth on in-vitro exposure to pharmacological doses of hydrocortisone (163).

 

PNEUMOCYSTIS

P.  jirovecii is usually seen in immunocompromised patients. Severe P. jirovecii pneumonia even leading to fatal outcome are described in cases of endogenous Cushing’s syndrome (164). The infection is often unmasked once treatment for hypercortisolism is commenced. The restoration of immune response with lowering of cortisol levels presumably induce the inflammatory changes and result in manifest disease (165,166). A review of 15 cases of P. jirovecii pneumonia, reiterated the same observation of immune reconstitution related worsening of symptoms after treatment initiation. In 13 of these cases symptoms were triggered after cortisol-lowering therapy was started. Interestingly, all but one if these patients had ectopic Cushing’s syndrome. All the cases were characterized by severe hypercortisolemia and the outcome was fatal in 11 cases (167). Patients with Cushing’s syndrome, especially those with severe hypercortisolemia might benefit from prophylaxis with cotrimoxazole before beginning cortisol-lowering therapy.

 

CRYPTOCOCCOSIS

C. neoformans is another opportunistic infection where Cushing’s syndrome is a predisposing factor. The route of entry is inhalational. It may cause pneumonitis or disseminate systemically to cause more severe infections, such as meningitis and meningoencephalitis (168). Fatal cases have been reported (169,170). The presence of coexisting diabetes might further increase the risk of infection (171).

 

Glucocorticoid-induced immunosuppression has a few unique characteristics noted with cryptococcosis. For example, alveolar macrophage capacity to attach to and ingest is diminished by cortisone acetate, which potentially may lead to dissemination of the fungus (172). Moreover, chemotactic activity of cerebrospinal fluid toward polymorphonuclear (PMN) leucocytes and monocytes, is substantially reduced by glucocorticoid administration. This leads to lack of PMN leucocyte influx in cerebrospinal fluid and subsequent inability to eradicate fungi like C. neoformans with tropism for the CNS. Glucocorticoid-induced abnormalities of microglial cells further intensify this attenuation. Thus, individuals with hypercortisolemia are predisposed to cryptococcal meningitis (173).

 

HISTOPLASMOSIS

 

Pulmonary histoplasmosis has been reported in association with endogenous Cushing’s syndrome (174). Patients receiving glucocorticoids may develop primary or reactivated infections by endemic fungi (175). There are reports of pulmonary histoplasmosis after prolonged glucocorticoid therapy from non-endemic countries as well (176). H. capsulatum, the usual pathogen in most cases of histoplasmosis, enters through the respiratory tract and causes pulmonary histoplasmosis but can also disseminate to cause systemic infection. Pathological features of histoplasmosis are atypical in patients treated with glucocorticoids. Discrete granuloma formation is prevented by the anti-inflammatory properties of glucocorticoids (175).

 

OTHER FUNGAL INFECTIONS

 

Other fungal infections reported with hypercortisolemia are C. immitis, mucor, fusarium and blastomyces (159). Besides the heightened risk of fungal inspection in hypercortisolemia, the other concerning issue is masking of the signs and symptoms of infections due to the anti-inflammatory properties of glucocorticoids. Recognition of infections may be delayed in presence of hypercortisolemia, and a high index of suspicion is required for early diagnosis. Treatment of fungal infection must include prompt correction of hypercortisolism and aggressive antifungal therapy.

 

Chronic Mucocutaneous Candidiasis in Autoimmune Polyendocrine Syndrome Type 1

 

Autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1 (APS1) is characterized by the classical triad of chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis (CMC), autoimmune hypoparathyroidism, and Addison’s disease. Two of the three classic features should be present to establish the diagnosis of APS1. However, there is a risk of the development of autoimmune diseases affecting almost every organ. APS1 is also known as autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED) with ectodermal dysplasia occurring in a third of the patients. Ectodermal dystrophy is not related to candidiasis (121). CMC commonly occurs sporadically secondary to AIDS, diabetes, and immunosuppressive treatment (177). C. albicans is the predominant pathogen but infection with other candida species is also described.

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

APS1 is an autosomal recessive disease caused by mutations in the autoimmune regulator (AIRE) gene, located on the short arm of chromosome 21. The functioning of following pathways can be altered in APS1, though the specific contribution in increasing susceptibility to candida infection is not well defined.

  1. Defects in AIRE gene are associated with autoantibodies to interleukin (IL) 17A, IL17F and IL22, which are key cytokines for the function of the T-helper (Th) 17 cell subset. Loss of function of these cytokines increase susceptibility to candida infections (177).
  2. Autoimmunity to mediators involved in antigen presentation by B cells may be an additional factor responsible for susceptibility. This is further corroborated by the response to rituximab (anti-CD 20 antibody that prevents B cell function) to certain components of the disease in individuals with AIRE deficiency (178).
  • A defect in Dectin-1, a β-glucan receptor, has been shown to diminish tumor necrosis factor α production in APS-1. Innate immune response is affected as a result (179).

 

CLINICAL SPECTRUM

 

CMC is the most common component of APS-1. It has been reported in 80-100% of cases in different series (121,177). Onset of CMC is usually in the first decade and cases can be seen in the very first year of life. Mouth, nails and, less frequently, skin, vagina and the esophagus are affected. The infection tends to be persistent or recurrent. Severity of the infection in variable, however disseminated disease is rare (177).

 

The oral mucosa is the usual site of infection. All spectra of infection starting from localized ulceration, and redness in mild cases to involvement of entire mouth is described. White or grey membrane covering the tongue or mucosa are visible in the hyperplastic form. Cracks (angular cheilitis or perlèche) occurring at the angle of the mouth is common. The atrophic form has areas of leukoplakia, which is a significant risk factor for carcinoma of the oral mucosa. The finger nails are the other site which is commonly affected. There can be an associated paronychia. Onychomycosis in CMC is particularly resistant to treatment (121,180).

 

TREATMENT

 

Oral fluconazole is the preferred therapy. Some patients require suppressive treatment with fluconazole 100 mg three times a week. Emergence of resistance remains a possibility with suppressive therapy. Alternatives for fluconazole refractory disease includes itraconazole, Posaconazole, or voriconazole. Rare cases of systemic disease not responding to azoles might require a lipid formulation of amphotericin B or echinocandins (144).

 

ADVERSE ENDOCRINE EFFECTS OF ANTIFUNGAL AGENTS

 

The antifungal drugs such as polyenes, azoles and echinocandins can impact the function of endocrine glands. Azoles are recognized for their adverse effect on adrenal cortex and the gonads. The other drugs are also known to cause endocrine dysfunction though less frequently. These important adverse endocrine consequences of the different antifungal agents are discussed below.

 

Azoles

 

The azoles are the one of the most frequently administered systemic antifungal agents. They can be divided into two groups on the basis of their structure. Ketoconazole, which belongs to the imidazole group, is associated with multiple endocrine adverse effect, but seldom used orally as an antifungal agent currently. The newer azoles belonging to the triazole group include fluconazole, itraconazole, voriconazole, posaconazole, and isavuconazole. Endocrine dysfunction also occurs with the triazoles but is less frequent (181).

 

ADRENAL GLAND

 

The azoles exert their antifungal effect by inhibiting the cytochrome P450 (CYP450) enzyme lanosterol 14-α-demethylase (CYP51) mediated conversion of lanosterol to ergosterol, a critical constituent of fungal cell wall.  Mammals do not have this enzyme, but azoles can block the synthesis of glucocorticoids, mineralocorticoids, and sex steroids by blocking CYP450 dependent enzymes involved in steroidogenesis (182).

 

Ketoconazole

 

Ketoconazole is a dose-dependent reversible inhibitor of cholesterol desmolase, 17,20-lyase, 11β-hydroxylase, 17α-hydroxylase, and 18-hydroxylase (183). Ketoconazole at doses of more than 200 mg daily can impair glucocorticoid synthesis. Overt adrenal insufficiency is relatively infrequent however it can be seen with doses of 600 to 1200 mg/day, which are often used in the medical management of Cushing’s syndrome (59,184,185). Apart from inhibiting enzymes involved in steroidogenesis, ketoconazole is also a dose-dependent, reversible, competitive antagonist at the glucocorticoid receptor level (186). The inhibitory effect of ketoconazole on adrenal steroid synthesis has been utilized for  the medical management of Cushing’s  syndrome (187).

 

Fluconazole and Posaconazole

 

Adrenal insufficiency has been reported with the imidazole derivatives itraconazole, fluconazole, voriconazole, and posaconazole (188–192). Primary adrenal insufficiency induced by fluconazole has been observed in critically ill patient as a result of CYP450 inhibition (193). Fluconazole has been employed for the medical management of Cushing’s syndrome (194). Posaconazole-induced primary adrenal insufficiency resulting from a similar mechanism has been described (190,192).

 

Itraconazole and Voriconazole

 

Itraconazole and voriconazole (also ketoconazole) are potent inhibitors of CYP3A4, the enzyme that partially metabolizes glucocorticoids. The resultant decrease in glucocorticoid clearance produces supraphysiological levels of glucocorticoid from inhaled, nasal or oral steroids (195). The clinical profile resembles that of an iatrogenic Cushing’s syndrome later progressing to secondary or central adrenal insufficiency consequent to suppression of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis (196). Secondary adrenal insufficiency following combined use of glucocorticoids and itraconazole or voriconazole have been described (188,191). Steroids that are predominantly metabolized by the CYP3A4 pathway include methylprednisolone, fluticasone, budesonide and triamcinolone. It may be prudent to consider alternative glucocorticoids such as prednisolone, beclomethasone, or flunisolide that are not predominantly metabolized by CYP3A4 enzymes when voriconazole or itraconazole is being administered (190,191).

 

Pseudohyperaldosteronism

 

Posaconazole and itraconazole has been associated with a syndrome of mineralocorticoid excess manifested by low-renin low-aldosterone hypertension and hypokalemia (197). Two distinct mechanisms are implicated in the pathogenesis with significant interindividual differences. Posaconazole can inhibit the enzyme 11 β-hydroxylase (CYP11B1) and prevent the conversion of 11-deoxycortisol to cortisol. Diminished cortisol synthesis triggers adrenal steroidogenesis as a result of loss of feedback inhibition of the HPA axis and causes accumulation of 11-deoxycortisol (and 11-deoxycorticosterone). Even though aldosterone production is reduced due to posaconazole-induced aldosterone synthase (CYP11B2) inhibition, very high levels of 11-deoxycortisol and 11-deoxycorticosterone can overcome that and produce a state of mineralocorticoid excess (197,198). The other mechanism incriminated is blockage of the peripheral cortisol metabolizing enzyme 11 β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 2 (11β-HSD2) leading to an increased ratio of active to inactive cortisol metabolite. Elevated ratios of cortisol to corticosterone and their tetrahydro-metabolites are observed in such individuals (198). There are few case reports of itraconazole and several reports of posaconazole-induced pseudohyperladosteronism (199–202). Therapeutic options include lowering the dose of azoles or changing to alternatives like isavuconazole (198).

 

GONADS

 

Male Sexual Dysfunction

 

Inhibition of 17,20-lyase by ketoconazole impairs production of testosterone in the male gonads (203). The effect can be seen even at a single dose of 200mg, however lower testosterone levels and longer duration of suppression can be seen with an increasing dose (204). Oligospermia and azoospermia as well as decreased libido and impotence have been reported at doses more than 800mg/day (181). Reversible gynecomastia is another manifestation seen due to increase in the estradiol:testosterone ratio partially attributed to displacement of estrogen from sex-hormone binding globulin by the drug (205).

 

Ketoconazole also binds to androgen receptors thereby blocking androgen signaling (206). Antiandrogenic properties of ketoconazole have been used in the treatment of prostate cancer, autonomous Leydig cell hyperactivity in children with precocious puberty, and topical therapy for androgenetic alopecia (207–209).

 

Fluconazole in contrast to ketoconazole does not affect testosterone synthesis (210). A single case of posaconazole induced gynecomastia has been reported. Inhibition of the CYP11B1 enzyme by the drug stimulates compensatory adrenal steroidogenesis. Increased peripheral conversion of adrenal androgens to estrogen was presumed to induce gynecomastia after posaconazole use. The other possible hypothesis could be reduced catabolism of estrogen in the liver due to blocking of CYP3A4 and CYP3A7 (211).

 

Female Reproductive Dysfunction

 

Ketoconazole reduces estrogen levels in females. Reduction of estrogen levels could be due to aromatase inhibition or androgen synthesis blockade. Estrogen precursor deprivation from decreased androgen synthesis is likely to be the predominant mechanism (59). In animal studies, ovarian progesterone production is impaired thereby preventing uterine implantation (212). Ketoconazole has been used in treatment of polycystic ovarian syndrome and ovarian hyperthecosis, given its ability to substantially block ovarian androgen synthesis (213). Itraconazole when co-prescribed with simvastatin, induced metrorrhagia in a 69-year old lady, presumably occurring as result of low-estrogen breakthrough bleeding (214). Itraconazole can also enhance estrogen metabolism interfering with efficacy of oral contraceptives (215). Fluconazole on the other hand can increase estrogen levels by inhibiting its metabolism and is not associated with risk of contraceptive failure (216).

 

HYPONATREMIA

 

Voriconazole use has been associated with severe hyponatremia. The median time to onset of hyponatremia is 6-26 days (217). Severe hyponatremia, volume depletion, elevated antidiuretic hormone (ADH), and plasma renin activity along with high urinary sodium suggestive of salt-losing nephropathy were observed after voriconazole administration (218). Syndrome of inappropriate ADH secretion (SIADH) has been implicated as another possible mechanism and euvolemia is the critical distinguishing feature from salt-losing nephropathy (219). The toxic effect of voriconazole is concentration-dependent and therapeutic drug monitoring has been found to be useful for prevention and dose adjustment for hyponatremia (220). The risk of hyponatremia increased with trough concentrations > 7 mg/L and the dose should be modified to maintain levels below that threshold (181). An interesting observation was predisposition to develop voriconazole induced hyponatremia among Asians, in whom polymorphism of CYP2C19 is more common (221). CYP2C19 is the enzyme that metabolizes voriconazole and dosing depending on genotype has been proposed as a means to avert its adverse effects including hyponatremia (222,223).

 

FLUORIDE-INDUCED PERIOSTITIS

 

There are several reports of voriconazole-induced periostitis presumably related to excess fluoride released from the three fluorine atoms present in the molecule (224–228). A 400 mg tablet of voriconazole contains approximately 65 mg of fluoride, however only 5% of the fluoride is generated from the drug in free form (181,224). The other fluorinated azoles fluconazole and posaconazole contain two atoms of fluorides and have not been associated with fluorosis and periostitis (225).

 

A review summarizing 98 cases of periostitis, reported the median age to be 59 years with onset of symptoms between 6 weeks to 8 years after drug exposure. Presenting features are muscle and bone pain. Affection of almost any skeletal site has been described (229). Ribs and ulna are the most common site of involvement. The other involved sites include tibia, clavicle, femur, radius, fibula, scapula, and humerus (224,229).

 

The serum fluoride and alkaline phosphatase levels are significantly higher in those with periostitis compared to those without (224). The plain radiograph reveals multiple areas of periosteal thickening along with formation of new bones which may take the form of an exostoses or can be fluffy. The radiological findings are analogous to periostitis deformans observed in fluoride intoxication (230).  Bone scan shows increased tracer uptake but unlike hypertrophic osteoarthropathy tend to be asymmetric (224). Discontinuation of voriconazole usually results in improvement in the majority of cases. Substitution by a non-fluorinated azole such as itraconazole can be considered when continued antifungal coverage is necessary. Replacement by posaconazole has also been beneficial (228). 

 

OTHER ENDOCRINE ABNORMALITIES

 

High dose ketoconazole (1200mg/day) may rarely cause hypothyroidism by interference with iodine and thyroid peroxidase (231). Ketoconazole is also an inhibitor of 25(OH)D-1α hydroxylase (CYP27B1) leading to decreased 1,25(OH)2D levels (232). Hypercalcemia induced by sarcoidosis, tuberculosis and other granulomatous disorders respond to treatment with ketoconazole (233,234). Both ketoconazole and fluconazole are treatment options for idiopathic infantile hypercalciuria that occurs from CYP24A1 (24-hydroxylase) gene mutations (235,236). The effects of ketoconazole on enzymes regulating vitamin D has also been explored for treatment of prostate cancer (208,237).   

 

There are rare reports of pancreatitis with fluconazole, itraconazole, and voriconazole (181). Voriconazole, ketoconazole, and fluconazole have been implicated as a cause of hypoglycemia (238,239). The hypoglycemia could be due to hyperinsulinemia resulting from decreased degradation of insulin (240). The metabolism of sulfonylureas can be inhibited by fluconazole thereby increasing the risk of hypoglycemia in individuals receiving both these drugs (241,242).

 

Polyenes

 

The polyenes currently in medical use are nystatin and amphotericin B. Use of nystatin is limited to topical application. Amphotericin B deoxycholate is associated with higher risk of toxicity as compared to its lipid preparation. The lipid formulations of amphotericin B are expensive but the risk of adverse effect is less. Electrolyte abnormalities resulting from tubular damage is the predominant endocrine dysfunction described with amphotericin B. Rare cases of pancreatitis have occurred with liposomal amphotericin B (243).  

 

TUBULAR DAMAGE

 

Clinical manifestations of amphotericin B induced nephrotoxicity include renal insufficiency, hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, metabolic acidosis resulting from distal renal tubular acidosis, and polyuria due to nephrogenic diabetes insipidus (DI) (244–246). The mechanism for DI involves a decrease in aquaporin 2 expression in the kidney medulla, that makes the collecting tubules insensitive to ADH (244). Although the risk of nephrogenic DI with lipid preparations of  amphotericin B is significantly less, cases have still been described (247). Nephrogenic DI can be managed by amiloride plus hydrochlorothiazide, or indomethacin (248).

 

Nephrogenic DI can also be induced by hypokalemia caused by amphotericin B (249). Hypokalemia is more common with amphotericin B deoxycholate but is also recognized  with lipid preparations of amphotericin B (250). Amphotericin B can induce apoptosis of renal tubular cells and also enhance tubular permeability by damage to lining epithelium (251). Renal magnesium loss can also result from amphotericin B. PTH secretion is  affected by hypomagnesemia and that may subsequently lead to hypocalcemia (252). Monitoring and supplementing potassium and magnesium is an important adjunct to prevent adverse consequences of amphotericin B therapy (253).

 

Echinocandins

 

Capsofungin, micofungin and antidulafungin are the three echinocandins currently in clinical use.  These agents, unlike azoles or amphotericin B, do not usually cause adverse endocrine effects. Micafungin is rarely reported to cause pancreatitis (254). Caspofungin has been reported to induce hypercalcemia in an infant by an undefined mechanism (255).

 

Other Agents

 

Oral potassium iodide is used in treatment of cutaneous sporotrichosis (256). It may precipitate thyrotoxicosis in patients with incipient Graves’ disease or multinodular goiter in areas of relative iodine deficiency (Jod-Basedow disease).  Hypothyroidism can occur in those with excessive autoregulation on prolonged exposure (Wolff-Chaikoff effect) (257).

 

CONCLUSION

 

Although fungi are ubiquitous within the environment, very few are considered true pathogens and affect healthy individuals only in limited circumstances. The majority of fungi are opportunistic and immune dysfunction in endocrine disorders increase susceptibility to fungal infection. On the other hand, fungal diseases especially in immunocompromised host can disseminate and affect various endocrine glands thereby impairing their function. Antifungal therapies too contribute to endocrine adverse effects. Moreover, in few endocrinological conditions like Cushing’s syndrome, signs and symptoms of fungal infection can be masked due to effect of hypercortisolemia. A high index of suspicion is mandated in such cases, as delayed or missed diagnosis could dramatically influence the outcome. An understanding of the complex relationship between fungal infection and endocrine disorders is necessary in modern-day medicine as both these conditions are increasingly prevalent.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Qin J, Li R, Raes J, Arumugam M, Burgdorf KS, Manichanh C, et al. A human gut microbial gene catalogue established by metagenomic sequencing. Nature. 2010 Mar 4;464(7285):59–65.
  2. Havlickova B, Czaika VA, Friedrich M. Epidemiological trends in skin mycoses worldwide. Mycoses. 2008 Sep;51 Suppl 4:2–15.
  3. Bitar D, Lortholary O, Le Strat Y, Nicolau J, Coignard B, Tattevin P, et al. Population-based analysis of invasive fungal infections, France, 2001-2010. Emerg Infect Dis. 2014 Jul;20(7):1149–55.
  4. Pekic S, Miljic D, Popovic V. Infections of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary Region. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dungan K, et al., editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2000 [cited 2021 Mar 12]. Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532083/
  5. Catarino D, Ribeiro C, Gomes L, Paiva I. Corticotroph adenoma and pituitary fungal infection: a rare association. Endocrinol Diabetes Metab Case Rep. 2020 Mar 25;2020.
  6. Al-Mendalawi MD. Pituitary aspergillosis: A report and review of the literature. Neurol India. 2018 Oct;66(5):1525.
  7. Iplikcioglu AC, Bek S, Bikmaz K, Ceylan D, Gökduman CA. Aspergillus pituitary abscess. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2004 May;146(5):521–4.
  8. Moore LA, Erstine EM, Prayson RA. Pituitary aspergillus infection. J Clin Neurosci Off J Neurosurg Soc Australas. 2016 Jul;29:178–80.
  9. Strickland BA, Pham M, Bakhsheshian J, Carmichael J, Weiss M, Zada G. Endoscopic Endonasal Transsphenoidal Drainage of a Spontaneous Candida glabrata Pituitary Abscess. World Neurosurg. 2018 Jan;109:467–70.
  10. Heary RF, Maniker AH, Wolansky LJ. Candidal pituitary abscess: case report. Neurosurgery. 1995 May;36(5):1009–12; discussion 1012-1013.
  11. Sano T, Kovacs K, Scheithauer BW, Rosenblum MK, Petito CK, Greco CM. Pituitary pathology in acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 1989 Sep;113(9):1066–70.
  12. Bartlett JA, Hulette C. Central nervous system pneumocystosis in a patient with AIDS. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 1997 Jul;25(1):82–5.
  13. Scanarini M, Rotilio A, Rigobello L, Pomes A, Parenti A, Alessio L. Primary intrasellar coccidioidomycosis simulating a pituitary adenoma. Neurosurgery. 1991 May;28(5):748–51.
  14. Vijayvargiya P, Javed I, Moreno J, Mynt MA, Kotapka M, Zaki R, et al. Pituitary aspergillosis in a kidney transplant recipient and review of the literature. Transpl Infect Dis Off J Transplant Soc. 2013 Oct;15(5):E196-200.
  15. Choi E, Kim SB, Kim JH, Yoon YK. Lung aspergilloma with pituitary invasive aspergillosis presenting as headache and hyponatraemia. BMJ Case Rep. 2021 Jan 27;14(1).
  16. Saffarian A, Derakhshan N, Taghipour M, Eghbal K, Roshanfarzad M, Dehghanian A. Sphenoid Aspergilloma with Headache and Acute Vision Loss. World Neurosurg. 2018 Jul;115:159–61.
  17. Stalldecker G, Molina HA, Antelo N, Arakaki T, Sica RE, Basso A. [Hypopituitarism caused by colonic carcinoma metastasis associated with hypophysial aspergillosis]. Medicina (Mex). 1994;54(3):248–52.
  18. Ouyang T, Zhang N, Wang L, Jiao J, Zhao Y, Li Z, et al. Primary Aspergillus sellar abscess simulating pituitary tumor in immunocompetent patient. J Craniofac Surg. 2015 Mar;26(2):e86-88.
  19. Hong W, Liu Y, Chen M, Lin K, Liao Z, Huang S. Secondary headache due to aspergillus sellar abscess simulating a pituitary neoplasm: case report and review of literature. SpringerPlus. 2015;4:550.
  20. Fontana C, Gaziano R, Favaro M, Casalinuovo I, Pistoia E, Di Francesco P. (1-3)-β-D-Glucan vs Galactomannan Antigen in Diagnosing Invasive Fungal Infections (IFIs). Open Microbiol J. 2012 Aug 24;6:70–3.
  21. Patterson TF, Thompson GR, Denning DW, Fishman JA, Hadley S, Herbrecht R, et al. Practice Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Aspergillosis: 2016 Update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 2016 Aug 15;63(4):e1–60.
  22. Miceli MH. Central Nervous System Infections Due to Aspergillus and Other Hyaline Molds. J Fungi [Internet]. 2019 Aug 30 [cited 2021 Mar 21];5(3). Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6787746/
  23. Shrestha RT, Hennessey J. Acute and Subacute, and Riedel’s Thyroiditis. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dungan K, et al., editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2000 [cited 2021 Mar 21]. Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK285553/
  24. Tan J, Shen J, Fang Y, Zhu L, Liu Y, Gong Y, et al. A suppurative thyroiditis and perineal subcutaneous abscess related with aspergillus fumigatus: a case report and literature review. BMC Infect Dis. 2018 Dec 27;18(1):702.
  25. Zavascki AP, Maia AL, Goldani LZ. Pneumocystis jiroveci thyroiditis: report of 15 cases in the literature. Mycoses. 2007 Nov;50(6):443–6.
  26. Mori T, Matsumura M, Yamada K, Irie S, Oshimi K, Suda K, et al. Systemic aspergillosis caused by an aflatoxin-producing strain of Aspergillus flavus. Med Mycol. 1998 Apr;36(2):107–12.
  27. Cicora F, Mos F, Paz M, Roberti J. Successful treatment of acute thyroiditis due to Aspergillus spp. in the context of disseminated invasive aspergillosis in a kidney transplant patient. Nefrol Publicacion Of Soc Espanola Nefrol. 2013;33(4):618–9.
  28. Solak Y, Atalay H, Nar A, Ozbek O, Turkmen K, Erekul S, et al. Aspergillus thyroiditis in a renal transplant recipient mimicking subacute thyroiditis. Transpl Infect Dis Off J Transplant Soc. 2011 Apr;13(2):178–81.
  29. Badawy SM, Becktell KD, Muller WJ, Schneiderman J. Aspergillus thyroiditis: first antemortem case diagnosed by fine-needle aspiration culture in a pediatric stem cell transplant patient. Transpl Infect Dis Off J Transplant Soc. 2015 Dec;17(6):868–71.
  30. Phulware RH, Gupta B, Sahoo B, Agarwal S, Mathur S. Aspergillus thyroiditis: In an immunocompromised young adult. Diagn Cytopathol. 2019 Apr;47(4):362–4.
  31. Santiago M, Martinez JH, Palermo C, Figueroa C, Torres O, Trinidad R, et al. Rapidly growing thyroid mass in an immunocompromised young male adult. Case Rep Endocrinol. 2013;2013:290843.
  32. Kishi Y, Negishi M, Kami M, Hamaki T, Miyakoshi S, Ueyama J, et al. Fatal airway obstruction caused by invasive aspergillosis of the thyroid gland. Leuk Lymphoma. 2002 Mar;43(3):669–71.
  33. Marui S, de Lima Pereira AC, de Araújo Maia RM, Borba EF. Suppurative thyroiditis due to aspergillosis: a case report. J Med Case Reports. 2014 Nov 21;8:379.
  34. Nicolè S, Lanzafame M, Cazzadori A, Vincenzi M, Mangani F, Colato C, et al. Successful Antifungal Combination Therapy and Surgical Approach for Aspergillus fumigatus Suppurative Thyroiditis Associated with Thyrotoxicosis and Review of Published Reports. Mycopathologia. 2017 Oct;182(9–10):839–45.
  35. Erdem H, Uzunlar AK, Yildirim U, Yildirim M, Geyik MF. Diffuse infiltration of Aspergillus hyphae in the thyroid gland with multinodular goiter. Indian J Pathol Microbiol. 2011 Dec;54(4):814–6.
  36. Rahimi SA. Disseminated Pneumocystis carinii in thymic alymphoplasia. Arch Pathol. 1974 Mar;97(3):162–5.
  37. Niles D, Boguniewicz J, Shakeel O, Margolin J, Chelius D, Gupta M, et al. Candida tropicalis Thyroiditis Presenting With Thyroid Storm in a Pediatric Patient With Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2019 Oct;38(10):1051–3.
  38. Fernandez JF, Anaissie EJ, Vassilopoulou-Sellin R, Samaan NA. Acute fungal thyroiditis in a patient with acute myelogenous leukaemia. J Intern Med. 1991 Dec;230(6):539–41.
  39. Berry CZ, Goldberg LC, Shepard WL. Systemic lupus erythematosus complicated by coccidioidomycosis. JAMA. 1968 Oct 28;206(5):1083–5.
  40. Smilack JD, Argueta R. Coccidioidal infection of the thyroid. Arch Intern Med. 1998 Jan 12;158(1):89–92.
  41. Goldani LZ, Klock C, Diehl A, Monteiro AC, Maia AL. Histoplasmosis of the thyroid. J Clin Microbiol. 2000 Oct;38(10):3890–1.
  42. Goldani LZ, Zavascki AP, Maia AL. Fungal thyroiditis: an overview. Mycopathologia. 2006 Mar;161(3):129–39.
  43. Nguyen J, Manera R, Minutti C. Aspergillus thyroiditis: a review of the literature to highlight clinical challenges. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis Off Publ Eur Soc Clin Microbiol. 2012 Dec;31(12):3259–64.
  44. Lee D-G, Lee H-J, Yan JL, Lin SS-F, Aram JA. Efficacy and safety of combination antifungal therapy in Korean haematological patients with invasive aspergillosis. Mycoses. 2019 Oct;62(10):969–78.
  45. Marr KA, Schlamm HT, Herbrecht R, Rottinghaus ST, Bow EJ, Cornely OA, et al. Combination antifungal therapy for invasive aspergillosis: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2015 Jan 20;162(2):81–9.
  46. Goltzman D. Approach to Hypercalcemia. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, et al., editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2000 [cited 2021 May 18]. Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK279129/
  47. Gurram PR, Castillo NE, Esquer Garrigos Z, Vijayvargiya P, Abu Saleh OM. A Dimorphic Diagnosis of a Pleomorphic Disease: An Unusual Cause of Hypercalcemia. Am J Med. 2020 Nov;133(11):e659–62.
  48. Spindel SJ, Hamill RJ, Georghiou PR, Lacke CE, Green LK, Mallette LE. Case report: vitamin D-mediated hypercalcemia in fungal infections. Am J Med Sci. 1995 Aug;310(2):71–6.
  49. Ahmed B, Jaspan JB. Case report: hypercalcemia in a patient with AIDS and Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia. Am J Med Sci. 1993 Nov;306(5):313–6.
  50. Huang J-C, Kuo M-C, Hwang S-J, Hwang D-Y, Chen H-C. Vitamin D-mediated hypercalcemia as the initial manifestation of pulmonary cryptococcosis in an HIV-uninfected patient. Intern Med Tokyo Jpn. 2012;51(13):1793–6.
  51. Hamroun A, Lenain R, Bui Nguyen L, Chamley P, Loridant S, Neugebauer Y, et al. Hypercalcemia is common during Pneumocystis pneumonia in kidney transplant recipients. Sci Rep. 2019 Aug 29;9(1):12508.
  52. Giordani MC, Villamil Cortez SK, Diehl M, Barcan LA, Rosa-Diez G, Groppa SR, et al. Hypercalcemia as an Early Finding of Opportunistic Fungal Pneumonia in Renal Transplantation: A Case Series Report. Transplant Proc. 2020 May;52(4):1178–82.
  53. Walker JV, Baran D, Yakub N, Freeman RB. Histoplasmosis with hypercalcemia, renal failure, and papillary necrosis. Confusion with sarcoidosis. JAMA. 1977 Mar 28;237(13):1350–2.
  54. Murray JJ, Heim CR. Hypercalcemia in disseminated histoplasmosis. Aggravation by vitamin D. Am J Med. 1985 May;78(5):881–4.
  55. Chalhoub E, Elhomsy G, Brake M. Hypercalcemia in histoplasmosis aggravated with antifungal treatment. J Med Liban. 2012 Sep;60(3):165–8.
  56. Lawn SD, Macallan DC. Hypercalcemia: a manifestation of immune reconstitution complicating tuberculosis in an HIV-infected person. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 2004 Jan 1;38(1):154–5.
  57. Caldwell JW, Arsura EL, Kilgore WB, Reddy CM, Johnson RH. Hypercalcemia in patients with disseminated coccidioidomycosis. Am J Med Sci. 2004 Jan;327(1):15–8.
  58. Fierer J, Burton DW, Haghighi P, Deftos LJ. Hypercalcemia in disseminated coccidioidomycosis: expression of parathyroid hormone-related peptide is characteristic of granulomatous inflammation. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 2012 Oct;55(7):e61-66.
  59. Lionakis MS, Samonis G, Kontoyiannis DP. Endocrine and Metabolic Manifestations of Invasive Fungal Infections and Systemic Antifungal Treatment. Mayo Clin Proc. 2008 Sep;83(9):1046–60.
  60. Reinholt FP, Hultenby K, Oldberg A, Heinegård D. Osteopontin--a possible anchor of osteoclasts to bone. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1990 Jun;87(12):4473–5.
  61. Siddiqi A, Goh BT, Brown CL, Hillman RJ, Monson JP. Hypothyroidism and hypoparathyroidism associated with Pneumocystis carinii infection in a patient with AIDS. Int J STD AIDS. 1998 Feb;9(2):108–10.
  62. Wheat LJ, Azar MM, Bahr NC, Spec A, Relich RF, Hage C. Histoplasmosis. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2016 Mar;30(1):207–27.
  63. Kauffman CA. Endemic mycoses: blastomycosis, histoplasmosis, and sporotrichosis. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2006 Sep;20(3):645–62, vii.
  64. Sharma B, Nehara HR, Bhavi VK, Maan P, Saran S. Adrenal histoplasmosis in immunocompetent individuals a case series from the North-Western part of India, Rajasthan province: An emerging endemic focus. Indian J Med Microbiol. 2020 Dec;38(3 & 4):485–8.
  65. Pereira GH, Lanzoni VPB, Beirão EM, Timerman A, Melhem M de SC. DISSEMINATED FUNGAL INFECTION WITH ADRENAL INVOLVEMENT: REPORT OF TWO HIV NEGATIVE BRAZILIAN PATIENTS. Rev Inst Med Trop Sao Paulo. 2015 Dec;57(6):527–30.
  66. Alexandraki KI, Grossman A. Adrenal Insufficiency. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, et al., editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2000 [cited 2021 May 23]. Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK279122/
  67. Paolo WF, Nosanchuk JD. Adrenal infections. Int J Infect Dis. 2006 Sep;10(5):343–53.
  68. Frenkel JK. Role of corticosteroids as predisposing factors in fungal diseases. Lab Investig J Tech Methods Pathol. 1962 Nov;11:1192–208.
  69. Roubsanthisuk W, Sriussadaporn S, Vawesorn N, Parichatikanond P, Phoojaroenchanachai M, Homsanit M, et al. Primary adrenal insufficiency caused by disseminated histoplasmosis: report of two cases. Endocr Pract Off J Am Coll Endocrinol Am Assoc Clin Endocrinol. 2002 Jun;8(3):237–41.
  70. Leal AMO, Magalhães PKR, Martinez R, Moreira AC. Adrenocortical hormones and interleukin patterns in paracoccidioidomycosis. J Infect Dis. 2003 Jan 1;187(1):124–7.
  71. Del Negro G, Melo EH, Rodbard D, Melo MR, Layton J, Wachslicht-Rodbard H. Limited adrenal reserve in paracoccidioidomycosis: cortisol and aldosterone responses to 1-24 ACTH. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 1980 Dec;13(6):553–9.
  72. Cherri J, Freitas MA, Llorach-Velludo MA, Piccinato CE. Paracoccidioidomycotic aortitis with embolization to the lower limbs. Report of a case and review of the literature. J Cardiovasc Surg (Torino). 1998 Oct;39(5):573–6.
  73. Disseminated Histoplasmosis and Rare Adrenal Involvement: Evidence of Absence or Absence of Evidence. Front Cell Infect Microbiol [Internet]. 2021 Mar 15 [cited 2021 May 23];11. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8005706/
  74. Goodwin RA, Shapiro JL, Thurman GH, Thurman SS, Des Prez RM. Disseminated histoplasmosis: clinical and pathologic correlations. Medicine (Baltimore). 1980 Jan;59(1):1–33.
  75. Gupta A, Ghosh A, Singh G, Xess I. A Twenty-First-Century Perspective of Disseminated Histoplasmosis in India: Literature Review and Retrospective Analysis of Published and Unpublished Cases at a Tertiary Care Hospital in North India. Mycopathologia. 2017 Dec;182(11–12):1077–93.
  76. Sifuentes-Osornio J, Corzo-León DE, Ponce-de-León LA. Epidemiology of Invasive Fungal Infections in Latin America. Curr Fungal Infect Rep. 2012 Mar;6(1):23–34.
  77. Carvalho FP de F de, Curiati JAE, Mauad T, Incerti MM, Jacob Filho W. Bilateral adrenal [corrected] nodules due to histoplasmosis in an elderly. Braz J Infect Dis Off Publ Braz Soc Infect Dis. 2007 Feb;11(1):160–2.
  78. Peçanha PM, Batista Ferreira ME, Massaroni Peçanha MA, Schmidt EB, Lamas de Araújo M, Zanotti RL, et al. Paracoccidioidomycosis: Epidemiological and Clinical Aspects in 546 Cases Studied in the State of Espírito Santo, Brazil. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2017 Sep;97(3):836–44.
  79. Bocca AL, Amaral AC, Teixeira MM, Sato PK, Sato P, Shikanai-Yasuda MA, et al. Paracoccidioidomycosis: eco-epidemiology, taxonomy and clinical and therapeutic issues. Future Microbiol. 2013 Sep;8(9):1177–91.
  80. Sharma N, Ahlawat RS, Singh H, Sharma C, Anuradha S. Pneumocystis jirovecii infection of bilateral adrenal glands in an immunocompetent adult: a case report. J R Coll Physicians Edinb. 2019 Sep;49(3):222–4.
  81. Kumar A, Sreehari S, Velayudhan K, Biswas L, Babu R, Ahmed S, et al. Autochthonous blastomycosis of the adrenal: first case report from Asia. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2014 Apr;90(4):735–9.
  82. Ito M, Hinata T, Tamura K, Koga A, Ito T, Fujii H, et al. Disseminated Cryptococcosis with Adrenal Insufficiency and Meningitis in an Immunocompetent Individual. Intern Med Tokyo Jpn. 2017;56(10):1259–64.
  83. Koene RJ, Catanese J, Sarosi GA. Adrenal hypofunction from histoplasmosis: a literature review from 1971 to 2012. Infection. 2013 Aug;41(4):757–9.
  84. Porntharukchareon T, Khahakaew S, Sriprasart T, Paitoonpong L, Snabboon T. Bilateral Adrenal Histoplasmosis. Balk Med J. 2019 Dec;36(6):359–600.
  85. Ahuja A, Mathur SR, Iyer VK, Sharma SK, Kumar N, Agarwal S. Histoplasmosis presenting as bilateral adrenal masses: cytomorphological diagnosis of three cases. Diagn Cytopathol. 2012 Aug;40(8):729–31.
  86. de Morais RQ, Salomon MFB, Corbiceiro WCH, de Melo ASA, Corrêa DG. Imaging contribution for the diagnosis of disseminated paracoccidioidomycosis. Int J Infect Dis IJID Off Publ Int Soc Infect Dis. 2020 Dec;101:206–9.
  87. Gupta P, Bhalla A, Sharma R. Bilateral adrenal lesions. J Med Imaging Radiat Oncol. 2012 Dec;56(6):636–45.
  88. Dhamija E, Panda A, Das CJ, Gupta AK. Adrenal imaging (Part 2): Medullary and secondary adrenal lesions. Indian J Endocrinol Metab. 2015;19(1):16–24.
  89. Gaspar GG, Cocio TA, Guioti-Puga F, Nascimento E, Fabro AT, Kress MR von Z, et al. Paracoccidioidomycosis due to Paracoccidioides lutzii complicated with adrenal injury and pulmonary arterial hypertension. Rev Inst Med Trop São Paulo [Internet]. [cited 2021 May 24];62. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7669275/
  90. Shanmugam N, Isenmann R, Barkin JS, Beger HG. Pancreatic fungal infection. Pancreas. 2003 Aug;27(2):133–8.
  91. Karam MB, Mosadegh L. Extra-pulmonary Pneumocystis jiroveci infection: a case report. Braz J Infect Dis Off Publ Braz Soc Infect Dis. 2014 Dec;18(6):681–5.
  92. Guice KS, Lynch M, Weatherbee L. Invasive aspergillosis: an unusual cause of hemorrhagic pancreatitis. Am J Gastroenterol. 1987 Jun;82(6):563–5.
  93. Cappell MS, Hassan T. Pancreatic disease in AIDS--a review. J Clin Gastroenterol. 1993 Oct;17(3):254–63.
  94. Trikudanathan G, Navaneethan U, Vege SS. Intra-abdominal fungal infections complicating acute pancreatitis: a review. Am J Gastroenterol. 2011 Jul;106(7):1188–92.
  95. Isenmann R, Schwarz M, Rau B, Trautmann M, Schober W, Beger HG. Characteristics of infection with Candida species in patients with necrotizing pancreatitis. World J Surg. 2002 Mar;26(3):372–6.
  96. Sahar N, Kozarek RA, Kanji ZS, Chihara S, Gan SI, Irani S, et al. The microbiology of infected pancreatic necrosis in the era of minimally invasive therapy. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis Off Publ Eur Soc Clin Microbiol. 2018 Jul;37(7):1353–9.
  97. Tange K, Yokota T, Sunago K, Aono M, Ochi H, Takechi S, et al. A rare case of acute pancreatitis caused by Candida Albicans. Clin J Gastroenterol. 2019 Feb;12(1):82–7.
  98. Chung RT, Schapiro RH, Warshaw AL. Intraluminal pancreatic candidiasis presenting as recurrent pancreatitis. Gastroenterology. 1993 May;104(5):1532–4.
  99. Giannopoulos A, Giamarellos-Bourboulis EJ, Adamakis I, Georgopoulou I, Petrikkos G, Katsilambros N. Epididymitis caused by Candida glabrata: a novel infection in diabetic patients? Diabetes Care. 2001 Nov;24(11):2003–4.
  100. Seo R, Oyasu R, Schaeffer A. Blastomycosis of the epididymis and prostate. Urology. 1997 Dec;50(6):980–2.
  101. Botero-García CA, Faccini-Martínez ÁA, Uribe E, Calixto O-J, Pérez-Díaz CE, Osejo-Diago PP, et al. Epididymo-orchitis caused by Histoplasma capsulatumin a Colombian patient. Rev Soc Bras Med Trop. 2017 Dec;50(6):868–70.
  102. Hood SV, Bell D, McVey R, Wilson G, Wilkins EG. Prostatitis and epididymo-orchitis due to Aspergillus fumigatus in a patient with AIDS. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 1998 Jan;26(1):229–31.
  103. James CL, Lomax-Smith JD. Cryptococcal epididymo-orchitis complicating steroid therapy for relapsing polychondritis. Pathology (Phila). 1991 Jul;23(3):256–8.
  104. Jenkin GA, Choo M, Hosking P, Johnson PD. Candidal epididymo-orchitis: case report and review. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 1998 Apr;26(4):942–5.
  105. Eickenberg H-Unull, Amin M, Lich R. Blastomycosis of the genitourinary tract. J Urol. 1975 May;113(5):650–2.
  106. Tichindelean C, East JW, Sarria JC. Disseminated histoplasmosis presenting as granulomatous epididymo-orchitis. Am J Med Sci. 2009 Sep;338(3):238–40.
  107. Fijak M, Pilatz A, Hedger MP, Nicolas N, Bhushan S, Michel V, et al. Infectious, inflammatory and ‘autoimmune’ male factor infertility: how do rodent models inform clinical practice? Hum Reprod Update. 2018 Jul;24(4):416–41.
  108. Nagy B, Sutka P. Demonstration of antibodies against Candida guilliermondii var. guilliermondii in asymptomatic infertile men. Mycoses. 1992 Oct;35(9–10):247–50.
  109. Lareau SM, Beigi RH. Pelvic inflammatory disease and tubo-ovarian abscess. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2008 Dec;22(4):693–708.
  110. Curry A, Williams T, Penny ML. Pelvic Inflammatory Disease: Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention. Am Fam Physician. 2019 Sep 15;100(6):357–64.
  111. Saccente M, Woods GL. Clinical and laboratory update on blastomycosis. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2010 Apr;23(2):367–81.
  112. Chowfin A, Tight R. Female genital coccidioidomycosis (FGC), Addison’s disease and sigmoid loop abscess due to Coccidioides immites; case report and review of literature on FGC. Mycopathologia. 1999;145(3):121–6.
  113. Bæk O, Astvad K, Serizawa R, Wheat LJ, Brenøe PT, Hansen A-BE. Peritoneal and genital coccidioidomycosis in an otherwise healthy Danish female: a case report. BMC Infect Dis. 2017 Jan 31;17(1):105.
  114. To V, Gurberg J, Krishnamurthy S. Tubo-Ovarian Abscess Caused by Candida Albicans in an Obese Patient. J Obstet Gynaecol Can JOGC J Obstet Gynecol Can JOGC. 2015 May;37(5):426–9.
  115. Toy EC, Scerpella EG, Riggs JW. Tuboovarian abscess associated with Candida glabrata in a woman with an intrauterine device. A case report. J Reprod Med. 1995 Mar;40(3):223–5.
  116. Okmen F, Ekici H, Ari SA. Case Report of a Tubo-ovarian Abscess Caused by Candida kefyr. J Obstet Gynaecol Can JOGC J Obstet Gynecol Can JOGC. 2018 Nov;40(11):1466–7.
  117. Hsu W-C, Lee Y-H, Chang D-Y. Tuboovarian abscess caused by Candida in a woman with an intrauterine device. Gynecol Obstet Invest. 2007;64(1):14–6.
  118. Bylund DJ, Nanfro JJ, Marsh WL. Coccidioidomycosis of the female genital tract. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 1986 Mar;110(3):232–5.
  119. Tatay E, Meca G, Font G, Ruiz M-J. Interactive effects of zearalenone and its metabolites on cytotoxicity and metabolization in ovarian CHO-K1 cells. Toxicol Vitro Int J Publ Assoc BIBRA. 2014 Feb;28(1):95–103.
  120. Minervini F, Giannoccaro A, Cavallini A, Visconti A. Investigations on cellular proliferation induced by zearalenone and its derivatives in relation to the estrogenic parameters. Toxicol Lett. 2005 Dec 15;159(3):272–83.
  121. Sperling MA, Angelousi A, Yau M. Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, et al., editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2000 [cited 2021 May 30]. Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK279152/
  122. Zhou K, Lansang MC. Diabetes Mellitus and Infections. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, et al., editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2000 [cited 2021 May 31]. Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK569326/
  123. Higa M. [Clinical epidemiology of fungal infection in diabetes]. Nihon Rinsho Jpn J Clin Med. 2008 Dec;66(12):2239–44.
  124. Rodrigues CF, Rodrigues ME, Henriques M. Candida sp. Infections in Patients with Diabetes Mellitus. J Clin Med [Internet]. 2019 Jan 10 [cited 2021 May 31];8(1). Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6352194/
  125. Tsang CSP, Chu FCS, Leung WK, Jin LJ, Samaranayake LP, Siu SC. Phospholipase, proteinase and haemolytic activities of Candida albicans isolated from oral cavities of patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Med Microbiol. 2007 Oct;56(Pt 10):1393–8.
  126. Mba IE, Nweze EI. Mechanism of Candida pathogenesis: revisiting the vital drivers. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis Off Publ Eur Soc Clin Microbiol. 2020 Oct;39(10):1797–819.
  127. Rautemaa R, Ramage G. Oral candidosis--clinical challenges of a biofilm disease. Crit Rev Microbiol. 2011 Nov;37(4):328–36.
  128. Axéll T, Samaranayake LP, Reichart PA, Olsen I. A proposal for reclassification of oral candidosis. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod. 1997 Aug;84(2):111–2.
  129. Millsop JW, Fazel N. Oral candidiasis. Clin Dermatol. 2016 Aug;34(4):487–94.
  130. Unnikrishnan AG, Kalra S, Purandare V, Vasnawala H. Genital Infections with Sodium Glucose Cotransporter-2 Inhibitors: Occurrence and Management in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. Indian J Endocrinol Metab. 2018;22(6):837–42.
  131. Dovnik A, Golle A, Novak D, Arko D, Takač I. Treatment of vulvovaginal candidiasis: a review of the literature. Acta Dermatovenerol Alp Pannonica Adriat. 2015;24(1):5–7.
  132. Nyirjesy P, Sobel JD. Genital mycotic infections in patients with diabetes. Postgrad Med. 2013 May;125(3):33–46.
  133. Nyirjesy P, Sobel JD, Fung A, Mayer C, Capuano G, Ways K, et al. Genital mycotic infections with canagliflozin, a sodium glucose co-transporter 2 inhibitor, in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: a pooled analysis of clinical studies. Curr Med Res Opin. 2014 Jun;30(6):1109–19.
  134. Kalra S, Chawla A. Diabetes and balanoposthitis. JPMA J Pak Med Assoc. 2016 Aug;66(8):1039–41.
  135. Weerasuriya N, Snape J. Oesophageal candidiasis in elderly patients: risk factors, prevention and management. Drugs Aging. 2008;25(2):119–30.
  136. Mohamed AA, Lu X-L, Mounmin FA. Diagnosis and Treatment of Esophageal Candidiasis: Current Updates. Can J Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2019;2019:3585136.
  137. Yismaw G, Asrat D, Woldeamanuel Y, Unakal C. Prevalence of candiduria in diabetic patients attending Gondar University Hospital, Gondar, Ethiopia. Iran J Kidney Dis. 2013 Mar;7(2):102–7.
  138. Alfouzan WA, Dhar R. Candiduria: Evidence-based approach to management, are we there yet? J Mycol Medicale. 2017 Sep;27(3):293–302.
  139. Kauffman CA. Diagnosis and management of fungal urinary tract infection. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2014 Mar;28(1):61–74.
  140. Saunte DML, Piraccini BM, Sergeev AY, Prohić A, Sigurgeirsson B, Rodríguez-Cerdeira C, et al. A survey among dermatologists: diagnostics of superficial fungal infections - what is used and what is needed to initiate therapy and assess efficacy? J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol JEADV. 2019 Feb;33(2):421–7.
  141. Gupta AK, Gregurek-Novak T, Konnikov N, Lynde CW, Hofstader S, Summerbell RC. Itraconazole and terbinafine treatment of some nondermatophyte molds causing onychomycosis of the toes and a review of the literature. J Cutan Med Surg. 2001 Jun;5(3):206–10.
  142. Pfaller MA, Jones RN, Doern GV, Fluit AC, Verhoef J, Sader HS, et al. International surveillance of blood stream infections due to Candida species in the European SENTRY Program: species distribution and antifungal susceptibility including the investigational triazole and echinocandin agents. SENTRY Participant Group (Europe). Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis. 1999 Sep;35(1):19–25.
  143. Borg-von Zepelin M, Kunz L, Rüchel R, Reichard U, Weig M, Gross U. Epidemiology and antifungal susceptibilities of Candida spp. to six antifungal agents: results from a surveillance study on fungaemia in Germany from July 2004 to August 2005. J Antimicrob Chemother. 2007 Aug;60(2):424–8.
  144. Pappas PG, Kauffman CA, Andes DR, Clancy CJ, Marr KA, Ostrosky-Zeichner L, et al. Clinical Practice Guideline for the Management of Candidiasis: 2016 Update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 2016 Feb 15;62(4):e1-50.
  145. Cornely OA, Alastruey-Izquierdo A, Arenz D, Chen SCA, Dannaoui E, Hochhegger B, et al. Global guideline for the diagnosis and management of mucormycosis: an initiative of the European Confederation of Medical Mycology in cooperation with the Mycoses Study Group Education and Research Consortium. Lancet Infect Dis. 2019 Dec;19(12):e405–21.
  146. Ravani SA, Agrawal GA, Leuva PA, Modi PH, Amin KD. Rise of the phoenix: Mucormycosis in COVID-19 times. Indian J Ophthalmol. 2021 Jun;69(6):1563–8.
  147. Petrikkos G, Skiada A, Lortholary O, Roilides E, Walsh TJ, Kontoyiannis DP. Epidemiology and clinical manifestations of mucormycosis. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 2012 Feb;54 Suppl 1:S23-34.
  148. Artis WM, Fountain JA, Delcher HK, Jones HE. A mechanism of susceptibility to mucormycosis in diabetic ketoacidosis: transferrin and iron availability. Diabetes. 1982 Dec;31(12):1109–14.
  149. Ibrahim AS, Kontoyiannis DP. Update on mucormycosis pathogenesis. Curr Opin Infect Dis. 2013 Dec;26(6):508–15.
  150. Morales-Franco B, Nava-Villalba M, Medina-Guerrero EO, Sánchez-Nuño YA, Davila-Villa P, Anaya-Ambriz EJ, et al. Host-Pathogen Molecular Factors Contribute to the Pathogenesis of Rhizopus spp. in Diabetes Mellitus. Curr Trop Med Rep. 2021 Jan 22;1–12.
  151. Yohai RA, Bullock JD, Aziz AA, Markert RJ. Survival factors in rhino-orbital-cerebral mucormycosis. Surv Ophthalmol. 1994 Aug;39(1):3–22.
  152. Skiada A, Lass-Floerl C, Klimko N, Ibrahim A, Roilides E, Petrikkos G. Challenges in the diagnosis and treatment of mucormycosis. Med Mycol. 2018 Apr 1;56(suppl_1):93–101.
  153. Lipner SR, Scher RK. Onychomycosis: Treatment and prevention of recurrence. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019 Apr;80(4):853–67.
  154. Nenoff P, Krüger C, Ginter-Hanselmayer G, Tietz H-J. Mycology - an update. Part 1: Dermatomycoses: causative agents, epidemiology and pathogenesis. J Dtsch Dermatol Ges J Ger Soc Dermatol JDDG. 2014 Mar;12(3):188–209; quiz 210, 188–211; 212.
  155. Falodun O, Ogunbiyi A, Salako B, George AK. Skin changes in patients with chronic renal failure. Saudi J Kidney Dis Transplant Off Publ Saudi Cent Organ Transplant Saudi Arab. 2011 Mar;22(2):268–72.
  156. Westerberg DP, Voyack MJ. Onychomycosis: Current trends in diagnosis and treatment. Am Fam Physician. 2013 Dec 1;88(11):762–70.
  157. Ely JW, Rosenfeld S, Seabury Stone M. Diagnosis and management of tinea infections. Am Fam Physician. 2014 Nov 15;90(10):702–10.
  158. Hasenmajer V, Sbardella E, Sciarra F, Minnetti M, Isidori AM, Venneri MA. The Immune System in Cushing’s Syndrome. Trends Endocrinol Metab TEM. 2020 Sep;31(9):655–69.
  159. Lionakis MS, Kontoyiannis DP. Glucocorticoids and invasive fungal infections. Lancet Lond Engl. 2003 Nov 29;362(9398):1828–38.
  160. Lee EK, Kim JH, Yu HG. Candida albicans endophthalmitis in a patient with a non-functioning pituitary adenoma evolving into Cushing׳s disease: A case report. Med Mycol Case Rep. 2014 Oct;6:37–41.
  161. Kansagara DL, Tetrault J, Hamill C, Moore C, Olson B. Fatal factitious Cushing’s syndrome and invasive aspergillosis: case report and review of literature. Endocr Pract Off J Am Coll Endocrinol Am Assoc Clin Endocrinol. 2006 Dec;12(6):651–5.
  162. Joubert M, Reznik Y, Verdon R. “Rescue” bilateral adrenalectomy in paraneoplastic Cushing’s syndrome with invasive Aspergillus fumigatus infection. Am J Med Sci. 2007 Dec;334(6):497–8.
  163. Ng TT, Robson GD, Denning DW. Hydrocortisone-enhanced growth of Aspergillus spp.: implications for pathogenesis. Microbiol Read Engl. 1994 Sep;140 ( Pt 9):2475–9.
  164. Arlt A, Harbeck B, Anlauf M, Alkatout I, Klöppel G, Fölsch UR, et al. Fatal pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia in a case of ectopic Cushing’s syndrome due to neuroendocrine carcinoma of the kidney. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes Off J Ger Soc Endocrinol Ger Diabetes Assoc. 2008 Oct;116(9):515–9.
  165. Oosterhuis JK, van den Berg G, Monteban-Kooistra WE, Ligtenberg JJM, Tulleken JE, Meertens JHJM, et al. Life-threatening Pneumocystis jiroveci pneumonia following treatment of severe Cushing’s syndrome. Neth J Med. 2007 Jun;65(6):215–7.
  166. Gabalec F, Zavrelová A, Havel E, Cerman J, Radocha J, Svilias I, et al. Pneumocystis pneumonia during medicamentous treatment of Cushing’s syndrome--a description of two cases. Acta Medica (Hradec Kralove). 2011;54(3):127–30.
  167. van Halem K, Vrolijk L, Pereira AM, de Boer MGJ. Characteristics and Mortality of Pneumocystis Pneumonia in Patients With Cushing’s Syndrome: A Plea for Timely Initiation of Chemoprophylaxis. Open Forum Infect Dis [Internet]. 2017 Jan 30 [cited 2021 Jun 7];4(1). Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5414011/
  168. Lu L, Zhao YY, Yang HB, Tian XL, Xu ZJ, Lu ZL. Cushing’s disease with pulmonary Cryptococcus neoformans infection in a single center in Beijing, China: A retrospective study and literature review. J Formos Med Assoc Taiwan Yi Zhi. 2019 Jan;118(1 Pt 2):285–90.
  169. Fujikawa H, Araki M. Disseminated cryptococcosis in a patient with adrenocortical carcinoma and Cushing’s syndrome. J Infect Chemother Off J Jpn Soc Chemother. 2020 Dec;26(12):1301–4.
  170. Lacativa PGS, Donangelo I, Wagman MB, Sieiro Neto L, Caldas CR, Violante AHD, et al. [Pseudotumoral pulmonary cryptococcosis in association with Cushing’s syndrome]. Arq Bras Endocrinol Metabol. 2004 Apr;48(2):318–23.
  171. Thangakunam B, Christopher DJ, Kurian S, Thomas R, James P. ENDOGENOUS EXCESS CORTISOL PRODUCTION AND DIABETES MELLITUS AS PREDISPOSING FACTORS FOR PULMONARY CRYPTOCOCCOSIS: A CASE REPORT AND LITERATURE REVIEW. Lung India Off Organ Indian Chest Soc. 2008;25(4):155–7.
  172. Gross NT, Chinchilla M, Camner P, Jarstrand C. Anticryptococcal activity by alveolar macrophages from rats treated with cortisone acetate during different periods of time. Mycopathologia. 1996;136(1):1–8.
  173. Nidhi A, Meena A, Sreekumar A, Daga MK. Corticosteroid-induced cryptococcal meningitis in patient without HIV. BMJ Case Rep. 2017 Jan 4;2017.
  174. Kosseifi SG, Nassour DN, Shaikh MA, Sarubbi FA, Jordan RM, Peiris AN. Nodular pulmonary histoplasmosis in Cushing’s disease: a case report and literature review. Tenn Med J Tenn Med Assoc. 2007 Dec;100(12):44–6.
  175. Dismukes WE, Royal SA, Tynes BS. Disseminated histoplasmosis in corticosteroid-treated patients. Report of five cases. JAMA. 1978 Sep 29;240(14):1495–8.
  176. Jung EJ, Park DW, Choi J-W, Choi WS. Chronic Cavitary Pulmonary Histoplasmosis in a Non-HIV and Immunocompromised Patient without Overseas Travel History. Yonsei Med J. 2015 May 1;56(3):871–4.
  177. Humbert L, Cornu M, Proust-Lemoine E, Bayry J, Wemeau J-L, Vantyghem M-C, et al. Chronic Mucocutaneous Candidiasis in Autoimmune Polyendocrine Syndrome Type 1. Front Immunol. 2018;9:2570.
  178. Gavanescu I, Benoist C, Mathis D. B cells are required for Aire-deficient mice to develop multi-organ autoinflammation: A therapeutic approach for APECED patients. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2008 Sep 2;105(35):13009–14.
  179. Pedroza LA, Kumar V, Sanborn KB, Mace EM, Niinikoski H, Nadeau K, et al. Autoimmune regulator (AIRE) contributes to Dectin-1-induced TNF-α production and complexes with caspase recruitment domain-containing protein 9 (CARD9), spleen tyrosine kinase (Syk), and Dectin-1. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2012 Feb;129(2):464–72, 472.e1-3.
  180. Eyerich K, Eyerich S, Hiller J, Behrendt H, Traidl-Hoffmann C. Chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, from bench to bedside. Eur J Dermatol EJD. 2010 Jun;20(3):260–5.
  181. Benitez LL, Carver PL. Adverse Effects Associated with Long-Term Administration of Azole Antifungal Agents. Drugs. 2019 Jun;79(8):833–53.
  182. Loose DS, Kan PB, Hirst MA, Marcus RA, Feldman D. Ketoconazole blocks adrenal steroidogenesis by inhibiting cytochrome P450-dependent enzymes. J Clin Invest. 1983 May;71(5):1495–9.
  183. Sonino N. The use of ketoconazole as an inhibitor of steroid production. N Engl J Med. 1987 Sep 24;317(13):812–8.
  184. Best TR, Jenkins JK, Murphy FY, Nicks SA, Bussell KL, Vesely DL. Persistent adrenal insufficiency secondary to low-dose ketoconazole therapy. Am J Med. 1987 Mar 23;82(3 Spec No):676–80.
  185. Khosla S, Wolfson JS, Demerjian Z, Godine JE. Adrenal crisis in the setting of high-dose ketoconazole therapy. Arch Intern Med. 1989 Apr;149(4):802–4.
  186. Duret C, Daujat-Chavanieu M, Pascussi J-M, Pichard-Garcia L, Balaguer P, Fabre J-M, et al. Ketoconazole and miconazole are antagonists of the human glucocorticoid receptor: consequences on the expression and function of the constitutive androstane receptor and the pregnane X receptor. Mol Pharmacol. 2006 Jul;70(1):329–39.
  187. Pivonello R, De Leo M, Cozzolino A, Colao A. The Treatment of Cushing’s Disease. Endocr Rev. 2015 Aug;36(4):385–486.
  188. Skov M, Main KM, Sillesen IB, Müller J, Koch C, Lanng S. Iatrogenic adrenal insufficiency as a side-effect of combined treatment of itraconazole and budesonide. Eur Respir J. 2002 Jul;20(1):127–33.
  189. Santhana Krishnan SG, Cobbs RK. Reversible acute adrenal insufficiency caused by fluconazole in a critically ill patient. Postgrad Med J. 2006 Sep;82(971):e23.
  190. Miller A, Brooks LK, Poola-Kella S, Malek R. Posaconazole-Induced Adrenal Insufficiency in a Case of Chronic Myelomonocytic Leukemia. Case Rep Endocrinol. 2018;2018:2170484.
  191. Duman AK, Fulco PP. Adrenal Insufficiency With Voriconazole and Inhaled/Intranasal Corticosteroids: Case Report and Systematic Review. J Pharm Pract. 2017 Aug;30(4):459–63.
  192. Araque DP, Zuniga G, Ayala AR. PRIMARY ADRENAL INSUFFICIENCY SECONDARY TO CHRONIC POSACONAZOLE USE. AACE Clin Case Rep. 2020 Apr;6(2):e62–4.
  193. Albert SG, DeLeon MJ, Silverberg AB. Possible association between high-dose fluconazole and adrenal insufficiency in critically ill patients. Crit Care Med. 2001 Mar;29(3):668–70.
  194. Zhao Y, Liang W, Cai F, Wu Q, Wang Y. Fluconazole for Hypercortisolism in Cushing’s Disease: A Case Report and Literature Review. Front Endocrinol. 2020;11:608886.
  195. Lebrun-Vignes B, Archer VC, Diquet B, Levron JC, Chosidow O, Puech AJ, et al. Effect of itraconazole on the pharmacokinetics of prednisolone and methylprednisolone and cortisol secretion in healthy subjects. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2001 May;51(5):443–50.
  196. Varis T, Kivistö KT, Backman JT, Neuvonen PJ. Itraconazole decreases the clearance and enhances the effects of intravenously administered methylprednisolone in healthy volunteers. Pharmacol Toxicol. 1999 Jul;85(1):29–32.
  197. Beck KR, Odermatt A. Antifungal therapy with azoles and the syndrome of acquired mineralocorticoid excess. Mol Cell Endocrinol. 2021 Mar 15;524:111168.
  198. Thompson GR, Beck KR, Patt M, Kratschmar DV, Odermatt A. Posaconazole-Induced Hypertension Due to Inhibition of 11β-Hydroxylase and 11β-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase 2. J Endocr Soc. 2019 Jul 1;3(7):1361–6.
  199. Hoffmann WJ, McHardy I, Thompson GR. Itraconazole induced hypertension and hypokalemia: Mechanistic evaluation. Mycoses. 2018 May;61(5):337–9.
  200. Boughton C, Taylor D, Ghataore L, Taylor N, Whitelaw BC. Mineralocorticoid hypertension and hypokalaemia induced by posaconazole. Endocrinol Diabetes Metab Case Rep. 2018;2018.
  201. Agarwal N, Apperley L, Taylor NF, Taylor DR, Ghataore L, Rumsby E, et al. Posaconazole-Induced Hypertension Masquerading as Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia in a Child with Cystic Fibrosis. Case Rep Med. 2020;2020:8153012.
  202. Barton K, Davis TK, Marshall B, Elward A, White NH. Posaconazole-induced hypertension and hypokalemia due to inhibition of the 11β-hydroxylase enzyme. Clin Kidney J. 2018 Oct;11(5):691–3.
  203. Sikka SC, Swerdloff RS, Rajfer J. In vitro inhibition of testosterone biosynthesis by ketoconazole. Endocrinology. 1985 May;116(5):1920–5.
  204. Pont A, Williams PL, Azhar S, Reitz RE, Bochra C, Smith ER, et al. Ketoconazole blocks testosterone synthesis. Arch Intern Med. 1982 Nov;142(12):2137–40.
  205. Pont A, Goldman ES, Sugar AM, Siiteri PK, Stevens DA. Ketoconazole-induced increase in estradiol-testosterone ratio. Probable explanation for gynecomastia. Arch Intern Med. 1985 Aug;145(8):1429–31.
  206. Eil C. Ketoconazole binds to the human androgen receptor. Horm Metab Res Horm Stoffwechselforschung Horm Metab. 1992 Aug;24(8):367–70.
  207. Hugo Perez BS. Ketocazole as an adjunct to finasteride in the treatment of androgenetic alopecia in men. Med Hypotheses. 2004;62(1):112–5.
  208. Patel V, Liaw B, Oh W. The role of ketoconazole in current prostate cancer care. Nat Rev Urol. 2018 Oct;15(10):643–51.
  209. Almeida MQ, Brito VN, Lins TSS, Guerra-Junior G, de Castro M, Antonini SR, et al. Long-term treatment of familial male-limited precocious puberty (testotoxicosis) with cyproterone acetate or ketoconazole. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2008 Jul;69(1):93–8.
  210. Hanger DP, Jevons S, Shaw JT. Fluconazole and testosterone: in vivo and in vitro studies. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 1988 May;32(5):646–8.
  211. Thompson GR, Surampudi PN, Odermatt A. Gynecomastia and hypertension in a patient treated with posaconazole. Clin Case Rep. 2020 Sep 28;8(12):3158–61.
  212. Cummings AM, Hedge JL, Laskey J. Ketoconazole impairs early pregnancy and the decidual cell response via alterations in ovarian function. Fundam Appl Toxicol Off J Soc Toxicol. 1997 Dec;40(2):238–46.
  213. Pepper G, Brenner SH, Gabrilove JL. Ketoconazole use in the treatment of ovarian hyperandrogenism. Fertil Steril. 1990 Sep;54(3):438–44.
  214. P B, Sj G, D G, A C. Iatrogenic metrorrhagia after the use of itraconazole for onychomycosis. Indian J Pharmacol [Internet]. 2017 Dec [cited 2021 Jun 11];49(6). Available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29674803/
  215. Pillans PI, Sparrow MJ. Pregnancy associated with a combined oral contraceptive and itraconazole. N Z Med J. 1993 Oct 13;106(965):436.
  216. Hilbert J, Messig M, Kuye O, Friedman H. Evaluation of interaction between fluconazole and an oral contraceptive in healthy women. Obstet Gynecol. 2001 Aug;98(2):218–23.
  217. Levine MT, Chandrasekar PH. Adverse effects of voriconazole: Over a decade of use. Clin Transplant. 2016 Nov;30(11):1377–86.
  218. Teranishi J, Nagatoya K, Kakita T, Yamauchi Y, Matsuda H, Mori T, et al. Voriconazole-associated salt-losing nephropathy. Clin Exp Nephrol. 2010 Aug;14(4):377–80.
  219. Isobe K, Muraoka S, Sugino K, Yamazaki Y, Kikuchi N, Hamanaka N, et al. [Case of pulmonary aspergillosis associated with inappropriate antidiuretic hormone syndrome caused by voriconazole therapy]. Nihon Kokyuki Gakkai Zasshi. 2007 Jun;45(6):489–93.
  220. Xu R-A, Zheng S-L, Xiao L-L, Cai X-D, Lai X-X, Lin G-Y, et al. Therapeutic drug monitoring in voriconazole-associated hyponatremia. Med Mycol Case Rep. 2013 Jun 19;2:134–6.
  221. Matsumoto K, Ikawa K, Abematsu K, Fukunaga N, Nishida K, Fukamizu T, et al. Correlation between voriconazole trough plasma concentration and hepatotoxicity in patients with different CYP2C19 genotypes. Int J Antimicrob Agents. 2009 Jul;34(1):91–4.
  222. Ho S, Rawlins M, Ingram P, Boan P. Voriconazole-induced hyponatraemia associated with homozygous CYP2C19*2 genotype. J Chemother Florence Italy. 2017 Oct;29(5):325–6.
  223. Lin X-B, Li Z-W, Yan M, Zhang B-K, Liang W, Wang F, et al. Population pharmacokinetics of voriconazole and CYP2C19 polymorphisms for optimizing dosing regimens in renal transplant recipients. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2018 Jul;84(7):1587–97.
  224. Moon WJ, Scheller EL, Suneja A, Livermore JA, Malani AN, Moudgal V, et al. Plasma fluoride level as a predictor of voriconazole-induced periostitis in patients with skeletal pain. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 2014 Nov 1;59(9):1237–45.
  225. Thompson GR, Bays D, Cohen SH, Pappagianis D. Fluoride excess in coccidioidomycosis patients receiving long-term antifungal therapy: an assessment of currently available triazoles. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2012 Jan;56(1):563–4.
  226. Wermers RA, Cooper K, Razonable RR, Deziel PJ, Whitford GM, Kremers WK, et al. Fluoride excess and periostitis in transplant patients receiving long-term voriconazole therapy. Clin Infect Dis Off Publ Infect Dis Soc Am. 2011 Mar 1;52(5):604–11.
  227. Skiles JL, Imel EA, Christenson JC, Bell JE, Hulbert ML. Fluorosis because of prolonged voriconazole therapy in a teenager with acute myelogenous leukemia. J Clin Oncol Off J Am Soc Clin Oncol. 2011 Nov 10;29(32):e779-782.
  228. Poinen K, Leung M, Wright AJ, Landsberg D. A vexing case of bone pain in a renal transplant recipient: Voriconazole-induced periostitis. Transpl Infect Dis Off J Transplant Soc. 2018 Oct;20(5):e12941.
  229. Adwan MH. Voriconazole-induced periostitis: a new rheumatic disorder. Clin Rheumatol. 2017 Mar;36(3):609–15.
  230. Chitkara M, Rackoff PJ, Beltran LS. Multiple painless masses: periostitis deformans secondary to fluoride intoxication. Skeletal Radiol. 2014 Apr;43(4):529–30, 555–6.
  231. Tanner AR. Hypothyroidism after treatment with ketoconazole. Br Med J Clin Res Ed. 1987 Jan 10;294(6564):125.
  232. Glass AR, Eil C. Ketoconazole-induced reduction in serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1986 Sep;63(3):766–9.
  233. G S, S B, Gi B, G DN. Ketoconazole decreases the serum ionized calcium and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D levels in tuberculosis-associated hypercalcemia. Am J Dis Child 1960 [Internet]. 1993 Mar [cited 2021 Jun 13];147(3). Available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8438806/
  234. Ar G, Jm C, W E, J L, Rw G, C E. Ketoconazole reduces elevated serum levels of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in hypercalcemic sarcoidosis. J Endocrinol Invest [Internet]. 1990 May [cited 2021 Jun 13];13(5). Available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/2166103/
  235. Sayers J, Hynes AM, Srivastava S, Dowen F, Quinton R, Datta HK, et al. Successful treatment of hypercalcaemia associated with a CYP24A1 mutation with fluconazole. Clin Kidney J. 2015 Aug;8(4):453–5.
  236. Nguyen M, Boutignon H, Mallet E, Linglart A, Guillozo H, Jehan F, et al. Infantile hypercalcemia and hypercalciuria: new insights into a vitamin D-dependent mechanism and response to ketoconazole treatment. J Pediatr. 2010 Aug;157(2):296–302.
  237. Peehl DM, Seto E, Feldman D. Rationale for combination ketoconazole/ vitamin D treatment of prostate cancer. Urology. 2001 Aug;58(2 Suppl 1):123–6.
  238. Ghatak T, Singh RK, Baronia AK. Enteral voriconazole induced hypoglycemia: A potentially life threatening complication. Indian J Pharmacol. 2012;44(1):138–9.
  239. Lobo BL, Miwa LJ, Jungnickel PW. Possible ketoconazole-induced hypoglycemia. Drug Intell Clin Pharm. 1988 Aug;22(7–8):632.
  240. Lyoen M, Rostain F, Grimault A, Minello A, Sgro C. VFEND® (voriconazole)-associated hypoglycaemia without identified drug interaction. Fundam Clin Pharmacol. 2013 Oct;27(5):570–1.
  241. Niemi M, Backman JT, Neuvonen M, Laitila J, Neuvonen PJ, Kivistö KT. Effects of fluconazole and fluvoxamine on the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of glimepiride. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2001 Apr;69(4):194–200.
  242. Gunaratne K, Austin E, Wu PE. Unintentional sulfonylurea toxicity due to a drug-drug interaction: a case report. BMC Res Notes. 2018 May 21;11(1):331.
  243. Stuecklin-Utsch A, Hasan C, Bode U, Fleischhack G. Pancreatic toxicity after liposomal amphotericin B. Mycoses. 2002 Jun;45(5–6):170–3.
  244. Kim SW, Yeum CH, Kim S, Oh Y, Choi KC, Lee J. Amphotericin B decreases adenylyl cyclase activity and aquaporin-2 expression in rat kidney. J Lab Clin Med. 2001 Oct;138(4):243–9.
  245. Metzger NL, Varney Gill KL. Nephrogenic diabetes insipidus induced by two amphotericin B liposomal formulations. Pharmacotherapy. 2009 May;29(5):613–20.
  246. Laniado-Laborín R, Cabrales-Vargas MN. Amphotericin B: side effects and toxicity. Rev Iberoam Micol. 2009 Dec 31;26(4):223–7.
  247. Canada TW, Weavind LM, Augustin KM. Possible liposomal amphotericin B-induced nephrogenic diabetes insipidus. Ann Pharmacother. 2003 Jan;37(1):70–3.
  248. Bockenhauer D, Bichet DG. Pathophysiology, diagnosis and management of nephrogenic diabetes insipidus. Nat Rev Nephrol. 2015 Oct;11(10):576–88.
  249. Ishikawa S. Amphotericin B-induced nephrogenic diabetes insipidus. Intern Med Tokyo Jpn. 2005 May;44(5):403.
  250. Kobayashi R, Keino D, Hori D, Sano H, Suzuki D, Kishimoto K, et al. Analysis of Hypokalemia as a Side Effect of Liposomal Amphotericin in Pediatric Patients. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2018 May;37(5):447–50.
  251. Zager RA, Bredl CR, Schimpf BA. Direct amphotericin B-mediated tubular toxicity: assessments of selected cytoprotective agents. Kidney Int. 1992 Jun;41(6):1588–94.
  252. Barton CH, Pahl M, Vaziri ND, Cesario T. Renal magnesium wasting associated with amphotericin B therapy. Am J Med. 1984 Sep;77(3):471–4.
  253. Johansen HK, Gøtzsche PC. Amphotericin B lipid soluble formulations versus amphotericin B in cancer patients with neutropenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev [Internet]. 2014 Sep 4 [cited 2021 Jun 13];2014(9). Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6457843/
  254. Sato K, Hayashi M, Utsugi M, Ishizuka T, Takagi H, Mori M. Acute pancreatitis in a patient treated with micafungin. Clin Ther. 2007 Jul;29(7):1468–73.
  255. Smith PB, Steinbach WJ, Cotten CM, Schell WA, Perfect JR, Walsh TJ, et al. Caspofungin for the treatment of azole resistant candidemia in a premature infant. J Perinatol Off J Calif Perinat Assoc. 2007 Feb;27(2):127–9.
  256. Xue S, Gu R, Wu T, Zhang M, Wang X. Oral potassium iodide for the treatment of sporotrichosis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009 Oct 7;(4):CD006136.
  257. Costa RO, de Macedo PM, Carvalhal A, Bernardes-Engemann AR. Use of potassium iodide in Dermatology: updates on an old drug. An Bras Dermatol. 2013;88(3):396–402.

 

Etiology and Pathogenesis of Diabetes Mellitus in Children and Adolescents

ABSTRACT

 

In this chapter, we review the etiology and pathogenesis of Type 1 diabetes mellitus (T1DM), with particular emphasis on the most common immune mediated form. Whereas Type 2 diabetes (T2DM) appears to be an increasing price paid for worldwide societal affluence, there is also evidence worldwide of a rising tide of T1DM. The increase in understanding of the pathogenesis of T1DM has made it possible to consider interventions to slow the autoimmune disease process in an attempt to delay or even prevent the onset or slow the progression of hyperglycemia. Although the prevention of T1DM is still at the stage of research trials, the trials are often mentioned in the lay press.  Current investigations will determine if antigen-based therapies can in fact abrogate ongoing autoimmunity via immuno-stimulation and ultimately prevent diabetes in humans without the risks of general immunosuppression.  We also review the etiology and pathogenesis of T2DM and monogenic forms of diabetes that may be confused with T1DM or T2DM. 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Diabetes Mellitus (DM) is a syndrome of disturbed metabolism involving carbohydrate, protein, and fat which results from the degree of insulin deficiency (absolute or relative) and tissue sensitivity to its actions. The combination(s) of insulin deficiency and sensitivity to its actions bring about distinct clinical phenotypes with varying severity of disturbed metabolism, most conveniently monitored by the degree of hyperglycemia. Absolute insulin deficiency (Type 1 DM) occurs with autoimmune destruction of insulin secreting β-cells (Type 1A DM) and other congenital (genetic defects in the formation or function of the endocrine pancreas), or acquired (relapsing pancreatitis and pancreatectomy) conditions. Absolute deficiency of insulin action also can occur in the total absence of insulin receptors, a rare event. Relative insulin deficiency occurs with genetic or acquired defects in insulin synthesis or secretion that are inadequate to overcome the resistance caused by fewer functioning insulin receptors, or resistance to insulin action induced by stress, drugs, and most commonly obesity (Type 2 DM).The acute clinical manifestations are those related to hyperglycemia which exceeds renal threshold to result in polyuria, increased thirst, dehydration, electrolyte disturbances, weight loss, and metabolic decompensation, in extreme degree known as diabetic ketoacidosis and non-ketotic hyperosmolar coma. The chronic complications include macrovascular (CAD, CVD, amputations) and microvascular (retinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy) lesions.  Both the acute and chronic complications are inversely related to the degree of metabolic control achieved.  These brief introductory comments form the basis for the etiology, pathogenesis, classification and diagnosis of diabetes mellitus.

 

Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes

 

The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care for Diabetes 2021(1) proposes the following classification (Table 1).

 

Table 1. Classification of Diabetes

Type 1 Diabetes owing to autoimmune destruction of insulin secreting β-cells leading to insulin deficiency

Type 2 Diabetes owing to inadequate insulin secretion that cannot overcome the existing degree of insulin resistance

Gestational diabetes (diabetes diagnosed in the second or third trimester of pregnancy that is not clearly overt diabetes)

Diabetes owing to other causes

- Monogenetic diabetes syndromes (neonatal diabetes, maturity-onset diabetes of the young [MODY])

- Disease of the exocrine pancreas (cystic fibrosis, pancreatitis, pancreatectomy)

- Medication induced (glucocorticoids, treatment of HIV/AIDS, immunosuppressants, chemotherapeutic agents)

 

Criteria for the Diagnosis of Diabetes Mellitus

 

The Expert Committee on the Diagnosis and Classification of Diabetes Mellitus recommends the following criteria for diagnosing DM (1).  Two replicate fasting glucose levels that exceed 126 mg/dl (>7 mmol/L) is consistent with diabetes even in the absence of symptoms. Normal fasting blood glucose levels of 100 mg/dl or above are considered impaired fasting glucose (IFG). Persons with IFG levels (FPG= 100-125 mg/dl (5.66.9 mmol/l) and/or with impaired glucose tolerance test (IGT) (2hour post-load glucose 140-199 mg/dl (78.8 mmol/L-11.1 mmol/L) are at risk of diabetes and should be observed periodically to detect hyperglycemic progression. Replicate, two-hour glycemic responses >200 mg/dl (>11.1 mmol/L) after a standard oral glucose tolerance test also indicate diabetes. This stage is often reached before the fasting glucose levels rise in T2DM and post-prandial hyperglycemia may precede fasting hyperglycemia by months to years. The reliance on only fasting glucose levels is generally more useful for identification of impending T1D but not for T2D.

 

The ADA now recommends that measurement of HbA1c levels can be used in clinical practice for the diagnosis of diabetes, since the onset is seldom so acute that it will not be reflected in elevated HbA1c levels Table 2 (1).

 

Table 2. The American Diabetes Association Diagnostic Guidelines (1,2)

Stage

Latent

Impaired glucose tolerance

Diabetes

Diagnostic criteria

Presence of 2 or more autoantibodies

AND

Normal glucose levels

Fasting plasma glucose: 100-125 mg/dl

OR

2hour plasma glucose during OGTT*: 140-199 mg/dl

OR

HbA1C+: 5.7-6.4%

Fasting plasma glucose: ≥126 mg/dL

OR

2hour plasma glucose during OGTT*: ≥200 mg/dl

OR

Random plasma glucose: ≥200 mg/dl with symptoms of polyuria, and weight loss.

OR

HbA1C+ ≥6.5%.

*The OGTT should be performed as described by the World Health Organization (1.75 gm/kg up to 75 gm, using a glucose load containing anhydrous glucose dissolved in water).

 

ETIOLOGIC CLASSIFICATION

 

Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus

 

Type 1 diabetes mellitus (T1DM) comprises several diseases of the pancreatic ß cells which lead to an absolute insulin deficiency. This is usually considered to be the result of an autoimmune destruction of the pancreatic ß cells (type 1A). Some patients with T1DM with no evidence of ß cell autoimmunity have underlying defects in insulin secretion often from inherited defects in pancreatic ß cell glucose sensing and from other genetic or acquired diseases.

 

Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus

 

Type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) is by far the more common type of diabetes and is characterized by insulin resistance resulting from defects in the action of insulin on its target tissues (muscle, liver, and fat), but complicated by varying and usually progressive failure of beta cells’ insulin secretary capacity. Most patients with T2DM in the US and Europe are overweight or obese, however in India and China, most T2DM patients have a lean body mass index (BMI), albeit with increased visceral and hepatic fat.

 

Monogenic Diabetes

 

Monogenic forms of diabetes are characterized by impaired secretion of insulin from pancreatic β cells caused by a single gene mutation. These forms comprise a genetically heterogenous group of diabetes including, maturity onset diabetes of the young (MODY), permanent or transient neonatal diabetes, and mitochondrial diabetes. MODY is the most common form of monogenic diabetes, with autosomal dominant transmission of one of several genes encoding a primary defect in insulin secretion.

 

TYPE 1 DIABETES MELLITUS

 

Epidemiology of Type 1 Diabetes

 

T1DM is one of the most common chronic diseases of childhood and is classified as an autoimmune disease. Most common autoimmune disorders predominantly affect females, but, T1DM equally affects males and females with a slight male predominance in younger children. This and other inconsistencies have raised questions as to whether T1DM is a “pure” auto-immune disease or whether the auto-immune component is a marker of a separate primary trigger (3,4).  We discuss these issues later in this chapter. 

 

The incidence and prevalence of T1DM vary by age, season, geographic location, and within different racial and ethnic groups. Of cases diagnosed before the age of 20, however, two peaks of T1DM presentation are observed; one between 5 and 7 years of age, and the other during puberty at the mid-teens (5). However, first presentation of T1DM actually is as common in adulthood as it is in childhood and is characterized by a milder course in adults; the term LADA, (Latent, Auto-immune, Diabetes of Adults) is used to describe this entity. A seasonal variation in the incidence of T1DM is also observed; the majority of new cases of T1DM are diagnosed mostly in autumn and winter (6).  Findings from large T1DM registry studies such as the World Health Organization Multinational Project for Childhood Diabetes, known as the DIAMOND Project, EURODIAB   and others monitor incidence and other epidemiological markers.

 

The World Health Organization Multinational Project for Childhood Diabetes, known as the DIAMOND Project (in 50 countries), EURODIAB (in Europe), and SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth (in the USA) were established to address the implications of diabetes in youth and describe the incidence of T1DM. Wide variations in incidence of T1DM exist throughout the world, lowest in China and Venezuela (0.1 per 100,000 per year) and highest in Finland and Sardinia (50-60 per 100,000 per year) (7). A multicenter study focusing on identifying the prevalence and incidence of diabetes by type, age, gender, and ethnicity found a 1.8% annual increase in the prevalence of T1DM among American youth from 2002-2003 to 2011-2012, whereas T2DM had increased 4.8% annually from 2002-2003 to 2011-2012 (Table 3) (8).  The greatest increase was seen in youth of minority racial/ethnic groups (8).  Similar rates of increase in T2DM in teens are reported from the UK, India, China and Japan.

 

Table 3. Incidence of T1DM in the USA (per 100,000/year)

 

Age Group

 

0-4 yr

5-9 yr

10-14 yr

15-19 yr

Non-Hispanic White

18.6

28.1

32.9

15.1

African American

9.7

16.2

19.2

11.1

Hispanic American

9.1

15.7

17.6

12.1

American Indian

4.1

5.5

7.1

4.8

Asian and Pacific Islander American

6.1

8.0

8.3

6.8

All

14.3

22.1

25.9

33.1

 

Although, there is a wide variance in the incidence and prevalence of diabetes throughout the world, the number of youths who are being diagnosed with T1DM has been growing at an annual rate of about 3 percent (9) and a similar increased annual rate was also observed among U.S. youth (10). This rising incidence of T1DM in children across the world in a short period of time clearly cannot be explained by genetic factors. Analytical epidemiological studies suggest that environmental risk factors, operating early in life, might be contributing to the increasing trend in incidence of T1DM (11,12).

 

On the basis of estimates for the number of people with diabetes in 2014, the cost of health care of diabetes in the US is estimated to be $105 billion per annum and the direct annual cost of diabetes in the world is $825 billion (13). However studies indicate that many more diabetic adults diagnosed as having T2DM phenotype actually have T1DM  as defined by the presence of antibodies to islet cell components (14,15); the term LADA, Latent Autoimmune Diabetes of Adults, is often used to describe this group (16).

 

Natural History of Type 1 Diabetes 

 

After immune activation in the setting of genetic susceptibility, the disease progresses through pre-symptomatic stages identified by presence of autoantibodies and impaired glucose intolerance, arising from further loss of β-cell function and ultimately resulting in clinical diabetes. (Figure 1)

Figure 1. Type 1 diabetes disease progression (17)

Pancreatic ß cells secrete insulin and are found in the islets of Langerhans. These islets are specialized groups of a few hundred to a few thousand endocrine cells that are anatomically and functionally discrete from pancreatic exocrine tissue, the primary function of which is to secrete pancreatic enzymes into the duodenum. Normal subjects have about one million islets, which in total weigh only 1-2 grams and constitute less than 1% of the mass of the pancreas. Furthermore, islets are composed of various types of cells that are interconnected as a regulatory network to regulate the disposition of nutrients and their utilization for energy use and tissue growth and repair. At least 70% are ß cells localized in the core of the islets, surrounded by α-cells that secrete glucagon, δ-cells that secrete somatostatin, and PP cells that secrete pancreatic polypeptide. All the cells communicate with each other through their extracellular spaces and through gap junctions; communication is further modulated by a rich network of sympathetic and para sympathetic innervation.

 

Insulin, a peptide hormone composed of 51 amino acids is synthesized, packaged and secreted in pancreatic ß cells. Insulin is synthesized as preproinsulin in the ribosomes of rough endoplasmic reticulum. The preproinsulin is then cleaved to proinsulin that is transported to the Golgi apparatus where it is packaged into secretory granules. Most of the proinsulin is cleaved into equimolar amounts of insulin and connecting (or C)-peptide in the secretory granules. Because the C-peptide sequence differs from that of insulin, and because, unlike insulin, it is not extracted by the liver, it is possible to estimate β-cell insulin secretion by measuring C-peptide, even in the presence of insulin antibodies resulting from insulin replacement therapy that impair the ability to measure insulin directly. Similarly, because C-peptide is an index of endogenous insulin secretion, and because C-peptide is not extracted by the liver, the ratio of C-peptide: insulin should exceed 1; when it is less than 1, implying a high insulin value, exogenous insulin may have been used. This has diagnostic and forensic utility in diagnosing causes of hypoglycemia.

 

Glucose is a major regulator of insulin secretion (Figure 2). When extracellular fluid glucose concentrations rise after a meal, glucose is taken up by the ß cells via glucose transporters, GLUT2 and GLUT1. Glucose is then phosphorylated into glucose-6-phosphate by islet specific glucokinase and metabolized, thereby increasing cellular ATP concentrations. The rise in ATP raises the resting ratio of ATP:ADP, that closes ATP dependent potassium channels (K-ATP) in the β-cell membrane, resulting in accumulation of intracellular potassium, causing membrane depolarization and influx of calcium via a voltage gated calcium channel. The rise in intracellular free calcium in ß-cells promotes margination of the secretory granules, their fusion with the cell membrane, and release of cell contents which include insulin into the extracellular space. An immediately releasable pool of insulin granules adjacent to the plasma membrane is responsible for an acute (first phase) insulin response; with ongoing stimulation, a pool of granules in the interior of the cell is mobilized and released as the “second phase” response. Amino acids also stimulate insulin release by a similar mechanism that involves the enzyme glutamate dehydrogenase which enables metabolism and ATP production by certain amino acids. Defects in the genes regulating these processes may result in diabetes if the K-ATP channel is prevented from closing normally (activating mutations) or syndromes of hyperinsulinemic hypoglycemia if the K-ATP channel is prevented from opening (inactivating mutations).  These aspects are discussed in greater detail in the section on Monogenic forms of diabetes (see below).

Figure 2. Insulin secretion by Pancreatic β cells. In the stimulated state, glucose is transported into the β cell by the GLUT2 transporter which undergoes phosphorylation by glucokinase and glucose is then metabolized. This results in an increase in the ATP/ADP ratio and initiation of a cascade of events that is characterized by closure of the K-ATP channel, decreased flux of potassium across the membrane, membrane depolarization, and calcium influx. This cascade ultimately results in insulin release from storage granules. The K-ATP channel shown is composed of four small subunits, Kir6.2, that surround a central pore and four larger regulatory subunits constituting SUR1. In the resting state, the potassium channel is open, modulated by the ratio of ATP to ADP. Leucine also stimulates insulin secretion by allosterically activating GDH and by increasing the oxidation of glutamate; this then increases the ATPADP ratio leading to the cascade of events beginning with closure of the KATP channel.
MCT-1: Monocarboxylate transporter-1, SCHAD: Short chain 3-hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase, SUR1: Sulfonylurea receptor 1, Kir 6.2: Potassium Inward Rectifying Channel 6.2, UCP-2: Uncoupling protein 2, HNF4α: Hepatocyte Nuclear Factor 4α, HNF1 α: Hepatocyte Nuclear Factor 4α, K+: Potassium, ATP: Adenosine Triphosphate, GDH: Glutamate Dehydrogenase, GLUT-2: Glucose Transporter 2

Metabolic Derangements of Type 1 Diabetes

 

As the pancreatic ß cell mass declines in an islet cell antibody (ICA) positive person, the first metabolic abnormality discernable is a decline in the first phase of insulin release (FPIR) to an IVGTT (18). The insulin level after a 3-4 minute infusion of glucose at 0.5Gms/kg rises abruptly in normal children at about 8 years of age, perhaps coincident with the onset of adrenarche (19). In the relatives and children from the general population with positive ICA, a decline in the FPIR is a strong predictive marker of evolving diabetes (19-21).

 

Subsequently, in evolving T1DM there is a rise in the fasting glucose level followed by an inability to keep the two-hour, post-OGTT glucose level below 200mg/dl (11.1mM). Transient insulin resistance also occurs in untreated T1DM and is due to raised levels of free fatty acids (FFAs) from uncontrolled lipolysis (22), as well as decreased levels of hepatic glucokinase and insulin regulated GLUT 4 glucose transporters in adipocytes which contribute to  the onset of symptomatic diabetes (23-25). Prolonged hyperglycemia itself likely impairs the ability to secrete insulin and when insulin replacement therapy begins, there is usually some recovery in the patient's ability to secrete insulin (the "honeymoon" period). However, within months to years, this partial recovery in endogenous insulin secretion ultimately fails. If it does not fail after 2 years, another form of diabetes, such as MODY should be suspected. Initially, the glucagon secreting cells within the pancreatic islets remain relatively preserved, resulting in excessive secretion of glucagon relative to insulin after protein meals (26). These elevated glucagon levels exacerbate the effects of the insulin deficiency, and promote lipolysis and ketogenesis, effects that can be partially reversed by an infusion of somatostatin (27). As the mass of islet cells decline, there is also loss of amylin, an islet cell hormone that down-regulates glucagon secretion. Thus, an analogue of amylin (pramlintide- marketed under the trade name Symlin) can be used as adjunctive therapy with insulin replacement. In time, with continued loss of islets, glucagon deficiency develops in established long standing T1DM, rendering patients more susceptible to insulin-induced hypoglycemia (26,28).  

 

Insulin is the hormone of "feasting", promoting utilization and deposition of ingested nutrients into body stores, as well as having multiple anabolic effects in many tissues. Progressive insulin deficiency thus induces a starvation like state, associated with excessive hepatic and renal gluconeogenesis, decreased peripheral utilization of glucose, hyperglycemia with resultant glycosuria, loss of water and sodium salts, and proteolysis in muscle liberating amino acids such as alanine and glutamine as substrates for gluconeogenesis (29-31). Uncontrolled lipolysis leads to the rapid mobilization of fatty acids from adipose tissue and the increased delivery of fatty acids to the liver leading to the increased synthesis of triglycerides and secretion of very low-density lipoprotein (VLDL).

 

With severe insulin deficiency the fatty acids delivered to the liver are metabolized to yield beta hydroxybutyric and aceto-acetic acids (ketone bodies) and contribute to keto-acidosis. Ketoacidosis is a life-threatening metabolic decompensation that is characterized by hyperglycemia, dehydration, metabolic acidosis and ketosis, all the result of the effects of severe insulin deficiency as well as the counter-regulatory stress hormones, cortisol, growth hormone, catecholamines and glucagon. Specifically, hepatic glucokinase levels fall with insulinopenia, synthesis of hepatic triglyceride and glycogen levels decline, malonyl CoA falls and thereby carnitine palmitoyl transferase-I levels rise promoting the transport of fatty acyl-CoA into mitochondria with the formation of acetyl-CoA (32-34).  In the liver, acetyl-CoA is converted into ß-hydroxybutyrate and acetoacetate in a proportion that depends upon the prevailing redox state, which provide an additional fuel substrates for muscle and brain (31,35,36). Lipoprotein lipases are also inactivated, leading to reduced hydrolysis of triglycerides that, if severe, may turn the serum milky with increased VLDL characteristic of the type 4 lipemic phenotype (37-39).

 

Genetic Susceptibility to Type 1 Diabetes

 

Individuals with autoimmune T1DM have inherited a number of quantitative trait loci (QTL) that encode protective and predisposing alleles which have exceeded the net genetic threshold required to predispose them to the disease (40). However, this genetic threshold (penetrance) is dependent in turn on chance interactions with greater predisposing than protective environmental forces. The multiple genetic influences in T1DM comprise a major effect from DR/DQ genotypes of the HLA complex (some 50% of the genetic effect), coupled to several other QTLs with minor influences (Table 4). All of the latter QTLs are not obligatory genetic elements themselves since they are of minor-influence, but they collectively interact to create additive influences on the genetic threshold. Siblings of a diabetic patient develop T1DM at about 15-fold greater frequency than persons in the general population (prevalence 1:250-300), vs. a value of 15. The HLA predisposition to T1DM is encoded by cis- and trans complementation DQA1*/DQB1* heterodimers which have an arginine at residue 52 of the A chain and a neutral amino acid (DQB1*0302, *0201) rather than a charged aspartic acid at residue 57 of the B chain (DQB1*0602/3 and DQB1*0301) (40), as modified by DRB1*04 subtypes (*0401 and *0405 are susceptible and *0403 and 6 are resistant types) (41) in the HLA genotype. Further, HLA-DP alleles have also been implicated, even though they are at a considerable recombination frequency away from the closely linked DR/DQ loci (42). Other genes involved include the variable number of tandem repeat (VNTR) alleles 5' to the insulin (INS) gene on chromosome 11p15, where the protective class III alleles (>200 repeats) are associated with increased expression of insulin in the thymus, leading to a more efficient eradication of insulin autoreactive T cells than class I alleles (26-63 repeats) that confer susceptibility to develop diabetes (43,44). There are also CTLA-4 gene polymorphisms on chromosome 2q that are associated with T1DM. CTLA-4 is an induced accessory molecule that is expressed on activated T cells. CTLA-4 interacts with B7.2 expressed by antigen presenting cells (APC), signaling apoptosis of T cells that become activated as part of an immune response, thereby confining the immune response. The non-obese diabetic (NOD) mouse, a model for autoimmune diabetes, has an enlarged lymphoid mass because of resistance of their T cells to undergo apoptosis, as do CTLA-4 knockout mice, which readily develop lymphocytic organ infiltrates like NOD mice. These genes thus collectively affect the general ability to be tolerant to "self" antigens. Another susceptibility locus, (the IDDM 4) in the genomic interval on chromosome 11q13harbors the high affinity IgE Fc receptor gene that has been linked to atopy and asthma, which are characterized byTh2 responses that may protect individuals against the development of anti- islet Th1 responses, and thereby protect against T1DM. There are other genomic intervals associated with or linked to T1DM that have been putatively mapped, but these mostly lack plausible candidate genes in the DNA region, and pathogenic mechanisms for them cannot yet be offered. The NOD mouse however has been subjected to extensive genetic mapping studies, in the hopes that genomic intervals harboring susceptibility or protective genes which are syntenic to humans will be discovered, thus hastening the identification of equivalent defective genes.

 

Table 4. Genotypes of the HLA Complex Associated with Diabetes Mellitus

Locus

Chromosome

Candidate Genes/Microsatellites

References

IDDM1

6p21.3*

HLA-DQ/DR

(45,46)

IDDM2

11p15*

INS VNTR

(47,48)

IDDM3

15q26

D15s107

(49)

IDDM4

11q13

MDU1, ZFM1, RT6, FADD/MORT1, LRP5

(50,51)

IDDM5

6q24-27

ESR, MnSOD

(52)

IDDM6

18q12-q21

D18s487, D18s64, JK (Kidd locus)

(53)

IDDM7

2q31

D2s152, IL-1, NEUROD, GALNT3

(54)

IDDM8

6q25-27

D6s264, D6s446, D6s281

(52)

IDDM9

3q21-25

D3s1303

(55)

IDDM10

10p11-q11

D10s193, D10s208, D10s588

(56)

IDDM11

14q24.3-q31

D14s67

(57)

IDDM12

2q33*

CTLA-4, CD28

(58)

IDDM13

2q34

D2s137, D2s164, IGFBP2, IGFBP5

(59)

IDDM14

?

NCBI# 3413

 

IDDM15

6q21

D6s283, D6s434, D6s1580

(52)

IDDM16

?

NCBI# 3415

 

IDDM17

10q25

D10s1750- D10s1773

(60)

2p12

EIF2AK3

 

(61)

5p11-q13

 

 

(62)

16p

 

D16s405- D16s207

(62)

16q22-q24

 

D16s515- D16s520

(55)

1q42

 

D1s1617

(63)

Xp11

 

DXS1068

(64)

 

In summary, T1DM is a complex, multifactorial disease involving genetic predisposition and an environmental triggering event, of which viral causes have been proposed. Although more than 50 loci have been identified, genes involved in immune regulation including HLA subtypes, VNTR in insulin itself, CTLA4, PTPN22, AIRE, and IL2R remain most prominent (65,66). The HLA association, especially class II, remains the strongest predictor of T1DM risk. The heterozygous DR3/DR4 genotype carries the highest genetic risk for T1DM in non-Hispanic whites (45-70).  In conclusion, insulin expressing islets from recent-onset T1D subjects show overexpression of interferon stimulated genes (ISGs), with an expression pattern similar to that seen in islets infected with virus or exposed to IFN-γ/interleukin-1β or IFN-α.

 

Autoantigens and Autoantibodies in Type 1 Diabetes

 

The Doniach group in London, first reported islet cell autoantibodies in patients with autoimmune polyglandular syndromes (APSs) (71), especially in those with APS type-1 (APS-1) (72), even though such patients did not often develop diabetes. Lendrum and colleagues, having failed to find serological evidence for an autoimmune basis for chronic pancreatitis, did succeed in finding Islet Cell Antibodies (ICA) detectable by indirect immunofluorescence in patients with T1DM. Islet cell surface reactive autoantibodies and autoreactive peripheral blood T cells were also reported (73,74). Over the years that followed, the presence of ICA in US patients was confirmed but with distinctly lower frequencies of ICA among African American diabetic patients (75). Insulin autoantibodies (IAA) were discovered in patients with T1DM before their first dose of insulin replacement had been received (76). The presence of IAA together with ICA identified a group of non-diabetic relatives of probands with T1DM, that were at high risk for T1DM themselves (77). Insulin itself is not an ICA antigen that can be detected by the indirect immunofluorescent technique. Subsequently, much of the antigenic nature of the ICA reactivity has become clearer. It was recognized that many patients with "stiff" man syndrome who were prone to develop diabetes, also had ICA and autoantibodies to glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD65). These GAD autoantibodies penetrated the blood brain barrier. High concentrations of GAD in the cerebellum reduce brain levels of the inhibitory neurotransmitter gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA), thereby causing the appearance of temporal lobe epilepsy, depressed cognition, muscle spasms, cerebellar incoordination and motor dysfunctions. That GAD65 was the antigen that accounted for the 64 KDa islet cell protein previously discovered by Baekkeskov to react with autoantibodies in T1DM, was later confirmed by the same investigator (78). Antibodies to recombinant GAD65 and GAD67 in T1DM patients were soon reported (79). The autoantibodies reacted to the antigens by conformational rather than linear epitopes, and thus with native rather than denatured antigens. Therefore, they were best detected by liquid phase assays such as radioimmunoassay, rather than by an ELISA technique. In stiff-man syndrome, the predominant GAD autoantibodies reacted with linear epitopes. It became known that besides islet cell 64 KDa sized proteins, autoantibodies in the sera of T1DM patients also precipitated islet cell proteins of 50, 40 and 37 KDa as well (80).

 

The next islet cell antigen discovered was one of the two-dozen tyrosine phosphatases expressed in islet cells, insulinoma antigen-2 (IA-2) (81). This antigen shared structural homologies with the ICA-512 antigen (82). A second tyrosine phosphatase named IA-2ß was discovered next (83). These additional tyrosine phosphatase antigens allowed for the matching of the islet cell proteins previously identifiable only by their molecular weights. Thus, GAD65 and its tryptic fragment explained the 64 and 50 KDa proteins, while tryptic fragments of IA-2 and IA- 2ß were identical with the 40 KDa and the 37 KDa islet precipitable proteins respectively (84). The tyrosine phosphatases are a family of transmembrane enzymes of which only these two are expressed by the pancreatic islets and react with T1DM autoantibodies. The reactivity is almost exclusively with the internal domains of these molecules, suggesting that they arise as a consequence of islet cell damage from autoimmunity. Antibodies to IA-2 cross-react with those of IA-2ß in about 50% of the patient sera. Some unusual patient sera however react exclusively with IA-2ß. The question of why only these two members of the tyrosine phosphatase family are targets of islet cell autoimmunity has been answered by the finding that they are relatively resistant to proteolytic enzymatic digestion, and once released from islet cells after their lysis, are insoluble and thus become better antigens for auto-immunization, than those that remain soluble and are more rapidly digested (85).

 

Recently, another antigen of 38KDa size (GLIMA) was added to the islet cell group, albeit only a minority of patient's sera reacts to it (86). Still more islet cell autoantigens are likely to be discovered. The detection of islet cell autoantibodies is useful for differentiating T1DM from diabetes of other causes, and can be used to predict onset of diabetes months to years before onset of the clinical disease (20,21,87,88) in non-diabetic relatives of probands with T1DM.  Importantly, the clinical onset of the disease is often long preceded by the appearance of autoantibodies reactive to islet cells (ICA) (88) and to insulin (77), as independent age-related variables in predicting a diabetic outcome (89). Islet cell autoantibodies (ICA) also show a strong tendency to disappear after diabetes onset when all ß cells are destroyed (90,91).

 

Studies in mice demonstrated a critical role of autoantibodies to GAD65 in the induction of autoimmune diabetes in NOD mice. In humans, the German BABY-DIAB study and the Finnish TRIGR study showed that islet autoantibodies which are mostly IgG class can be transferred through the placenta from islet antibody-positive mothers to their offspring (92,93). Most of the antibodies, however, disappeared from the circulation of the infant within the first year of life, indicating that they represent maternal antibodies and unlikely that they are markers of fetal induction of B-cell autoimmunity (93). In the German BABY-DIAB study, it was demonstrated that 729 offspring of mothers with T1DM had significantly lower risk of developing multiple islet autoantibodies (5 year risk 1.3%) and diabetes (8-year risk 1.1%) when they were GAD or IA-2 positive, than offspring who were islet autoantibody negative at birth (94). These findings suggest that fetal exposure to islet autoantibodies may protect from future diabetes. Furthermore, the German BABY-DIAB study finding is consistent with the overall decreased risk of development of diabetes in offspring of mother with T1DM compared with that of offspring of fathers with T1DM and nondiabetic mothers (95).

 

The timing of the appearance of the autoantibodies seems to be important. It was found that progression to multiple islet autoantibodies was fastest in children who were antibody positive by age 2 years and that progression to diabetes was inversely related to the age of first positivity for multiple autoantibodies (96).

 

The presence of multiple autoantibodies strikingly increases the risk of diabetes, whereas one of the above autoantibodies in the absence of all of the others when tested for, denotes only a modestly increased risk (20,21). This suggests that antigenic epitope spreading is involved in a sustained or accelerated autoimmune attack (72) (97). Besides autoimmunity to islet cell autoantigens, patients with T1DM are subject to other autoimmunities. Thus T1DM is a component part of the autoimmune polyglandular syndromes, commonly in APS-2  (Diabetes Mellitus, Addison Disease, Hypothyroidism) and with less frequency in APS-1(AIRE gene mutations) (72). Accordingly, patients with T1DM have high rates of thyroid autoimmunity, especially if they are females (98) (99), and are at increased risk for Addison's disease (99), atrophic gastritis (100), pernicious anemia (98), celiac disease (101), and vitiligo (102).

 

Table 5. Autoantibody Targets in Type 1 Diabetes

glutamic acid decarboxylase 65

Islet cells

Insulin

Zinc Transporter 8

 

Antigen Specific Cellular Immunity in Type1 Diabetes

 

Autoreactive T cells that develop in impending T1DM, localize to the pancreatic islets where they become a component part of the evolving insulitis lesions. Thus, circulating autoreactive T cells are relatively sparse in impending T1DM. Nevertheless, antigen specific T cells are identifiable through prolonged in-vitro cultures in the presence of purified or recombinant islet cell autoantigens such as GAD (103) (104) and IA-2 (105). In fact, autoreactivity to a large number of autoantigens have been reported in both human and murine diabetes (106). T cell proliferative responses to insulin and GAD65, and more generally to islet extracts, have been repeatedly reported in both patients with T1DM (107,108) and NOD mice. However, both in humans and NOD mice, reports of spontaneous proliferative responses have been difficult to reproduce and validate, probably because of the relative paucity of autoreactive T cells in peripheral blood samples, and the ready contamination of recombinant "test" antigens by lymphotoxin or lipopolysaccharide (LPS), that by itself, can produce proliferative responses even when present in trace amounts. Furthermore, significant T cell responses to insulin, proinsulin or GAD65 antigen were reported, in some normal controls as well as in T1DM patients (109-111). Numerous laboratories have reported T cell reactivity in diabetic patients against GAD65 and IA-2 and their peptides with variable results (105,107,112-117). However, in established diabetes, the loss of the majority of ß cell mass resulting in associated loss of GAD65 and other ß cell antigens, in turn leads to the inactivation of T cells due to the loss of the peptide antigens that were driving the response. Thus, antigenic/epitopic spreading is an undesirable phenomenon associated with progression in autoimmune diseases like T1DM to a clinically significant outcome.

 

Pathogenesis of Type 1 Diabetes

 

The availability of Biobreeding (BB) rats and nonobese diabetic (NOD) mice, the rodent models of T1DM, has greatly enhanced our understanding of the possible pathogenic mechanisms involved (Fig. 3). Recently, it has become possible to compare these findings with findings in human islets, obtained from post mortem specimens of the pancreas through the network of Pancreatic Organ Donors (nPOD) and from patients with recent onset DM via endoscopic pancreatic biopsy (DiViD study, Norway) (86,118,119). In addition, epidemiological studies aimed at the prediction and prevention of T1DM permit a picture of the natural history to emerge. The process of destruction of β-cells is chronic in nature, often beginning during infancy and continuing over the many months or years that follow. At the time of clinical diagnosis of T1DM, about +80% of the β- cells have been destroyed, the islets are infiltrated with chronic inflammatory mononuclear cells (insulitis), including CD8+ cytotoxic T cells. Once islet cell autoimmunity has begun, progression to islet cell destruction is quite variable, with some patients rapidly progressing to clinical diabetes, while others remain in a non-progressive state.

Figure 3. The pathogenesis of islet cell destruction. Islet cell proteins are presented by antigen presenting cells (APCs) to naïve Th0 type CD4+ T cells in association with MHC class II molecules. Interleukin (IL)-12 is thus secreted by APCs that promotes the differentiation of Th0 cells to Th1 type cells. Th1 cells secrete IL-2 and IFN-γ that further stimulate CD8+ cytotoxic T cells or macrophages to release free radicals (super-oxides) or perforin/granzymes, leading to ß cell apoptosis or death. CD8+ cytotoxic T cells further mediate ß cell death by Fas mediated mechanisms. Interleukin (IL)-4, on the other hand, secreted mainly by natural killer T (NKT) cells drives Th0 cell to Th2 pathway leading to benign insulitis.

Diabetes risk and time to diabetes in relatives of patients directly correlates with the number of different autoantibodies present. The pathogenesis of T1DM has been extensively studied, but the exact mechanism involved in the initiation and progression of β-cell destruction is still unclear. The presentation of beta cell-specific autoantigens by antigen- presenting cells (APC) [macrophages or dendritic cells (DC)] to CD4+ helper T cells in association with MHC class II molecules is considered to be the first step in the initiation of the disease process. Macrophages secrete interleukin (IL)-12, stimulating CD4 + T cells to secrete interferon (IFN)-γ and IL-2. IFN-γ stimulates other resting macrophages to release other cytokines such as IL-1β, tumor necrosis factor (TNF-α) and free radicals, which are toxic to pancreatic β-cells. During this process, cytokines induce the migration of β-cell autoantigen specific CD8+ cytotoxic T cells. On recognizing specific autoantigen on ß cells in association with class I molecules, these CD8+ cytotoxic T cells cause ß cell damage by releasing perforin and granzyme and by Fas-mediated apoptosis of the beta cells. Continued destruction of beta cells eventually results in the clinical onset of diabetes.

 

Recently, these concepts derived from studies in the rodent models have been challenged as having the same pathologic process that occur in humans. Analysis of variations in histopathology observed from these organ donors provide mechanistic differences related to etiological agents and serve an important function in terms of identifying the heterogeneity of T1D (120). The findings are not always consistent with those of the rodent models. For example, the dense infiltration of islets by T-cells is evident in the pancreas of those who succumb to DKA at onset, but more chronic cases show a patchy distribution of destroyed and functioning islets containing beta cells with insulin suggesting a defect in secretion rather than synthesis. In the DiViD (Diabetes Virus Detection) study, expression of inflammatory markers, predominance of Class I antigens (rather than expression of Class 2 antigens) in islets, and actual viral isolations suggest a more acute process. Taken together, the studies suggest that T1DM may be a heterogeneous group of conditions in which auto-immunity may be a consequence or companion rather than the initiating mechanism. These findings begin to explain why prediction of developing T1DM in those from affected families considered at risk has become quite accurate, whereas prevention or reversal of DM by immune intervention or modulation has failed repeatedly (3,4,121).

 

The Indian uctive Event in Type 1 Diabetes

 

Various mechanisms have been proposed:

 

MOLECULAR MIMCRY

 

In antigenic molecular mimicry, cross-reactive immune responses occur due to significant structural homologies shared by molecules encoded by dissimilar genes.

 

The incidence of T1DM has increased over the last three to four decades in Europe, and the clinical disease exhibits preferential seasonal onset (122). These observations emphasize the role of environmental factors in the disease process. It has long been suggested that T1DM in humans is caused by viral infections (123-125). However, despite a vast increase in the information regarding the various genetic factors controlling the disease, little is known about the role of the putative environmental factors that might provide a more direct approach to therapy (8). Specifically, allegations that childhood vaccines could be causal have not been upheld by more extensive controlled studies.

 

The disease pathogenesis may involve multiple factors including the genetics of the host, strain of the virus, activation status of the autoreactive T cells, upregulation of pancreatic MHC class I antigens, molecular mimicry between viral and ß cell epitopes and direct islet cell destruction by viral cytolysis. Viruses, as one of the environmental factors affecting the induction of T1DM, may act as triggering agents of autoimmunity or as primary injurious agents, which directly damage pancreatic ß cells. Immune responses against a determinant shared by host cells and a virus could cause a tissue-specific immune response by generation of cytotoxic cross-reactive effector lymphocytes or antibodies that recognize self-proteins located on the target cells.

Monoclonal antibodies against viruses have been observed to be capable of cross-reacting with host determinants (126).

 

Several studies in humans also point to viruses as triggers of the disease (127). Coxsackie B4 virus and rubella virus have been linked with T1DM. In a few instances, Coxsackie B4 virus has even been directly isolated from pancreatic tissues of individuals with acute T1DM. Inoculation of this virus into mice, in one report, produced diabetes (128). The possibility that viruses might cause some cases of T1DM by infecting and destroying pancreatic ß-cells has received considerable attention. However, it is difficult to demonstrate in-vivo that viruses replicate in human ß-cells and/or produce diabetes in man. An in-vitro system was therefore developed to determine whether viruses are capable of destroying human β-cells in culture (129,130). By this method, it was clearly shown that several common human viruses, including mumps virus (131), Coxsackie B3 virus(132), Coxsackie B4 virus (128), reovirus type 3 (133), could infect human ß-cells. In addition, by radioimmunoassay, it was shown that the infection markedly decreased the insulin content of the ß-cells.

 

A strong correlation was found between the CMV genome in the immunocytes and the islet cell autoantibodies in the sera from diabetic patients (134). About 15% of newly diagnosed autoimmune T1DM patients have been reported to have persistent CMV infections.

Furthermore, it has been proposed that a molecular mimicry between protein 2C (p2C) of Coxsackie virus B4 and the autoantigen GAD65 may play a role in pathogenesis of T1DM. Kaufman et al (135) and Vreugdenhil et al (125), showed that the amino acid sequence of p2C shares a striking homology with a sequence in GAD65 (PEVKEK) and is highly conserved in Coxsackie virus B4 isolates as well as in different viruses of the subgroup of Coxsackie B-like viruses. These are the most prevalent enteroviruses and therefore the exposure to the mimicry motif should be a frequent event throughout the life. Furthermore, they suggested that molecular mimicry might be limited to the HLA-DR3 subpopulation of the T1D patients.

 

Although numerous sequence similarities between viral proteins and ß-cell autoantigens are plausible, the relationship between Coxsackie virus infection and GAD65 autoimmunity has received the most attention.

 

Glutamate Decarboxylase (GAD)

 

The finding by Kauffman et al (135), of a striking sequence homology of 18 amino acid peptide between human GAD65 and the Coxsackie virus p2-C protein, enhanced the evidence of a specific molecular mimicry model involving GAD. In addition, this specific region of GAD65 contains a T cell epitope involved in the GAD cellular autoimmunity in humans with immune mediated diseases (103)  and this region is an early target of the cellular immunity in NOD mice (136,137). GAD catalyzes the formation of the inhibitory neurotransmitter γ-amino butyric acid (GABA) from glutamine (104). Two forms of GAD exist (GAD65 and GAD67). GAD65 is the predominant form within the human pancreatic islet cells, while GAD67 predominates in mouse islets. Within the islets, GAD is predominantly observed within the ß-cells, while its roles in the inhibition of somatostatin and glucagon secretion and in the regulation of proinsulin synthesis and insulin secretion, have also been suggested (138).

 

Another study further supports a link between Coxsackie virus and T1DM, associating IgM antibodies to Coxsackie B virus as a marker of recent exposure to the virus in newly diagnosed IMD patients and age/sex-matched controls (139). In that report, humoral immunity to Coxsackie virus and GAD appeared to cluster, even in people without diabetes. A series of overlapping synthetic GAD65 peptides were used to study the most reactive T cell determinants in individuals at increased risk for T1DM, i.e., autoantibody positive, first degree relatives of T1DM patients. Elevated in vitro T cell responses were observed to GAD65 peptides (amino acids 247-266 and 260-279) in newly diagnosed T1DM patients and autoantibody positive at- risk individuals (140). The sequence of this region of GAD65 (amino acids 250-273) is significantly similar to the p2-C protein of Coxsackie B virus (123). However, not all published reports have demonstrated a linkage between immunity to GAD and Coxsackie virus. For example, one study identified a non-Coxsackie-homologous region of GAD65 as a predominant cellular immune epitope while studying the polyclonal human T cell responses (115).

 

Insulinoma Antigen Two (IA-2)

 

Tyrosine phosphatase IA-2 is another molecular target of pancreatic islet autoimmunity in T1DM. In one recent study, the epitope spanning 805-820 amino acid elicited maximum T-cell responses in all at-risk relatives, out of a total of 68 overlapping, synthetic peptides encompassing the intracytoplasmic domain of IA-2 (141). This epitope was found to have 56% identity and 100% similarity over 9 amino acids with a sequence in VP7, a major immunogenic protein of human rotavirus. This dominant epitope also has 75-45% identity and 88-64% similarity over 8-14 amino acids to sequences in Dengue, cytomegalovirus, measles, hepatitis C and canine distemper viruses and the bacterium Haemophilus influenzae.

 

Furthermore, three other IA-2 epitope peptides have 71-100% similarity over 7-12 amino acid stretch to herpes, rhino-, hanta- and flavi-viruses. Two others have 80-82% similarity with dietary proteins of milk, wheat and bean proteins. These molecular mimicries could lead to triggering or exacerbation of ß-cell autoimmunity.

 

SUPERANTIGENS

 

Besides molecular mimicry, retroviral expression of superantigens (Sags) may be able to activate clonal expansion of autoreactive T cell clones. Superantigens have been implicated in the pathogenesis of the various autoimmune diseases (142,143). Originally described as minor-lymphocyte stimulating antigens, retroviral Sags expressed by B cells interact with the development of T helper cells of both Th1 and Th2 subtypes in mice. A study in patients with T1DM demonstrated that two thirds of IAA positive sera also reacted with p73 (144). Conrad et al (145)  isolated a novel mouse mammary tumor virus-related human endogenous retrovirus (HERV), in patients suffering from acute onset T1DM. He termed them the HERV IDDMK1,2 22 subtype. They further showed that the N-terminal moiety of the envelope (env) gene encoded an MHC class II-dependent superantigen. He proposed that expression of this Sag, induced extra-pancreatically and by professional antigen-presenting cells, could lead to ß-cell destruction via the systemic activation of autoreactive T cells. He further reported the selective expansion of Vß7+ T cells in the islet cell infiltrates from two patients with recent onset IMD was associated with extensive junctional diversity of Vß7+ T cell clones. These investigators demonstrated that islet cell membrane preparations preferentially expanded Vß7+ T cells from non-diabetic peripheral blood mononuclear cells (146). However, other investigators were unable to confirm T1DM specificity of the IDDMK1,2 22, since it was equally recoverable as viremia from controls as well as patients (147). Furthermore, both patients and controls made antibodies to env proteins.

 

In order to establish molecular mimicry as a mechanism responsible for the autoimmune diseases it is important to identify the precise epitope that initiates the putative cross-reactive immune response. Additional complexity that has come to various animal studies is that of

epitope spreading (148). An increasing array of autoantigens or autoantigenic peptides reactive with autoantibodies develop over time. Both intramolecular and intermolecular epitope spreading has been described in NOD mice (136,149). These studies demonstrated that T- cell responses in NOD mice expand in vivo against a defined group of islet cell antigens in an orderly sequential manner. These responses in the young NOD mice first show a strong reactivity to GAD enzyme and not to other islet cell antigens. Furthermore, the initial response to GAD is first limited to one region of the protein only. Gradually, this response spreads intramolecularly to involve other regions of the protein. Eventually, after the destructive islet cell inflammation (insulitis) as a result of autoimmunity to ß-cells, the T-cell responses spread intermolecularly to involve other islet cell proteins (e.g., heat shock protein 60, carboxypeptidase H and insulin) as well (150). This epitope spreading makes it difficult to predict which putative cross-reactions, if any, are important in terms of disease induction, and which do not give rise to autoimmune pathology, particularly in humans who are exposed to many infections.

 

Deficiencies in immunoregulation in Type 1 Diabetes

 

There is both evidence for and speculation about defective central and peripheral mechanisms of immunoregulation in the autoimmune form of T1DM. Deletion of autoreactive T cells in the thymus, is one mechanism for the induction of tolerance to self-antigens (central deletion). This may involve diminished expression of insulin in the thymus of susceptible individuals due to the presence of class I VNTR alleles 5' to the insulin gene as already discussed. Others have suggested that it is the ineffective antigenic binding of the T1DM-prone HLA-DQ or -DR that promotes islet cell autoimmunity, since this permits autoreactive T cells to escape thymic ablation and pass into circulation.

 

In addition to clonal T cell deletion and anergy in thymus, peripheral regulatory T (Treg) cells are essential for the down regulation of T cell responses to both foreign and self-antigens, and for the prevention of autoimmunity. Various studies have identified defects in the peripheral Treg cells in T1DM patients (151,152) as well as in NOD mice affecting both NKT cells (153,154) as well as CD4+CD25+ suppressor T cells (155). Since these Treg cells are not absent in either species, ways to stimulate them should be actively sought to provide novel therapies for the future. The possibility of future therapeutic use of Treg cells in human autoimmune diseases lies heavily on basic studies that are designed to elucidate the mechanisms of induction and function of these cells. Therapy with immunomodulatory compounds that specifically target endogenous pools of Treg cells can be envisioned (156). This approach requires a more detailed investigation into the intracellular and extracellular events that regulate the differentiation and expansion of these cells in-vivo.

 

Of great interest has been the emergence of immune mediated T1DM in patients treated with checkpoint inhibitors for various cancers (157).  Unlocking the immune response via drugs that block the molecules programmed death (PD1) or its ligand, PDL1, as well as CTL4, may result in immunotoxicity with emergence of autoimmunity affecting various organs, including endocrine tissues such as the thyroid, adrenal and pancreas causing a form of T1DM (158). Indeed, autoimmunity has been called the “Achilles’ Heel” of immunotherapy, with increasing reports of its association with T1DM (159).

 

Environmental Factors in Type 1 Diabetes

 

Besides the familial predispositions, much evidence points to a major role of environmental factors in the disease pathogenesis. More than 60% of identical twins affected by T1DM are discordant for the disease and most of the non-diabetic twins lack islet cell autoantibodies. Over the past 3 decades, the disease frequency is on a steep rise in Western countries that cannot be explained by the accumulation of the susceptible genes. Africans, who dominate the tropics, and Chinese, both have low frequencies of the susceptible genes and low incidence rates of T1DM (75), except where there has been a high rate of Caucasian genetic admixture.

 

More persuasively, migrants from countries with low hygiene and low incidence rates of T1DM to countries with high hygiene and high incidence become as susceptible as the natives within a generation (160). Animals reared in sterile environments have early onsets and increased frequencies of diabetes while those infected with a variety of micro-organisms and parasites become protected (161-165). The hygiene hypothesis was proposed.  A strong causal relationship between prevailing level of community hygiene, especially with respect to drinking water and the dramatic increase in the incidence of autoimmune diseases such as T1DM in the modern world, has been referred to as the hygiene hypothesis.

 

ROLE OF DIET

 

Despite persuasive epidemiological evidence for environmental factors that precipitate T1DM in genetically susceptible individuals, their identity remains elusive. This may be due to long period between exposure and the onset of hyperglycemia, the complex genetics of the disease, and the likely multiple insults of perhaps different derivation involved in the initiation of the insulitis and subsequent ß cell destruction. Dietary habits such as consumption of dairy products and early weaning of infants, and dietary toxins such as nitrates and nitrites have been associated with this autoimmune disease (166,167).

 

Close correlations between per capita consumption of unfermented milk proteins and the incidence of diabetes between countries(168-170) and within a country have been reported (171). The claimed negative association between diabetes incidence and a high frequency and long duration of breast-feeding is more controversial (166) and has not been confirmed by reports from Germany (172) and the United States. Several studies have found associations between the consumption of foods rich in nitrates (or nitrites), which is reduced to nitrite in the gut, and the occurrence of T1DM (173,174). The active species is believed to be N-Nitroso compounds that can be formed from the reaction of nitrite with amines (175). Most recently, the gut microbiome and its modulation by dietary factors, has been implicated in the causality of T1DM (176).

 

The incidence of T1DM varies worldwide according to dietary patterns. In-depth exploration of dietary risk factors during pregnancy and early neonatal life is warranted to confirm whether and to what extent diet cooperates with genetic susceptibility in the early onset of T1DM.

 

Screening Methods for Type 1 Diabetes

 

T1DM is by far the most common chronic metabolic disease of childhood and adolescence and its prevalence and incidence has been increasing worldwide (96). This increase of incidence is the highest among the children under 5 years of age (177). Prevention of T1DM would constitute a major advance in the lives of pre-diabetic individuals and significantly relieve a major current and predicted burden on both the individual and the health care system. Identifying individuals at risk developing the disease and the prevention of the disease progression are two important steps before the onset of disease. The presence of islet autoantibodies, as well as the genetic predisposition with specific HLA haplotypes are known risk factors associated with the development of diabetes. Most studies have been carried out on first-degree relatives of T1DM patients who have 15-fold increased risk of the developing diabetes in comparison to the general population. However, more than 90% of all patients developing T1DM do not have an affected family member. Therefore, it is crucial to establish a standardized screening method which will efficiently identify individuals at high risk in a general population. School children between 5-18 years of age were screened to evaluate the predictive value of autoantibodies over a period of 6-12 years (178). This study indicated that the risk of developing T1DM when ICA is detected in the absence of other autoantibodies is low, whereas with more than one autoantibody (either GAD65A, IAA, IA-2A or IA-2ßA) the risk of developing T1DM in a general population is high. Similar findings were also reported in other studies (179-181). These results support the value of multiple autoantibodies as good predictive markers for T1DM not only in first degree relatives but also in the generalpopulation.  Consequently, the American Diabetes Association now considers the presence of 2 or more autoantibodies as form of early presymptomatic diabetes (182).

 

Prevention Trials in Type 1 Diabetes

 

The elucidation of the natural history of pre-diabetes has allowed for the characterization of those individuals at greatest risk for developing autoimmune T1DM, through the use of genetic, immunologic and metabolic markers. This predictive ability has become possible in both high- risk relatives and the general population as mentioned above. The subclinical autoimmune destruction of ß-cells in the pancreas may last from a few months to several years. This pre- diabetic period has allowed investigators to test prevention strategies, which mainly have focused in modulation of autoimmune process (183). A number of studies initiated with general immunosuppressive agents, such as cyclosporin-A, azathioprine and prednisone in patients with new clinical onset T1DM, positive results in that insulin free remission rates were increased and endogenous insulin (C-peptide) reserves were improved (121). However, despite continued immunotherapy with the attendant risks of renal damage and lymphomas at higher doses, relapses proved to be the rule and such treatments were abandoned. Cyclosporin given at a prediabetic phase of the disease delayed but did not prevent diabetes (184,185).

 

With the observation that nicotinamide prevents pancreatic ß cell destruction from streptozotocin by raising otherwise depleted levels of islet cell NAD as a result of superoxide induced DNA breaks and repair, the vitamin was subjected to a large European and Canadian trial called The European Nicotinamide Diabetes Intervention Trial (ENDIT). However, nicotinamide failed to prevent progression to diabetes (186). In addition, a  study in Germany (DENIS)   was completed without any effect of nicotinamide on prevention of T1DM.(187).More recent studies have used Anti CD21(Rituximab), Anti CD3, Anti CTLA-4, oral insulin,GAD65 peptides, and infusions of Treg cells  with early encouraging results in preserving insulin secretion, but without durable effects (188). These results in humans were often based on animal studies in NOD mice (189-191). In stark contrast to these encouraging studies in NOD mice, where a variety of interventions induce long lasting remissions, none of the studies in humans has so far yielded long-lasting remissions in humans (183,188).

 

Table 6. Prevention Trials (121)

Study and Phase

Drug

Age

Eligibility

Ref

TRIGR

Cow’s milk hydrolysate

0-7 days

First Degree relatives, High-risk HLA

(192)

BABY DIET

Gluten-free diet

Younger than 3 months

Relatives, high risk HLA DR, DQ

(193)

TrialNet NIP

Docosahexaenoic acid

>24 weeks gestation- newborn

Relatives, HLA DR3 or DR4

(194)

TrialNet Teplizumab

Teplizumab

8-45 years

At least 2 confirmed autoantibodies and abnormal glucose tolerance

 (195,196)

DIAPREV-IT

GAD-alum

4-18 years

Islet autoantibody positive

(197)

TrialNet Oral Insulin, Phase III

Human insulin

1-45 years

Relatives, 2+islet antibodies including to insulin

(198)

INIT I/II,

 

Intranasal insulin

4-30 years

Relatives, 2+islet antibodies, HLA not DR2, DQ6

(199)

Pre-Point, Phase I/II

Human insulin

1.5-7 years

First degree relatives,

>50% risk of T1DM

(200)

FINDIA

Insulin-free whey- based formula

Infants

General population, high-risk HLA DQ

(201)

Teplizumab

Teplizumab

</=18 years of age

Relatives

(202)

Golimumab

Golimumab

6 to 21 years

Newly diagnosed T1DM

(203)

 

TYPE 2 DIABETES MELLITUS

 

As the US passed into the 21st century, the epidemic of obesity and T2DM continues unabated, affecting more younger adults and children than in the past.  They will spend longer periods of their life with the disease. Perhaps in part under pressure of commercial interests, we as a nation have learned to eat too fast, too much, and the wrong foods.  However, the problem of obesity and its consequences is pervasive globally, affecting developing as well as economically developed countries.  For those with the energy conserving "thrifty" genes of insulin resistance syndrome (IRS), this excess of food and especially of the insulin provoking carbohydrates, leads to obesity, an IRS phenotype and T2DM. Nearly half of the new cases of diabetes in teens can be termed T2DM (204).  Currently, in some US states where there are large numbers of ethnic groups prone to IRS and T2DM (Hispanics, American Indians, Asian Indians, African Americans), the number of children with T2DM is beginning to rival if not surpass the number with T1DM. It is estimated that 1 in 3 people born in the US in the year of 2000 will develop T2DM sometime in their lifetime (205).

 

The increased incidence of T2DM is attributed to the increase in obesity worldwide. Approximately 3700 youths are diagnosed with T2DM every year in the US (206) and it is estimated that the number of youth with T2DM will almost quadruple from 22,820 in 2010 to  approximately 85,000 adolescents with T2DM by 2050 (10). Similar rates of increased in youths with T2DM are reported from the UK, India, China and Japan (10).

 

Pathophysiology of Type 2 Diabetes

 

T2DM is characterized by insulin resistance in peripheral tissues (muscle, fat, and liver) with progressive β cell failure, ,especially manifest with defective insulin secretion in response to a glucose stimulus, increased glucose production by the liver, and no markers of pancreatic autoimmunity (207). The progressive decline in β cell function is more rapid in youths at 20-30% decline per year versus 7-11% decline per year in adults, even with aggressive medical therapy.

 

Table 7. Pathophysiologic Factors

Obesity/Insulin resistance (IR)

See IRS

Intrauterine environment

Epidemiological studies have shown a strong association between poor intrauterine growth and the subsequent development of the Metabolic Syndrome. It was suggested that the effects of poor nutrition in early life impair the development of pancreas and resulting permanent changes in glucose- insulin metabolism (208).

Gestational diabetes

Studies in Pima Indian women showed significant increased risk of developing T2DM in offspring of women with diabetes during pregnancy compared to non-diabetic mothers (209).

Ethnicity

There is a significant increase risk in certain ethnic/race groups (205).

Gender and puberty

Puberty is a state of IR brought about by the increased secretion of GH during this process. There is a 30%-50% decrease in insulin sensitivity and compensatory increase in insulin secretion. Those that have an inherent defect in insulin secretion and inadequate response to the resistance develop DM. The mean age at diagnosis of T2DM in children is 13.5 years, corresponding to the time of peak adolescent growth and development.

Girls are 1.5-3 times more likely than boys to develop T2D as children or adolescents (270).

Family History

Between 74-100% of children with T2DM have a first or second-degree relative with T2DM. The lifetime risk is 40% if one parent is affected and 70% if both parents are affected (210).

Genetics

Genome-wide studies led the discovery of single- nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) at several loci regulating insulin secretion.  To date, more than 30 diabetes-related SNPS (diabetoSNPs) have been identified (211).

Several genes have been found to be associated with T2D;

1.     1) Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptor-γ2 (PPAR-γ2) Gene: An important regulator of lipid and glucose homeostasis. Missense mutation Pro12Ala in PPAR-γ2 is associated with decreased risk for T2DM.

2.     2) Kir6.2 Gene (KCNJ11): The missense mutationGlu23Lys in the Kir6.2 gene has been associated with increased risk of T2DM.

3.     3) MODY genes (HNF4α and HNF1β)

4.     4) Transcription Factor 7-like (TCF7L2) Gene: A product of HMG box containing transcription factors that play role in the glucose homeostasis. Specific polymorphisms in the TCF7L2 gene increase the risk of progression from IGT toT2DM.

5.     5) Calpain-10 Gene: Calpains are Ca+2 dependent cysteine proteases and play a role in regulating insulin secretion and action.

 

 

The natural history of progression to T2DM is that a person with IRS begins to decompensate, with a fall in the disposition index (the amount of insulin produced for the degree of insulin resistance). Subsequently levels of blood glucose rise after feeding; elevations in fasting blood glucose levels occur later. At this early stage, diet, exercise and insulin sensitizers are indicated.

 

INSULIN RESISTANCE SYNDROME (IRS)

 

This syndrome complex is centered upon genetic predispositions to insulin resistance and the hyperinsulinemia that results from it. This medical state is also named syndrome X and the metabolic syndrome, however the descriptive term insulin resistance syndrome (IRS) is the one increasingly used in the literature (207,212). In IRS, there are poorly understood genetic lesions that lead to insulin resistance from early life if not during embryogenesis. In many affected families, the disease occurrences suggest a dominant mode of transmission. In rare families, mutations affecting insulin receptors, or peroxisome proliferators-gamma (PPAR- gamma) expression may be the cause of it (213). IRS is the association of insulin and leptin resistance with obesity (typically with increased visceral fat), functional adrenal hyper-androgenism, functional ovarian hyperandrogenism, hypersecretion of pituitary LH, dyslipidemia, hypertension, and features of hyperinsulinemia such as late reactive hypoglycemia and acanthosis nigricans. When the compensation by increased insulin secretion fails, glucose intolerance and T2DM result.

 

Natural History of Insulin Resistance Syndrome

 

Several studies indicate that many children and adults with T2DM were born small for gestational age. This suggests that the insulin resistant state existed in-utero since it is insulin rather than pituitary growth hormone that is the principal growth-promoting hormone of the unborn child, and decreased insulin action might be anticipated to impair embryonic growth. After birth, premature pubarche resulting from excessive adrenal androgens such as dihydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) may occur, even before obesity has appeared. Thus, it has been proposed by some that obesity may be the result of insulin resistance, and not its cause. Excessive DHEA may be seen best after ACTH injection leading to a clinical suspicion that the 3ß hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase enzyme is underactive. Obesity can begin from infancy but often dates from about 8 years of age when physiological pubarche occurs. Early onset obesity raises the possibility of a genetic satiety causation such as the Prader-Willi Syndrome or deficiency of MC4R. Acanthosis nigricans resulting from increased keratinocytes in certain areas of skin is thought to result from insulin stimulation of insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) receptors and often manifests during puberty Menarche may be delayed in age at onset or menses may be missed after menarche, or else there can be dysfunctional bleeding resulting from anovulatory cycles.

 

Hirsutism often becomes bothersome during adolescence, as may male pattern hair thinning, persistent acne and development of polycystic ovaries. An increase in very low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) secretion by the liver is observed with increasing age, associated with diminished, atherogenesis protective, high density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C), a dyslipidemic profile that promotes early and progressive onset of atherosclerosis, predisposing to coronary heart disease (CHD), stroke, and peripheral vascular diseases in later life. The latter problems are compounded by the appearance of hypertension and type-2 diabetes. The glucose intolerance that precedes type-2 diabetes often first involves post-prandial glucose levels or the two-hour time point of the OGTT as discussed above, but later induces a rise in fasting glucose (impaired fasting glucose) levels as well. The mechanism is thought to be ß cell exhaustion or more likely a glucosamine and lipid mediated islet cell toxicity. Once this stage is reached, damage to the islets can become irreversible, resulting in the dual problems of insulin resistance and insulinopenia, both of which need to be addressed in therapeutic strategies.  In children and adolescents, the progression of impaired insulin secretion and its complications including the appearance of albuminuria, exhibits a faster tempo than that of adults presenting later in life. Hence, these adolescents may more rapidly progress to requiring insulin therapy.

 

Table 8. Clinical features of IRS. Adapted from refs (210,213,214).

Clinical Features

 

Infancy

Family history of obesity and T2DM, SGA, LGA

Gestational Diabetes

Childhood/Adolescence

Acanthosis nigricans Premature adrenarche, Obesity, Pseudoacromegaly, Striae, Skin tags, Amenorrhea

Adulthood

Tall Stature, Pseudoacromegaly Fatty liver, Focal glomerulosclerosis

Hirsutism, Ovarian hyperandrogenism, PCOS

Endothelial dysfunction, Atherosclerosis, Increased carotid wall thickness, Stroke CHD

Glucose intolerance, T2DM

 

Table 9. Laboratory Features of IRS

↓IGFBP-1, ↓SHBG, ↑free testosterone

↓CBG, ↑free cortisol

↑VLDL, ↑TG, ↓HDL, ↑ small dense LDL

Increased PAI-1, CRP, fibrinogen

Adhesion molecules and uric acid

Decrease first phase insulin response

Increased decompensated insulin resistance

Postprandial hyperglycemia

Fasting hyperglycemia

Diabetes

 

Underlying Mechanisms of Insulin Resistance

 

OBESITY

 

Affected patients commonly show polyphagia, and may have voracious appetites that are characteristically resistant to dietary advice. When leptin deficiency was discovered in Ob/Ob mice and leptin receptor deficiency discovered in Db/Db mice, the adipocyte became to be appreciated as an endocrine cell rather than one that was an inert repository of triglycerides. However, the promise of a breakthrough in the understanding of human obesity was quickly dissipated when such lesions proved to be rare in humans. Obese patients with their greater degrees of adiposity also have the highest levels of leptin as expected, however these high levels do not reduce the appetites of IRS patients (215). Thus, such patients are also leptin resistant. Early trials of leptin therapy have not affected weight loss. However, patients with lipodystrophy who have leptin deficiency develop insulin resistance, hyper-insulinemia, dyslipidemia and T2DM, all of which respond dramatically to leptin given as therapy (216,217).   Deficiencies in other appetite suppressing hormones such as resistin have more recently been implicated but not yet shown to have therapeutic relevance. Hyperinsulinemia itself is a compounding variable, in that excessive carbohydrate containing diets stimulate the highest levels of insulin and the greatest degrees of adiposity. Therapies such as metformin that improve insulin sensitivity when combined with a diet restricted in low amounts of simple carbohydrates and exercise, can dramatically lower weight in children with IRS when they adhere to therapeutic guidelines. However, failure to adhere to instructions is a common problem in adolescents (218,219).

 

HYPERANDROGENISM

 

It is uncertain as to the degree to which the pituitary abnormality of increased LH secretion leads to the androgenic excess or vice versa. Probably, both are responses to the insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia of IRS by mechanisms that have yet to be clearly understood. Androgens of ovarian origins usually predominate over those of the adrenal gland, albeit both are often found to be elevated. Sex hormone binding globulins in the circulation are often low, resulting in increased free androgens with their increased bio-availability (220). This is often seen with testosterone, which can be raised or normal in hirsute girls whereas increased free testosterone levels are common.

 

Interestingly, we hold that there is a clinical overlap between Cushing's syndrome and IRS (221). Both tend to have visceral (central) obesity and striae suggestive of glucocorticoid excess. However, whereas the patient with Cushing's syndrome has high levels of serum cortisol, the patient with IRS has low normal levels, albeit both have increased levels of urinary free cortisol. Again, the explanation may lie in the low levels of corticosteroid binding globulins found in IRS where circulating cortisol is disproportionately free. Some investigators have suggested that there is an impaired conversion of cortisol to the metabolically inactive cortisone in IRS. Further, the child with Cushing's syndrome is invariably growth retarded in contrast to the child with IRS whose linear growth tends to be excessive. In IRS and obesity, the GH levels during stimulation tests are suppressed implying a diagnosis of GH deficiency which likely is not the case as these children tend to be tall. IGFBP levels in serum are depressed, resulting in an excessive free IGF-1 level, albeit the total IGF-1 concentration is usually normal. The pseudo-acromegaly observed in severely affected children with IRS may be occurring via this mechanism. In addition, high concentrations of insulin interact with the IGF-I receptor, thereby promoting growth (222).

 

ACANTHOSIS NIGRICANS

 

Stimulation of the IGF-1 receptors of skin keratinocytes by high levels of circulating insulin is thought to explain their hyperplasia and excessive laying down of keratin in the skin of the neck, axillae, elbows and knees, skin creases and indeed most areas of skin (223). In addition, excessive free IGF-1 may have the same effect, albeit the greater the degree of insulin resistance, the higher the insulin levels, the more striking the acanthosis nigricans. Increased bioavailability of IGF-1 (high IGF-1 and low IGFBP-1) are directly correlated with the severity of acanthosis nigricans

 

GLUCOSE INTOLERANCE AND T2DM

 

Children and young adults affected by IRS are often hyperinsulinemic. In such persons, stimulation of insulin secretion by carbohydrates alone or with protein can induce an excessive but delayed rise in insulin secretion, reflected in an early excessive rise in glucose, followed by an excessive fall in glucose levels 3-5 hours afterwards, of sufficient severity to provoke symptoms of hypoglycemia. As the ability to secrete insulin declines, impaired glucose intolerance appears first. Later in the evolution of T2DM, the 2-hour criteria for diabetes during OGTT become apparent, followed later by impaired fasting hyperglycemia and finally by fasting hyperglycemia that meets the criteria for the diagnosis of diabetes. An HbA1c level can be used to screen diabetes as recommended by the American Diabetes Association.

 

Table 10. Criteria for Increased Risk of Diabetes (1)

Fasting plasma glucose

100 – 125 mg/dl

2-hour plasma glucose after OGTT

140 – 199 mg/dl

HbA1C

5.7 – 6.4%

 

NON-ALCOHOLIC STEATOHEPATITIS (NASH)

 

It is also known as fatty liver or hepatic steatosis. The incidence of fatty liver among obese children was 2.6% in one study (224), and hyperinsulinemia was found to be the major contributor for its’ development (225). A number of factors may play a role in the development of fatty liver including, induction of cytochrome P4502E1 during obesity, which is capable of generating free radicals, while the high level of dietary intake of polyunsaturated fatty acids or low intake of nutritional antioxidants contributes to the oxidative stress. Fatty liver alone appears to be a relatively benign disease, and can be reversible. However, it may progress over years to hepatic cirrhosis, liver failure, or hepatocellular carcinoma. The onset of disease is usually insidious. Laboratory evaluation indicates mild to moderate elevation of serum aminotransferases in most children and serum alanine aminotransferase (ALT) levels had been shown a useful screening for fatty liver in obese children (226). The ratio of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) to ALT is usually less than 1, but this ratio increases as fibrosis advances. Serum aminotransferases, alkaline phosphatase and gamma glutamyl transferase (GGT) levels are proposed surrogate markers of fatty liver (227,228).

 

RENAL INVOLVEMENT

 

A form of focal glomerulosclerosis (often with IgA deposition) appears to be associated with IRS, leading to microalbuminuria. Hypertension becomes increasingly common through adolescence and beyond. The mechanisms responsible have not been elucidated.

 

INFLAMMATION

 

IRS and T2DM have increased markers of inflammation. This takes the form of increased levels of C-reactive protein, raised erythrocyte sedimentation rates (ESR) and increased cytokine (TNF-α) levels.  Obese patients also have abnormalities of thyroid function suggestive of primary thyroid deficiency with modestly elevated TSH but normal or slightly elevated fT4 and fT3.These abnormalities resolve with weight loss and have therefore been interpreted as representing an adaptive response to obesity i.e., by raising TSH and free T3, caloric expenditure would increase (229-231). Obese patients are thus often unnecessarily treated for hypothyroidism they do not have. They may however develop true hypothyroidism on the basis of associated Hashimoto's disease.

 

ATYPICAL DIABETES

 

Genetic Defects of ß-cell Function (Monogenic Diabetes)

 

Monogenic forms of diabetes are characterized by impaired secretion of insulin from pancreatic β cells caused by a single gene mutation. These forms comprise a genetically heterogenous group of diabetes including, maturity onset diabetes of the young (MODY), permanent or transient neonatal diabetes (NDM), and mitochondrial diabetes. MODY is the most common form of monogenic diabetes, with autosomal dominant transmission of a gene encoding a primary defect in insulin secretion (232-235).

 

Approximately 1 to 2 % of diabetes in Europe is MODY (236). The clinical characteristics of these patients are heterogeneous, and not reliable in predicting the underlying pathogenesis (237,238). It is often misdiagnosed as T1DM or T2DM. Several genetic abnormalities have been found that account for the disorder. Some members of an affected family may have the genetic defect but not develop the diabetes phenotype. Whether this is due to modifying genes or environmental factors is unclear. MODY differs from the classical immunological T1DM in several ways. With MODY, a dominant family history of diabetes (if known) is always present.  However, de novo mutations can occur.  Hyperglycemia is mostly mild with a minimal tendency to ketosis before the age of 25 years, the insulin secretion in response to oral (OGTT) or intravenous (IVGTT) glucose administration is modestly decreased, and evidence of islet cell autoimmunity is absent. It is estimated that more than 80% of patients with monogenic diabetes are either not diagnosed or are misclassified as type 1 or type 2 DM (239).

 

The underlying genetic defects of the many MODY subtypes have been identified, as indicated below (Table 11). To date, fourteen genetic forms of MODY are recognized. MODY resulting from defects in the glucokinase gene (GCK) and hepatocyte nuclear factor-1-alpha (HNF-1α) are the most common types seen during childhood (MODY-2) and post puberty (MODY-3), respectively.  MODY Types 2 and 3 together constitute 80% of all cases of MODY syndromes.

 

MODY 2 is the most common form of MODY with a prevalence of about 1:1000 people. It is caused by a dominant heterozygous inactivating mutation in glucokinase, the enzyme that phosphorylates glucose to permit its oxidation to ATP and hence insulin release. Insulin is released but at higher glucose concentration-the curve is right shifted but otherwise normal. Thus, fasting glucose is in the range of ~95-110 mg/dl and may remain above 140 mg/dl at 2 hours post prandial but returns to normal thereafter. HbA1c is in the range of 5.8-7.6% and generally remains in the low- mid 6% range. Patients are rarely symptomatic and may be discovered by chance when a blood glucose is obtained. Treatment is not necessary except during pregnancy in some cases; there is a very low prevalence of micro-macrovascular disease even after almost 50 years of follow-up. Young women are often discovered to have mid hyperglycemia when tested during pregnancy and erroneously labeled as having gestational diabetes. The non-affected fetus of an affected Mother may have some macrosomia in utero-the result of extra insulin secretion by the fetus in response to the maternal hyperglycemia (240).

 

MODY3 is the next most common form of MODY caused by a heterozygous mutation in HNF-1α, necessary for normal insulin secretion. Onset is usually in the teen years and glucose is in the mid-200s with mild to moderate symptoms. Patients may respond to sulfonylurea drugs initially, but later may go on to insulin dependence and more severe hyperglycemia. As with other MODY forms, a family history of diabetes is often obtained, with a diagnosis of T2DM common for older patients and T1DM in younger patients. Confirmation of the diagnosis by molecular testing is essential for recommending treatment and family counseling (241).

 

Defects in four pancreatic ß cell-specific transcription factor genes, HNF-1β (MODY5), HNF-(MODY1), pancreatic and duodenal homeobox 1 gene (PDX1) [previously termed insulin promoter factor-1 (IPF-1)] (MODY4) and neurogenic differentiation 1 gene (NeuroD1) and BETA2 (MODY6) are responsible for others. In contrast to MODY-2, patients with heterozygous mutations in the HNF1A, HNF4A, or HNF1B and more rarely in PDX1 or NEUROD1 have progressive deterioration in glucose tolerance and are at risk for developing complications of diabetes (242).

 

More recently, mutations in the tumor suppressor protein KLF-11 (MODY7), the carboxyl ester lipase CEL (MODY8), the transcription factor, paired box gene 4, PAX-4 (MODY9), the insulin gene, INS (MODY10), and tyrosine kinase, B-lymphocyte specific gene, BLK (MODY11) have been described.  MODY 12 and MODY 13 are due to mutations in the ABCC8 and KCNJ11 genes, respectively. Mutations in these 2 genes also have been reported in neonatal diabetes.  They are very rare and represent fewer than 1% of all MODY cases.

 

Table 11. Classification of MODY

MODY Type

Gene

Gene Loci

Incidence

Age at Diagnosis

Primary Defect

Associated Features

Severity of   Diabetes

Ref

1

HNF-4α 20q

Rare

Postpubertal

Transcription gene defects in ß-cells lead to impaired metabolic signaling of insulin secretion.

-

Severe

(242)

2

Glucokinase

7p

10-60%

Childhood

impairment of ß-cells sensitivity to glucose and; defect in hepatic glycogenesis

Reduced birth weight

Mild

(243)

3

HNF-1α

12q

20-60%

Postpubertal

Similar to MODY1

Renal glucosuria

Severe

(242-246)

4

PDX1 (IPF-1)13q

Rare

Early adulthood

Defects in transcription factors during embryogenesis lead to abnormal ß-cell development and function

-

Mild

(247)

5

HNF-1β 17cen- q21.3

Unknown

Postpubertal

Similar to MODY 1 and 3

Glomerulocystic kidney disease, female genital malformations, Hyperuricemia, abnormal liver function tests

Mild

(248)

6

NeuroD1/BETA2

2q32

Rare

Early adulthood

Defect in this gene causes abnormal development of ß cell and function

-

Unknown

(249)

7

KLF11  

2p25

Very Rare

Early adulthood

Reduced glucose sensitivity of the beta cell

Phenotype similar to T2D

Unknown

(250)

8

CEL      

9q34

Very Rare

 

<20 years

Impaired endocrine and exocrine pancreatic function

Exocrine pancreatic dysfunction

Unknown

(251)

9

PAX4   

7q32

Very Rare

<20 years

Impaired gene transcription in pancreatic beta cells on apoptosis and proliferation

-

DKA is possible

(252,253)

10

INS      

11p15.5

Very Rare

<20 years

Defect in this gene may result the loss of beta cell mass through apoptosis

-

Unknown

(254)

11

BLK      

8p23

Very Rare

<20 years

decreases insulin synthesis and secretion in response to glucose by up- regulating transcription factors

Higher incidence in obese individuals

Unknown

(255)

12

ABCC8 

11p15.1

< 1%

<35 years

Inactivating mutations cause impaired secretion mild mode

 

 

(255)

 

13

KCNJ11

11p15.1

<1%

 

 

 

 

 

14

APPL1  

3p14.3

<1%

 

adapter protein, phosphotyrosine interacting with pH domain and leucine zipper

 

 

(256,257)

 

Neonatal Diabetes

 

Neonatal diabetes is a rare disorder with an incidence of 1:100,000-1:200,000 live births (232,258).  It presents in first 6 months of life and its’ severity depends on the underlying mutation in that it is either transient or permanent. Almost 50% of cases with neonatal diabetes are permanent (PND) while the remainder are “transient” (TNDM) in that they remit, but may reappear and become apparent later in life or at times of stress. Heterozygous activating mutations in KCNJ11 and ABCC8 —which encode the Kir6.2 and SUR1 subunits, respectively, of the ATP-sensitive potassium channel, are the most common causes of PND. Missense mutations in the INS gene are also identified in patients with PND and they may have an autosomal dominant or recessive inheritance pattern (232,254,258). Genetic diagnosis is important since the KCNJ11 and ABCC8 mutations respond to treatment by sulfonylureas, possibly without need for additional insulin therapy because these drugs can close the β cell potassium channel by an ATP-independent route (259). It is increasingly apparent that the same mutations can become manifest for the first time well beyond infancy and diagnosed as T2DM or rarely T1DM. Severe mutations in the KATP genes, especially KCNJ11 also may present with a neurological component in a syndrome known as DEND (Developmental delay, Epilepsy, Neonatal Diabetes); early diagnosis and treatment with sulfonylurea drugs is reported to ameliorate the neurological manifestations as the KATP channels are expressed in the brain. The major form of   transient neonatal diabetes results from anomalies of the imprinted region on chromosome 6q24,but mutations in KCNJ11 or ABCC8 can also cause TNDM (232).  Various rare forms of syndromic disease which include NDM are described; early diagnosis may diminish or delay the hitherto described natural history and consequences (258).

 

Mitochondrial Diabetes

 

Point mutations in mitochondrial m.3243A→G cause another form of diabetes with an insulin secretory defect that is commonly associated with neuro-sensory hearing impairment and a strict maternal mode of inheritance (260). In addition, genetic abnormalities that result in the inability to convert pro-insulin to insulin (261), or the production of mutant insulin molecules (262), are other examples of specific genetic defects in ß cell function which are rare causes of diabetes.

 

Chronic Illnesses

 

Hemochromatosis is a progressively more common recognized cause of diabetes with aging, and does not present in a pediatric age group. However repeated blood transfusions for conditions such as thalassemia major can lead to diabetes associated with hemosiderosis.

Many patients with cystic fibrosis develop a form of T1DM often during their teenage years which may require insulin replacement and is labeled “cystic fibrosis related diabetes (CFRD)” (263).  Most CF patients now live long enough for this to have become a more common problem with impact on overall well-being and severity of symptoms ascribed to CF and partially responsive to insulin therapy. DKA is rare in CFRD, perhaps because of the concurrent effects on the α-cell secreting glucagon as well as the β-cell secreting insulin. Patients with Gitelman’s syndrome develop diabetes which resolves when they are adequately replaced with magnesium, excessively lost through the kidneys in this syndrome. Gitelman syndrome is a recessively inherited genetic entity, but the presentation of DM is usually not until later midlife (264).

 

Genetic Defects in Insulin Action

 

There are a series of rare genetic abnormalities in the insulin receptor, or in the signal transduction events which follow insulin docking to its receptor resulting in diabetes. The recessive DNA breakage disease (Bloom’s syndrome) is associated with mild diabetes due to severe insulin resistance, with very high levels of circulating insulin and insulin like growth factor one (IGF-1). Progeria and lipodystrophy are other such causes (232). In the latter case, the absolute deficiency of leptin leads to uncontrolled lipolysis resulting in severe insulin resistance, which is partially reversible by leptin administration (232)/

 

Endocrinopathies Associated with Hyperglycemia

 

Several hormones, such as epinephrine, glucagon, cortisol, and growth hormone, antagonize the action of insulin. Whereas release of these hormones constitutes the protective counter regulatory response to hypoglycemia, primary over secretion of these hormones can result in glucose intolerance or overt diabetes.

 

  • Cushing's syndrome, due to pituitary and ACTH secreting adenomas or adrenal hyperplastic disease or to exogenous glucocorticoid administration, can lead to diabetes (265). Steroid-induced diabetes is most often seen when there is pre- existing insulin resistance or a defect in insulin synthesis/secretion unmasked by the inability to increase insulin secretion to overcome the resistance to its actions induced by glucocorticoids.
  • Acromegaly is associated with overt diabetes in 10 to 15% of cases, and impaired glucose tolerance in a further 50% (266,267). In acromegaly, there is marked insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemic responses; DM occurs only when the hyperinsulinemic response cannot match the requirement to overcome the degree of resistance.
  • Pheochromocytomas are associated with both inhibition of insulin secretion and an increase in hepatic glucose output (268). These changes lead to impaired glucose tolerance, the severity of which is directly related to the magnitude of catecholamine production (269). When seen in children, these are usually a component of the Von Hippel-Lindau syndrome, MEN2, and NF1.
  • Glucagon-secreting tumors (glucagonoma) are associated with an unusual constellation of clinical features, including skin rash, weight loss, anemia, and thromboembolic problems. Approximately 80% of these patients have either impaired glucose tolerance or diabetes (270).
  • Somatostatin-secreting tumors (somatostatinomas) are typically associated with the triad of diabetes mellitus, cholelithiasis, and diarrhea with steatorrhea (271).
  • Although thyroxine is not a counter regulatory hormone, hyperthyroidism can interfere with glucose metabolism. It is associated with both increased sensitivity of pancreatic ß cells to glucose, resulting in increased insulin secretion, and antagonism to the peripheral action of insulin. The latter effect usually predominates, leading to impaired glucose tolerance in some untreated patients (272).

 

Drug- or Chemical-induced Diabetes 

 

A large number of drugs can impair glucose tolerance; they may act by decreasing insulin secretion, increasing hepatic glucose production, and/or by causing resistance to the action of insulin (273). Included in this list are several classes of antihypertensive drugs, such as beta blockers (274), protease inhibitors used for the treatment of HIV infection (275), and tacrolimus and cyclosporine used primarily to prevent transplant rejection (276,277). Drugs of the serotonin re-uptake inhibitor (SSRIs) class can lead to obesity, impaired glucose intolerance and T2DM, especially if individuals were already insulin resistant before they started such medications.

 

There is a common association between obesity, insulin resistance, hypertension, and dyslipidemia, which has been called syndrome X or the metabolic syndrome (207,212,278,279). The administration of a thiazide diuretic or a ß-blocker to such patients can exacerbate the insulin resistance and may bring on hyperglycemia (274). In comparison, angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and alpha-adrenergic antagonists (such as doxazosin) may improve insulin sensitivity. Because the former also protect against renal disease, they are the drugs of choice for diabetic patients with hypertension.

 

Viral Infections

 

Certain viruses e.g., Coxsackie B4, have been implicated to cause diabetes, either through direct ß cell destruction or possibly by inducing autoimmune damage. The direct proof of this however remains tenuous. Chronic hepatitis C virus infection is associated with an increased incidence of diabetes, but it remains uncertain as yet if there is a cause-and-effect relationship.

 

Uncommon Forms of Immune-Mediated Diabetes

 

Several uncommon forms of immune-mediated diabetes have been identified.

 

  • The stiff-man syndrome is an autoimmune disorder of the central nervous system, which is characterized by progressive muscle stiffness, rigidity, and spasms involving the axial muscles, with impairment of ambulation (280). Patients characteristically have high titers of glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD65) autoantibodies and diabetes occurs in at least one-third of cases. Graves’ disease is also common in the syndrome. Presentation is usually in early
  • Anti-insulin receptor antibodies can bind to insulin receptors and either act as an agonist, leading to hypoglycemia, or block the binding of insulin and cause diabetes (281). This so-called type B insulin resistance is more common in females who show other signs of autoimmunity including systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). However one study found that almost 10% of young patients with insulin resistance in the absence of autoimmune stigmata were also positive for insulin receptor autoantibodies (282).

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. American Diabetes Association. 2. Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2021. Diabetes Care 2021; 44:S15-S33
  2. American Diabetes Association. Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2021 Abridged for Primary Care Providers. Clin Diabetes 2021; 39:14-43
  3. Soleimanpour SA, Stoffers DA. The pancreatic beta cell and type 1 diabetes: innocent bystander or active participant? Trends Endocrinol Metab 2013; 24:324-331
  4. Atkinson MA, Bluestone JA, Eisenbarth GS, Hebrok M, Herold KC, Accili D, Pietropaolo M, Arvan PR, Von Herrath M, Markel DS, Rhodes CJ. How does type 1 diabetes develop?: the notion of homicide or beta-cell suicide revisited. Diabetes 2011; 60:1370-1379
  5. Harjutsalo V, Sjoberg L, Tuomilehto J. Time trends in the incidence of type 1 diabetes in Finnish children: a cohort study. Lancet 2008; 371:1777-1782
  6. Moltchanova EV, Schreier N, Lammi N, Karvonen M. Seasonal variation of diagnosis of Type 1 diabetes mellitus in children worldwide. Diabet Med 2009; 26:673-678
  7. Diabetes Group. Incidence and trends of childhood Type 1 diabetes worldwide 1990- 1999. Diabet Med 2006; 23:857-866
  8. Mayer-Davis EJ, Lawrence JM, Dabelea D, Divers J, Isom S, Dolan L, Imperatore G, Linder B, Marcovina S, Pettitt DJ, Pihoker C, Saydah S, Wagenknecht L, Study SfDiY. Incidence Trends of Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes among Youths, 2002-2012. N Engl J Med 2017; 376:1419-1429
  9. Patterson CC, Gyurus E, Rosenbauer J, Cinek O, Neu A, Schober E, Parslow RC, Joner G, Svensson J, Castell C, Bingley PJ, Schoenle E, Jarosz-Chobot P, Urbonaite B, Rothe U, Krzisnik C, Ionescu-Tirgoviste C, Weets I, Kocova M, Stipancic G, Samardzic M, de Beaufort CE, Green A, Dahlquist GG, Soltesz G. Trends in childhood type 1 diabetes incidence in Europe during 1989-2008: evidence of non-uniformity over time in rates of increase. Diabetologia 2012; 55:2142-2147
  10. Imperatore G, Boyle JP, Thompson TJ, Case D, Dabelea D, Hamman RF, Lawrence JM, Liese AD, Liu LL, Mayer-Davis EJ, Rodriguez BL, Standiford D, Group SfDiYS. Projections of type 1 and type 2 diabetes burden in the U.S. population aged <20 years through 2050: dynamic modeling of incidence, mortality, and population growth. Diabetes Care 2012; 35:2515-2520
  11. Gillespie KM, Bain SC, Barnett AH, Bingley PJ, Christie MR, Gill GV, Gale EA. The rising incidence of childhood type 1 diabetes and reduced contribution of high-risk HLA haplotypes. Lancet 2004; 364:1699-1700
  12. VanBuecken D, Lord S, Greenbaum CJ. Changing the Course of Disease in Type 1 Diabetes. In: De Groot LJ, Chrousos G, Dungan K, Feingold KR, Grossman A, Hershman JM, Koch C, Korbonits M, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Rebar R, Singer F, Vinik A, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2000.
  13. Collaboration NCDRF. Worldwide trends in diabetes since 1980: a pooled analysis of 751 population-based studies with 4.4 million participants. Lancet 2016; 387:1513-1530
  14. American Diabetes Association. 2. Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2017; 40:S11-S24
  15. Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2017: Summary of Revisions. Diabetes Care 2017; 40:S4-S5
  16. Ostergaard JA, Laugesen E, Leslie RD. Should There be Concern About Autoimmune Diabetes in Adults? Current Evidence and Controversies. Curr Diab Rep 2016; 16:82
  17. Greenbaum CJ, Speake C, Krischer J, Buckner J, Gottlieb PA, Schatz DA, Herold KC, Atkinson MA. Strength in Numbers: Opportunities for Enhancing the Development of Effective Treatments for Type 1 Diabetes-The TrialNet Experience. Diabetes 2018; 67:1216-1225
  18. Ganda OP, Srikanta S, Brink SJ, Morris MA, Gleason RE, Soeldner JS, Eisenbarth GS. Differential sensitivity to beta-cell secretagogues in "early," type I diabetes mellitus. Diabetes 1984; 33:516-521
  19. Cantor AB, Krischer JP, Cuthbertson DD, Schatz DA, Riley WJ, Malone J, Schwartz S, Quattrin T, Maclaren NK. Age and family relationship accentuate the risk of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) in relatives of patients with IDDM. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:3739-3743
  20. Rewers M, Norris JM, Eisenbarth GS, Erlich HA, Beaty B, Klingensmith G, Hoffman M, Yu L, Bugawan TL, Blair A, Hamman RF, Groshek M, McDuffie RS, Jr. Beta-cell autoantibodies in infants and toddlers without IDDM relatives: diabetes autoimmunity study in the young (DAISY). J Autoimmun 1996; 9:405-410
  21. Maclaren N, Lan M, Coutant R, Schatz D, Silverstein J, Muir A, Clare-Salzer M, She JX, Malone J, Crockett S, Schwartz S, Quattrin T, DeSilva M, Vander Vegt P, Notkins A, Krischer J. Only multiple autoantibodies to islet cells (ICA), insulin, GAD65, IA-2 and IA-2beta predict immune-mediated (Type 1) diabetes in relatives. J Autoimmun 1999; 12:279-287
  22. Randle PJ, Kerbey AL, Espinal J. Mechanisms decreasing glucose oxidation in diabetes and starvation: role of lipid fuels and hormones. Diabetes Metab Rev 1988; 4:623-638
  23. Exton JH. Mechanisms of hormonal regulation of hepatic glucose metabolism. Diabetes Metab Rev 1987; 3:163-183
  24. El-Maghrabi MR, Claus TH, McGrane MM, Pilkis SJ. Influence of phosphorylation on the interaction of effectors with rat liver pyruvate kinase. J Biol Chem 1982; 257:233-240
  25. Pilkis SJ, Granner DK. Molecular physiology of the regulation of hepatic gluconeogenesis and glycolysis. Annu Rev Physiol 1992; 54:885-909
  26. Cryer PE. Minireview: Glucagon in the pathogenesis of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia in diabetes. Endocrinology 2012; 153:1039-1048
  27. Gerich JE, Langlois M, Noacco C, Karam JH, Forsham PH. Lack of glucagon response to hypoglycemia in diabetes: evidence for an intrinsic pancreatic alpha cell defect. Science 1973; 182:171-173
  28. Unger RH, Cherrington AD. Glucagonocentric restructuring of diabetes: a pathophysiologic and therapeutic makeover. J Clin Invest 2012; 122:4-12
  29. Kimball SR, Jefferson LS. Cellular mechanisms involved in the action of insulin on protein synthesis. Diabetes Metab Rev 1988; 4:773-787
  30. Kimball SR, Jefferson LS. Regulation of initiation of protein synthesis by insulin in skeletal muscle. Acta Diabetol 1991; 28:134-139
  31. Cahill GF, Jr. Starvation in man. Clin Endocrinol Metab 1976; 5:397-415
  32. McGarry JD. Lilly Lecture 1978. New perspectives in the regulation of ketogenesis. Diabetes 1979; 28:517-523
  33. Wolfsdorf J, Glaser N, Sperling MA, American Diabetes A. Diabetic ketoacidosis in infants, children, and adolescents: A consensus statement from the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:1150-1159
  34. Foster DW, McGarry JD. The metabolic derangements and treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. N Engl J Med 1983; 309:159-169
  35. Owen OE, Felig P, Morgan AP, Wahren J, Cahill GF, Jr. Liver and kidney metabolism during prolonged starvation. J Clin Invest 1969; 48:574-583
  36. Owen OE, Morgan AP, Kemp HG, Sullivan JM, Herrera MG, Cahill GF, Jr. Brain metabolism during fasting. J Clin Invest 1967; 46:1589-1595
  37. Ashby P, Robinson DS. Effects of insulin, glucocorticoids and adrenaline on the activity of rat adipose-tissue lipoprotein lipids. Biochem J 1980; 188:185-192
  38. Parkin SM, Walker K, Ashby P, Robinson DS. Effects of glucose and insulin on the activation of lipoprotin lipase and on protein-synthesis in rat adipose tissue. Biochem J 1980; 188:193-199
  39. Tavangar K, Murata Y, Pedersen ME, Goers JF, Hoffman AR, Kraemer FB. Regulation of lipoprotein lipase in the diabetic rat. J Clin Invest 1992; 90:1672-1678
  40. Todd JA. Genetics of type 1 diabetes. Pathol Biol (Paris) 1997; 45:219-227
  41. She JX. Susceptibility to type I diabetes: HLA-DQ and DR revisited. Immunol Today 1996; 17:323-329
  42. Noble JA, Cavalli AS, Erlich HA. DPB1*5901a: a novel HLA-DPB1 allele from a Caucasian family with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Tissue Antigens 1996; 47:159-162
  43. Pugliese A, Zeller M, Fernandez A, Jr., Zalcberg LJ, Bartlett RJ, Ricordi C, Pietropaolo M, Eisenbarth GS, Bennett ST, Patel DD. The insulin gene is transcribed in the human thymus and transcription levels correlated with allelic variation at the INS VNTR-IDDM2 susceptibility locus for type 1 diabetes. Nat Genet 1997; 15:293-297
  44. Vafiadis P, Bennett ST, Todd JA, Nadeau J, Grabs R, Goodyer CG, Wickramasinghe S, Colle E, Polychronakos C. Insulin expression in human thymus is modulated by INS VNTR alleles at the IDDM2 locus. Nat Genet 1997; 15:289-292
  45. Nerup J, Platz P, Andersen OO, Christy M, Lyngsoe J, Poulsen JE, Ryder LP, Nielsen LS, Thomsen M, Svejgaard A. HL-A antigens and diabetes mellitus. Lancet 1974; 2:864-866
  46. Pociot F. Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus--a polygenic disorder? Dan Med Bull 1996; 43:216-248
  47. Bell GI, Horita S, Karam JH. A polymorphic locus near the human insulin gene is associated with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Diabetes 1984; 33:176-183
  48. Julier C, Hyer RN, Davies J, Merlin F, Soularue P, Briant L, Cathelineau G, Deschamps I, Rotter JI, Froguel P, et al. Insulin-IGF2 region on chromosome 11p encodes a gene implicated in HLA-DR4-dependent diabetes susceptibility. Nature 1991; 354:155-159
  49. Field LL, Tobias R, Magnus T. A locus on chromosome 15q26 (IDDM3) produces susceptibility to insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Nat Genet 1994; 8:189-194
  50. Davies JL, Kawaguchi Y, Bennett ST, Copeman JB, Cordell HJ, Pritchard LE, Reed PW, Gough SC, Jenkins SC, Palmer SM, et al. A genome-wide search for human type 1 diabetes susceptibility genes. Nature 1994; 371:130-136
  51. Hashimoto L, Habita C, Beressi JP, Delepine M, Besse C, Cambon-Thomsen A, Deschamps I, Rotter JI, Djoulah S, James MR, et al. Genetic mapping of a susceptibility locus for insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus on chromosome 11q. Nature 1994; 371:161-164
  52. Delepine M, Pociot F, Habita C, Hashimoto L, Froguel P, Rotter J, Cambon-Thomsen A, Deschamps I, Djoulah S, Weissenbach J, Nerup J, Lathrop M, Julier C. Evidence of a non-MHC susceptibility locus in type I diabetes linked to HLA on chromosome 6. Am J Hum Genet 1997; 60:174-187
  53. Merriman T, Twells R, Merriman M, Eaves I, Cox R, Cucca F, McKinney P, Shield J, Baum D, Bosi E, Pozzilli P, Nistico L, Buzzetti R, Joner G, Ronningen KS, Thorsby E, Undlien D, Pociot F, Nerup J, Bain S, Barnett A, Todd J. Evidence by allelic association-dependent methods for a type 1 diabetes polygene (IDDM6) on chromosome 18q21. Hum Mol Genet 1997; 6:1003-1010
  54. Owerbach D, Gabbay KH. The HOXD8 locus (2q31) is linked to type I diabetes. Interaction with chromosome 6 and 11 disease susceptibility genes. Diabetes 1995; 44:132-136
  55. Mein CA, Esposito L, Dunn MG, Johnson GC, Timms AE, Goy JV, Smith AN, Sebag-Montefiore L, Merriman ME, Wilson AJ, Pritchard LE, Cucca F, Barnett AH, Bain SC, Todd JA. A search for type 1 diabetes susceptibility genes in families from the United Kingdom. Nat Genet 1998; 19:297-300
  56. Reed P, Cucca F, Jenkins S, Merriman M, Wilson A, McKinney P, Bosi E, Joner G, Ronningen KS, Thorsby E, Undlien D, Merriman T, Barnett A, Bain S, Todd J. Evidence for a type 1 diabetes susceptibility locus (IDDM10) on human chromosome 10p11-q11. Hum Mol Genet 1997; 6:1011-1016
  57. Field LL, Tobias R, Thomson G, Plon S. Susceptibility to insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus maps to a locus (IDDM11) on human chromosome 14q24.3-q31. Genomics 1996; 33:1-8
  58. Copeman JB, Cucca F, Hearne CM, Cornall RJ, Reed PW, Ronningen KS, Undlien DE, Nistico L, Buzzetti R, Tosi R, et al. Linkage disequilibrium mapping of a type 1 diabetes susceptibility gene (IDDM7) to chromosome 2q31-q33. Nat Genet 1995; 9:80-85
  59. Morahan G, Huang D, Tait BD, Colman PG, Harrison LC. Markers on distal chromosome 2q linked to insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Science 1996; 272:1811-1813
  60. Verge CF, Vardi P, Babu S, Bao F, Erlich HA, Bugawan T, Tiosano D, Yu L, Eisenbarth GS, Fain PR. Evidence for oligogenic inheritance of type 1 diabetes in a large Bedouin Arab family. J Clin Invest 1998; 102:1569-1575
  61. Delepine M, Nicolino M, Barrett T, Golamaully M, Lathrop GM, Julier C. EIF2AK3, encoding translation initiation factor 2-alpha kinase 3, is mutated in patients with Wolcott-Rallison syndrome. Nat Genet 2000; 25:406-409
  62. Nerup J, Pociot F, European Consortium for IS. A genomewide scan for type 1-diabetes susceptibility in Scandinavian families: identification of new loci with evidence of interactions. Am J Hum Genet 2001; 69:1301-1313
  63. Concannon P, Gogolin-Ewens KJ, Hinds DA, Wapelhorst B, Morrison VA, Stirling B, Mitra M, Farmer J, Williams SR, Cox NJ, Bell GI, Risch N, Spielman RS. A second-generation screen of the human genome for susceptibility to insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Nat Genet 1998; 19:292-296
  64. Cucca F, Goy JV, Kawaguchi Y, Esposito L, Merriman ME, Wilson AJ, Cordell HJ, Bain SC, Todd JA. A male-female bias in type 1 diabetes and linkage to chromosome Xp in MHC HLA-DR3-positive patients. Nat Genet 1998; 19:301-302
  65. Onengut-Gumuscu S, Chen WM, Burren O, Cooper NJ, Quinlan AR, Mychaleckyj JC, Farber E, Bonnie JK, Szpak M, Schofield E, Achuthan P, Guo H, Fortune MD, Stevens H, Walker NM, Ward LD, Kundaje A, Kellis M, Daly MJ, Barrett JC, Cooper JD, Deloukas P, Type 1 Diabetes Genetics C, Todd JA, Wallace C, Concannon P, Rich SS. Fine mapping of type 1 diabetes susceptibility loci and evidence for colocalization of causal variants with lymphoid gene enhancers. Nat Genet 2015; 47:381-386
  66. Barrett JC, Clayton DG, Concannon P, Akolkar B, Cooper JD, Erlich HA, Julier C, Morahan G, Nerup J, Nierras C, Plagnol V, Pociot F, Schuilenburg H, Smyth DJ, Stevens H, Todd JA, Walker NM, Rich SS, Type 1 Diabetes Genetics C. Genome-wide association study and meta-analysis find that over 40 loci affect risk of type 1 diabetes. Nat Genet 2009; 41:703-707
  67. Eisenbarth GS. Banting Lecture 2009: An unfinished journey: molecular pathogenesis to prevention of type 1A diabetes. Diabetes 2010; 59:759-774
  68. Krogvold L, Edwin B, Buanes T, Frisk G, Skog O, Anagandula M, Korsgren O, Undlien D, Eike MC, Richardson SJ, Leete P, Morgan NG, Oikarinen S, Oikarinen M, Laiho JE, Hyoty H, Ludvigsson J, Hanssen KF, Dahl-Jorgensen K. Detection of a low-grade enteroviral infection in the islets of langerhans of living patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. Diabetes 2015; 64:1682-1687
  69. Richardson SJ, Rodriguez-Calvo T, Gerling IC, Mathews CE, Kaddis JS, Russell MA, Zeissler M, Leete P, Krogvold L, Dahl-Jorgensen K, von Herrath M, Pugliese A, Atkinson MA, Morgan NG. Islet cell hyperexpression of HLA class I antigens: a defining feature in type 1 diabetes. Diabetologia 2016; 59:2448-2458
  70. Lundberg M, Krogvold L, Kuric E, Dahl-Jorgensen K, Skog O. Expression of Interferon-Stimulated Genes in Insulitic Pancreatic Islets of Patients Recently Diagnosed With Type 1 Diabetes. Diabetes 2016; 65:3104-3110
  71. Bottazzo GF, Florin-Christensen A, Doniach D. Islet-cell antibodies in diabetes mellitus with autoimmune polyendocrine deficiencies. Lancet 1974; 2:1279-1283
  72. Neufeld M, Maclaren N, Blizzard R. Autoimmune polyglandular syndromes. Pediatr Ann 1980; 9:154-162
  73. Huang W, Connor E, Rosa TD, Muir A, Schatz D, Silverstein J, Crockett S, She JX, Maclaren NK. Although DR3-DQB1*0201 may be associated with multiple component diseases of the autoimmune polyglandular syndromes, the human leukocyte antigen DR4-DQB1*0302 haplotype is implicated only in beta-cell autoimmunity. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:2559-2563
  74. Maclaren NK, Huang SW, Fogh J. Antibody to cultured human insulinoma cells in insulin-dependent diabetes. Lancet 1975; 1:997-1000
  75. Neufeld M, Maclaren NK, Riley WJ, Lezotte D, McLaughlin JV, Silverstein J, Rosenbloom AL. Islet cell and other organ-specific antibodies in U.S. Caucasians and Blacks with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Diabetes 1980; 29:589-592
  76. Palmer JP, Asplin CM, Clemons P, Lyen K, Tatpati O, Raghu PK, Paquette TL. Insulin antibodies in insulin-dependent diabetics before insulin treatment. Science 1983; 222:1337-1339
  77. Atkinson MA, Maclaren NK, Riley WJ, Winter WE, Fisk DD, Spillar RP. Are insulin autoantibodies markers for insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus? Diabetes 1986; 35:894-898
  78. Baekkeskov S, Aanstoot HJ, Christgau S, Reetz A, Solimena M, Cascalho M, Folli F, Richter-Olesen H, De Camilli P. Identification of the 64K autoantigen in insulin-dependent diabetes as the GABA-synthesizing enzyme glutamic acid decarboxylase. Nature 1990; 347:151-156
  79. Atkinson MA, Kaufman DL, Newman D, Tobin AJ, Maclaren NK. Islet cell cytoplasmic autoantibody reactivity to glutamate decarboxylase in insulin-dependent diabetes. J Clin Invest 1993; 91:350-356
  80. Christie MR, Genovese S, Cassidy D, Bosi E, Brown TJ, Lai M, Bonifacio E, Bottazzo GF. Antibodies to islet 37k antigen, but not to glutamate decarboxylase, discriminate rapid progression to IDDM in endocrine autoimmunity. Diabetes 1994; 43:1254-1259
  81. Lu J, Li Q, Xie H, Chen ZJ, Borovitskaya AE, Maclaren NK, Notkins AL, Lan MS. Identification of a second transmembrane protein tyrosine phosphatase, IA-2beta, as an autoantigen in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: precursor of the 37-kDa tryptic fragment. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1996; 93:2307-2311
  82. Solimena M, Dirkx R, Jr., Hermel JM, Pleasic-Williams S, Shapiro JA, Caron L, Rabin DU. ICA 512, an autoantigen of type I diabetes, is an intrinsic membrane protein of neurosecretory granules. EMBO J 1996; 15:2102-2114
  83. Lan MS, Wasserfall C, Maclaren NK, Notkins AL. IA-2, a transmembrane protein of the protein tyrosine phosphatase family, is a major autoantigen in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1996; 93:6367-6370
  84. Notkins AL, Lu J, Li Q, VanderVegt FP, Wasserfall C, Maclaren NK, Lan MS. IA-2 and IA-2 beta are major autoantigens in IDDM and the precursors of the 40 kDa and 37 kDa tryptic fragments. J Autoimmun 1996; 9:677-682
  85. Lan MS, Maclaren NK. Cryptic epitope and autoimmunity. Diabetes Metab Rev 1998; 14:333-334
  86. Aanstoot HJ, Kang SM, Kim J, Lindsay LA, Roll U, Knip M, Atkinson M, Mose-Larsen P, Fey S, Ludvigsson J, Landin L, Bruining J, Maclaren N, Akerblom HK, Baekkeskov S. Identification and characterization of glima 38, a glycosylated islet cell membrane antigen, which together with GAD65 and IA2 marks the early phases of autoimmune response in type 1 diabetes. J Clin Invest 1996; 97:2772-2783
  87. Bonifacio E, Bingley PJ, Shattock M, Dean BM, Dunger D, Gale EA, Bottazzo GF. Quantification of islet-cell antibodies and prediction of insulin-dependent diabetes. Lancet 1990; 335:147-149
  88. Riley WJ, Atkinson MA, Schatz DA, Maclaren NK. Comparison of islet autoantibodies in 'pre-diabetes' and recommendations for screening. J Autoimmun 1990; 3 Suppl 1:47-51
  89. Krischer JP, Schatz D, Riley WJ, Spillar RP, Silverstein JH, Schwartz S, Malone J, Shah S, Vadheim CM, Rotter JI, et al. Insulin and islet cell autoantibodies as time-dependent covariates in the development of insulin-dependent diabetes: a prospective study in relatives. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1993; 77:743-749
  90. Irvine WJ, McCallum CJ, Gray RS, Campbell CJ, Duncan LJ, Farquhar JW, Vaughan H, Morris PJ. Pancreatic islet-cell antibodies in diabetes mellitus correlated with the duration and type of diabetes, coexistent autoimmune disease, and HLA type. Diabetes 1977; 26:138-147
  91. Riley WJ, Maclaren NK, Krischer J, Spillar RP, Silverstein JH, Schatz DA, Schwartz S, Malone J, Shah S, Vadheim C, et al. A prospective study of the development of diabetes in relatives of patients with insulin-dependent diabetes. N Engl J Med 1990; 323:1167-1172
  92. Roll U, Christie MR, Fuchtenbusch M, Payton MA, Hawkes CJ, Ziegler AG. Perinatal autoimmunity in offspring of diabetic parents. The German Multicenter BABY-DIAB study: detection of humoral immune responses to islet antigens in early childhood. Diabetes 1996; 45:967-973
  93. Hamalainen AM, Ronkainen MS, Akerblom HK, Knip M. Postnatal elimination of transplacentally acquired disease-associated antibodies in infants born to families with type 1 diabetes. The Finnish TRIGR Study Group. Trial to Reduce IDDM in the Genetically at Risk. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000; 85:4249-4253
  94. Koczwara K, Bonifacio E, Ziegler AG. Transmission of maternal islet antibodies and risk of autoimmune diabetes in offspring of mothers with type 1 diabetes. Diabetes 2004; 53:1-4
  95. Ziegler AG, Hummel M, Schenker M, Bonifacio E. Autoantibody appearance and risk for development of childhood diabetes in offspring of parents with type 1 diabetes: the 2-year analysis of the German BABYDIAB Study. Diabetes 1999; 48:460-468
  96. Onkamo P, Vaananen S, Karvonen M, Tuomilehto J. Worldwide increase in incidence of Type I diabetes--the analysis of the data on published incidence trends. Diabetologia 1999; 42:1395-1403
  97. Kumar V, Sercarz E. Induction or protection from experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis depends on the cytokine secretion profile of TCR peptide-specific regulatory CD4 T cells. J Immunol 1998; 161:6585-6591
  98. Irvine WJ, Clarke BF, Scarth L, Cullen DR, Duncan LJ. Thyroid and gastric autoimmunity in patients with diabetes mellitus. Lancet 1970; 2:163-168
  99. Riley WJ, Maclaren NK, Neufeld M. Adrenal autoantibodies and Addison disease in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. J Pediatr 1980; 97:191-195
  100. Riley WJ, Toskes PP, Maclaren NK, Silverstein JH. Predictive value of gastric parietal cell autoantibodies as a marker for gastric and hematologic abnormalities associated with insulin-dependent diabetes. Diabetes 1982; 31:1051-1055
  101. Rapoport MJ, Bistritzer T, Vardi O, Broide E, Azizi A, Vardi P. Increased prevalence of diabetes-related autoantibodies in celiac disease. J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr 1996; 23:524-527
  102. Song YH, Connor E, Li Y, Zorovich B, Balducci P, Maclaren N. The role of tyrosinase in autoimmune vitiligo. Lancet 1994; 344:1049-1052
  103. Atkinson MA, Bowman MA, Campbell L, Darrow BL, Kaufman DL, Maclaren NK. Cellular immunity to a determinant common to glutamate decarboxylase and coxsackie virus in insulin-dependent diabetes. J Clin Invest 1994; 94:2125-2129
  104. Ellis TM, Atkinson MA. The clinical significance of an autoimmune response against glutamic acid decarboxylase. Nat Med 1996; 2:148-153
  105. Ellis TM, Schatz DA, Ottendorfer EW, Lan MS, Wasserfall C, Salisbury PJ, She JX, Notkins AL, Maclaren NK, Atkinson MA. The relationship between humoral and cellular immunity to IA-2 in IDDM. Diabetes 1998; 47:566-569
  106. Bach JF, Chatenoud L. Immunosuppression in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: from cellular selectivity towards autoantigen specificity. Chem Immunol 1995; 60:32-47
  107. Atkinson MA, Kaufman DL, Campbell L, Gibbs KA, Shah SC, Bu DF, Erlander MG, Tobin AJ, Maclaren NK. Response of peripheral-blood mononuclear cells to glutamate decarboxylase in insulin-dependent diabetes. Lancet 1992; 339:458-459
  108. Harrison LC, Honeyman MC, DeAizpurua HJ, Schmidli RS, Colman PG, Tait BD, Cram DS. Inverse relation between humoral and cellular immunity to glutamic acid decarboxylase in subjects at risk of insulin-dependent diabetes. Lancet 1993; 341:1365-1369
  109. Semana G, Gausling R, Jackson RA, Hafler DA. T cell autoreactivity to proinsulin epitopes in diabetic patients and healthy subjects. J Autoimmun 1999; 12:259-267
  110. Alleva DG, Crowe PD, Jin L, Kwok WW, Ling N, Gottschalk M, Conlon PJ, Gottlieb PA, Putnam AL, Gaur A. A disease-associated cellular immune response in type 1 diabetics to an immunodominant epitope of insulin. J Clin Invest 2001; 107:173-180
  111. Roep BO, Atkinson MA, van Endert PM, Gottlieb PA, Wilson SB, Sachs JA. Autoreactive T cell responses in insulin-dependent (Type 1) diabetes mellitus. Report of the first international workshop for standardization of T cell assays. J Autoimmun 1999; 13:267-282
  112. Endl J, Otto H, Jung G, Dreisbusch B, Donie F, Stahl P, Elbracht R, Schmitz G, Meinl E, Hummel M, Ziegler AG, Wank R, Schendel DJ. Identification of naturally processed T cell epitopes from glutamic acid decarboxylase presented in the context of HLA-DR alleles by T lymphocytes of recent onset IDDM patients. J Clin Invest 1997; 99:2405-2415
  113. Honeyman MC, Stone N, de Aizpurua H, Rowley MJ, Harrison LC. High T cell responses to the glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD) isoform 67 reflect a hyperimmune state that precedes the onset of insulin-dependent diabetes. J Autoimmun 1997; 10:165-173
  114. Lohmann T, Leslie RD, Hawa M, Geysen M, Rodda S, Londei M. Immunodominant epitopes of glutamic acid decarboxylase 65 and 67 in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Lancet 1994; 343:1607-1608
  115. Lohmann T, Leslie RD, Londei M. T cell clones to epitopes of glutamic acid decarboxylase 65 raised from normal subjects and patients with insulin-dependent diabetes. J Autoimmun 1996; 9:385-389
  116. Panina-Bordignon P, Lang R, van Endert PM, Benazzi E, Felix AM, Pastore RM, Spinas GA, Sinigaglia F. Cytotoxic T cells specific for glutamic acid decarboxylase in autoimmune diabetes. J Exp Med 1995; 181:1923-1927
  117. Weiss U, Manfras BJ, Terjung D, Eiermann T, Wolpl A, Loliger C, Kuhnl P, Boehm BO. In vitro stimulation with glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD65) leads to an oligoclonal response of peripheral T-cells in an IDDM patient. Scand J Immunol 1995; 42:673-678
  118. Pugliese A, Yang M, Kusmarteva I, Heiple T, Vendrame F, Wasserfall C, Rowe P, Moraski JM, Ball S, Jebson L, Schatz DA, Gianani R, Burke GW, Nierras C, Staeva T, Kaddis JS, Campbell-Thompson M, Atkinson MA. The Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation Network for Pancreatic Organ Donors with Diabetes (nPOD) Program: goals, operational model and emerging findings. Pediatr Diabetes 2014; 15:1-9
  119. Krogvold L, Skog O, Sundstrom G, Edwin B, Buanes T, Hanssen KF, Ludvigsson J, Grabherr M, Korsgren O, Dahl-Jorgensen K. Function of Isolated Pancreatic Islets From Patients at Onset of Type 1 Diabetes: Insulin Secretion Can Be Restored After Some Days in a Nondiabetogenic Environment In Vitro: Results From the DiViD Study. Diabetes 2015; 64:2506-2512
  120. Campbell-Thompson M. Organ donor specimens: What can they tell us about type 1 diabetes? Pediatr Diabetes 2015; 16:320-330
  121. Michels A, Zhang L, Khadra A, Kushner JA, Redondo MJ, Pietropaolo M. Prediction and prevention of type 1 diabetes: update on success of prediction and struggles at prevention. Pediatr Diabetes 2015; 16:465-484
  122. Karvonen M, Tuomilehto J, Libman I, LaPorte R. A review of the recent epidemiological data on the worldwide incidence of type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus. World Health Organization DIAMOND Project Group. Diabetologia 1993; 36:883-892
  123. Marron MP, Raffel LJ, Garchon HJ, Jacob CO, Serrano-Rios M, Martinez Larrad MT, Teng WP, Park Y, Zhang ZX, Goldstein DR, Tao YW, Beaurain G, Bach JF, Huang HS, Luo DF, Zeidler A, Rotter JI, Yang MC, Modilevsky T, Maclaren NK, She JX. Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) is associated with CTLA4 polymorphisms in multiple ethnic groups. Hum Mol Genet 1997; 6:1275-1282
  124. See DM, Tilles JG. The pathogenesis of viral-induced diabetes. Clin Diagn Virol 1998; 9:85-88
  125. Vreugdenhil GR, Geluk A, Ottenhoff TH, Melchers WJ, Roep BO, Galama JM. Molecular mimicry in diabetes mellitus: the homologous domain in coxsackie B virus protein 2C and islet autoantigen GAD65 is highly conserved in the coxsackie B-like enteroviruses and binds to the diabetes associated HLA-DR3 molecule. Diabetologia 1998; 41:40-46
  126. Srinivasappa J, Saegusa J, Prabhakar BS, Gentry MK, Buchmeier MJ, Wiktor TJ, Koprowski H, Oldstone MB, Notkins AL. Molecular mimicry: frequency of reactivity of monoclonal antiviral antibodies with normal tissues. J Virol 1986; 57:397-401
  127. Jenson AB, Rosenberg HS, Notkins AL. Pancreatic islet-cell damage in children with fatal viral infections. Lancet 1980; 2:354-358
  128. Yoon JW, Onodera T, Notkins AL. Virus-induced diabetes mellitus. XV. Beta cell damage and insulin-dependent hyperglycemia in mice infected with coxsackie virus B4. J Exp Med 1978; 148:1068-1080
  129. Yoon JW, Selvaggio S, Onodera T, Wheeler J, Jenson AB. Infection of cultured human pancreatic B cells with reovirus type 3. Diabetologia 1981; 20:462-467
  130. Prince GA, Jenson AB, Billups LC, Notkins AL. Infection of human pancreatic beta cell cultures with mumps virus. Nature 1978; 271:158-161
  131. Parkkonen P, Hyoty H, Koskinen L, Leinikki P. Mumps virus infects beta cells in human fetal islet cell cultures upregulating the expression of HLA class I molecules. Diabetologia 1992; 35:63-69
  132. Yoon JW, Onodera T, Jenson AB, Notkins AL. Virus-induced diabetes mellitus. XI. Replication of coxsackie B3 virus in human pancreatic beta cell cultures. Diabetes 1978; 27:778-781
  133. Campbell IL, Harrison LC, Ashcroft RG, Jack I. Reovirus infection enhances expression of class I MHC proteins on human beta-cell and rat RINm5F cell. Diabetes 1988; 37:362-365
  134. Pak CY, Eun HM, McArthur RG, Yoon JW. Association of cytomegalovirus infection with autoimmune type 1 diabetes. Lancet 1988; 2:1-4
  135. Kaufman DL, Erlander MG, Clare-Salzler M, Atkinson MA, Maclaren NK, Tobin AJ. Autoimmunity to two forms of glutamate decarboxylase in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. J Clin Invest 1992; 89:283-292
  136. Kaufman DL, Clare-Salzler M, Tian J, Forsthuber T, Ting GS, Robinson P, Atkinson MA, Sercarz EE, Tobin AJ, Lehmann PV. Spontaneous loss of T-cell tolerance to glutamic acid decarboxylase in murine insulin-dependent diabetes. Nature 1993; 366:69-72
  137. Tisch R, Yang XD, Singer SM, Liblau RS, Fugger L, McDevitt HO. Immune response to glutamic acid decarboxylase correlates with insulitis in non-obese diabetic mice. Nature 1993; 366:72-75
  138. Tian J, Lehmann PV, Kaufman DL. T cell cross-reactivity between coxsackievirus and glutamate decarboxylase is associated with a murine diabetes susceptibility allele. J Exp Med 1994; 180:1979-1984
  139. Szopa TM, Titchener PA, Portwood ND, Taylor KW. Diabetes mellitus due to viruses--some recent developments. Diabetologia 1993; 36:687-695
  140. Schloot NC, Roep BO, Wegmann DR, Yu L, Wang TB, Eisenbarth GS. T-cell reactivity to GAD65 peptide sequences shared with coxsackie virus protein in recent-onset IDDM, post-onset IDDM patients and control subjects. Diabetologia 1997; 40:332-338
  141. Honeyman MC, Stone NL, Harrison LC. T-cell epitopes in type 1 diabetes autoantigen tyrosine phosphatase IA-2: potential for mimicry with rotavirus and other environmental agents. Mol Med 1998; 4:231-239
  142. Sutkowski N, Palkama T, Ciurli C, Sekaly RP, Thorley-Lawson DA, Huber BT. An Epstein-Barr virus-associated superantigen. J Exp Med 1996; 184:971-980
  143. White J, Herman A, Pullen AM, Kubo R, Kappler JW, Marrack P. The V beta-specific superantigen staphylococcal enterotoxin B: stimulation of mature T cells and clonal deletion in neonatal mice. Cell 1989; 56:27-35
  144. Hao W, Serreze DV, McCulloch DK, Neifing JL, Palmer JP. Insulin (auto)antibodies from human IDDM cross-react with retroviral antigen p73. J Autoimmun 1993; 6:787-798
  145. Conrad B, Weissmahr RN, Boni J, Arcari R, Schupbach J, Mach B. A human endogenous retroviral superantigen as candidate autoimmune gene in type I diabetes. Cell 1997; 90:303-313
  146. Conrad B, Weidmann E, Trucco G, Rudert WA, Behboo R, Ricordi C, Rodriquez-Rilo H, Finegold D, Trucco M. Evidence for superantigen involvement in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus aetiology. Nature 1994; 371:351-355
  147. Lan MS, Mason A, Coutant R, Chen QY, Vargas A, Rao J, Gomez R, Chalew S, Garry R, Maclaren NK. HERV-K10s and immune-mediated (type 1) diabetes. Cell 1998; 95:14-16; discussion 16
  148. Lehmann PV, Sercarz EE, Forsthuber T, Dayan CM, Gammon G. Determinant spreading and the dynamics of the autoimmune T-cell repertoire. Immunol Today 1993; 14:203-208
  149. Serreze DV, Leiter EH, Kuff EL, Jardieu P, Ishizaka K. Molecular mimicry between insulin and retroviral antigen p73. Development of cross-reactive autoantibodies in sera of NOD and C57BL/KsJ db/db mice. Diabetes 1988; 37:351-358
  150. Naserke HE, Ziegler AG, Lampasona V, Bonifacio E. Early development and spreading of autoantibodies to epitopes of IA-2 and their association with progression to type 1 diabetes. J Immunol 1998; 161:6963-6969
  151. Wilson SB, Kent SC, Patton KT, Orban T, Jackson RA, Exley M, Porcelli S, Schatz DA, Atkinson MA, Balk SP, Strominger JL, Hafler DA. Extreme Th1 bias of invariant Valpha24JalphaQ T cells in type 1 diabetes. Nature 1998; 391:177-181
  152. Kukreja A, Cost G, Marker J, Zhang C, Sun Z, Lin-Su K, Ten S, Sanz M, Exley M, Wilson B, Porcelli S, Maclaren N. Multiple immuno-regulatory defects in type-1 diabetes. J Clin Invest 2002; 109:131-140
  153. Baxter AG, Kinder SJ, Hammond KJ, Scollay R, Godfrey DI. Association between alphabetaTCR+CD4-CD8- T-cell deficiency and IDDM in NOD/Lt mice. Diabetes 1997; 46:572-582
  154. Hammond KJ, Poulton LD, Palmisano LJ, Silveira PA, Godfrey DI, Baxter AG. alpha/beta-T cell receptor (TCR)+CD4-CD8- (NKT) thymocytes prevent insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in nonobese diabetic (NOD)/Lt mice by the influence of interleukin (IL)-4 and/or IL-10. J Exp Med 1998; 187:1047-1056
  155. Salomon B, Lenschow DJ, Rhee L, Ashourian N, Singh B, Sharpe A, Bluestone JA. B7/CD28 costimulation is essential for the homeostasis of the CD4+CD25+ immunoregulatory T cells that control autoimmune diabetes. Immunity 2000; 12:431-440
  156. Bluestone JA, Buckner JH, Fitch M, Gitelman SE, Gupta S, Hellerstein MK, Herold KC, Lares A, Lee MR, Li K, Liu W, Long SA, Masiello LM, Nguyen V, Putnam AL, Rieck M, Sayre PH, Tang Q. Type 1 diabetes immunotherapy using polyclonal regulatory T cells. Sci Transl Med 2015; 7:315ra189
  157. Stamatouli AM, Quandt Z, Perdigoto AL, Clark PL, Kluger H, Weiss SA, Gettinger S, Sznol M, Young A, Rushakoff R, Lee J, Bluestone JA, Anderson M, Herold KC. Collateral Damage: Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Induced With Checkpoint Inhibitors. Diabetes 2018; 67:1471-1480
  158. Postow MA, Sidlow R, Hellmann MD. Immune-Related Adverse Events Associated with Immune Checkpoint Blockade. N Engl J Med 2018; 378:158-168
  159. June CH, Warshauer JT, Bluestone JA. Is autoimmunity the Achilles' heel of cancer immunotherapy? Nat Med 2017; 23:540-547
  160. Bodansky HJ, Staines A, Stephenson C, Haigh D, Cartwright R. Evidence for an environmental effect in the aetiology of insulin dependent diabetes in a transmigratory population. BMJ 1992; 304:1020-1022
  161. Wilberz S, Partke HJ, Dagnaes-Hansen F, Herberg L. Persistent MHV (mouse hepatitis virus) infection reduces the incidence of diabetes mellitus in non-obese diabetic mice. Diabetologia 1991; 34:2-5
  162. Takei I, Asaba Y, Kasatani T, Maruyama T, Watanabe K, Yanagawa T, Saruta T, Ishii T. Suppression of development of diabetes in NOD mice by lactate dehydrogenase virus infection. J Autoimmun 1992; 5:665-673
  163. Martins TC, Aguas AP. Mechanisms of Mycobacterium avium-induced resistance against insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) in non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice: role of Fas and Th1 cells. Clin Exp Immunol 1999; 115:248-254
  164. Oldstone MB. Viruses as therapeutic agents. I. Treatment of nonobese insulin-dependent diabetes mice with virus prevents insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus while maintaining general immune competence. J Exp Med 1990; 171:2077-2089
  165. Cooke A, Tonks P, Jones FM, O'Shea H, Hutchings P, Fulford AJ, Dunne DW. Infection with Schistosoma mansoni prevents insulin dependent diabetes mellitus in non-obese diabetic mice. Parasite Immunol 1999; 21:169-176
  166. Akerblom HK, Knip M. Putative environmental factors in Type 1 diabetes. Diabetes Metab Rev 1998; 14:31-67
  167. Atkinson MA, Eisenbarth GS. Type 1 diabetes: new perspectives on disease pathogenesis and treatment. Lancet 2001; 358:221-229
  168. Dahl-Jorgensen K, Joner G, Hanssen KF. Relationship between cows' milk consumption and incidence of IDDM in childhood. Diabetes Care 1991; 14:1081-1083
  169. Scott FW. Cow milk and insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: is there a relationship? Am J Clin Nutr 1990; 51:489-491
  170. Patterson CC, Dahlquist G, Soltesz G, Green A, Europe EASG, Diabetes. Is childhood-onset type I diabetes a wealth-related disease? An ecological analysis of European incidence rates. Diabetologia 2001; 44 Suppl 3:B9-16
  171. Fava D, Leslie RD, Pozzilli P. Relationship between dairy product consumption and incidence of IDDM in childhood in Italy. Diabetes Care 1994; 17:1488-1490
  172. Norris JM, Beaty B, Klingensmith G, Yu L, Hoffman M, Chase HP, Erlich HA, Hamman RF, Eisenbarth GS, Rewers M. Lack of association between early exposure to cow's milk protein and beta-cell autoimmunity. Diabetes Autoimmunity Study in the Young (DAISY). JAMA 1996; 276:609-614
  173. Kostraba JN, Gay EC, Rewers M, Hamman RF. Nitrate levels in community drinking waters and risk of IDDM. An ecological analysis. Diabetes Care 1992; 15:1505-1508
  174. Virtanen SM, Jaakkola L, Rasanen L, Ylonen K, Aro A, Lounamaa R, Akerblom HK, Tuomilehto J. Nitrate and nitrite intake and the risk for type 1 diabetes in Finnish children. Childhood Diabetes in Finland Study Group. Diabet Med 1994; 11:656-662
  175. Like AA, Rossini AA. Streptozotocin-induced pancreatic insulitis: new model of diabetes mellitus. Science 1976; 193:415-417
  176. Knip M, Siljander H. The role of the intestinal microbiota in type 1 diabetes mellitus. Nat Rev Endocrinol 2016; 12:154-167
  177. Neu A, Willasch A, Ehehalt S, Kehrer M, Hub R, Ranke MB. Diabetes incidence in children of different nationalities: an epidemiological approach to the pathogenesis of diabetes. Diabetologia 2001; 44 Suppl 3:B21-26
  178. Maclaren NK, Lan MS, Schatz D, Malone J, Notkins AL, Krischer J. Multiple autoantibodies as predictors of Type 1 diabetes in a general population. Diabetologia 2003; 46:873-874
  179. Samuelsson U, Sundkvist G, Borg H, Fernlund P, Ludvigsson J. Islet autoantibodies in the prediction of diabetes in school children. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2001; 51:51-57
  180. LaGasse JM, Brantley MS, Leech NJ, Rowe RE, Monks S, Palmer JP, Nepom GT, McCulloch DK, Hagopian WA, Washingtno State Diabetes Prediction S. Successful prospective prediction of type 1 diabetes in schoolchildren through multiple defined autoantibodies: an 8-year follow-up of the Washington State Diabetes Prediction Study. Diabetes Care 2002; 25:505-511
  181. Kimpimaki T, Kulmala P, Savola K, Kupila A, Korhonen S, Simell T, Ilonen J, Simell O, Knip M. Natural history of beta-cell autoimmunity in young children with increased genetic susceptibility to type 1 diabetes recruited from the general population. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2002; 87:4572-4579
  182. Roden M. [Diabetes mellitus: definition, classification and diagnosis]. Wien Klin Wochenschr 2016; 128 Suppl 2:S37-40
  183. Beauchamp G, Haller MJ. Can we prevent type 1 diabetes? Curr Diab Rep 2015; 15:86
  184. De Filippo G, Carel JC, Boitard C, Bougneres PF. Long-term results of early cyclosporin therapy in juvenile IDDM. Diabetes 1996; 45:101-104
  185. Carel JC, Boitard C, Eisenbarth G, Bach JF, Bougneres PF. Cyclosporine delays but does not prevent clinical onset in glucose intolerant pre-type 1 diabetic children. J Autoimmun 1996; 9:739-745
  186. European Nicotinamide Diabetes Intervention Trial G. Intervening before the onset of Type 1 diabetes: baseline data from the European Nicotinamide Diabetes Intervention Trial (ENDIT). Diabetologia 2003; 46:339-346
  187. Lampeter EF, Klinghammer A, Scherbaum WA, Heinze E, Haastert B, Giani G, Kolb H. The Deutsche Nicotinamide Intervention Study: an attempt to prevent type 1 diabetes. DENIS Group. Diabetes 1998; 47:980-984
  188. Lernmark A, Larsson HE. Immune therapy in type 1 diabetes mellitus. Nat Rev Endocrinol 2013; 9:92-103
  189. Muir A, Peck A, Clare-Salzler M, Song YH, Cornelius J, Luchetta R, Krischer J, Maclaren N. Insulin immunization of nonobese diabetic mice induces a protective insulitis characterized by diminished intraislet interferon-gamma transcription. J Clin Invest 1995; 95:628-634
  190. Ramiya VK, Shang XZ, Pharis PG, Wasserfall CH, Stabler TV, Muir AB, Schatz DA, Maclaren NK. Antigen based therapies to prevent diabetes in NOD mice. J Autoimmun 1996; 9:349-356
  191. Daniel D, Wegmann DR. Protection of nonobese diabetic mice from diabetes by intranasal or subcutaneous administration of insulin peptide B-(9-23). Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1996; 93:956-960
  192. Group TS, Akerblom HK, Krischer J, Virtanen SM, Berseth C, Becker D, Dupre J, Ilonen J, Trucco M, Savilahti E, Koski K, Pajakkala E, Fransiscus M, Lough G, Bradley B, Koski M, Knip M. The Trial to Reduce IDDM in the Genetically at Risk (TRIGR) study: recruitment, intervention and follow-up. Diabetologia 2011; 54:627-633
  193. Schmid S, Buuck D, Knopff A, Bonifacio E, Ziegler AG. BABYDIET, a feasibility study to prevent the appearance of islet autoantibodies in relatives of patients with Type 1 diabetes by delaying exposure to gluten. Diabetologia 2004; 47:1130-1131
  194. Chase HP BD, Rodriguez H, Donaldson D, Chritton S, Rafkin-Mervis L, Krischer J, Skyler JS, Clare-Salzler M. Type 1 Diabetes TrialNet Nutritional Intervention to Prevent (NIP) Type 1 Diabetes Study Group. Pediatr Diabetes 2015; 16:271-279
  195. Atkinson MA, von Herrath M, Powers AC, Clare-Salzler M. Current concepts on the pathogenesis of type 1 diabetes--considerations for attempts to prevent and reverse the disease. Diabetes Care 2015; 38:979-988
  196. Wicklow BA, Taback SP. Feasibility of a type 1 diabetes primary prevention trial using 2000 IU vitamin D3 in infants from the general population with increased HLA-associated risk. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2006; 1079:310-312
  197. Andersson C, Carlsson A, Cilio C, Cedervall E, Ivarsson SA, Jonsdottir B, Jonsson B, Larsson K, Neiderud J, Lernmark A, Elding Larsson H, Di A-ITSG. Glucose tolerance and beta-cell function in islet autoantibody-positive children recruited to a secondary prevention study. Pediatr Diabetes 2013; 14:341-349
  198. Chaillous L, Lefevre H, Thivolet C, Boitard C, Lahlou N, Atlan-Gepner C, Bouhanick B, Mogenet A, Nicolino M, Carel JC, Lecomte P, Marechaud R, Bougneres P, Charbonnel B, Sai P. Oral insulin administration and residual beta-cell function in recent-onset type 1 diabetes: a multicentre randomised controlled trial. Diabete Insuline Orale group. Lancet 2000; 356:545-549
  199. Castellana M, Cignarelli A, Brescia F, Perrini S, Natalicchio A, Laviola L, Giorgino F. Efficacy and safety of GLP-1 receptor agonists as add-on to SGLT2 inhibitors in type 2 diabetes mellitus: A meta-analysis. Sci Rep 2019; 9:19351
  200. Bonifacio E, Ziegler AG, Klingensmith G, Schober E, Bingley PJ, Rottenkolber M, Theil A, Eugster A, Puff R, Peplow C, Buettner F, Lange K, Hasford J, Achenbach P, Pre PSG. Effects of high-dose oral insulin on immune responses in children at high risk for type 1 diabetes: the Pre-POINT randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2015; 313:1541-1549
  201. Vaarala O, Ilonen J, Ruohtula T, Pesola J, Virtanen SM, Harkonen T, Koski M, Kallioinen H, Tossavainen O, Poussa T, Jarvenpaa AL, Komulainen J, Lounamaa R, Akerblom HK, Knip M. Removal of Bovine Insulin From Cow's Milk Formula and Early Initiation of Beta-Cell Autoimmunity in the FINDIA Pilot Study. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2012; 166:608-614
  202. Herold KC, Bundy BN, Long SA, Bluestone JA, DiMeglio LA, Dufort MJ, Gitelman SE, Gottlieb PA, Krischer JP, Linsley PS, Marks JB, Moore W, Moran A, Rodriguez H, Russell WE, Schatz D, Skyler JS, Tsalikian E, Wherrett DK, Ziegler AG, Greenbaum CJ, Type 1 Diabetes TrialNet Study G. An Anti-CD3 Antibody, Teplizumab, in Relatives at Risk for Type 1 Diabetes. N Engl J Med 2019; 381:603-613
  203. Quattrin T, Haller MJ, Steck AK, Felner EI, Li Y, Xia Y, Leu JH, Zoka R, Hedrick JA, Rigby MR, Vercruysse F, Investigators TGS. Golimumab and Beta-Cell Function in Youth with New-Onset Type 1 Diabetes. N Engl J Med 2020; 383:2007-2017
  204. Shah AS, D'Alessio D, Ford-Adams ME, Desai AP, Inge TH. Bariatric Surgery: A Potential Treatment for Type 2 Diabetes in Youth. Diabetes Care 2016; 39:934-940
  205. Dagogo-Jack S. Predicting diabetes: our relentless quest for genomic nuggets. Diabetes Care 2012; 35:193-195
  206. Writing Group for the SfDiYSG, Dabelea D, Bell RA, D'Agostino RB, Jr., Imperatore G, Johansen JM, Linder B, Liu LL, Loots B, Marcovina S, Mayer-Davis EJ, Pettitt DJ, Waitzfelder B. Incidence of diabetes in youth in the United States. JAMA 2007; 297:2716-2724
  207. DeFronzo RA, Ferrannini E. Insulin resistance. A multifaceted syndrome responsible for NIDDM, obesity, hypertension, dyslipidemia, and atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. Diabetes Care 1991; 14:173-194
  208. Hales CN, Barker DJ. The thrifty phenotype hypothesis. Br Med Bull 2001; 60:5-20
  209. Pettitt DJ, Aleck KA, Baird HR, Carraher MJ, Bennett PH, Knowler WC. Congenital susceptibility to NIDDM. Role of intrauterine environment. Diabetes 1988; 37:622-628
  210. Type 2 diabetes in children and adolescents. American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2000; 23:381-389
  211. Scott LJ, Mohlke KL, Bonnycastle LL, Willer CJ, Li Y, Duren WL, Erdos MR, Stringham HM, Chines PS, Jackson AU, Prokunina-Olsson L, Ding CJ, Swift AJ, Narisu N, Hu T, Pruim R, Xiao R, Li XY, Conneely KN, Riebow NL, Sprau AG, Tong M, White PP, Hetrick KN, Barnhart MW, Bark CW, Goldstein JL, Watkins L, Xiang F, Saramies J, Buchanan TA, Watanabe RM, Valle TT, Kinnunen L, Abecasis GR, Pugh EW, Doheny KF, Bergman RN, Tuomilehto J, Collins FS, Boehnke M. A genome-wide association study of type 2 diabetes in Finns detects multiple susceptibility variants. Science 2007; 316:1341-1345
  212. Reaven GM. Role of insulin resistance in human disease (syndrome X): an expanded definition. Annu Rev Med 1993; 44:121-131
  213. Kahn CR, Flier JS, Bar RS, Archer JA, Gorden P, Martin MM, Roth J. The syndromes of insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans. Insulin-receptor disorders in man. N Engl J Med 1976; 294:739-745
  214. Ten S, Bhangoo A, Ramchandani N, Mueller C, Vogiatzi M, New M, Lesser M, Maclaren N. Characterization of insulin resistance syndrome in children and young adults. When to screen for prediabetes? J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab 2007; 20:989-999
  215. Chadt A, Scherneck S, Joost HG, Al-Hasani H. Molecular links between Obesity and Diabetes: "Diabesity". In: De Groot LJ, Chrousos G, Dungan K, Feingold KR, Grossman A, Hershman JM, Koch C, Korbonits M, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Rebar R, Singer F, Vinik A, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2000.
  216. Oral EA, Simha V, Ruiz E, Andewelt A, Premkumar A, Snell P, Wagner AJ, DePaoli AM, Reitman ML, Taylor SI, Gorden P, Garg A. Leptin-replacement therapy for lipodystrophy. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:570-578
  217. Sperling MA, Garg A. Monogenic Forms of Diabetes. In: rd, Cowie CC, Casagrande SS, Menke A, Cissell MA, Eberhardt MS, Meigs JB, Gregg EW, Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, Becker DJ, Brancati FL, Boyko EJ, Herman WH, Howard BV, Narayan KMV, Rewers M, Fradkin JE, eds. Diabetes in America. Bethesda (MD)2018.
  218. Laffel L, Chang N, Grey M, Hale D, Higgins L, Hirst K, Izquierdo R, Larkin M, Macha C, Pham T, Wauters A, Weinstock RS, Group TS. Metformin monotherapy in youth with recent onset type 2 diabetes: experience from the prerandomization run-in phase of the TODAY study. Pediatr Diabetes 2012; 13:369-375
  219. Allen DB. TODAY--a stark glimpse of tomorrow. N Engl J Med 2012; 366:2315-2316
  220. Galloway PJ, Donaldson MD, Wallace AM. Sex hormone binding globulin concentration as a prepubertal marker for hyperinsulinaemia in obesity. Arch Dis Child 2001; 85:489-491
  221. Karnieli E, Cohen P, Barzilai N, Ish-Shalom Z, Armoni M, Rafaelov R, Barzilai D. Insulin resistance in Cushing's syndrome. Horm Metab Res 1985; 17:518-521
  222. Low L, Chernausek SD, Sperling MA. Acromegaloid patients with type A insulin resistance: parallel defects in insulin and insulin-like growth factor-I receptors and biological responses in cultured fibroblasts. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1989; 69:329-337
  223. Rogers DL. Acanthosis nigricans. Semin Dermatol 1991; 10:160-163
  224. Tominaga K, Kurata JH, Chen YK, Fujimoto E, Miyagawa S, Abe I, Kusano Y. Prevalence of fatty liver in Japanese children and relationship to obesity. An epidemiological ultrasonographic survey. Dig Dis Sci 1995; 40:2002-2009
  225. Kawasaki T, Hashimoto N, Kikuchi T, Takahashi H, Uchiyama M. The relationship between fatty liver and hyperinsulinemia in obese Japanese children. J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr 1997; 24:317-321
  226. Tazawa Y, Noguchi H, Nishinomiya F, Takada G. Serum alanine aminotransferase activity in obese children. Acta Paediatr 1997; 86:238-241
  227. Marchesini G, Brizi M, Bianchi G, Tomassetti S, Zoli M, Melchionda N. Metformin in non-alcoholic steatohepatitis. Lancet 2001; 358:893-894
  228. Fan Y, Fang X, Tajima A, Geng X, Ranganathan S, Dong H, Trucco M, Sperling MA. Evolution of hepatic steatosis to fibrosis and adenoma formation in liver-specific growth hormone receptor knockout mice. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 2014; 5:218
  229. Reinehr T, Isa A, de Sousa G, Dieffenbach R, Andler W. Thyroid hormones and their relation to weight status. Horm Res 2008; 70:51-57
  230. Reinehr T. Obesity and thyroid function. Mol Cell Endocrinol 2010; 316:165-171
  231. Reinehr T. Thyroid function in the nutritionally obese child and adolescent. Curr Opin Pediatr 2011; 23:415-420
  232. Sperling MA GA. Monogenic Forms of Diabetes. Diabetes in America. 3rd ed2016:7-1-7-27.
  233. Fajans SS, Bell GI. MODY: history, genetics, pathophysiology, and clinical decision making. Diabetes Care 2011; 34:1878-1884
  234. Fajans SS, Bell GI, Polonsky KS. Molecular mechanisms and clinical pathophysiology of maturity-onset diabetes of the young. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:971-980
  235. Pihoker C, Gilliam LK, Ellard S, Dabelea D, Davis C, Dolan LM, Greenbaum CJ, Imperatore G, Lawrence JM, Marcovina SM, Mayer-Davis E, Rodriguez BL, Steck AK, Williams DE, Hattersley AT, Group SfDiYS. Prevalence, characteristics and clinical diagnosis of maturity onset diabetes of the young due to mutations in HNF1A, HNF4A, and glucokinase: results from the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2013; 98:4055-4062
  236. Ellard S, Bellanne-Chantelot C, Hattersley AT, European Molecular Genetics Quality Network Mg. Best practice guidelines for the molecular genetic diagnosis of maturity-onset diabetes of the young. Diabetologia 2008; 51:546-553
  237. Dussoix P, Vaxillaire M, Iynedjian PB, Tiercy JM, Ruiz J, Spinas GA, Berger W, Zahnd G, Froguel P, Philippe J. Diagnostic heterogeneity of diabetes in lean young adults: classification based on immunological and genetic parameters. Diabetes 1997; 46:622-631
  238. Tuomi T, Miettinen PJ, Hakaste L, Groop L. Atypical Forms of Diabetes. In: De Groot LJ, Chrousos G, Dungan K, Feingold KR, Grossman A, Hershman JM, Koch C, Korbonits M, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Rebar R, Singer F, Vinik A, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2000.
  239. Shields BM, Hicks S, Shepherd MH, Colclough K, Hattersley AT, Ellard S. Maturity-onset diabetes of the young (MODY): how many cases are we missing? Diabetologia 2010; 53:2504-2508
  240. Chakera AJ, Steele AM, Gloyn AL, Shepherd MH, Shields B, Ellard S, Hattersley AT. Recognition and Management of Individuals With Hyperglycemia Because of a Heterozygous Glucokinase Mutation. Diabetes Care 2015; 38:1383-1392
  241. Hattersley AT, Greeley SAW, Polak M, Rubio-Cabezas O, Njolstad PR, Mlynarski W, Castano L, Carlsson A, Raile K, Chi DV, Ellard S, Craig ME. ISPAD Clinical Practice Consensus Guidelines 2018: The diagnosis and management of monogenic diabetes in children and adolescents. Pediatr Diabetes 2018; 19 Suppl 27:47-63
  242. Yamagata K, Furuta H, Oda N, Kaisaki PJ, Menzel S, Cox NJ, Fajans SS, Signorini S, Stoffel M, Bell GI. Mutations in the hepatocyte nuclear factor-4alpha gene in maturity-onset diabetes of the young (MODY1). Nature 1996; 384:458-460
  243. Froguel P, Zouali H, Vionnet N, Velho G, Vaxillaire M, Sun F, Lesage S, Stoffel M, Takeda J, Passa P, et al. Familial hyperglycemia due to mutations in glucokinase. Definition of a subtype of diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1993; 328:697-702
  244. Hansen T, Eiberg H, Rouard M, Vaxillaire M, Moller AM, Rasmussen SK, Fridberg M, Urhammer SA, Holst JJ, Almind K, Echwald SM, Hansen L, Bell GI, Pedersen O. Novel MODY3 mutations in the hepatocyte nuclear factor-1alpha gene: evidence for a hyperexcitability of pancreatic beta-cells to intravenous secretagogues in a glucose-tolerant carrier of a P447L mutation. Diabetes 1997; 46:726-730
  245. Peters AL, Davidson MB, Schriger DL, Hasselblad V. A clinical approach for the diagnosis of diabetes mellitus: an analysis using glycosylated hemoglobin levels. Meta-analysis Research Group on the Diagnosis of Diabetes Using Glycated Hemoglobin Levels. JAMA 1996; 276:1246-1252
  246. Pontoglio M, Prie D, Cheret C, Doyen A, Leroy C, Froguel P, Velho G, Yaniv M, Friedlander G. HNF1alpha controls renal glucose reabsorption in mouse and man. EMBO Rep 2000; 1:359-365
  247. Stoffers DA, Ferrer J, Clarke WL, Habener JF. Early-onset type-II diabetes mellitus (MODY4) linked to IPF1. Nat Genet 1997; 17:138-139
  248. Horikawa Y, Iwasaki N, Hara M, Furuta H, Hinokio Y, Cockburn BN, Lindner T, Yamagata K, Ogata M, Tomonaga O, Kuroki H, Kasahara T, Iwamoto Y, Bell GI. Mutation in hepatocyte nuclear factor-1 beta gene (TCF2) associated with MODY. Nat Genet 1997; 17:384-385
  249. Naya FJ, Huang HP, Qiu Y, Mutoh H, DeMayo FJ, Leiter AB, Tsai MJ. Diabetes, defective pancreatic morphogenesis, and abnormal enteroendocrine differentiation in BETA2/neuroD-deficient mice. Genes Dev 1997; 11:2323-2334
  250. Neve B, Fernandez-Zapico ME, Ashkenazi-Katalan V, Dina C, Hamid YH, Joly E, Vaillant E, Benmezroua Y, Durand E, Bakaher N, Delannoy V, Vaxillaire M, Cook T, Dallinga-Thie GM, Jansen H, Charles MA, Clement K, Galan P, Hercberg S, Helbecque N, Charpentier G, Prentki M, Hansen T, Pedersen O, Urrutia R, Melloul D, Froguel P. Role of transcription factor KLF11 and its diabetes-associated gene variants in pancreatic beta cell function. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2005; 102:4807-4812
  251. Raeder H, Johansson S, Holm PI, Haldorsen IS, Mas E, Sbarra V, Nermoen I, Eide SA, Grevle L, Bjorkhaug L, Sagen JV, Aksnes L, Sovik O, Lombardo D, Molven A, Njolstad PR. Mutations in the CEL VNTR cause a syndrome of diabetes and pancreatic exocrine dysfunction. Nat Genet 2006; 38:54-62
  252. St-Onge L, Sosa-Pineda B, Chowdhury K, Mansouri A, Gruss P. Pax6 is required for differentiation of glucagon-producing alpha-cells in mouse pancreas. Nature 1997; 387:406-409
  253. Edghill EL, Flanagan SE, Patch AM, Boustred C, Parrish A, Shields B, Shepherd MH, Hussain K, Kapoor RR, Malecki M, MacDonald MJ, Stoy J, Steiner DF, Philipson LH, Bell GI, Neonatal Diabetes International Collaborative G, Hattersley AT, Ellard S. Insulin mutation screening in 1,044 patients with diabetes: mutations in the INS gene are a common cause of neonatal diabetes but a rare cause of diabetes diagnosed in childhood or adulthood. Diabetes 2008; 57:1034-1042
  254. Borowiec M, Liew CW, Thompson R, Boonyasrisawat W, Hu J, Mlynarski WM, El Khattabi I, Kim SH, Marselli L, Rich SS, Krolewski AS, Bonner-Weir S, Sharma A, Sale M, Mychaleckyj JC, Kulkarni RN, Doria A. Mutations at the BLK locus linked to maturity onset diabetes of the young and beta-cell dysfunction. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2009; 106:14460-14465
  255. Bonnefond A, Froguel P. Rare and common genetic events in type 2 diabetes: what should biologists know? Cell Metab 2015; 21:357-368
  256. Hattersley AT, Patel KA. Precision diabetes: learning from monogenic diabetes. Diabetologia 2017; 60:769-777
  257. Prudente S, Jungtrakoon P, Marucci A, Ludovico O, Buranasupkajorn P, Mazza T, Hastings T, Milano T, Morini E, Mercuri L, Bailetti D, Mendonca C, Alberico F, Basile G, Romani M, Miccinilli E, Pizzuti A, Carella M, Barbetti F, Pascarella S, Marchetti P, Trischitta V, Di Paola R, Doria A. Loss-of-Function Mutations in APPL1 in Familial Diabetes Mellitus. Am J Hum Genet 2015; 97:177-185
  258. De Franco E, Flanagan SE, Houghton JA, Lango Allen H, Mackay DJ, Temple IK, Ellard S, Hattersley AT. The effect of early, comprehensive genomic testing on clinical care in neonatal diabetes: an international cohort study. Lancet 2015; 386:957-963
  259. Pearson ER, Flechtner I, Njolstad PR, Malecki MT, Flanagan SE, Larkin B, Ashcroft FM, Klimes I, Codner E, Iotova V, Slingerland AS, Shield J, Robert JJ, Holst JJ, Clark PM, Ellard S, Sovik O, Polak M, Hattersley AT, Neonatal Diabetes International Collaborative G. Switching from insulin to oral sulfonylureas in patients with diabetes due to Kir6.2 mutations. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:467-477
  260. Johns DR. Seminars in medicine of the Beth Israel Hospital, Boston. Mitochondrial DNA and disease. N Engl J Med 1995; 333:638-644
  261. Robbins DC, Shoelson SE, Rubenstein AH, Tager HS. Familial hyperproinsulinemia. Two cohorts secreting indistinguishable type II intermediates of proinsulin conversion. J Clin Invest 1984; 73:714-719
  262. Nishi M, Nanjo K. Insulin gene mutations and diabetes. J Diabetes Investig 2011; 2:92-100
  263. Hameed S, Jaffe A, Verge CF. Advances in the detection and management of cystic fibrosis related diabetes. Curr Opin Pediatr 2015; 27:525-533
  264. Ren H, Qin L, Wang W, Ma J, Zhang W, Shen PY, Shi H, Li X, Chen N. Abnormal glucose metabolism and insulin sensitivity in Chinese patients with Gitelman syndrome. Am J Nephrol 2013; 37:152-157
  265. Boyle P. Cushing's disease, glucocorticoid excess, glucocorticoid deficiency and diabetes. Diabetes Review 1993; 1
  266. Ganda OP. Growth hormone, acromegaly and diabetes. Diabetes Reviews 1993; 1
  267. Wass JA, Cudworth AG, Bottazzo GF, Woodrow JC, Besser GM. An assessment of glucose intolerance in acromegaly and its response to medical treatment. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1980; 12:53-59
  268. Cryer P. Catecholamines, pheochromocytomas and diabetes. Diabetes Review 1993; 1
  269. Stenstrom G, Sjostrom L, Smith U. Diabetes mellitus in phaeochromocytoma. Fasting blood glucose levels before and after surgery in 60 patients with phaeochromocytoma. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1984; 106:511-515
  270. Boden G. RJ CX. Glucagonoma syndrome, glucagon and glucose tolerance. Diabetes Review 1993; 1
  271. Vinik A, Feliberti E, Perry RR. Glucagonoma Syndrome. In: De Groot LJ, Chrousos G, Dungan K, Feingold KR, Grossman A, Hershman JM, Koch C, Korbonits M, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Rebar R, Singer F, Vinik A, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2000.
  272. Andersen OO, Friis T, Ottesen B. Glucose tolerance and insulin secretion in hyperthyroidism. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1977; 84:576-587
  273. Repaske DR. Medication-induced diabetes mellitus. Pediatr Diabetes 2016; 17:392-397
  274. Houston MC. The effects of antihypertensive drugs on glucose intolerance in hypertensive nondiabetics and diabetics. Am Heart J 1988; 115:640-656
  275. Carr A, Samaras K, Burton S, Law M, Freund J, Chisholm DJ, Cooper DA. A syndrome of peripheral lipodystrophy, hyperlipidaemia and insulin resistance in patients receiving HIV protease inhibitors. AIDS 1998; 12:F51-58
  276. Johnson C, Ahsan N, Gonwa T, Halloran P, Stegall M, Hardy M, Metzger R, Shield C, 3rd, Rocher L, Scandling J, Sorensen J, Mulloy L, Light J, Corwin C, Danovitch G, Wachs M, van Veldhuisen P, Salm K, Tolzman D, Fitzsimmons WE. Randomized trial of tacrolimus (Prograf) in combination with azathioprine or mycophenolate mofetil versus cyclosporine (Neoral) with mycophenolate mofetil after cadaveric kidney transplantation. Transplantation 2000; 69:834-841
  277. First MR, Gerber DA, Hariharan S, Kaufman DB, Shapiro R. Posttransplant diabetes mellitus in kidney allograft recipients: incidence, risk factors, and management. Transplantation 2002; 73:379-386
  278. Jarrett RJ. Why is insulin not a risk factor for coronary heart disease? Diabetologia 1994; 37:945-947
  279. Reaven GM, Chen YD. Role of insulin in regulation of lipoprotein metabolism in diabetes. Diabetes Metab Rev 1988; 4:639-652
  280. Helfgott SM. Stiff-man syndrome: from the bedside to the bench. Arthritis Rheum 1999; 42:1312-1320
  281. Taylor SI. Lilly Lecture: molecular mechanisms of insulin resistance. Lessons from patients with mutations in the insulin-receptor gene. Diabetes 1992; 41:1473-1490
  282. Zhou P, Ten S, Sinha S, Ramchandani N, Vogiatzi M, Maclaren N. Insulin receptor autoimmunity and insulin resistance. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab 2008; 21:369-375

 

 

Sexual Dysfunction in Diabetes

ABSTRACT

 

Diabetes is an increasingly prevalent problem that has been associated very strongly with sexual problems in both men and women.  Diabetes has numerous end organ effects and also exerts a substantial psychological toll which may predispose diabetic people to sexual problems.  Erectile Dysfunction (ED) is common in men with diabetes; these men tend to present with more severe and refractory ED compared to non-diabetic peers.  While ED is the best-established diabetes-related sexual dysfunction, ejaculatory and sexual desires issues may also occur in men with diabetes.  Women with diabetes are also at risk for sexual dysfunction.  Sexual health inquiry is an important aspect of diabetes care. Importantly, lifestyle change and close management of diabetes has been associated with improvements in sexual function.

INTRODUCTION

Diabetes mellitus (DM) may lead to disruption of normal sexual function in both men and women via diabetic-induced end organ damage and psychological stress.  There is a strong association between diabetes and erectile dysfunction (ED) in men; ED is the best studied sexual dysfunction but the sexual health ramifications of diabetes extend well beyond erectile pathophysiology. In the Endotext chapter on Male Endocrinology “Medical and Surgical Therapy of Erectile Dysfunction”, Shindel, et al review the pathophysiology, work-up, and treatments for erectile dysfunction of any cause. In this chapter, we will focus specifically on sexual dysfunction in people with diabetes, with particular emphasis on practical information for clinicians.

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Sexual dysfunction is a common problem that is particularly prevalent in men and women with diabetes.  The presence of sexual dysfunction in type I diabetes has been associated with markedly lower quality of life and psychological distress (1). While, the incidence of sexual problems increases with age (particularly in men but also in women), this is driven primarily by comorbid conditions associated with aging. Examples include smoking, heart disease, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, and diabetes (2). The prevalence of ED in men with diabetes is approximately three and a half times higher than in the general population (3,4). ED may also be the presenting symptom for DM and may predict later neurologic sequelae (5).

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

The pathophysiology of ED in DM is multifactorial, consisting of both vascular, hormonal, and neurologic insults (6). Diabetic neuropathy may impair autonomic and somatic nerve processes essential for erections. Diabetes is also associated with impaired relaxation of cavernosal smooth muscle due to endothelial-derived nitric oxide induced by  glycosylation products (7-8).  A variety of serum markers (e.g., E-selectin, Interleukin-10, reactive oxygen species) have been linked to diabetes-related ED. The clinical utility of these remains ambiguous but they may have future utility as biomarkers for incipient ED pending further study (9).

 

New evidence has suggested that men with diabetes may also be at increased risk of low serum testosterone levels (10,11). The etiology of low T in diabetic men remains unclear but may be secondary to a decline in the levels of pituitary hormones responsible for stimulating testicular production of testosterone (12). Low levels of testosterone may lead to a decline in sexual desire and, directly or indirectly, to ED (13).

 

Men with diabetes should be screened for the presence of low testosterone by checking serum total testosterone. Sex hormone binding globulin and albumin may also be tested to permit assessment for free and bioavailable testosterone (14). The clinical utility of free and bioavailable testosterone remains controversial. The most recent guidelines on testosterone issued by the American Urological Association do not recommend use of free or bioavailable testosterone in clinical decision making (10). The most recent Endocrine Society Guideline states that free/bioavailable testosterone may be worth assessing (via equilibrium dialysis or an accurate estimator) in men with symptoms and low-normal total testosterone (14).

 

Testing for hypogonadism should be performed in the morning hours (between 8 and 11 AM) when serum testosterone is highest (14). The appropriate assay and biochemical cut-off values for “low” testosterone are controversial; generally speaking, symptoms of hypogonadism are progressively more common in men with total testosterone levels less than 320 ng/dL and free testosterone levels lower than 64 pg/mL (15). When assessing a patient with a single report of low testosterone, providers should consider confirmatory testing to include repeat testosterone as well as pituitary hormones (FSH, LH, and prolactin) to rule out central causes of hypogonadism (10,14). Only those patients with biochemically low testosterone AND symptoms potentially referable to hypogonadism (decreased libido, ED, fatigue, decreased bone mineral density, depressed mood, etc.) in which alternative etiologies for symptoms are not readily apparent should be considered for treatment (14).  

 

TREATMENT OF ED WITH PHOSPHODIESTERASE TYPE 5 INHIBITORS (PDE5I)

 

The treatment of ED in general was revolutionized by the introduction of the PDE5 inhibitor (PDE5I) class of medications. The first of PDE5I to obtain United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval was of sildenafil (Viagra®), followed by vardenafil (Levitra®/Staxyn®), tadalafil (Cialis®), and avanafil (Stendra®).

 

All PDE5I are dependent on function of the NO/cGMP pathway. Sexual stimulation provokes the release of nitric oxide (NO) from cavernous nerves and endothelial cells. NO leads to activation of guanylate cyclase, which catalyzes the transformation of GTP to cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP). By a variety of downstream mechanisms, cGMP triggers decreased intracellular calcium with subsequent relaxation of actin/myosin cross bridges and penile smooth muscle relaxation. cGMP is deactivated by conversion to 5 prime guanosine monophosphate, a process mediated by phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5)- the predominant functional PDE type found in the penis (16). 

 

PDE5I block the inactivation of cGMP, leading to persistently elevated levels of cGMP and continued smooth muscle relaxation(16). Since the release of NO is mediated by both neuronal and endothelial Nitric Oxide Synthase (NOS), neuropathy and endothelial disease (as may occur with diabetes) blunts the efficacy of PDE5I. This is confirmed clinically as men with diabetes have a poorer response overall to PDE5I than men with ED of other etiologies.

 

A prospective, multi-center, randomized, controlled, double-blinded (RCDB) trial of vardenafil in men with diabetes was carried out by Goldstein, et al (17). The study consisted of 430 men with chronic ED, a hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) of <12%, and no other serious confounding causes of ED (e.g., radical pelvic surgery, spinal cord injury, etc.). Additionally, patients were excluded if they had unstable coronary disease or other contraindications to PDE5I use. The patients were evaluated using the erectile function (EF) domain of the 15 item International Index of Erectile Function (IIEF), 2 diary questions regarding the patient’s ability to penetrate (SEP2) and have successful intercourse (SEP3), and a global assessment question (GAQ) about whether or not the treatment had improved their erections. There were statistically and clinically significant improvements in all of the evaluated endpoints, with most of the improvements demonstrating a dose-relation. With 20 mg of vardenafil, the EF score was 19 (out of a total possible of 25) and 54% of men were able to complete intercourse, with an overall responder rate (as measured by the GAQ) of 72%. The effect was attenuated in patients with severe underlying ED but improvement remained significant. There was no correlation noted between different strata of HgA1c levels. The drug was well-tolerated with few patients discontinuing the study due to adverse side-effects.

 

A similar RCDB trial of tadalafil in men with diabetes was performed by Saenz de Tejada, et al (18). A total of 191 patients completed this study; evaluated parameters were very similar to the vardenafil study above. Exclusion criteria were also similar to the vardenafil study, except that patient with hypertension and hypercholesterolemia were also excluded in the tadalafil study. As in the vardenafil study, statistically and clinically significant improvements were noted in all of the evaluated parameters for men using tadalafil, regardless of severity of underlying DM or level of HgA1c, with an overall responder rate (as assessed by GAQ) of 64% by those using 20 mg. The drug was also well-tolerated with few discontinuations.

 

A unique study from Denmark attempted to assess the “real-life” use of sildenafil in men with diabetes and ED in terms of how many patients wanted to try an agent, how many were eligible to do so, and how efficacious the medicine was (19).  Examining a population of 326 men seen in an outpatient diabetes clinic, 192 (59%) self-reported ED and 187 of these were over 40 years old. Of these 187 patients, 79 (42%) were excluded because of medical or pharmacologic contraindications to sildenafil use. A further 63 patients either declined to participate in the study or did not respond. This left 45 patients for the study (23% of those patients with self-reported ED). Of these, 10 dropped out due to lack of sexual partner and 2 others without recorded reason. Sixty-one percent of the remaining patients self-titrated to a maximum dose of 100 mg. Of the 33 patients remaining, 36% noted consistent improvement, 27% noted variable improvement, and 36% felt they had no improvement; overall, 54% felt that the medicine had met their expectations. Essentially, just 18 of 187 (9.6%) men over age 40 with DM and ED felt that the medicine met their expectations. This real-world experience should inform conversations regarding PDE5i efficacy in men with DM and ED.

 

In 2008 the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved low-dose (2.5-5 mg) tadalafil as a daily treatment for ED.  Hatzichristou et al. enrolled 298 men with diabetes (89% type 2) and ED in a RCDB lasting 12 weeks and assessed clinical response using the sexual encounter profile questions 2 and 3.  At baseline 38%, 42%, and 32% of men reported the ability to attain an erection sufficient for vaginal penetration (SEP2) in the placebo, 2.5 mg, and 5 mg groups, respectively. The percentages of men in the same groups able to maintain erection until the completion of satisfactory intercourse (SEP3) were 20%, 20% and 16%, respectively. At the completion of the study, men treated with either the 2.5 mg or 5 mg dose of tadalafil manifested greater improvements in SEP 2 (increase from baseline of 5%, 20%, and 29%) and SEP3 (28%, 46%, 41%).  The lower success rate in the 5 mg group was likely accounted for by relatively worse diabetic disease at baseline in that group. Patients treated with tadalafil reported improvements in erection (based on IIEF scores) irrespective of baseline IIEF scores. Patients were significantly more likely to prefer tadalafil treatment compared to placebo (20).

 

In addition to daily dosing as an alternative to on-demand dosing for PDE5I, there has been great interest in recent years in the use of PDE5I not just as a therapy to produce erections but as a means to halt or even reverse the penile tissue damage that leads to ED. Studies in animals with a form of experimentally induced diabetes most similar to diabetes mellitus type 1 have demonstrated enhancement of erectile function and preservation of penile tissue health when treated with either vardenafil or SK-3530 (a novel PDE5I that has not yet been approved for routine in humans) (21,22).  A preliminary study of routine dose sildenafil vs. placebo for 4 weeks in 292 men with type 2 diabetes and ED revealed some improvements in blood tests used to measure oxidative stress in men treated with sildenafil. Unfortunately, there were some differences between the placebo and sildenafil group at baseline and there were no significant erectile function differences after the 4-week course of daily treatment was completed (23). Another study in 20 men with type 2 diabetes but no ED indicated that treatment with sildenafil 25 mg three times a day led to improved vascular function and a decline in blood markers for various types of inflammation and oxidative stress.  The ultimate clinical relevance of these findings is unclear (24). 

 

These encouraging preliminary results will require further assessment before the routine use of PDE5I for reversal of tissue damage can be recommended routinely. A degree of caution is required since, despite a series of encouraging pre-clinical animal studies, routine dose PDE5I for the management of ED related to pelvic surgery has not been proven beneficial for recovery of spontaneous erection responses (25,26).

 

TREATMENT OF ED WITH OTHER MODALITIES

 

Direct administration of vasodilators to the erectile tissue of the penis is a well-established modality for management of ED dating back more than three decades. Commonly used agents include papaverine, phentolamine, and prostaglandin E-1 (PgE1) (27). These agents are often used as combinations (e.g., bimix or trimix) to reduce the adverse effects of each specific agent. 

 

Only PgE-1 has received formal FDA approval for management of ED. Intracavernosal PgE1 injection therapy in men with diabetes and ED was evaluated in a large, multicenter trial by Heaton, et al (28). Over 300 men entered the trial; 83% completed the titration period and proceeding to home use. Of those patients using the medication at home, 79% required 30 micrograms/dose or less, and 72% remained satisfied with the initial dose during the follow-up period (6 months). There were 2 instances of priapism (sustained erection of greater than 4 hours unaccompanied by sexual stimuli) neither of which required intervention, 1 patient developed a penile nodule, and 24% of patients reported penile pain with injection; the pain led to patient drop-out in 5% of the treatment group. A smaller, more recent study with longer follow-up (10 years) found that men with diabetes and ED using penile injections tended to shift towards decreased frequency of use but preferred stronger agents (mixtures of alprostadil with papaverine and/or phentolamine), with men with type 1 diabetes and ED stabilizing their doses within 5 years and men with type 2 diabetes and ED stabilizing within 9-10 years (29).

 

Prostaglandin may also be administered via an intraurethral route; the Medicated Urethral Suppository for Erections (MUSE®) is a urethral prostaglandin suppository.  This treatment has FDA approval and has been used with some success by men with ED.  Side effects include urethral burning, pain, and irritation of the sexual partner’s mucous membranes (30).

 

In patients for whom injection or intraurethral therapy does not work vacuum erection devices (VED) may be useful. There is a paucity of data specifically evaluating the use of VED in men with diabetes and ED but the drop-out rate for patients is generally quite high, even for patients who are able to achieve a rigid erection with the device. One subset analysis found that despite a good response (i.e., firm erection) using VED, only 50% of those couples found the treatment to be satisfactory. This may be due to difficult operating the device and/or a feeling that it is a cumbersome interruption of sexual activity.  Possible local side effects include petechiae (small red dots from broken capillaries), a feeling of having a cold penis, and abnormal sensation of ejaculation (31). Many men also report that their erectile rigidity is sub-optimal with the VED.

 

PENILE PROSTHETICS

 

Penile prostheses are an excellent option for diabetic men with ED refractory to medical management and/or those who cannot tolerate medical management of ED. Prosthesis surgery is irreversible in that the corporal tissue is permanently altered; if the prosthesis is removed without replacement complete ED will almost certainly result. While a variety of exotic materials, flaps, and grafts have been used in the past, most contemporary prostheses are either hollow silicone cylinders that are inflated with saline via pump action or semi-rigid rods (32,33). Of all modalities for management of ED, prostheses have the highest satisfaction rates, with 2 large studies demonstrating greater than 95% satisfaction (34,35). While this high rate of satisfaction is encouraging it must be understood that the population of men who are motivated enough to undergo surgery for erectile function may not be representative of the larger population of ED patients.

 

Although some studies suggest that elevated HbA1c levels may predict a higher rate of infections in men with diabetes having penile prosthesis surgery, more recent studies refute this (36). A large study from Wilson, et al demonstrated that neither diabetic status nor preoperative HgA1c were risk factors for prosthesis infection. A more recent study confirmed that elevated HbA1c is not a risk factor for infection; however, short-term poor glucose control (defined as morning fast glucose levels >200 ng/ml) was associated with more complications (37,38).

 

EXPERIMENTAL THERAPIES FOR ED

 

Low-intensity shock wave therapy (LiESWT) has attracted great interest over the past decade as a novel treatment modality for ED. A number of randomized controlled studies in the general ED population have suggested modest but significant short-term benefit with minimal to no side effect profile (39). 

 

A pooled analysis from 5 double-blind, sham-controlled trials of LiESWT reported on 61 men with diabetes and ED responsive to PDE5I and another 48 men with diabetes and ED NOT responsive to PDe5I. Clinically significant improvements in erectile function were noted in 80%, 77%, and 66% of the PDe5I responsive treated patients at 1-, 6-, and 12-months post therapy.  Importantly, over half (55%) of treated men who had been non-responders to PDE5I were able to achieve erection sufficient for penetration with PDE5I post-treatment (40).

 

These encouraging data merit further research, preferably in a dedicated study of men with diabetes-related ED.  Despite encouraging preliminary data this therapy remains experimental and is currently not recommended outside a clinical trial setting conducted at no or minimal cost to patients (26).

 

TREATMENT OF LOW TESTOSTERONE LEVELS

 

Although there is some controversy over what constitutes a true "low" testosterone level and the best way to measure it, some studies have indicated that men with low levels of testosterone and symptoms consistent with low testosterone (e.g., decreased libido, decreased energy, depression, anxiety, fatigue, weight gain) may benefit from testosterone replacement therapy. The general efficacy of testosterone in improving sexual function (particularly sexual desire and response to PDE5I in cases of initial failure to respond) in appropriately selected patients has been established (41). In addition to improving sexual symptoms in these men, testosterone supplementation may have beneficial effects with respect to lean body mass and insulin sensitivity in diabetic men with hypogonadism (42,43).  A recent small RCDB indicated that 40 weeks of testosterone supplementation did not produce a significant improvement in either sexual desire or erectile dysfunction for obese men with type 2 diabetes (44). A more nuanced finding in a larger population suggested that the testosterone supplementation provides benefit for men with sexual dysfunction and severe testosterone deficiency (defined here as less than 8 nmol/L, approximately 230 ng/dL) who are treated such that trough levels approach 15 nmol/L (approximately 432 ng/dL) (45).

 

A number of different testosterone formulations are available, including intramuscular injections, transdermal creams/gels, buccal tablets, and subcutaneous depots (see the Male Reproduction Section of Endotext for a complete discussion of testosterone replacement therapy). 

 

EJACULATORY DYSFUNCTION

 

Men with diabetes may have sexual disorders other than erectile dysfunction. Examples include diminished sexual desire, lack of ejaculation with sexual climax (anejaculation or retrograde ejaculation), and premature ejaculation. Successful antegrade ejaculation depends on the coordination of three neurologic events: seminal emission, bladder neck closure, and contraction of the muscles of the pelvic floor (e.g., bulbocavernosus, ischiocavernous, etc.) (46). In diabetes, derangements of the nerves controlling closure of the connection between the bladder and urethra may disrupt normal ejaculation. In this situation ejaculate is deposited in the innermost portion of the urethra but the connection between the bladder and urethra does not close. Since the bladder neck is open, some or all of the ejaculate may leak backwards into the bladder during the muscle contractions that normally expel the semen from the penis. In the most severe cases there may be total lack of seminal emission. Either of these conditions will impact fertility.  It may also be a source of psychological disturbance to the man; indeed, some men report that they are not able to fully enjoy orgasm in the absence of ejaculation. 

 

From a fertility standpoint, sperm may be retrieved from post-ejaculate urine and then used for artificial insemination. Alternative strategies to overcome retrograde ejaculation generally focus on attempts to help the bladder neck close.  A variety of pharmacologic agents have also been used, including anticholinergics, antihistamines, and alpha-adrenergics (47,48).  Evidence for efficacy of these interventions in management of retrograde/anejaculation is scant.

 

FEMALE SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION

 

Our understanding of the medical and physiological aspects of female sexual function is poor relative to our understanding of men's sexual physiology and function. It is recognized that diabetes can be detrimental to female sexuality in a multifactorial manner, including both psychologic and physiologic dimensions (49,50).

 

In much of the published literature “Female Sexual Dysfunction” is treated as unitary diagnosis in and of itself.  It is more appropriate to consider that this overarching term encompasses several specific (and overlapping) concerns related to sexual function.

 

The International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health describes: (51)

 

  • Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder (HSDD, decreased interest in sex and/or receptivity to sexual initiation by a partner)
  • Female Sexual Arousal Disorder, which can be sub-divided into Female Cognitive Arousal Disorder (difficulty with maintaining mental/emotional arousal responses) and Female Genital Arousal Disorder (difficulty with maintaining genital arousal responses).
  • Persistent Genital Arousal Disorder (unwanted and intrusive feelings of genital arousal)
  • Female Orgasm Disorder (compromise of orgasm frequency or intensity).

 

There are similarities between the molecular processes that mediate both male and female genital engorgement with arousal although the tissue effects of course differ (e.g., vasocongestion of erectile tissues leads to penile erection in men and vaginal engorgement/transudate in women) (52). Caruso et al (53) undertook a RCDB trial of 100 mg sildenafil in type 1 diabetic women with sexual dysfunction. Of the 28 women who completed the trial, significant improvement was seen in both subjective and objective parameters. Subjectively, arousal, orgasm, and dyspareunia were all improved in those taking sildenafil in comparison to baseline and those taking placebo. Color Doppler ultrasonography was performed on the clitoral arteries, revealing an increase in blood flow in these women. The clinical utility of ultrasonography in the evaluation of women with sexual dysfunction is unclear; these results should be interpreted with caution.

 

THE IMPORTANCE OF MANAGING LIFESTYLE FACTORS IN TREATING SEXUAL PROBLEMS IN DIABETES

 

As with most aspects of diabetes care, routine exercise, careful monitoring of glucose levels, and usage of appropriate therapies to prevent hyperglycemia are key to preventing progression of diabetes-induced sexual problems. Weight management and dietary prudence are also critical in the management of diabetes. There is evidence to suggest weight loss may reverse erectile dysfunction in some men. In a study of 65 obese men with ED and the Metabolic Syndrome (MetS, obesity with at abnormalities of blood pressure, abnormal glucose level/diabetes, and abnormal cholesterol levels), eating a "Mediterranean diet" (emphasizing fresh fruit and vegetables) for two years led to normalization of erectile function (as determined by an International Index of Erectile function score greater than 22) in 13 of 35 men compared to 2 of 30 men in the group that did not have dietary manipulation (54). 

 

A similar study in women with sexual dysfunction and MetS showed a significant improvement in mean sexual function (mean increase on the Female Sexual Function Index from 19.7 to 26.1 in the treatment group vs. no change from baseline in the control group). Also noted in both of these studies were improvements in serum insulin and glucose level in men and women who consumed a “Mediterranean” diet (55). A multi-center randomized controlled trial of intensive lifestyle intervention in obese women with type 2 diabetes confirmed that women who had the intervention were: 1) more likely to remain sexually active at one year (83% versus 64% for the intervention versus control group, respectively), 2) improve specific domains of sexual function, and 3) to obtain composite scores on the Female Sexual Function Index that were consistent with low risk for sexual dysfunction (28% of intervention patients versus 11% of controls) (56).

 

CONCLUSION

 

Sexual dysfunctions are common in people with diabetes and may arise from a variety of vascular, neurologic, and hormonal derangements. In terms of managing ED, PDE5I are the first-line agents of choice although the failure rate is higher when compared to men with non-diabetic ED.  Second and third line options may be considered should PDE5I fail. Sexual problems related to diabetes extend beyond ED to include sexual desire and ejaculatory dysfunction in men and a variety of sexual concerns in women. In addition to therapy specifically tailored to sexual concerns, management of underlying diabetic condition may markedly improve sexual quality of life in people with diabetes.

 

SUMMARY

 

  • The cause of ED in men with diabetes is multifactorial, including neuropathy, vasculopathy, and endocrinopathy
  • Men with diabetes should be routinely screened for the presence of low testosterone

 

  • Non-ED sexual dysfunctions are common in people with diabetes

 

  • Medical therapies for ED in men with diabetes are not as successful as in men with ED of other etiologies

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Jacobson, A.M., Braffett, B.H., Cleary, P.A., Dunn, R.L., Larkin, M.E., Wessells, H., et al.Relationship of urologic complications with health-related quality of life and perceived value of health in men and women with type I diabetes: the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial/Epidemiology of Interventions and Complications (DCCT/EDIC) cohort.  Diabetes Care 2015 Oct;38(10):1904-12.
  2. Feldman, H.A., et al., Impotence and its medical and psychosocial correlates: results of the Massachusetts Male Aging Study. J Urol, 1994. 151(1): p. 54-61.
  3. Kouidrat et al. High prevalence of erectile dysfunction in diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis of 145 studies. Diabet Med 2017;34:1185-1192
  4. Kamenov, Z.A.A comprehensive review of erectile dysfunction in men with diabetes.  Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 2015 Mar;123(3):141-58.
  5. McCulloch, D.K., et al., The natural history of impotence in diabetic men. Diabetologia, 1984. 26(6): p. 437-40. -
  6. Gandhi J.The Role of Diabetes Mellitus in Sexual and Reproductive Health: An Overview of Pathogenesis, Evaluation, and Management. CUrr Diabetes Rev 2017;13:573-581
  7. Cartledge, J.J., I. Eardley, and J.F. Morrison, Advanced glycation end-products are responsible for the impairment of corpus cavernosal smooth muscle relaxation seen in diabetes. BJU Int, 2001. 87(4): p. 402-7. -
  8. Saenz de Tejada, I., et al., Impaired neurogenic and endothelium-mediated relaxation of penile smooth muscle from diabetic men with impotence. N Engl J Med, 1989. 320(16): p. 1025-30.
  9. Patel DP. et al. Serum Biomarkers of Erectile Dysfunction in Diabetes Mellitus: A Systematic Review of Current Literature. Sex Med Rev 2017;5:339-348
  10. Mulhall JP. et al. Evaluation and Management of Testosterone Deficiency: AUA Guideline.J Urol. 2018 Aug;200(2):423-432
  11. Kapoor D, et al. Erectile dysfunction is associated with low bioactive testosterone levels and visceral adiposity in men with type 2 diabetes. Int J Androl. 2007 Dec;30(6):500-507 -
  12. Dandona P, et al. Hypogonadotrophic hypogonadism in type 2 diabetes. Aging Male. 2008 Sep;11(3):107-17 -
  13. Morelli A, et al. Which patients with sexual dysfunction are suitable for testosterone replacement therapy. J Endocrinol Invest. 2007 Nov;30(10):880-888
  14. Bhasin S. et alTestosterone Therapy in Men With Hypogonadism: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2018 May 1;103(5):1715-1744
  15. Wu F, et al. Identification of late-onset hypogonadism, in middle-aged and elderly men. N Engl J Med. 2010 Jul 8;363(2):123-35
  16. Dean R, et al. Physiology of penile erection and pathophysiology of erectile dysfunction. Urol Clin NA 2005 Nov;32(4):379-95
  17. Goldstein, I., et al., Vardenafil, a new phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitor, in the treatment of erectile dysfunction in men with diabetes: a multicenter double-blind placebo-controlled fixed-dose study. Diabetes Care, 2003. 26(3): p. 777-83. -
  18. Saenz de Tejada, I., et al., Effects of tadalafil on erectile dysfunction in men with diabetes. Diabetes Care, 2002. 25(12): p. 2159-64. -
  19. Behrend, L., J. Vibe-Petersen, and H. Perrild, Sildenafil in the treatment of erectile dysfunction in men with diabetes: demand, efficacy and patient satisfaction. Int J Impot Res, 2005. 17(3): p. 264-9. -
  20. Hatzichristou D, et al. Efficacy of tadalafil once daily in men with diabetes mellitus and erectile dysfunction. Diabet Med. 2008 Feb;25(2):138-46 -
  21. Park K, et al. Chronic treatment with a type 5 Phosphodiesterase inhibitor suppresses apoptosis of corporal smooth muscle by potentiating Akt signaling in a rat model of diabetic erectile dysfunction. Eur Urol. 2008;53:1282-1289 -
  22. DeYoung LX, et al. Endothelial rehabilitation: the impact of chronic PDE5 inhibitors on erectile function and protein alteration in cavernous tissue of diabetic rats. Eur Urol. 2008;54:213-220 -
  23. Burnett AL, et al. Serum biomarker measurements of endothelial function and oxidative stress after daily dosing of sildenafil in type 2 diabetic men with erectile dysfunction. J Urol. 2009;181:245-251. -
  24. Aversa A, et al. Chronic administration of Sildenafil improves markers of endothelial function in men with Type 2 diabetes. Diabet Med. 2008 Jan;25(1):37-44 -
  25. Montorsi F, Brock G, Lee J, Shapiro J, van Poppel H, Graefen M, et al. Effect of nightly versus on-demand vardenafil on recovery of erectile function in men following bilateral nerve-sparing radical prostatectomy. Eur Urol. 2008;54:924-931
  26. Burnett AL et al. Erectile Dysfunction: AUA Guideline.J Urol 2018 Sep;200(3):633-641
  27. Bella AJ, Brock GB.Intracavernous pharmacotherapy for erectile dysfunction. Endocrine 2004;23:149-55
  28. Heaton, J.P., et al., Intracavernosal alprostadil is effective for the treatment of erectile dysfunction in diabetic men. Int J Impot Res, 2001. 13(6): p. 317-21 -
  29. Perimenis, P., et al., Long-term treatment with intracavernosal injections in diabetic men with erectile dysfunction. Asian J Androl, 2006. 8(2): p. 219-24. -
  30. Costa A, et al. Intraurethral alprostadil for erectile dysfunction: a review of the literature. Drugs. 2012 Dec 3;72(17):2243-54
  31. Ryder, R.E., et al., Impotence in diabetes: aetiology, implications for treatment and preferred vacuum device. Diabet Med, 1992. 9(10): p. 893-8. -
  32. Akoz, T., et al., The use of iliac bone flap as a penile stiffener in a diabetic patient with erectile dysfunction. Plast Reconstr Surg, 1999. 103(7): p. 1975-8. -
  33. Mulcahy, J.J., et al., The penile implant for erectile dysfunction. J Sex Med, 2004. 1(1): p. 98-109. -
  34. Levine, L.A., C.R. Estrada, and A. Morgentaler, Mechanical reliability and safety of, and patient satisfaction with the Ambicor inflatable penile prosthesis: results of a 2 center study. J Urol, 2001. 166(3): p. 932-7. -
  35. Montorsi, F., et al., AMS three-piece inflatable implants for erectile dysfunction: a long-term multi-institutional study in 200 consecutive patients. Eur Urol, 2000. 37(1): p. 50-5. -
  36. Bishop, J.R., et al., Use of glycosylated hemoglobin to identify diabetics at high risk for penile periprosthetic infections. J Urol, 1992. 147(2): p. 386-8. -
  37. Wilson, S.K., et al., Quantifying risk of penile prosthesis infection with elevated glycosylated hemoglobin. J Urol, 1998. 159(5): p. 1537-9; discussion 1539-40. -
  38. Cakan, M., et al., Risk factors for penile prosthetic infection. Int Urol Nephrol, 2003. 35(2): p. 209-13. –
  39. Campbell JD et al. Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials that assess the efficacy of low-intensity shockwave therapy for the treatment of erectile dysfunction. Ther Adv Urol. 2019 Mar 29;11:1756287219838364. doi: 10.1177/1756287219838364.
  40. Spivak et al. Low-Intensity Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy for Erectile Dysfunction in Diabetic Patients. Sex Med Rev. 2019 Aug 1:S2050-0521(19)30072-1. doi: 10.1016/j.sxmr.2019.06.007
  41. Buvat J et al. Significance of hypogonadism in erectile dysfunction. World J Urol. 2006 Dec;24(6):657-67. -
  42. Kapoor D et al. Testosterone replacement therapy improves insulin resistance, glycaemic control, visceral adiposity and hypercholesterolaemia in hypogonadal men with type 2 diabetes. Eur J Endocrinol. 2006 Jun;154(6):899-906 -
  43. Kapoor D, et al. The effect of testosterone replacement therapy on adipocytokines and C-reactive protein in hypogonadal men with type 2 diabetes. Eur j Endocrinol. 2007 May;156(5):595-602 –
  44. Gianatti, E.J., Dupuis, P., Hoermann, R., Zajac, J.D., Grossmann, M.Effects of testosterone treatment on constitutional and sexual symptoms in men with type 2 diabetes in a randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial.  J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014 Oct;99(10);3821-8.
  45. Hackett, G., Cole, N., Bhartia, M., Kennedy, D., Raju, J., Wilkinson, P., et al.The response to testosterone undecanoate in men with type 2 diabetes is dependent on achieving threshold serum levels (the BLAST study).  Int J Clin Pract 2014 Feb;68(2):203-15.
  46. Clement P, Giuliano F.Physiology and Pharmacology of Ejaculation. Basic Clin Pharmacol Toxicol 2016 Oct;119 suppl 3:18-25
  47. Kamischke, A. and E. Nieschlag, Update on medical treatment of ejaculatory disorders. Int J Androl, 2002. 25(6): p. 333-44. -
  48. Tomasi, P.A., G. Fanciulli, and G. Delitala, Successful treatment of retrograde ejaculation with the alpha1-adrenergic agonist methoxamine: case study. Int J Impot Res, 2005. 17(3): p. 297-9. -
  49. Giraldi A., Kristensen E..Sexual dysfunction in women with diabetes mellitus. J Sex Res 2010;47:199-211
  50. Bitzer J., Alder J.: Diabetes and female sexual health. Women's health 2009;5:629-636-
  51. Parish SJ. et al. The Evolution of the Female Sexual Disorder/Dysfunction Definitions, Nomenclature, and Classifications: A Review of DSM, ICSM, ISSWSH, and ICD. Sex Med Rev 2021;9:36-56
  52. Yang, C.C., et al., Sexually responsive vascular tissue of the vulva. BJU Int, 2006. 97(4): p. 766-72. -
  53. Caruso, S., et al., Sildenafil improves sexual functioning in premenopausal women with type 1 diabetes who are affected by sexual arousal disorder: a double-blind, crossover, placebo-controlled pilot study. Fertil Steril, 2006 -
  54. Esposito K, et al. Mediterranean diet improves erectile function in subjects with the metabolic syndrome. Int J Impot Res. 2006 Jul-Aug;18(4):405-10. -
  55. Esposito K, et al. Mediterranean diet improves sexual function in women with the metabolic syndrome. Int J Impot Res. 2007 Sep-Oct;19(5):486-91. –
  56. Wing, R.R., Bond, D.S., Gendrano, I.N 3rd, Wadden, T., Bahnson, J., Lewis, C.E., et al.Effect of intensive lifestyle intervention on sexual dysfunction in women with type 2 diabetes: results from an ancillary Look AHEAD study.  Diabetes Care. 2013 Oct;26(10):29

Neuroendocrine Control of Body Energy Homeostasis

ABSTRACT

 

The brain integrates the response to a variety of signals of energy need and availability to match food intake with energy expenditure, thereby maintaining body weight stability. Early work with rodent models with disrupted energy balance (generally obesity) identified many hypothalamic genes and signaling pathways that impact energy homeostasis. More recent studies have identified hindbrain circuits that interact with peripheral metabolic signals and hypothalamic circuits to impact energy balance. Feeding, signals of energy utilization, and hormonal signals of energy stores (such as leptin) modulate gene expression and neurotransmission in specialized circuits within the hypothalamus and brainstem to control food intake.  While many of these circuits also control energy expenditure, the effects on body weight that arise from alterations in energy expenditure are generally more modest than the effects of produced by changes in feeding.  Although most of the mechanistic work that defined the systems that control energy balance utilized rodent models, these systems have human orthologs whose disruption produces phenotypes comparable to those observed in rodents, confirming their conserved function.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Historically, obesity was thought to represent a disorder of voluntary behaviors, (albeit exacerbated by the ready availability of food and the reduced need for energy expenditure afforded by modern societies); many continue to hold this belief even today.  In reality, we now understand that food intake and body weight represent biologically controlled homeostatic variables, much like blood pressure. This understanding flows from the discovery of spontaneously occurring single gene mutations that promote obesity independently of environmental alterations, along with the more recent description of human genetic variants that influence weight gain. Furthermore, research building upon these genetic observations has identified many of the biological systems that mediate the control of energy homeostasis, most of which reside in or converge on the central nervous system (CNS).

 

Changes in body weight reflect an alteration of energy balance, where energy intake (calories from eating or drinking) and energy expenditure (either as locomotor activity, basal metabolism, or thermogenesis) become unequal. For instance, food intake in excess of energy expenditure promotes the accretion of excess weight. Adipose tissue represents the major repository for ingested energy that exceeds immediate needs (1) and excess adipose tissue represents the hallmark of obesity.

 

The energy density of adipose tissue is nearly 10-fold greater than muscle (protein) or liver (glycogen) (2).  The ability to store energy in adipose tissue protects against environmental vicissitudes that might result in starvation, fetal wastage, and the inability to provide sufficient breast milk to the young. Therefore, evolution has likely selected for genetic variants that favor energy storage and conservation. The existence of environments in which excess calories are readily available with minimum or no effort occurred very recently in human evolution, while the human genetic blueprint evolved under the opposite circumstance. Thus, the modern obesity epidemic may represent, at least in part, a physiologic mismatch between the evolutionary pressures that bias toward energy storage and the modern, nutrient- and calorie-rich environment.

 

The brain plays a central role in maintaining energy balance. CNS circuits continuously assess and integrate peripheral metabolic, endocrine and neuronal signals, and modulate both behaviors and peripheral metabolism to respond to acute and chronic needs (3). The brain modifies energy intake and expenditure to match energy demands on an ongoing homeostatic basis, establishing a metabolic “set-point”.

 

A BRIEF HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE ON THE MECHANISMS THAT CONTROL ENERGY BALANCE

 

Role for the Hypothalamus 

 

The description of Frölich syndrome (hyperphagic obesity and hypogonadism in patients with pituitary tumors) initially suggested that the pituitary gland might control energy balance (4). Others noted that pituitary tumors often impinge on the overlying hypothalamus, however, and suggested that the hypothalamus might represent the main modulator of feeding. Indeed, experiments by Hetherington and Ranson in 1940 demonstrated that lesions of the ventral medial portion of the hypothalamus increased feeding and promoted weight gain in rats, while lesions in the lateral hypothalamus led to decreased feeding and weight loss (5). In addition to demonstrating the importance of the hypothalamus to energy balance, these findings also led Eliot Stellar to suggest the concept of a “satiety center” situated in the ventral medial portion of the hypothalamus and a “hunger center” located in the lateral hypothalamus (6).

 

This two-center model also fits with the notion that two behavioral systems govern feeding: the incentive and reward value system that modulates the wanting and liking of food, and the satiety system that promotes meal termination (associated with the sensation of “fullness”). While these systems are physiologically and anatomically integrated, simplicity often dictates their description and study as distinct entities. We now understand that the meal-terminating systems in the brainstem as well as the brain reward circuits work in conjunction with the hypothalamus to mediate the overall control of food intake and energy homeostasis. Furthermore, recent studies have demonstrated greater anatomic heterogeneity in the hypothalamic systems that control energy balance than suggested by the simple two-center model, as well as revealing finer functional complexity- with distinct subsets of neurons in the hypothalamus controlling individual aspects of food intake and energy expenditure.

 

Genetic Models of Obesity Prove the Lipostatic Model of Energy Balance

 

Animals (including humans) maintain remarkably constant adipose triglyceride stores (7), suggesting that the brain and periphery must communicate to coordinate feeding and energy expenditure so as to maintain this balance. Around the same time that lesioning studies demonstrated the importance of the hypothalamus for the control of energy balance (5, 8), Kennedy proposed the lipostatic hypothesis of hunger: that an inhibitory factor produced by white adipose tissue in proportion to fat mass suppresses eating and body weight gain (9). He further suggested that lesions of the ventral medial hypothalamus increase food intake because of the removal of the site of action of the inhibitory signal from the fat.

 

A strain of mice displaying dramatic hyperphagia and obesity from the time of weaning arose spontaneously at the Jackson Laboratory in 1949-50; the autosomal recessive allele conveying this phenotype was designated obese (ob) (10). Sixteen years later, a phenotypically similar mouse was identified (11). The diabetic state of these latter animals (studied on the diabetes-prone coisogenic KsJ background) distinguished them from ob/ob mice (which had been studied on the relatively diabetes-resistant B6 background), leading to the diabetes (db) designation for the new mutation.

 

Seeking the molecular predicates of the lipostatic system posited by Kennedy (9) and Hervey (12), Douglas Coleman at Jackson Labs performed parabiosis studies coupling the circulation of ob/ob mice to either wild-type or db/db mice (13). While ob/ob mice became lean when joined to a wild type, they died of starvation when joined to a db/db mouse. These findings led Coleman to hypothesize the deficiency of a blood-borne body weight-regulating factor in ob/ob mice and the unresponsiveness of db/db mice to this factor. Specifically, he suggested that the ob locus produced the secreted factor while the db locus encoded its receptor (13,14). In 1994, the Friedman group at Rockefeller University positionally cloned the gene mutated in ob/ob mice and demonstrated that it encoded a secreted factor (which they termed “leptin”) produced primarily by adipocytes (15). Exogenous leptin rescued the phenotype of ob/ob (now, Lepob/ob) mice, and decreased feeding and body weight in wild-type animals.  Soon thereafter, several groups cloned the leptin receptor (LepR) and demonstrated the disruption of the crucial “long” LepR isoform (LepRb) in db/db(Leprdb/db) mice (16–19). 

 

The identification of leptin thus demonstrated the essential veracity of the lipostatic hypothesis. Interestingly, subsequent work has revealed a more complicated biology for leptin (whose absence sends a stronger signal than its excess (see below)), as well as suggesting the existence of additional factors that may contribute to the lipostatic control of food intake and energy balance.

 

THE HYPOTHALAMUS AND THE HYPOTHALAMIC MELANOCORTIN SYSTEM

 

The hypothalamus coordinates a host of homeostatic systems (e.g., sodium and water balance, reproduction, body temperature) in addition to energy balance. Given its need to coordinate these various functions, the hypothalamus must sense a broad array of nutrients, metabolites, hormones, and other factors (20). Of the many distinct nuclei (collections of neuronal cells) in the hypothalamus, the arcuate nucleus (ARC) plays a unique role in sensing peripheral signals. The ARC lies at the base of the hypothalamus adjacent to the median eminence (ME), a circumventricular organ that lies outside the blood brain barrier to permit direct sampling of the blood (20). 

 

Importantly, the initial lesions of the ventral medial hypothalamus reported by Hetheringon and Ranson included the ARC, as well as the ventromedial hypothalamic nucleus (VMH), the dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus (DMH), and the periventricular hypothalamic nucleus (PVH).  Lesions of the VMH nucleus alone failed to recapitulate the hyperphagic obesity caused by the larger (original) ventral medial lesions (21), suggesting important potential roles in the control of energy balance for one or more of these other hypothalamic nuclei. 

 

The Arcuate Nucleus

 

Its proximity to the ME, together with its projections to deeper hypothalamic areas involved in the control of feeding (e.g., the DMH, PVH and the lateral hypothalamic area (LHA)), suggest that the ARC serves to sense humoral signals and convey this information to downstream structures to modulate homeostatic systems (Figure 1). Indeed, the core of the CNS melanocortin system, which integrates peripheral signals of energy balance and modulates feeding and energy expenditure, lies in the ARC (22).

Figure 1. The hypothalamic melanocortin system. ARC POMC neurons produce aMSH and other POMC-derived peptides that act on downstream MC4R-expressing cells, such as PVH MC4R cells that play crucial roles in the suppression of food intake. ARC AgRP neurons (which also contain the inhibitory neurotransmitters NPY and GABA) release AgRP to antagonize MC4R signaling (increasing food intake) and also inhibit other PVH neurons to increase food intake and decrease energy expenditure. Signals of energy surfeit (including leptin) promote POMC neuron action; serotonin (5HT) also promotes POMC neuron action via 5HTR2c on these cells. In contrast, leptin inhibits AgRP cells, while orexigenic ghrelin also activates them. Not only does leptin act directly on these cells, but leptin action on unidentified LepRb/GABA neurons represents a major modulator of the melanocortin system.

Ay  Reveals the Role for the CNS Melanocortin System in Energy Balance  

 

In 1902, French geneticist L. Cuenot described the obese Yellow (Ay/a) mouse. Also termed ‘lethal yellow’ because homozygotes for Ay die before birth, Ay was bred by mouse fanciers in Europe beginning in the 1800s, and was notable for the dominant inheritance of a striking yellow coat, along with obesity proportional to the intensity of the yellowness of its coat (23). In 1960, another spontaneous mutation at the agouti locus arose in the Jackson Laboratory colony- viable yellow (Avy) (24). Expression of the wild-type agouti gene (a) normally occurs intermittently in the hair follicle, generating alternate yellow and black pigment bands of the resulting hair, producing the agouti coat color (25). The original Ay mutation represents a deletion within the gene encoding the RNA-binding protein Raly (Raly), which fuses the constitutively active Raly promoter to the agouti gene, resulting in constitutive ectopic overexpression of agouti in all somatic (including brain) cells (26).  Avy also results from ectopic overexpression of agouti- due to the insertion of a retrovirus-like repetitive intracisternal A particle (IAP) into a noncoding exon of agouti (27).

 

The agouti locus encodes agouti signaling protein (ASP), a peptide with high affinity for melanocortin receptors. The yellow coat color of the Ay/a mouse results from continuous overexpression of ASP in the skin, which blocks alpha-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (α-MSH) signaling at melanocortin-1 receptors (MC1R) in the hair follicle (25,28). Since α-MSH activates melanocytes to initiate the synthesis of eumelanin (black pigment) instead of phaeomelanin (yellow pigment), antagonism of α-MSH/MC1R signaling by ASP elicits a yellow coat color.

 

The brain also contains a melanocortin system, and this CNS melanocortin system controls energy balance (22).  ICV administration of α-MSH or other melanocortin agonists decreases food intake and body weight (29).  Overexpression of ASP in the Ay/a brain antagonizes the anorectic action of α-MSH signaling and blunts the activity of brain melanocortin receptors, thus causing hyperphagia.

 

Melanocortin Peptides and Receptors

 

The post-translational modification and cleavage of the proopiomelanocortin (POMC) precursor peptide produces several melanocortin peptides, including adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH), α-MSH (more prominent in rodents), ß-MSH (more prominent in humans) and γ-MSH; POMC processing also produces the opioid peptide, ß-endorphin (22). Within the CNS, the major population of POMC-producing cells resides in the ARC (a smaller population of brainstem POMC neurons may produce low levels of POMC and plays unclear roles in brain melanocortin signaling) (22).  CNS melanocortin peptides act via the melanocortin-3 and -4 receptors (MC3R and MC4R) on target neurons. The ARC also contains neurons that produce agouti-related protein (AgRP, an antagonist/inverse agonist for MC3R and MC4R), along with the inhibitory neurotransmitters neuropeptide Y (NPY) and gamma amino butyric acid (GABA) (30),(31). Thus, the core of the CNS melanocortin system comprises anorexigenic (appetite–suppressing) ARC POMC neurons, opposing orexigenic (hunger-inducing) ARC AgRP neurons, and MC3R and MC4R-containing target neurons throughout the CNS (22) (Figure 1).

 

ARC POMC Neurons 

 

Signals of positive energy balance, such as leptin, tend to activate POMC neurons and increase their Pomcexpression (32). Artificially activating ARC POMC neurons decreases food intake (33,34). While ARC POMC neurons also contain the neuropeptide CART (and a few POMC neurons contain various amino acidergic transmitters) (35,36), most data suggest that melanocortin peptide action mediates the majority of the POMC neurons’ ability to suppress food intake and increase energy expenditure (37). The ablation of ARC Pomc expression promotes hyperphagic obesity similar to that of Ay mice (34),(38).  The first evidence for a human melanocortin obesity syndrome resulted from the astute recognition of a rare agouti-mouse–like syndrome in two families, resulting from null mutations in the POMC gene (39–41).  These patients have ACTH insufficiency, red hair, and obesity, resulting from the lack of ACTH peptide in the serum and a lack of melanocortin peptides in skin and brain, respectively. This obesity syndrome demonstrated that the CNS melanocortin circuitry subserves energy homeostasis in humans as it does in the mouse. 

 

The predictable, monogenetic heritability of the hyperphagic and obese phenotype caused by Ay, ob, and dbdemonstrates the genetic underpinnings of feeding control and overall energy balance. The subsequent finding that the orthologs of rodent obesity genes control body weight in humans confirms that biologic/genetic factors control feeding and the predisposition to obesity in humans, as well as in rodents (42).

 

ARC AgRP Neurons 

 

Fasting and signals indicating negative energy balance activate ARC AgRP neurons, while signals of positive energy balance (e.g., leptin) inhibit these cells. ARC AgRP neuron activation promotes feeding and decreases energy expenditure, while neuronal ablation results in lethal anorexia, consistent with the strong orexigenic nature of these cells (43,44). AgRP acts as an inverse agonist at MC3/4R, decreasing receptor activity and thus promoting positive energy balance by increasing food intake and decreasing energy expenditure (25). While the ablation of Agrp and/or Npy in ARC AgRP neurons minimally affects energy balance in wild-type animals, it attenuates the obesity of leptin-deficient animals (45). In contrast, blockade of GABA release from these neurons, via the cre recombinase-mediated deletion of the vesicular GABA transporter (vGat), results in leanness and interferes with the response to food restriction, suggesting that these neurons (and especially GABA release therefrom) are crucial for promoting food intake, especially in response to signals of negative energy balance (46). Importantly, the ARC contains additional populations of (non-AgRP-containing) GABA neurons that may mediate orexigenic signals in a manner similar to AgRP cells (47).

 

Downstream Targets of the ARC Melanocortin System 

 

Melanocortin-mediated stimulation of MC3/4R decreases food intake and increases energy expenditure to promote negative energy balance in animals and humans (48–50). Mice null for Mc4r display substantial hyperphagia and increased adiposity/body weight, and also display increased linear growth, as is characteristic of Ay/a mice (51). Mc3r-null mice display a more modest energy balance phenotype than Mc4r-null mice, with only modestly increased adipose mass, decreased lean mass, reduced fast-induced refeeding (52,53), elevated basal and fasting-induced corticosterone (53), and defects in circadian rhythms and meal entrainment (54).  Thus, MC4R represents the major melanocortin receptor that mediates the control of food intake and body weight.  Regions that contain large populations of MC3R- and MC4R-expressing neurons include the PVH, LHA, DMH, VMH, and ARC (the VMH and ARC contain MC3R only) (55).

 

While a syndrome resulting from MC3R mutations in humans has not yet been definitively identified, MC4R clearly plays an important role in the control of body weight in humans, as well. Heterozygous frameshift mutations in the human MC4R locus associate with physical findings virtually identical to those reported for the mouse (51), with increased adipose mass, increased linear growth and lean mass, hyperinsulinemia greater than that seen in matched obese control subjects, and severe hyperphagia. MC4R haploinsufficient adults also exhibit reduced sympathetic tone and mild hypotension (56).  MC4R haploinsufficiency in humans represents the most common monogenic cause of severe obesity, accounting for up to 5% of cases (57–59).

 

Site-specific deletion studies have demonstrated a crucial role for MC4R in the PVH for the control of food intake and energy balance (60,61).  While AgRP neurons project to and inhibit ARC POMC neurons via direct GABA action (62), this projection appears to play little role in the promotion of feeding by AgRP neurons (63). Rather, AgRP neurons most strongly increase feeding via their projections to the PVH (LHA projections also participate)(64).  Thus, the PVH plays crucial roles in the control of feeding by POMC and AgRP neurons. 

 

Interestingly, while AgRP neuron activation promotes feeding most strongly via the PVH, AgRP neuron inhibition decreases food intake at a distinct site: detailed studies of animals ablated for AgRP neurons demonstrate that the withdrawal of GABAergic inhibition from cells in the brainstem parabrachial nucleus (PBN) mediate this affect (65)(See below for additional details).

 

Paraventricular Nucleus of the Hypothalamus (PVH)

 

The PVH represents a major output nucleus for the hypothalamus, from which integrated information is transmitted to effector systems, such as the pituitary gland, the autonomic system, and behavioral control circuits (66,67). The identification of small deletions or translocations at the human Single-minded-1 (SIM1) locus on chromosome 6 in three young obese patients suggested a crucial role for the PVH in energy balance in humans (68). SIM1 encodes a transcription factor that is expressed throughout the PVH and is required for the development of the PVH (68). While homozygous deletion of Sim1 is embryonic lethal in mice, animals heterozygous for Sim1 are normal until 4 weeks of age, when they develop hyperphagic obesity (69). These mice display reduced numbers of neuronal nuclei in the PVH with a proportional decrease in overall size of the PVH. Presumably, the decreased number of PVH neurons in Sim1haploinsufficiency diminishes anorexic “tone” from the PVH, leading to hyperphagia and obesity in mice as well as in rare human patients with SIM1 mutations.

 

As with other hypothalamic nuclei, the PVH contains a constellation of diverse neuronal subtypes. Identifying the PVH subpopulations that mediate effects on food intake and energy expenditure represent a crucial research direction. Unsurprisingly, PVH MC4R neurons potently suppress food intake (60,61,70). Interestingly, however, PVH-projecting ARC AgRP neurons regulate cells that lack MC4R (in addition to regulating MC4R neurons), suggesting the existence of additional PVH populations that play roles in the control of energy balance (71). Nos1-expressing PVH cells represent one important subset of appetite-regulating non-MC4R PVH cells (72).  Other important non-MC4R PVH neurons include prodynorphin (Pdyn)-expressing cells (71). 

 

Prominent populations of PVH neurons include those that contain hormones/neuropeptides, including oxytocin (OXT),corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH), and thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH), arginine vasopressin (AVP), and oxytocin (OXT) (61,64,70,73).These peptides also control other endocrine and CNS functions: TRH and CRH stimulate the thyroid and adrenal axes, respectively; AVP contributes to fluid balance; and OXT regulates uterine function and social interactions (74–78).  While these peptidergic PVH neurons do not contain MC4R, the injection of OXT into the hindbrain promotes satiation (64). Genetic data from mice argue against an important role of OXT or OXT neurons in energy balance, however. Not only do Oxt-null animals display no alteration in feeding or energy balance, but neither the activation nor the ablation of PVH OXT neurons in adult animals alters food intake (72,79).  Furthermore, all of these peptide-containing PVH populations are only weakly anorexigenic in mice, and OXT, AVP, and CRH neurons do not mediate melanocortin responses (61).  Thus, peptidergic PVH neurons play little role in the control of feeding, at least in mice, while distinct Mc4r-, Nos1-, and Pdyn-containing PVH neurons (along with potentially other PVH neuron types that will be important to identify) play crucial roles in the control of feeding and energy balance. Interestingly, a recent GWAS analysis identified a polymorphism near the human anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) locus that correlates with thinness. Decreased expression of this gene reduces adiposity in a variety of animal models and Alk expression in the PVH appears to mediate its effects on body weight (80).  Identifying the cell type(s) that mediate the effects of Alk on body weight will be very informative.

 

Dorsomedial Nucleus of the Hypothalamus (DMH)

 

The DMH has long been implicated in energy balance regulation, as well as in the modulation of body temperature, arousal and circadian rhythms of locomotor activity (81). This nucleus receives direct input from the ARC and also contains LepRb-expressing neurons (82,84). While the exact molecular phenotype(s) of energy balance-regulating DMH cells remain poorly defined, recent studies have suggested that the LepRb-containing cells in this region play crucial roles for maintaining energy balance (85).  Indeed, the viral-mediated disruption of DMH LepRb in adult mice augments food intake and promotes obesity (86).  Furthermore, subpopulations of GABAergic DMH neurons play important roles in the leptin-mediated control of ARC POMC and AgRP cells (and thus, food intake) (85,87,88).  TrkB-containing DMH neurons also contribute to the control of homeostatic feeding behavior (89). Thus, while details continue to emerge, the DMH plays crucial roles in leptin action, the control of the hypothalamic melanocortin system, food intake, and overall energy balance. 

 

Ventromedial Nucleus of the Hypothalamus (VMH)

 

The VMH contains neurons that express LepRb, MC3R and other receptors involved in body weight regulation. Neurons in the dorsomedial portion of the VMH (dmVMH) express the transcription factor, steroidogenic factor 1 (Sf1; Nr5a1) (90). Although Sf1-deficient mice were first described in 1994, their early death due to adrenal insufficiency initially prevented the study of these mice in adulthood. Later, adrenal transplantation enabled the long-term survival of these mice, permitting the detection of late-onset obesity in Sf1-deficient mice (91), consistent with a role for the VMH in the control of energy balance. The obesity of Sf1-null mice results largely from decreased energy expenditure, however (91). Furthermore, Sf1-cre-mediated ablation of LepRb doesn’t alter food intake, but rather decreases energy expenditure (thereby accentuating obesity in high-fat diet-fed animals) (92). Many Sf1-containing VMH neurons contain the neuropeptide PACAP (the product of the Adcyap gene), which contributes to the control of energy expenditure (93). Thus, Sf1-mediated manipulation of the dorsomedial VMH has revealed a crucial role for this region in overall energy balance, albeit by the modulation of energy expenditure, rather than food intake.  Indeed, the dmVMH is generally thought to serve as an autonomic control center that modulates a variety of parameters driven by the sympathetic nervous system (SNS). In addition to controlling energy expenditure, the dmVMH also plays important roles in nutrient mobilization (as during the response to hypoglycemia) (94–97).

 

Lateral Hypothalamic Area (LHA)

 

While a network of systems that suppress food intake (albeit in a manner antagonized by AgRP neurons) reside in the ARC, DMH, and PVH, the LHA is often thought of as a region that promotes feeding. Well-known LHA neuronal subtypes include two distinct sets of excitatory neurons that receive input from leptin and melanocortins and contribute to the control of feeding and energy balance.  One population contains the neuropeptide melanin concentrating hormone (MCH; not related to POMC or any of its derivative peptides) (98). First studied in mammals because of the increased expression of Mch mRNA in Lepob/ob and fasted mice, administration of MCH increases food intake and body weight gain and decreases energy expenditure(98). Furthermore, animals null for Mch (or its receptor) are lean (99). The MCH receptor localizes to the primary cilium, and some of the effects of ciliopathies on adiposity may be conveyed by effects on this receptor (see discussion of ciliopathies below).

 

A distinct set of LHA neurons contain the neuropeptide, hypocretin (HCRT; also known as orexin) (100,101). Based upon early acute pharmacologic studies, HCRT was originally conceived of as an orexigen, since HCRT stimulates food intake when injected centrally during the light cycle. Consistently, fasting increases Hcrt mRNA expression and activates HCRT neurons (101). Subsequent work has revealed that animals null for HCRT or its receptors become mildly obese without observable alterations in food intake, however (102). Furthermore, mice (and dogs and humans) null for Hcrt or lacking HCRT neurons exhibit narcolepsy and increased body weight and adiposity (103). Thus, rather than having a primary role in the control of feeding, HCRT neurons promote alertness and activity, and most of the effect of Hcrt mutation on energy balance results from decreased physical activity and energy expenditure, while HCRT administration promotes activity (and food intake) during the resting phase of the diurnal cycle.

 

The LHA also contains LepRb neurons that control HCRT neurons; these contain neurotensin and lie intermingled with the HCRT cells (104-107). Ablation of LepRb from these LHA cells prevents the normal regulation of HCRT neurons and results in decreased locomotor activity and energy expenditure. Both LHA LepRb neurons and HCRT cells project to the ventral tegmental area (VTA), which contains a large number of dopaminergic neurons that represent the core of the mesolimbic reward system (see below for further discussion of reward pathways). Thus, while lesioning studies suggest that the integrity of the LHA is required for motivation and normal feeding behavior, most data suggest that it plays little role in the normal modulation of food intake.    

 

PERIPHERAL SIGNALS THAT MODULATE ENERGY BALANCE VIA THE HYPOTHALAMUS

 

Homeostatic regulation of energy balance requires the brain to maintain appropriate energy levels by monitoring peripheral signals of energy status and metabolism to modulate food intake and a variety of autonomic and neuroendocrine determinants of energy utilization. This requires the ability to sense circulating signals of metabolic status.

 

Leptin

 

The discovery of leptin revealed the existence of an endocrine system that senses and modulates adipose stores. Disruption of leptin signaling results in hyperphagia and obesity, and leptin administration to leptin-deficient Lepob/obmice (but not LepRb-null Leprdb/db animals), reduces food intake and adiposity, sparing lean tissue (108–110). While the role for leptin in the control of appetite and adiposity initially dominated the thinking about its biology, it has become clear that the effects of elevated leptin are not as dramatic as those of low leptin. Indeed, diet-induced obese rodents and humans remain obese despite exhibiting high circulating concentrations of leptin, commensurate with their high levels of leptin-producing adipose tissue (111,112). In contrast to the Lepob/ob mice, where leptin administration results in remarkable reversal of the obesity phenotype, increasing leptin to supraphysiologic levels in normal animals only modestly and briefly blunts food intake and body weight. Likewise, supraphysiological doses of leptin promote only modest effects on body weight in obese and non-obese humans(113). Thus, the absence of leptin conveys a more powerful signal than does its excess.

 

Lepob/ob mice (and their leptin-deficient human counterparts) display additional phenotypes, including impaired growth and gonadal axis function, diminished immune function, infertility, and decreased activity and energy expenditure - all of which are reversed by leptin treatment (114,115). The lack of leptin also promotes increased hepatic glucose production, and leptin treatment suppresses hyperglycemia in several models of insulinopenic diabetes (116,117). Lipodystrophic people and transgenic animals that similarly lack adipose tissue exhibit leanness and low leptin levels, as well as hyperphagia, insulin resistance, diabetes and other endocrine and metabolic abnormalities that are not corrected by caloric restriction (109,110,118). Leptin replacement therapy to correct low leptin concentrations represents an important treatment for lipodystrophy syndromes in humans, decreasing their hunger and improving their endocrine and metabolic abnormalities (119).

 

This constellation of phenotypes resulting from low leptin mirrors the physiologic response to starvation and leptin treatment attenuates many of these consequences of very low adiposity (115). Thus, normal leptin concentrations signal the repletion of energy (fat) stores to mitigate hunger and enable energy expenditure, while low leptin indicates the dearth of adipose reserves and promotes food-seeking and the conservation of remaining fat by reducing energy expenditure.

 

THE NEUROBIOLOGY OF LEPTIN   

 

The similar phenotypes of Lepob/ob and Leprdb/db mice (along with the inability of leptin to alter physiology in Leprdb/dbmice) indicates that leptin action on LepRb-expressing cells must mediate its effects. Consistent with its behavioral effects (e.g., on feeding) and its effects on the neuroendocrine and autonomic systems, most LepRb-expressing cells lie in the brain (83,84). Similarly, ablation of LepRb in the CNS promotes hyperphagia, neuroendocrine failure, and obesity (120). Some cells outside of the CNS might express LepRb, but the physiologic role for leptin action on these non-CNS cells remains unclear.

 

Within the brain, the majority of LepRb-expressing neurons reside within the hypothalamus and brainstem, consistent with the known roles for these structures in the control of feeding, endocrine and autonomic function (83,84,121). Pan-hypothalamic ablation of LepRb promotes a phenotype very similar in quality and magnitude to that of Leprdb/dbanimals (122). Furthermore, ablation of LepRb from broadly-distributed hypothalamic vGat- or Nos1-expressing neurons promotes dramatic hyperphagia and obesity (123,124). Smaller, more circumscribed sets of hypothalamic LepRb neurons have also been implicated in body weight control as well. Within the ARC, early developmental removal of LepRb specifically in POMC and AgRP neurons modestly increases feeding and adiposity (125,126). Interestingly, removal of LepRb from AgRP neurons in adult animals results in robust hyperphagia, obesity and diabetes, suggesting that developmental processes can largely compensate for the early lack of direct leptin action on AgRP neurons (127). Ablation of LepRb in the Sf1-expressing VMH blunts the increase in energy expenditure that accompanies increased adiposity, and deletion of LepRb in the LHA diminishes motor activity and promotes obesity (92,106,128). LepRb neurons in the ventral premammillary nucleus (PMv) play roles in reproduction (129). Importantly, functions for many additional groups of LepRb cells in the hypothalamus (especially in the DMH) have yet to be determined.  Currently, LepRb neurons in the ARC and DMH are thought to play the most important roles in the control of feeding and energy balance by leptin.

 

THE MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF LEPTIN   

 

Alternative splicing of the Lepr transcript produces multiple isoforms of the receptor: LepRa, -b, -c, -d, etc (Figure 2). The Leprdb mutation mouse results from a splicing defect that causes the LepRa-specific exon to be inserted into the mRNA that encodes LepRb, preventing translation of the LepRb-specific coding sequences and producing LepRa in place of LepRb (16–18). Because the Leprdb/db mouse synthesizes all leptin receptor isoforms except LepRb, LepRb must be crucial for the control of energy homeostasis (130). Indeed, restoration of LepRb on a background null for all other LepR isoforms restores energy balance (19). 

Figure 2. LepR isoforms and signaling. LepRa (Ra) represents the mostly highly expressed short form of LepR; LepRb (Rb) is the long form. Exon 17 contains half of a Jak docking site (BOX1) common to Ra, Rb and Rc, while exon 18b contains additional motifs required for full Jak2 binding (BOX2) and STAT3 signaling (31,33). Circulating leptin binding protein consists of extracellular domain that has been cleaved from the cell surface, along with the LepRe splice variant that lacks a transmembrane domain. Humans do not generate the splice variant, so that all LepRe is produced by cell surface cleavage, presumably by membrane associated metalloproteases (33). LepRa, -c, -d and the other so-called “short” isoforms contain the same first 17 exons as LepRb, but diverge within the intracellular domain. LepRb is the only isoform that mediates classical Jak-STAT signaling, as this isoform alone contains the motifs required to interact with Jak2 and to bind STAT proteins for downstream signaling (Figure 1) (34). While the function of LepRb is clear, the functions of the short isoforms are not, although they have been speculated to function in leptin transport into the brain and/or a source of cleaved, circulating extracellular LepR (which, along with LepRe comprises the major circulating leptin-binding protein) (35).

LepRb, like other type 1 cytokine receptors, activates a JAK family tyrosine kinase (JAK2) to initiate signaling (130). Subsequently, tyrosine phosphorylated residues on LepRb recruit STAT proteins, which are then phosphorylated by JAK2 to promote their trafficking to the nucleus. In the nucleus, STATs bind DNA and modulate gene expression. STAT3 mediates the majority of leptin action, since disruption of the binding site for STAT3 on LepRb causes a severe obesity phenotype in mice that is similar to the obesity syndrome of Leprdb/db mice (131). Similarly, disruption of Stat3in the forebrain or in LepRb-expressing neurons results in obesity in mice (132,133). While the brain-wide disruption of the genes encoding both isoforms of STAT5 (STAT5a and STAT5b) causes mild late-onset obesity, the disruption of Stat5a/b specifically in LepRb neurons produces no detectable phenotype, suggesting that STAT5 signaling is not required for leptin action in vivo (134–136). STAT5 represents a major mediator of GM-CSF signaling, however, and mice null for GM-CSFR in the brain are obese, suggesting that the role for STAT5 in energy balance may be linked to the action of GM-CSF or other cytokines different than leptin (135).

 

Insulin

 

Like leptin, insulin circulates in proportion to fat mass, and alters neuropeptide expression in the hypothalamus via receptors located in the ARC, PVH, and DMH (137). ICV insulin has been reported to decrease food intake in rats and mice. Furthermore, mice deleted for insulin receptor (Insr) throughout the CNS display a modest late-onset obesity (more prominent in females), and are more susceptible to diet-induced obesity than wild-type mice (138). In addition, insulin acts centrally to decrease hepatic glucose output, in part via the inhibition of AgRP neurons (139,140).

 

The insulin receptor (INSR), a tyrosine kinase, recruits and tyrosine phosphorylates insulin receptor substrates (IRS proteins; IRS-1, -2, -3, -4) which engage downstream signals, including the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3-kinase) pathway. Deletion of Irs1 interferes primarily with peripheral insulin action and the growth axis, Irs3 is rodent-specific and adipocyte-restricted, and the deletion of Irs4 minimally alters energy balance (141).  In contrast, deletion of Irs2causes insulin-deficient diabetes (due to islet failure) and obesity. Restoration of Irs2 in the islets of Irs2-null mice or brain-specific ablation of Irs2 results in normoglycemic obesity, consistent with a role for brain IRS2 signaling in energy balance (142). While leptin modulates the IRS-protein/PI3-kinase pathway and the deletion of Irs2 from LepRb-expressing neurons promotes obesity (albeit a milder form of obesity than observed in animals deleted for Irs2throughout the brain), deletion of Irs2 does not interfere with leptin action, suggesting that IRS2 may primarily play a role in brain insulin action (143).

 

A variety of subunits and downstream effectors of the PI3-kinase signaling pathway have also been deleted in several neuronal populations in mice (144). These produce phenotypes generally consistent with the notion that PI3-kinase is important for the proper function of the POMC and AgRP neurons that modulate energy balance- at least in part by controlling the firing of these important neurons.

 

Modulators of Insulin and Leptin Signaling

 

Many of the molecular signaling pathways that inhibit insulin and leptin action overlap. Protein tyrosine phosphatase-1B (PTP1B, a.k.a., PTPN1) dephosphorylates cognate tyrosine kinases (including those associated with INSR and LepRb) to terminate signaling (145,146). In addition to exhibiting increased insulin sensitivity, mice lacking Ptpn1 are lean compared to controls and exhibit resistance to weight gain on a high-fat diet, suggesting increased leptin action in these animals. Indeed, animals null for Ptpn1 throughout the brain (or specifically in LepRb or POMC neurons) demonstrate increased leanness and enhanced leptin action (147,148). In addition to PTP1B, the tyrosine phosphatase, TCPTP, which directly dephosphorylates STAT3, contributes to the attenuation of LepRb signaling. Furthermore, obesity and elevated leptin increase the expression of Ptpn2 (which encodes TCPTP), and the deletion of neuronal Ptpn2 decreases body weight, increases leptin sensitivity, and blunts weight gain in DIO animals (149). Moreover, the combined deletion of Ptpn1 and Ptpn2 in the brain augments leanness and further attenuates weight gain in DIO mice (149).

 

Suppressors of Cytokine Signaling (SOCS proteins, e.g., SOCS1 and SOCS3) bind to activated cytokine receptor/Jak2 kinase complexes (including the LepRb/Jak2 complex) to mediate their inhibition and degradation (150). SOCS proteins may also inhibit INSR and other related tyrosine kinases. Leptin signaling via STAT3 promotes Socs3expression in hypothalamic LepRb neurons; SOCS3 protein binds to phosphorylated Tyr985 of LepRb to attenuate LepRb signaling (151). The leanness of mice containing a substitution mutation of LepRb Tyr985 and the similar phenotype of mice lacking Socs3 in the brain or in LepRb neurons highlight the importance of these mechanisms of feedback inhibition for the control of energy balance (152,153). While LepRb Tyr985 also mediates the recruitment of the tyrosine phosphatase SHP2 (aka, PTPN11), data from cultured cells suggest that SHP2 mediates ERK pathway signaling by LepRb, and disruption of Ptpn11 in the brain, in LepRb neurons, or in POMC neurons, promotes obesity (130) (Figure 3).

Figure 3. Signaling by and inhibition of LepRb and InsR. LepRb, which exists as a preformed homodimer in complex with the Jak2 tyrosine kinase, recruits and phosphorylates (pY) STAT3 via phosphorylated pY1138 to control many aspects of energy balance. InsR, which also exists as a preformed dimer, but has intrinsic tyrosine kinase activity, autophosphorylates the juxtamembrane Tyr960 to recruit the insulin receptor substrate (IRS) proteins IRS1-IRS4. IRS-proteins strongly activate the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K), which play roles in the brain control of energy balance and glucose homeostasis. Leptin also activates PI3K, albeit much more weakly than InsR, and by undefined mechansims. Both LepRb and InsR activate the ERK pathway. The adapter protein, SH2B1 also enhances signaling by both receptors. In addition to decreasing food intake and increasing energy expenditure, LepRb-mediated STAT3 signaling promotes the expression of SOCS3, which acts as a feedback inhibitor of LepRb and InsR signaling. A variety of tyrosine phosphatases also inhibit the activity of both receptors.

SH2B1 binds to activated Jak2, as well as to INSR, TrkB, and a few other receptor tyrosine kinase complexes to increase their activity and mediate aspects of downstream signaling (154). Sh2b1-null mice display a complex phenotype that includes obesity; brain-specific absence of Sh2b1 also promotes obesity in mice (155,156). Thus, SH2B1 signaling in the brain is required for energy balance, perhaps due to its requirement for correct signaling by multiple receptors involved in energy homeostasis. Furthermore, the phenotype of several human patients with morbid obesity, developmental delay, and behavioral disorders are associated with chromosomal deletions (16p11.2) or coding variants involving SH2B1 (157). Indeed, GWAS studies have suggested a role for common variants in SH2B1in human obesity (59).  While the deletion of Sh2b1 from LepRb neurons in mice promotes obesity, this effect may be independent of leptin action (158), suggesting that SH2B1 impacts energy balance via its actions on other growth factor receptors.

 

Potential Roles for Other Adipokines and Anorexigenic Signals

 

Several lines of evidence suggest the existence of peripherally-derived anorexigenic signals in addition to leptin and insulin.  First, because continuous administration of high levels of exogenous leptin in wild-type animals only slightly and transiently decreases feeding, while wild-type animals starve themselves to death during parabiosis to Leprdb/dbanimals (13,108,113,159), , there likely exists an additional hormonal signal that suppresses food intake (albeit one that requires leptin for its action).  Additionally, the forced overfeeding of animals results in multi-day anorexia even in the absence of increased leptin concentrations (160).  Although it is not clear that this second anorectic signal derives from adipose tissue, fat produces many signaling molecules in addition to leptin, some of which, like leptin, are cytokines (adipose-derived cytokines, or “adipokines”).  While the adipokines adiponectin and resistin can alter feeding when injected into the brain (161,162), neither can suppress food intake to the extent observed in parabiosed or overfed animals.  Thus, additional anorexigenic signals remain to be discovered.

 

The Orexigenic Ghrelin System

 

The diurnal release of ghrelin, which derives from the stomach, coincides with the initiation of meals and decreases over the course of each meal (163).  Acutely administered ghrelin causes animals and humans to consume larger meals than normal, while chronic ghrelin administration results in obesity in rodents (164–167). As would be expected, most obese humans have low levels of circulating ghrelin, whereas levels are elevated in patients with anorexia nervosa (168). 

 

The growth hormone secretagogue receptor (GHSR) serves as the receptor for the acylated (active) form of ghrelin (which is acylated (octanoylated) by ghrelin O-acyl transferase (GOAT) in the cells that synthesize it) (169).  Ingested fatty acids are required for ghrelin acylation, so that active ghrelin only increases prior to meals in animals that have fed over the prior 24 hours.

 

ARC AgRP neurons express high levels of GHSR, and ghrelin activates these cells.  Indeed, ghrelin action on AgRP neurons mediates the majority of the anorectic response to ghrelin (170,171).  Consistent with the modest baseline phenotypes of mice null for the individual neurotransmitters employed by AgRP/NPY neurons, mice null for ghrelin, GHSR, or GOAT beginning early in embryogenesis exhibit no detectable alterations in baseline energy balance, and only modest defects in refeeding (172), presumably due to compensatory processes that alter the function of AgRP neurons during development. Apart from its actions on neurons in the ARC, ghrelin administration into other areas of the brain (i.e. PVN, LHA, ventral tegmental area (VTA), dorsal vagal complex) can also stimulate positive energy balance (173–176).

 

THE HINDBRAIN CONTROL OF FEEDING

 

Most consider the hypothalamus to play a dominant role in the long-term control of food intake.  Indeed, leptin, the hormonal signal of long-term energy stores, mediates its largest effects on food intake and energy balance via the hypothalamus (122,177).  In contrast, hindbrain circuits respond robustly to signals of gut status (including stretch, nutrients, and toxins/irritants) to control meal termination and thus meal size. 

 

Humoral signals from the gut act on the hindbrain area postrema (AP), which lies outside the blood-brain barrier at the base of the fourth ventricle in the caudal medulla.  Other gut signals are conveyed to the hindbrain via afferent vagal fibers (whose soma lie in the nodose ganglion) (Figure 4).  These signals converge on the nucleus tractus solitarius(NTS) and promote meal termination (178,179).  Interference with components of this system (e.g., vagotomy) increases meal size, although compensatory changes in meal frequency (presumably directed by the hypothalamus) often dictate that food intake and energy balance remain constant over the long-term (180). Outputs from the AP and NTS include the dorsal motor nucleus of the vagus (DMV), which sends parasympathetic signals to the gut to alter motility.  Projections to more rostral regions, including the PBN and hypothalamic sites (including the PVH and DMH) also play roles in the suppression of food intake.

Figure 4. Emerging circuitry of gut-brain pathways that control food intake. A variety of signals converge on the hindbrain to suppress food intake. This includes a variety of gut peptides and the stress/inflammation signal, GDF15, as well as vagal sensory neurons whose soma reside in the nodose ganglion. Stretch-sensing vagal afferents that express GLP1R and/or OXTR suppress feeding via the NTS (although their particular cell targets in the NTS remain to be defined). In contrast, nutrient-sensing vagal neurons (including those that express GPR65, VIP, and/or SST) do not appear to control feeding; their precise function remains undefined. Many populations of AP/NTS neurons promote the aversive suppression of food intake by projecting onto CGRP-expressing cells of the PBN. Other neurons of the NTS (including those that express CALCR and LepRb) suppress food intake without promoting aversive effects, at least in part by activating a poorly-defined set of non-CGRP neurons in the PBN.

A number of observations suggest potential roles for hindbrain centers in the control of long-term energy balance, however, including the expression of LepRb and GHSR in the AP and NTS (83,84,181–184).  Indeed, leptin modulates the physiology of hindbrain neurons and knockdown of NTS LepRb expression modestly increases food intake and body weight, especially in high fat diet (HFD)-fed rats (181,185–189).  Furthermore, ablation of prolactin releasing hormone (PRLH, a.k.a., PRRP) increases feeding and body weight, and the NTS-specific re-expression of PRLH on a Prlh-null background restores normal feeding and energy balance (190).  More recently, the silencing of several NTS cell types has been shown to increase food intake and cause obesity.  Thus, the normal function of NTS systems contributes to the long-term control of energy balance.  Furthermore, many appetite-suppressing medications (including agonists for gut peptide receptors) mediate their effects by activating hindbrain systems (191–194). 

 

The Nodose Ganglion and Vagal Sensory Neurons

 

Gut-innervating vagal sensory neurons in the nodose ganglion consist of mechanosensory cells that increase activity in relation to increasing gastric volume and distinct chemosensory neurons that respond to the chemical characteristics of nutrients in the gut. Both mechanosensing and chemosensing vagal neurons innervate the entire gastrointestinal tract (195,196). Recent studies have interrogated the vagal sensory neurons of the nodose ganglion, revealing markers for gut-innervating mechanosensory cells (which sense stretch and pressure; these cells express the receptors for GLP1 (GLP1R) and OXT (OXTR)) and for chemosensory neurons (which sense nutrients in the gut; these cells express GPR65, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), and somatostatin (SST)) (197,199).  Interestingly, the activation of mechanosensory cells suppresses feeding, while chemosensory cell activation does not.  Thus, the mechanosensory and chemosensory vagal cells must innervate distinct downstream CNS targets, at least in part.  The appetite-suppressing functions of several hormones and neuropeptides (including gut-derived cholecystokinin (CCK)) may result from their actions on vagal neurons (200,201). While CNS OXT neurons (in the PVH) do not appear to participate the in the control of feeding, the response of vagal mechanosensory neurons to exogenous OXTR agonists might mediate the appetite-suppressing effects of these agents (202).

 

Role for the Area Postrema in Nausea and Aversive Responses

 

Because AP capillaries lack tight junctions, the AP lies outside the blood-brain barrier and directly senses circulating nutrients and hormones.  While the molecular characterization of AP neurons remains in its infancy, the AP contains a variety of receptors (GLP1R, GFRAL, and CALCR) that respond to appetite-suppressing hormones (203–206).  Notably, ligands for each of these receptors promote aversive responses (e.g., nausea), for which the AP is well-known (207–209).  Indeed, the action of autoantibodies directed to aquaporin-4 (AQP4, which is expressed around the AP) during neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorders results in AP syndrome- characterized by unremitting nausea and vomiting (and sometimes hiccups) (210–212).  Neurons from the AP project into the brain, including to the NTS, DMV, and PBN.

 

The Nucleus Tractus Solitarius and Parabrachial Nucleus

 

The NTS, which lies adjacent to the AP, receives gastrointestinal input from vagal sensory neurons and from the AP.  The NTS also receives taste information via the geniculate ganglion (213), although the NTS systems that integrate taste signals with information from the gut have yet to be defined.  NTS neurons also express a variety of receptors that contribute to the control of food intake (e.g., LepRb and CALCR), and thus presumably sense a variety of circulating appetite-regulating signals.  Furthermore, NTS LepRb and CALCR neurons contribute to the physiologic control of food intake (185,214,215). Interestingly, while at least some AP and NTS neurons mediate the aversive suppression of food intake (i.e., cause nausea and/or vomiting, as well as decreasing appetite), the NTS LepRb and CALCR neurons suppress food intake without promoting such aversive responses (214,215). 

 

Thus, distinct NTS systems mediate the aversive and non-aversive suppression of food intake.  Indeed, it makes teleological sense that the consumption of nutrients should promote reward (to encourage the subsequent ingestion of a particular food type), rather than terminating ingestion in an aversive manner and discouraging the future consumption of the food.  Consistently, the activation of certain vagal pathways can promote a rewarding response, even while suppressing feeding (198,199). 

 

Many AP/NTS neurons that mediate the aversive suppression of food intake directly innervate calcitonin gene-related protein (CGRP)-expressing PBN neurons.  Indeed, PBN CGRP neurons mediate the aversive responses to a variety of agents associated with gut irritation, including some chemotherapy drugs (216).  PBN CGRP cells also appear to participate in the emotional response to a variety of fear-inducing stimuli (217).  The activation of PBN CGRP cells suppresses food intake under a variety of conditions; indeed, the withdrawal of inhibitory tone from these cells mediates the lethal anorexia associated with the ablation of ARC AgRP neurons (65). 

 

Interestingly, however, the inactivation of PBN CGRP cells minimally impacts food intake and does not alter energy balance (218); thus other neural systems must mediate the long-term control of feeding and energy balance by brainstem systems.  Hence, the systems that mediate the aversive suppression of food intake may suppress long-term feeding less effectively than non-aversive systems, at least under normal physiologic conditions.  The PBN must also contain non-aversive systems for the suppression of food intake, since neither NTS CALCR cells nor PVH MC4R neurons innervate PBN CGRP cells (but rather innervate a distinct region of the PBN) and both promote the non-aversive suppression of food intake via the PBN (214).

 

Gastrointestinal Hormones that Modulate Feeding

 

CHOLECYSTOKININ

 

Secreted from neuroendocrine secretory cells (L-cells) lining the intestinal lumen in response to nutrients, cholecystokinin (CCK) represents the canonical gut-derived satiety signal. It is an acutely acting signal with a very short half-life (219). Early studies showed that exogenous CCK administered just prior to a meal reduces food intake in rats. In the last thirty years these results have been repeated and extended in numerous labs, demonstrating that the anorectic effects of CCK can be translated to virtually all species, including humans (220–222). CCK induces a transitory sensation of satiety, secretion of pancreatic enzymes and gallbladder contraction. CCK-A receptors are located on vagal afferents of the stomach and the liver and transduce signals via the vagal nerve to satiety centers in the brainstem, eliciting a brief reduction in food intake (for a review, see(Bray 2000) (223)). While CCK decreases meal size and duration, compensatory increases in meal frequency prevent CCK from producing long term effects on total food intake or body weight. Indeed, deletion of Cckar in mice does not cause obesity (224).

 

THE INCRETINS

 

Glucagon like peptide-1 (GLP-1) functions as an incretin (enhancer of insulin secretion) (225). GLP-1 can also modulate satiety: ICV GLP-1 (or GLP1R agonists) potently suppresses food intake in rats and mice, while the GLP1R antagonist, exendin (9-37), increases short-term food intake. Body weight and food intake are unaffected by ablation of GLP-1R, however, suggesting that (like CCK and CCKAR) this system primarily modulates short-term satiation, rather than long-term energy balance, under normal physiologic circumstances (226).  Despite this lack of a physiological role for GLP-1 or GLP-1R in the long-term control of food intake, chronic treatment with GLP-1R agonists serves to suppress food intake and promote weight loss (227). 

 

The suppression of food intake by GLP-1R agonist pharmacotherapy requires GLP-1R expression on glutamatergic neurons of the CNS (194).  Furthermore, caudal brainstem processing suffices to suppress food intake and gastric emptying by peripherally applied GLP-1R agonists (228).  Thus, the crucial GLP-1R-expressing neurons that mediate the anorectic effects of GLP-1R agonist pharmacotherapy may reside in the AP and/or NTS.

 

Given that brain GLP-1R mediates the appetite-suppressing effects of exogenous GLP-1R agonists and that the NTS GLP-1 neurons represent the sole source of GLP-1 in the CNS (229), these NTS GLP-1 cells have been the subject of a great deal of interest.  Interestingly, however, while NTS GLP-1 cells represent a subset of the NTS LepRb cells that contribute to the control of feeding, the ablation of NTS GLP-1 fails to alter energy balance or the ability of NTS LepRb neurons to suppress feeding (215). Consistently, extending the half-life of endogenous GLP-1 by inhibiting dipeptidylpetidase-4 (DPP4) fails to alter food intake, although it amplifies the incretin effect of endogenous GLP-1. Thus, neither endogenous NTS GLP-1 nor its CNS targets contribute meaningfully to the suppression of food intake, despite the prominent pharmacologic effects of GLP-1R agonists on these parameters.

 

Intestinal glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide (GIP, formerly gastric inhibitory polypeptide) is secreted from K-cells in the duodenum and proximal jejunum in response to food intake (230,231) and acts as an incretin, increasing glucose-dependent insulin release from pancreatic β-cells and contributing to postprandial plasma glucose normalization. The incretin function of GIP may be mediated either directly via pancreatic GIP receptor (GIPR) activation (232) or via the activation of non-ganglionic cholinergic neurons that innervate the islets, presumably as part of an enteric-neuronal-pancreatic pathway (233). The impact of GIP on central appetite regulation is controversial, however (234,235). Indeed, while the combination of GIPR and GLP1R agonism in a single peptide appears to enhance weight loss over a GLP1R agonist alone, GIPR ligands poorly modulate food intake on their own.  Furthermore, there remains some debate about whether GIPR antagonism (rather than agonism) accentuates the effects of GLP1R agonists on food intake (236).

 

GROWTH DIFFERENTION FACTOR-15

 

While not a gut-derived peptide, growth differentiation factor 15 (GDF15) acts via the brainstem to modulate nutrient intake. GDF15 is secreted by a large number of tissues in response to cellular stressors. Circulating concentrations of GDF15 express increase in disease states, such as prostate cancer, infection, and cardiovascular disease, and this has been associated with anorexia and cancer cachexia (237). Furthermore, a variety of clinical and genetic data suggest roles for high circulating levels of GDF15 in the nausea and vomiting associated with hyperemesis gravidarum during the second trimester of pregnancy (238,239).  Mice with transgenic over-expression of GDF15 are leaner and are protected from diet induced obesity, and the injection of GDF15 causes hypophagia and weight loss in rodents (240,241).

 

Unlike GDF15, which has broad tissue expression, expression of the receptor for GDF15 (GFRAL) is restricted to the AP and NTS in adults. Intact signaling through the hindbrain is required for GDF15-mediated weight loss, as ablation of the AP and NTS or deletion of GFRAL abolishes hypophagia and weight loss in GDF15-treated mice (205,242,243).  While GDF15 produces a strong conditioned taste aversion, the downstream neural circuits by which GDF15/GFRAL activation modulates feeding behavior have yet to be elucidated. While GFRAL-null mice are protected from weight loss in response to infections, tumors, and chemotherapy, they display little (if any) alteration in body weight under normal physiologic conditions (204).  Thus, GDF15 appears to link strong physiologic stressors (e.g., infection, pregnancy, cancer, and cardiovascular dysfunction) to the aversive suppression of food intake, rather than contributing to the normal control of food intake and energy balance.

 

PEPTIDE YY

 

Peptide YY (PYY), which is released from the L cells of the distal digestive tract, belongs to the pancreatic polypeptide family (including pancreatic polypeptide (PP) and NPY) and has been proposed to serve as a satiety signal (244–246). The circulation contains two forms of the peptide: PYY1-36 and PYY3-36; the latter represents the main circulating form of PYY in postprandial human plasma and is able to cross the blood-brain-barrier by non-saturable mechanisms (247,248). Both forms of PYY bind to the Y2 isoform of the NPY receptor (NPY2R) (249). While the reported effects of PYY3-36 on food intake in rodents and humans initially generated some controversy (250), recent studies support the notion that NPY2R agonists can promote a strongly aversive suppression of food intake in many species (251,252).  The role for endogenous PYY in food intake remains unclear, however, and although the AP/NTS represent presumptive sites that mediate the suppression of food intake by NPY2R agonists, this has yet to be definitively established.

 

[Please refer to ENDOTEXT chapter Endocrinology of the Gut and the Regulation of Body Weight and Metabolism byAndrea Pucci and Rachel L Batterham, for additional information]

 

AMYLIN

 

Pancreatic b-cells co-secrete the peptide, amylin, with insulin during meals. Amylin inhibits gastric emptying and systemic and central administration causes a dose-dependent reduction of meal size (253–256). Amylin binds to the amylin receptor- CALCR in complex with a receptor activity modifying protein (RAMP) (257). The amylin-responsive neurons of the AP/NTS have yet to be definitively identified, but may lie in the AP and/or NTS.  Interestingly, combination treatment with amylin plus leptin elicits a greater inhibition of food intake and body weight loss in obese rats than predicted by the sum of monotherapy conditions. Peripheral administration of amylin restores leptin sensitivity in rats, crucial in the treatment of leptin resistance in obesity (258), suggesting the potential therapeutic utility of combining hindbrain- and hypothalamus-acting compounds.

 

Interactions Between Forebrain and Brainstem Systems that Control Food Intake

 

Communication between the systems that sense the gut and those that sense energy stores is crucial to control satiety appropriately for feeding state and physiologic requirements. Thus, the forebrain and hindbrain must communicate to appropriately control feeding.  Indeed, hypothalamic systems impact brainstem feeding circuits: AgRP neurons tonically inhibit PBN CGRP cells, while PVH projections to distinct (non-CGRP) PBN cells suppress feeding (61,65,70,71).  Similarly, the ingestion of nutrients activates a gut-vagus-NTS pathway that inhibits the activity of AgRP neurons (199), and projections from the NTS to the PVH can blunt food intake (259).  A great deal more research in this area will be required to fully understand the integration of these circuits, however.

 

OTHER SIGNALS THAT MAY MODULATE FOOD INTAKE

 

Nutrient Signaling

 

While their effects are not as strong as those of many hormones or neural circuits, all three groups of nutrients (carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins) have been implicated in the control of feeding.  Mayer proposed the “glucostatic hypothesis” in the 1950s, suggesting that decreases in glucose utilization stimulated eating and increases in glucose utilization halted eating (260,261). Indeed, intrahypothalamic glucose administration decreases food intake and inhibits hepatic glucose production (262). The response to decreased glucose or the blockade of glycolysis, which increases food intake and hepatic glucose production, is much stronger than the response to increased glucose, however.  Furthermore, most glucose-sensing neurons are modulated within the normal to low range of glucose concentrations, rather than by elevated glucose.  Also, the sensor of cellular energy deficits, AMPK, has also been proposed to play a role in CNS glucose sensing (263,264), but this cellular pathway is likely to be engaged mainly by severe energy deficits in the CNS.  Hence, the brain glucose- and energy-sensing systems may be mainly involved in defending against large swings in blood glucose (e.g., defending against hypoglycemia) rather than serving as a primary controller of food intake and energy balance. 

 

While the hypothalamic sensing of long-chain fatty acids has also been suggested to suppress food intake in response to increased availability of fatty acids in states of nutrient surfeit (265,266), the physiologic relevance of such a system remains unclear. The uptake of esterified lipids into the CNS is modest and circulating fatty acids actually increase during fasting. The systems that import fatty acyl-CoAs into mitochondria and the control of overall mitochondrial function in hypothalamic cells that control food intake and metabolism represent important determinants of energy balance, however.

 

Low protein diets dramatically increase food intake, and the peripheral or intra-CNS infusion of amino acids (especially the branched-chain amino acid leucine) robustly decreases food intake (267,268). While the neural pathways underlying these effects have yet to be completely elucidated, brainstem systems likely contribute, at least in part.  Additionally, the mechanistic target of rapamycin (mTOR)-mediated cellular amino acid sensing system is required for the operation of the CNS systems that mediate protein appetite (269).  In addition to its role in neurotransmission, glutamate acts on its receptor in the GI tract both mediate taste-sensation and to serve as a gut-derived signal to also the vagal input to the CNS (270). In one study, intra-luminal glutamate infusion resulted in reduced body weight without altering food intake (271).

 

Inflammation

 

Inflammatory signals are proposed to mediate several distinct metabolic responses. Strong acute inflammatory stimuli (including those associated with systemic infection, cancer, etc.) decrease appetite and increase energy expenditure, promoting cachexia (GDF15 may mediate a portion of this effect). Conversely, obesity is associated with increased low-grade inflammation that appears limited to particular tissues, such as adipose tissue (272). This low-grade “metabolic inflammation” is associated with insulin resistance and obesity. A variety of animal models have been employed to explore the interaction of inflammatory signals and energy balance/metabolism.

 

SYSTEMIC INFLAMMATION

 

Systemic immune signaling promotes negative energy balance. Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) administration, which produces some of the metabolic consequences of bacterial infection, blunts appetite; the mechanism of this hypophagia overlaps with the systems that control energy balance, as the LPS-induced anorexia requires the melanocortin system (273). Consistent with the induction of negative energy balance by systemic inflammation, alterations that blunt inflammation generally blunt inflammatory anorexia. While not altering baseline energy balance in chow-fed animals, deletion of IL-1b converting enzyme (ICE, which is essential for IL-1b activity), prevents LPS-induced anorexia in mice (274). GDF15, acting via AP GFRAL neurons, may also contribute to the LPS-mediated suppression of food intake.

 

The inflammatory system may also contribute to the control of energy balance under normal physiology, as well: adiposity is increased in Il6 null and Gmcsf null mice, and in mice with impaired macrophage function due to the targeted deletion of Mac-1 or LFA-1 (or their receptor, ICAM-1)(275). Conversely, mice with constitutively increased IL-1 receptor signaling induced by targeted deletion of the endogenous IL-1 receptor antagonist, Il1ra, display reduced body mass compared to wild-type littermates (276).

 

METABOLIC INFLAMMATION

 

Obesity is associated with increased production of a number of cytokines (including TNF alpha) in adipose tissue, resulting primarily from the activation of adipose tissue macrophages and other immune cells (275,279). Manipulations that decrease adipose tissue inflammation ameliorate the metabolic dysfunction associated with obesity. While interference with generalized macrophage function may increase adiposity, interventions that alter their pro-inflammatory (versus anti-inflammatory) nature increase leanness and improve metabolic function (280,281).

 

Some data also suggest that inflammation-associated hypothalamic processes may contribute to obesity. High fat feeding results in the activation of hypothalamic microglia (the resident immune cells of the brain) and astrocytes (282,283). Some have postulated that these activated microglia secrete proinflammatory cytokines to disrupt the control of food intake, promoting obesity. Debate continues regarding whether this gliosis provokes or attenuates obesity, however. The ER stress in adipose tissue and the hypothalamus, potentially a consequence of metabolic inflammation, has also been reported in obesity (284). Genetic or pharmacologic interference with ER stress ameliorates obesity and insulin resistance in rodent models.

 

ENERGY BALANCE AND MOTIVATION

 

The homeostatic regulation of energy balance powerfully defends against body weight excursions below the lower limits of adiposity (9), and but often fails to prevent weight gain in our world of abundance of highly palatable, high energy foods. Non-metabolic factors that contribute to overeating and obesity include food palatability, availability, sensory-specific satiety, energy density of food, consumption rate, stress, social environment and energy output/exercise (285,286). Palatability and pleasantness of food represent powerful determinants in regulating motivation to eat.

 

Reward Circuitry and Neurotransmitters

 

DOPAMINE AND THE BRAIN REWARD SYSTEM

 

The neural circuits that comprise the reward pathways encompass wide-ranging brain regions, including the hypothalamus, the nucleus acumbens in the basal forebrain, the midbrain ventral tegmental area (VTA), the amygdala and the thalamus (274). The LHA connects the hypothalamus to the broader reward system through projections to the VTA, where dopaminergic cell bodies lie. From there, the mesolimbic pathways (dopaminergic projections between the VTA and the nucleus acumbens) mediate reward-based feeding (287–289).

 

Dopamine (DA) potently augments the drive to obtain a rewarding stimulus and is required to drive feeding behavior. DA-deficient mice nurse normally until 2 weeks of age, but thereafter fail to thrive due an inability to wean themselves onto solid food unless supplemented with the DA precursor, L-DOPA, suggesting that DA is required for normal ingestive behavior (as well as activity) (290). While the specific mechanisms through which dopaminergic signaling regulates motivated feeding behavior are not yet clear, connections between the LHA and the mesolimbic system as well as integration with the leptin and melanocortin systems appear to contribute.

 

SEROTONIN RECEPTOR 2c

 

Serotonin (5-hydroxytrypamine, 5-HT), which derives from stress-modulated neurons in the midbrain raphe nuclei, acts via 5-HT receptor 2c (HTR2c) to decrease food intake and body weight, and deletion of Htr2c produces hyperphagic obesity that is accentuated by high fat diet. Within the hypothalamus, ARC, PVN, LHA, and anterior hypothalamic nucleus (AH) neurons contain Htr2c (291). A subset of ARC POMC neurons express Htr2c, and the Pomccre-mediated reactivation of a null Htr2c allele in these cells attenuates the food intake and obesity in the Htr2cnull mice (292,293). Htr2c cells in the midbrain VTA and in the hindbrain NTS may also contribute to the control of feeding by HTR2c.  The effect of HTR2c activation may vary by brain region, but, in aggregate, Htr2c mutant mice confirm the important role for this receptor in energy balance. HTR2c agonists promote weight loss, and several have been approved for the treatment of obesity.

 

ENERGY EXPENDITURE AS A DETERMINANT OF ADIPOSITY

 

With few exceptions, most of the systems that dramatically alter energy balance act primarily via the control of feeding; isolated alterations in energy expenditure promote more modest changes in energy balance because increases in energy expenditure and negative energy balance promote a compensatory increase in feeding. Similarly, decreased energy expenditure will cause the accumulation of adipose mass, which tends to restrain feeding. For instance, interference with normal VMH function (discussed above) decreases diet-induced energy expenditure and promotes increased adiposity only when animals are provided high caloric density diets (91,92).

 

The tendency for energy intake to match changes in energy expenditure is exemplified by several animal models in which alterations in energy expenditure do not lead to large changes in adiposity. Uncoupling protein 1 (UCP1, which is found primarily in brown and beige adipose tissue (BAT)) allows dissipation of the electrochemical gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane, releasing energy as heat (294). Ablation of BAT in mice expressing diphtheria toxin A driven from the UCP1 promoter or congenital deletion of Ucp1 fails to alter adiposity at thermoneutrality, although adiposity increases slightly relative to controls in animals raised at temperatures colder than thermoneutrality, since these animals fail to substantially increase energy expenditure in response to the cold challenge (295). Similarly, the phenotype of mice null for the beta-adrenergic receptor beta 3-AR is not as severe as predicted: fat mass in male mice is only slightly increased, even in animals consuming a high-energy diet under non-thermoneutral conditions (296). Also, “beta-less” mice, with a global targeted deletion of all three beta-adrenergic receptor isoforms, have only slightly increased body fat on high fat diet under non-thermoneutral conditions (296).

 

[Please refer to ENDOTEXT chapter titled The Role of Non-exercise Activity Thermogenesis in Human Obesity byChristian von Loeffelholz and Andreas Birkenfeld and Control of Energy Expenditure in Humans by Klaas R Westerterp for additional complementary information on energy expenditure]

 

LESSONS FROM HUMAN OBESITY SYNDROMES

 

While much of our understanding of the genetics and signaling pathways involved in the central control of energy balance and development of obesity has been derived from rodent models, there exist rare cases of human obesity syndromes due to genetic mutations that shed light on the pathogenesis of obesity development. Many of these mutations corroborate the evidence from animal studies. In addition, with the advent of next generation sequencing and the ability to delve deeply into the human genome, genome wide association studies (GWAS) have also begun to reveal gene variants that may contribute or predispose to obesity.

 

Monogenic Obesity Syndromes

 

MC4R

 

Approximately 4% of morbid human obesity (BMI > 40 kg/m2) results from mutations in MC4R (297–299). Preserved lean mass and increased stature are also evident in humans with MC4R deficiency syndrome, as in rodent models (57). Most obesity associated with MC4R mutations has been attributed to heterozygosity at the MC4R locus (58). Patients who are homozygous for a null MC4R mutation develop severe childhood obesity (57), while heterozygous family members are overweight. This suggests a codominant inheritance pattern in which the gene product of these mutations impair the function of the normal gene product. Genome-wide association studies (GWAS) have revealed common non-coding polymorphisms within the MC4R locus that are associated with increased adiposity (59). Treatment options for patients with MC4R mutations remain limited, although recent studies have suggested that the newly developed MC4R agonist setmelanotide can produce modest weight loss in patients with MC4R variants that encode receptor with decreased (rather than absent) function, as well as those with POMC mutations (300,301).

 

LEPTIN DEFICIENCY INCLUDING LIPODYSTROPHY

 

Genetic leptin deficiency in humans is very rare, but (as in rodents) elicits a severe obesity phenotype: A rare, recessively inherited LEP mutation was discovered in two children who are members of a highly consanguineous Pakistani family (302). This frameshift mutation introduces a premature stop codon that truncates the leptin protein. While rare, additional leptin-deficient individuals (all of whom are severely obese) have been identified. Daily subcutaneous administration of recombinant leptin dramatically and selectively reduces body fat to normal levels in these individuals (303). A few humans homozygous for leptin receptor mutations have also been identified; these individuals present a severe obese phenotype similar to those lacking leptin, although – as anticipated - they are not responsive to exogenous leptin (304). It is important to note that mice (305) and humans (306) heterozygous for null mutations of either LEPR or LEP are more obese than controls. It is thus possible that individuals heterozygous for functionally null mutations of these and other genes encoding molecular components of the various signaling pathways regulating energy homeostasis discussed in this review constitute a significant proportion of the very obese. Additionally, heterozygosity for several of these mutations would be expected to produce even greater levels of obesity. The increasing use of exome sequencing in evaluating instances of severe obesity will lead to the detection of more instances of obesity caused by such oligogenic mechanisms.

 

Lipodystrophy represents another clinical syndrome associated with leptin deficiency. Lipodystrophy encompasses a heterogenous group of disorders that range from inherited monogenic gene disruptions to acquired disorders due to treatment with medications such as highly active retroviral therapy for HIV. In generalized lipodystrophy, patients develop loss of subcutaneous fat tissue which results in leptin deficiency, hyperphagia, severe insulin resistance and diabetes, and visceral obesity. When leptin deficiency can be demonstrated, treatment with recombinant leptin significantly improves hyperphagia, body weight and diabetes severity (307).

 

CILIOPATHIES

 

A subset of mutations causing defects in primary cilia promote obesity syndromes (308,309). The primary cilium is found on most cells; while structurally related to motile cilia (such as flagella), the primary cilium is immotile and does not participate in propulsion. The primary cilium plays a crucial sensory role in cells, including cell-specific sensing, such as olfaction in sensory epithelium, photoreception in retinal cells, mechanical transduction in kidney cells, and signaling via a variety of cell surface receptors, including many GPCRs. A broad group of disease-causing human mutations are now known to result from mutations in genes affecting ciliary functions (the “ciliopathies”). The clinical presentation of these diseases variably includes anosmia, retinal degeneration, kidney malformations, and a variety of developmental and neural defects, many of which are idiosyncratic to the particular gene that is mutated. A number of these mutations produce obesity in addition to the other phenotypes noted above, both in mice and humans. Included in these obesity-causing ciliopathies are Bardet-Biedel Syndrome (BBS), McKusic-Kaufman Syndrome, Alström Syndrome, and Joubert Syndrome. Altered trafficking of MC4R and/or MCH receptor may play roles in the obesity of those with ciliopathies.

 

POMC AND PROHORMONE CONVERTASE 1 DEFICIENCIES

 

Mutations resulting in complete absence of the POMC gene product cause secondary adrenal insufficiency due to lack of ACTH; however, once glucocorticoid replacement therapy is started, children with these mutations invariably develop obesity due to hyperphagia. In patients of Caucasian ancestry, there is also a characteristic phenotype of red hair and pale skin, although this is not found in patients from other genetic backgrounds. Some POMC mutations affect specific melanocortin peptide products, and those that specifically alter α-MSH result in severe early-onset obesity (39,40).

 

The prohormone POMC is cleaved by prohormone convertase 1 (PC1). Human PC1 deficiency caused by missense and splice site mutations in the PC1 gene also results in a disorder characterized by obesity and hypocortisolemia as well as hypogonadism (310).  Other monogenetic obesity syndromes in mice and humans likely result from alterations in melanocortin signaling, including those due to alterations in other components of the peptide processing system, including carboxypeptidase E (CPE) (311).

 

BRAIN-DERIVED NEUROTROPHIS FACTOR (BDNF/TrkB) SIGNALING

 

BDNF, a member of the neurotrophin family, is widely expressed in the nervous system during development, as well as being expressed within several brain regions important for energy homeostasis in adults (312). BDNF acts via its receptor, TrkB, to control a variety of basic neural processes, including proliferation, survival, and plasticity. Given its many important roles in the CNS, alterations in BDNF (or its receptor, TrkB) would be predicted to interfere with multiple processes. Indeed, humans haploinsufficient for BDNF display impaired cognitive function and hyperactivity, in addition to hyperphagic obesity (313,314). Mutations in NTRK2 (which encodes TrkB) produce similar hyperphagia and obesity, along with impaired cognitive function and nociception, in rare human patients (315). Interestingly, a coding polymorphism in BDNF (Val66Met) is associated both with obesity and with binge eating disorders in humans (316), consistent with the role for BDNF/TrkB signaling in energy balance, and suggesting a broader role for this system in the genetic determination of adiposity in humans. Indeed, alteration of TrkB and/or BDNF function in the hypothalamus of mice promotes obesity (317,318). Furthermore, polymorphisms in BDNF are associated with risk for obesity in human GWAS studies (59).

 

PRADER-WILLI SYNDROME (PWS)

 

PWS presents in infancy with low birth weight, hypotonia and poor feeding, followed by a progressive transition to hyperphagia and obesity starting after age 2 or 3 years. Additional features include short stature (correctible with growth hormone therapy), central hypogonadism, characteristic behaviors (especially around feeding), and often cognitive impairment (319,320). Most instances result from a 5-7 Mb deletion of an imprinted region (PWS region) on the paternal chromosome 15 (15q11-q13) and are non-recurrent. Within this deletion lie a number of genetic elements, including the genes encoding MAGEL2 and NECDIN, which are thought to be involved in neural development and function, and a complex non-coding locus. Non protein -coding genes in this interval include a transcribed non-coding gene (SNURF-SNRPN) that encodes a multitude of C/D box small nucleolar (sno-) RNA genes, including SNORD116. The RNA products of these SNORD genes are thought to be involved in RNA editing, perhaps of specific mRNA species.

 

A small number of individuals with PWS phenotypes associated with microdeletions of the implicated region on chromosome 15 have reduced the number of candidate genes for this syndrome (319). These patients have demonstrated obesity, developmental delay, hypogonadism, and all major features of PWS. The minimum critical deletion region contains only non-coding genes, including the SNORD116 gene cluster, IPW, and SNORD109A. The Snord116 locus has been deleted from mouse models, which display a growth defect and behavioral abnormalities, including a relative hyperphagia that develops after weaning, but which is balanced by increased energy expenditure (321). Thus, the effects of SNORD116 likely contribute to PWS, but may not account for all of the phenotypes.

 

The functions of Necdin and Magel2 have also been examined in genetically targeted mouse models. Magel2-/- mice display early growth retardation with a mild increase in adiposity, and Necdin-/- mice display early postnatal respiratory failure along with a subset of PWS-associated behaviors (322–324). Thus, the full PWS likely results from the combined effects of multiple genes; several genes within the PWS region also likely contribute to the maximal obesity phenotype. It is not yet clear how each of the loci within the PWS alter neurophysiology and/or which neurons they might specifically affect to alter energy balance. Understanding the molecular physiology of PWS is likely to identify novel genes in the control of energy homeostasis in non-syndromic obesities.

 

[Please refer to the chapter titled The Genetics of Obesity in Humans by Sadaf Farooqi and Stephen O'Rahilly, for additional information on genetic forms of obesity.

 

CONCLUSION

 

This chapter provides an overview of the complex neural and metabolic pathways that determine energy intake and expenditure. Distinct areas of the brain receive and interpret hormonal and neuronal messages from the periphery and other brain regions to integrate regulatory changes that maintain energy balance. These changes require a finely tuned balance of synaptic neurotransmitters, hormonal feedback loops and neuropeptide expression. The identification of the molecules encoding these messages using human studies and animal models has expedited the discovery of the crucial signaling and homeostatic pathways that govern these mechanisms. Their existence provides definitive refutation of vitalist/psychological notions that have permeated the field of energy intake and metabolism, and provides the heuristic, reductionist framework in which ongoing research on these questions should be conducted. It is likely that major genes and their modifiers, as well as allelic variants of a larger number of genes with lesser individual impact, will eventually account for both qualitative and quantitative aspects of the critical phenotypes in rodents and humans.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Leibel RL. Energy In, Energy Out, and the Effects of Obesity-Related Genes. N Engl J Med. 2008 Dec 11;359(24):2603–4.
  2. Cahill GF. Physiology of Insulin In Man: The Banting Memorial Lecture 1971. Diabetes. 1971 Dec 1;20(12):785–99.
  3. Spiegelman BM, Flier JS. Obesity and the Regulation of Energy Balance. Cell. 2001 Feb;104(4):531–43.
  4. Bruch H. THE FRÖHLICH SYNDROME: REPORT OF THE ORIGINAL CASE. Am J Dis Child. 1939 Dec 1;58(6):1282.
  5. Hetherington AW, Ranson SW. Hypothalamic lesions and adiposity in the rat. Anat Rec. 1940 Oct;78(2):149–72.
  6. Stellar E. The physiology of motivation. Psychological Review. 1954;61(1):5–22.
  7. Harris RBS. Role of set‐point theory in regulation of body weight. FASEB j. 1990 Dec;4(15):3310–8.
  8. Hervey GR. The effects of lesions in the hypothalamus in parabiotic rats. The Journal of Physiology. 1959 Mar 3;145(2):336–52.
  9. Kennedy GC. The role of depot fat in the hypothalamic control of food intake in the rat. Proc R Soc Lond B Biol Sci. 1953 Jan 15;140(901):578–96.
  10. Ingalls AM, Dickie MM, Snell GD. OBESE, A NEW MUTATION IN THE HOUSE MOUSE*. Journal of Heredity. 1950 Dec;41(12):317–8.
  11. Hummel KP, Dickie MM, Coleman DL. Diabetes, a New Mutafton in the Mouse. Science. 1966 Sep 2;153(3740):1127–8.
  12. A hypothetical mechanism for the regulation of food intake in relation to energy balance. By G. R. Hervey, Department of Physiology, School of Medicine, University of Leeds. Proc Nutr Soc. 1969 Sep;28(2):54a–5a.
  13. Coleman DL. Effects of parabiosis of obese with diabetes and normal mice. Diabetologia. 1973 Aug;9(4):294–8.
  14. Coleman DL, Hummel KP. The effects of hypothalamics lesions in genetically diabetic mice. Diabetologia. 1970 Jun;6(3):263–7.
  15. Zhang Y, Proenca R, Maffei M, Barone M, Leopold L, Friedman JM. Positional cloning of the mouse obese gene and its human homologue. Nature. 1994 Dec;372(6505):425–32.
  16. Chua SC, White DW, Wu-Peng XS, Liu S-M, Okada N, Kershaw EE, et al. Phenotype of fatty Due to Gln269Pro Mutation in the Leptin Receptor (Lepr). Diabetes. 1996 Aug 1;45(8):1141–3.
  17. Chen H, Charlat O, Tartaglia LA, Woolf EA, Weng X, Ellis SJ, et al. Evidence That the Diabetes Gene Encodes the Leptin Receptor: Identification of a Mutation in the Leptin Receptor Gene in db/db Mice. Cell. 1996 Feb;84(3):491–5.
  18. Lee G-H, Proenca R, Montez JM, Carroll KM, Darvishzadeh JG, Lee JI, et al. Abnormal splicing of the leptin receptor in diabetic mice. Nature. 1996 Feb;379(6566):632–5.
  19. Kowalski TJ, Liu S-M, Leibel RL, Chua SC. Transgenic Complementation of Leptin-Receptor Deficiency: I. Rescue of the Obesity/Diabetes Phenotype of LEPR-Null Mice Expressing a LEPR-B Transgene. Diabetes. 2001 Feb 1;50(2):425–35.
  20. Fry M, Ferguson AV. The sensory circumventricular organs: Brain targets for circulating signals controlling ingestive behavior. Physiology & Behavior. 2007 Jul;91(4):413–23.
  21. Gold RM. Hypothalamic Obesity: The Myth of the Ventromedial Nucleus. Science. 1973 Nov 2;182(4111):488–90.
  22. Cone RD. Anatomy and regulation of the central melanocortin system. Nat Neurosci. 2005 May;8(5):571–8.
  23. Cuenot LCMJ. Les races pures et leurs combinaisons chez les Souris (Notes et Revue). Archives de Zoologie Experimentale [Internet]. 1905 [cited 2020 Nov 17];3(7). Available from: https://repository.cshl.edu/id/eprint/26595/
  24. Dickie MM. Mutations at the Agouti Locus in the Mouse. Journal of Heredity. 1969 Jan;60(1):20–5.
  25. Barsh GS, He L, Gunn TM. GENETIC AND BIOCHEMICAL STUDIES OF THE AGOUTI–ATTRACTIN SYSTEM. Journal of Receptors and Signal Transduction. 2002 Jan;22(1–4):63–77.
  26. Miller MW, Duhl DM, Vrieling H, Cordes SP, Ollmann MM, Winkes BM, et al. Cloning of the mouse agouti gene predicts a secreted protein ubiquitously expressed in mice carrying the lethal yellow mutation. Genes & Development. 1993 Mar 1;7(3):454–67.
  27. Duhl DMJ, Vrieling H, Miller KA, Wolff GL, Barsh GS. Neomorphic agouti mutations in obese yellow mice. Nat Genet. 1994 Sep;8(1):59–65.
  28. Cone RD, Lu D, Koppula S, Vage DI, Klungland H, Boston B, et al. The melanocortin receptors: agonists, antagonists, and the hormonal control of pigmentation. Recent Prog Horm Res. 1996;51:287–317; discussion 318.
  29. McMinn JE, Wilkinson CW, Havel PJ, Woods SC, Schwartz MW. Effect of intracerebroventricular α-MSH on food intake, adiposity, c-Fos induction, and neuropeptide expression. American Journal of Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology. 2000 Aug 1;279(2):R695–703.
  30. Havel PJ. Peripheral Signals Conveying Metabolic Information to the Brain: Short-Term and Long-Term Regulation of Food Intake and Energy Homeostasis. Exp Biol Med (Maywood). 2001 Dec;226(11):963–77.
  31. Ollmann MM, Wilson BD, Yang YK, Kerns JA, Chen Y, Gantz I, et al. Antagonism of central melanocortin receptors in vitro and in vivo by agouti-related protein. Science. 1997 Oct 3;278(5335):135–8.
  32. Schwartz MW, Seeley RJ, Woods SC, Weigle DS, Campfield LA, Burn P, et al. Leptin Increases Hypothalamic Pro-opiomelanocortin mRNA Expression in the Rostral Arcuate Nucleus. Diabetes. 1997 Dec;46(12):2119–23.
  33. Wei Q, Krolewski DM, Moore S, Kumar V, Li F, Martin B, et al. Uneven balance of power between hypothalamic peptidergic neurons in the control of feeding. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2018 Oct 2;115(40):E9489–98.
  34. Zhan C, Zhou J, Feng Q, Zhang J -e., Lin S, Bao J, et al. Acute and Long-Term Suppression of Feeding Behavior by POMC Neurons in the Brainstem and Hypothalamus, Respectively. Journal of Neuroscience. 2013 Feb 20;33(8):3624–32.
  35. Hentges ST. GABA Release from Proopiomelanocortin Neurons. Journal of Neuroscience. 2004 Feb 18;24(7):1578–83.
  36. Hentges ST, Otero-Corchon V, Pennock RL, King CM, Low MJ. Proopiomelanocortin Expression in both GABA and Glutamate Neurons. Journal of Neuroscience. 2009 Oct 28;29(43):13684–90.
  37. Anderson EJP, Çakir I, Carrington SJ, Cone RD, Ghamari-Langroudi M, Gillyard T, et al. 60 YEARS OF POMC: Regulation of feeding and energy homeostasis by α-MSH. Journal of Molecular Endocrinology. 2016 May;56(4):T157–74.
  38. Bumaschny VF, Yamashita M, Casas-Cordero R, Otero-Corchón V, de Souza FSJ, Rubinstein M, et al. Obesity-programmed mice are rescued by early genetic intervention. J Clin Invest. 2012 Nov;122(11):4203–12.
  39. Krude H, Biebermann H, Luck W, Horn R, Brabant G, Grüters A. Severe early-onset obesity, adrenal insufficiency and red hair pigmentation caused by POMC mutations in humans. Nat Genet. 1998 Jun;19(2):155–7.
  40. Krude H, Biebermann H, Schnabel D, Tansek MZ, Theunissen P, Mullis PE, et al. Obesity due to proopiomelanocortin deficiency: three new cases and treatment trials with thyroid hormone and ACTH4-10. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2003 Oct;88(10):4633–40.
  41. Farooqi IS, Drop S, Clements A, Keogh JM, Biernacka J, Lowenbein S, et al. Heterozygosity for a POMC-null mutation and increased obesity risk in humans. Diabetes. 2006 Sep;55(9):2549–53.
  42. Ramachandrappa S, Farooqi IS. Genetic approaches to understanding human obesity. J Clin Invest. 2011 Jun;121(6):2080–6.
  43. Luquet S, Perez FA, Hnasko TS, Palmiter RD. NPY/AgRP neurons are essential for feeding in adult mice but can be ablated in neonates. Science. 2005 Oct 28;310(5748):683–5.
  44. Gropp E, Shanabrough M, Borok E, Xu AW, Janoschek R, Buch T, et al. Agouti-related peptide-expressing neurons are mandatory for feeding. Nat Neurosci. 2005 Oct;8(10):1289–91.
  45. Qian S, Chen H, Weingarth D, Trumbauer ME, Novi DE, Guan X, et al. Neither agouti-related protein nor neuropeptide Y is critically required for the regulation of energy homeostasis in mice. Mol Cell Biol. 2002 Jul;22(14):5027–35.
  46. Tong Q, Ye C-P, Jones JE, Elmquist JK, Lowell BB. Synaptic release of GABA by AgRP neurons is required for normal regulation of energy balance. Nat Neurosci. 2008 Sep;11(9):998–1000.
  47. Campbell JN, Macosko EZ, Fenselau H, Pers TH, Lyubetskaya A, Tenen D, et al. A molecular census of arcuate hypothalamus and median eminence cell types. Nat Neurosci. 2017 Mar;20(3):484–96.
  48. Fan W, Boston BA, Kesterson RA, Hruby VJ, Cone RD. Role of melanocortinergic neurons in feeding and the agouti obesity syndrome. Nature. 1997 Jan 9;385(6612):165–8.
  49. Biebermann H, Castañeda TR, van Landeghem F, von Deimling A, Escher F, Brabant G, et al. A role for beta-melanocyte-stimulating hormone in human body-weight regulation. Cell Metab. 2006 Feb;3(2):141–6.
  50. Lee YS, Challis BG, Thompson DA, Yeo GSH, Keogh JM, Madonna ME, et al. A POMC variant implicates beta-melanocyte-stimulating hormone in the control of human energy balance. Cell Metab. 2006 Feb;3(2):135–40.
  51. Huszar D, Lynch CA, Fairchild-Huntress V, Dunmore JH, Fang Q, Berkemeier LR, et al. Targeted disruption of the melanocortin-4 receptor results in obesity in mice. Cell. 1997 Jan 10;88(1):131–41.
  52. Butler AA, Kesterson RA, Khong K, Cullen MJ, Pelleymounter MA, Dekoning J, et al. A unique metabolic syndrome causes obesity in the melanocortin-3 receptor-deficient mouse. Endocrinology. 2000 Sep;141(9):3518–21.
  53. Chen AS, Marsh DJ, Trumbauer ME, Frazier EG, Guan XM, Yu H, et al. Inactivation of the mouse melanocortin-3 receptor results in increased fat mass and reduced lean body mass. Nat Genet. 2000 Sep;26(1):97–102.
  54. Sutton GM, Perez-Tilve D, Nogueiras R, Fang J, Kim JK, Cone RD, et al. The melanocortin-3 receptor is required for entrainment to meal intake. J Neurosci. 2008 Nov 26;28(48):12946–55.
  55. Mountjoy KG, Mortrud MT, Low MJ, Simerly RB, Cone RD. Localization of the melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) in neuroendocrine and autonomic control circuits in the brain. Mol Endocrinol. 1994 Oct;8(10):1298–308.
  56. Greenfield JR, Miller JW, Keogh JM, Henning E, Satterwhite JH, Cameron GS, et al. Modulation of blood pressure by central melanocortinergic pathways. N Engl J Med. 2009 Jan 1;360(1):44–52.
  57. Farooqi IS, Keogh JM, Yeo GSH, Lank EJ, Cheetham T, O’Rahilly S. Clinical spectrum of obesity and mutations in the melanocortin 4 receptor gene. N Engl J Med. 2003 Mar 20;348(12):1085–95.
  58. Farooqi IS, Yeo GS, Keogh JM, Aminian S, Jebb SA, Butler G, et al. Dominant and recessive inheritance of morbid obesity associated with melanocortin 4 receptor deficiency. J Clin Invest. 2000 Jul;106(2):271–9.
  59. Speliotes EK, Willer CJ, Berndt SI, Monda KL, Thorleifsson G, Jackson AU, et al. Association analyses of 249,796 individuals reveal 18 new loci associated with body mass index. Nat Genet. 2010 Nov;42(11):937–48.
  60. Balthasar N, Dalgaard LT, Lee CE, Yu J, Funahashi H, Williams T, et al. Divergence of melanocortin pathways in the control of food intake and energy expenditure. Cell. 2005 Nov 4;123(3):493–505.
  61. Shah BP, Vong L, Olson DP, Koda S, Krashes MJ, Ye C, et al. MC4R-expressing glutamatergic neurons in the paraventricular hypothalamus regulate feeding and are synaptically connected to the parabrachial nucleus. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2014 Sep 9;111(36):13193–8.
  62. Cowley MA, Smart JL, Rubinstein M, Cerdán MG, Diano S, Horvath TL, et al. Leptin activates anorexigenic POMC neurons through a neural network in the arcuate nucleus. Nature. 2001 May 24;411(6836):480–4.
  63. Rau AR, Hentges ST. The Relevance of AgRP Neuron-Derived GABA Inputs to POMC Neurons Differs for Spontaneous and Evoked Release. J Neurosci. 2017 02;37(31):7362–72.
  64. Atasoy D, Betley JN, Su HH, Sternson SM. Deconstruction of a neural circuit for hunger. Nature. 2012 Aug 9;488(7410):172–7.
  65. Wu Q, Boyle MP, Palmiter RD. Loss of GABAergic signaling by AgRP neurons to the parabrachial nucleus leads to starvation. Cell. 2009 Jun 26;137(7):1225–34.
  66. Qin C, Li J, Tang K. The Paraventricular Nucleus of the Hypothalamus: Development, Function, and Human Diseases. Endocrinology. 2018 01;159(9):3458–72.
  67. Sutton AK, Myers MG, Olson DP. The Role of PVH Circuits in Leptin Action and Energy Balance. Annu Rev Physiol. 2016;78:207–21.
  68. Holder JL, Butte NF, Zinn AR. Profound obesity associated with a balanced translocation that disrupts the SIM1 gene. Hum Mol Genet. 2000 Jan 1;9(1):101–8.
  69. Holder JL, Zhang L, Kublaoui BM, DiLeone RJ, Oz OK, Bair CH, et al. Sim1 gene dosage modulates the homeostatic feeding response to increased dietary fat in mice. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab. 2004 Jul;287(1):E105-113.
  70. Garfield AS, Li C, Madara JC, Shah BP, Webber E, Steger JS, et al. A neural basis for melanocortin-4 receptor-regulated appetite. Nat Neurosci. 2015 Jun;18(6):863–71.
  71. Li MM, Madara JC, Steger JS, Krashes MJ, Balthasar N, Campbell JN, et al. The Paraventricular Hypothalamus Regulates Satiety and Prevents Obesity via Two Genetically Distinct Circuits. Neuron. 2019 May;102(3):653-667.e6.
  72. Sutton AK, Pei H, Burnett KH, Myers MG, Rhodes CJ, Olson DP. Control of food intake and energy expenditure by Nos1 neurons of the paraventricular hypothalamus. J Neurosci. 2014 Nov 12;34(46):15306–18.
  73. Blevins JE, Schwartz MW, Baskin DG. Evidence that paraventricular nucleus oxytocin neurons link hypothalamic leptin action to caudal brain stem nuclei controlling meal size. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol. 2004 Jul;287(1):R87-96.
  74. Kow LM, Pfaff DW. The effects of the TRH metabolite cyclo(His-Pro) and its analogs on feeding. Pharmacol Biochem Behav. 1991 Feb;38(2):359–64.
  75. Dallman MF, Strack AM, Akana SF, Bradbury MJ, Hanson ES, Scribner KA, et al. Feast and famine: critical role of glucocorticoids with insulin in daily energy flow. Front Neuroendocrinol. 1993 Oct;14(4):303–47.
  76. Verbalis JG, Blackburn RE, Hoffman GE, Stricker EM. Establishing behavioral and physiological functions of central oxytocin: insights from studies of oxytocin and ingestive behaviors. Adv Exp Med Biol. 1995;395:209–25.
  77. Britton DR, Koob GF, Rivier J, Vale W. Intraventricular corticotropin-releasing factor enhances behavioral effects of novelty. Life Sci. 1982 Jul 26;31(4):363–7.
  78. Olson BR, Drutarosky MD, Chow MS, Hruby VJ, Stricker EM, Verbalis JG. Oxytocin and an oxytocin agonist administered centrally decrease food intake in rats. Peptides. 1991 Feb;12(1):113–8.
  79. Wu Z, Xu Y, Zhu Y, Sutton AK, Zhao R, Lowell BB, et al. An obligate role of oxytocin neurons in diet induced energy expenditure. PLoS One. 2012;7(9):e45167.
  80. Orthofer M, Valsesia A, Mägi R, Wang Q-P, Kaczanowska J, Kozieradzki I, et al. Identification of ALK in Thinness. Cell. 2020 Jun;181(6):1246-1262.e22.
  81. Chou TC, Scammell TE, Gooley JJ, Gaus SE, Saper CB, Lu J. Critical role of dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus in a wide range of behavioral circadian rhythms. J Neurosci. 2003 Nov 19;23(33):10691–702.
  82. Bellinger LL, Bernardis LL. The dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus and its role in ingestive behavior and body weight regulation: lessons learned from lesioning studies. Physiol Behav. 2002 Jul;76(3):431–42.
  83. Patterson CM, Leshan RL, Jones JC, Myers MG. Molecular mapping of mouse brain regions innervated by leptin receptor-expressing cells. Brain Res. 2011 Mar 10;1378:18–28.
  84. Scott MM, Lachey JL, Sternson SM, Lee CE, Elias CF, Friedman JM, et al. Leptin targets in the mouse brain. J Comp Neurol. 2009 Jun 10;514(5):518–32.
  85. Rupp AC, Allison MB, Jones JC, Patterson CM, Faber CL, Bozadjieva N, et al. Specific subpopulations of hypothalamic leptin receptor-expressing neurons mediate the effects of early developmental leptin receptor deletion on energy balance. Mol Metab. 2018;14:130–8.
  86. Rezai-Zadeh K, Yu S, Jiang Y, Laque A, Schwartzenburg C, Morrison CD, et al. Leptin receptor neurons in the dorsomedial hypothalamus are key regulators of energy expenditure and body weight, but not food intake. Mol Metab. 2014 Oct;3(7):681–93.
  87. Krashes MJ, Shah BP, Madara JC, Olson DP, Strochlic DE, Garfield AS, et al. An excitatory paraventricular nucleus to AgRP neuron circuit that drives hunger. Nature. 2014 Mar;507(7491):238–42.
  88. Garfield AS, Shah BP, Burgess CR, Li MM, Li C, Steger JS, et al. Dynamic GABAergic afferent modulation of AgRP neurons. Nat Neurosci. 2016;19(12):1628–35.
  89. Liao G-Y, Kinney CE, An JJ, Xu B. TrkB-expressing neurons in the dorsomedial hypothalamus are necessary and sufficient to suppress homeostatic feeding. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2019 19;116(8):3256–61.
  90. Tran PV, Lee MB, Marín O, Xu B, Jones KR, Reichardt LF, et al. Requirement of the orphan nuclear receptor SF-1 in terminal differentiation of ventromedial hypothalamic neurons. Mol Cell Neurosci. 2003 Apr;22(4):441–53.
  91. Majdic G, Young M, Gomez-Sanchez E, Anderson P, Szczepaniak LS, Dobbins RL, et al. Knockout mice lacking steroidogenic factor 1 are a novel genetic model of hypothalamic obesity. Endocrinology. 2002 Feb;143(2):607–14.
  92. Dhillon H, Zigman JM, Ye C, Lee CE, McGovern RA, Tang V, et al. Leptin directly activates SF1 neurons in the VMH, and this action by leptin is required for normal body-weight homeostasis. Neuron. 2006 Jan 19;49(2):191–203.
  93. Hawke Z, Ivanov TR, Bechtold DA, Dhillon H, Lowell BB, Luckman SM. PACAP neurons in the hypothalamic ventromedial nucleus are targets of central leptin signaling. J Neurosci. 2009 Nov 25;29(47):14828–35.
  94. Borg WP, During MJ, Sherwin RS, Borg MA, Brines ML, Shulman GI. Ventromedial hypothalamic lesions in rats suppress counterregulatory responses to hypoglycemia. J Clin Invest. 1994 Apr;93(4):1677–82.
  95. Borg WP, Sherwin RS, During MJ, Borg MA, Shulman GI. Local ventromedial hypothalamus glucopenia triggers counterregulatory hormone release. Diabetes. 1995 Feb;44(2):180–4.
  96. Chan O, Paranjape SA, Horblitt A, Zhu W, Sherwin RS. Lactate-induced release of GABA in the ventromedial hypothalamus contributes to counterregulatory failure in recurrent hypoglycemia and diabetes. Diabetes. 2013 Dec;62(12):4239–46.
  97. Flak JN, Goforth PB, Dell’Orco J, Sabatini PV, Li C, Bozadjieva N, et al. Ventromedial hypothalamic nucleus neuronal subset regulates blood glucose independently of insulin. Journal of Clinical Investigation. 2020 May 4;130(6):2943–52.
  98. Qu D, Ludwig DS, Gammeltoft S, Piper M, Pelleymounter MA, Cullen MJ, et al. A role for melanin-concentrating hormone in the central regulation of feeding behaviour. Nature. 1996 Mar 21;380(6571):243–7.
  99. Shimada M, Tritos NA, Lowell BB, Flier JS, Maratos-Flier E. Mice lacking melanin-concentrating hormone are hypophagic and lean. Nature. 1998 Dec 17;396(6712):670–4.
  100. de Lecea L, Kilduff TS, Peyron C, Gao X, Foye PE, Danielson PE, et al. The hypocretins: hypothalamus-specific peptides with neuroexcitatory activity. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1998 Jan 6;95(1):322–7.
  101. Sakurai T, Amemiya A, Ishii M, Matsuzaki I, Chemelli RM, Tanaka H, et al. Orexins and orexin receptors: a family of hypothalamic neuropeptides and G protein-coupled receptors that regulate feeding behavior. Cell. 1998 Feb 20;92(4):573–85.
  102. Funato H, Tsai AL, Willie JT, Kisanuki Y, Williams SC, Sakurai T, et al. Enhanced orexin receptor-2 signaling prevents diet-induced obesity and improves leptin sensitivity. Cell Metab. 2009 Jan 7;9(1):64–76.
  103. de Lecea L, Sutcliffe JG. The hypocretins and sleep. FEBS J. 2005 Nov;272(22):5675–88.
  104. Louis GW, Leinninger GM, Rhodes CJ, Myers MG. Direct innervation and modulation of orexin neurons by lateral hypothalamic LepRb neurons. J Neurosci. 2010 Aug 25;30(34):11278–87.
  105. Goforth PB, Leinninger GM, Patterson CM, Satin LS, Myers MG. Leptin acts via lateral hypothalamic area neurotensin neurons to inhibit orexin neurons by multiple GABA-independent mechanisms. J Neurosci. 2014 Aug 20;34(34):11405–15.
  106. Leinninger GM, Opland DM, Jo Y-H, Faouzi M, Christensen L, Cappellucci LA, et al. Leptin action via neurotensin neurons controls orexin, the mesolimbic dopamine system and energy balance. Cell Metab. 2011 Sep 7;14(3):313–23.
  107. Leinninger GM, Jo Y-H, Leshan RL, Louis GW, Yang H, Barrera JG, et al. Leptin acts via leptin receptor-expressing lateral hypothalamic neurons to modulate the mesolimbic dopamine system and suppress feeding. Cell Metab. 2009 Aug;10(2):89–98.
  108. Halaas JL, Gajiwala KS, Maffei M, Cohen SL, Chait BT, Rabinowitz D, et al. Weight-reducing effects of the plasma protein encoded by the obese gene. Science. 1995 Jul 28;269(5223):543–6.
  109. Pelleymounter MA, Cullen MJ, Baker MB, Hecht R, Winters D, Boone T, et al. Effects of the obese gene product on body weight regulation in ob/ob mice. Science. 1995 Jul 28;269(5223):540–3.
  110. Campfield LA, Smith FJ, Guisez Y, Devos R, Burn P. Recombinant mouse OB protein: evidence for a peripheral signal linking adiposity and central neural networks. Science. 1995 Jul 28;269(5223):546–9.
  111. Considine RV, Sinha MK, Heiman ML, Kriauciunas A, Stephens TW, Nyce MR, et al. Serum immunoreactive-leptin concentrations in normal-weight and obese humans. N Engl J Med. 1996 Feb 1;334(5):292–5.
  112. Frederich RC, Hamann A, Anderson S, Löllmann B, Lowell BB, Flier JS. Leptin levels reflect body lipid content in mice: evidence for diet-induced resistance to leptin action. Nat Med. 1995 Dec;1(12):1311–4.
  113. Heymsfield SB, Greenberg AS, Fujioka K, Dixon RM, Kushner R, Hunt T, et al. Recombinant leptin for weight loss in obese and lean adults: a randomized, controlled, dose-escalation trial. JAMA. 1999 Oct 27;282(16):1568–75.
  114. Ahima RS, Saper CB, Flier JS, Elmquist JK. Leptin regulation of neuroendocrine systems. Front Neuroendocrinol. 2000 Jul;21(3):263–307.
  115. Ahima RS, Prabakaran D, Mantzoros C, Qu D, Lowell B, Maratos-Flier E, et al. Role of leptin in the neuroendocrine response to fasting. Nature. 1996 Jul 18;382(6588):250–2.
  116. Fujikawa T, Chuang J-C, Sakata I, Ramadori G, Coppari R. Leptin therapy improves insulin-deficient type 1 diabetes by CNS-dependent mechanisms in mice. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2010 Oct 5;107(40):17391–6.
  117. German JP, Thaler JP, Wisse BE, Oh-I S, Sarruf DA, Matsen ME, et al. Leptin activates a novel CNS mechanism for insulin-independent normalization of severe diabetic hyperglycemia. Endocrinology. 2011 Feb;152(2):394–404.
  118. Shimomura I, Hammer RE, Ikemoto S, Brown MS, Goldstein JL. Leptin reverses insulin resistance and diabetes mellitus in mice with congenital lipodystrophy. Nature. 1999 Sep 2;401(6748):73–6.
  119. Morrow T. Myalept approved for treatment of disorders marked by loss of body fat. Manag Care. 2014 Jun;23(6):50–1.
  120. Cohen P, Zhao C, Cai X, Montez JM, Rohani SC, Feinstein P, et al. Selective deletion of leptin receptor in neurons leads to obesity. J Clin Invest. 2001 Oct;108(8):1113–21.
  121. Elmquist JK, Bjørbaek C, Ahima RS, Flier JS, Saper CB. Distributions of leptin receptor mRNA isoforms in the rat brain. J Comp Neurol. 1998 Jun 15;395(4):535–47.
  122. Ring LE, Zeltser LM. Disruption of hypothalamic leptin signaling in mice leads to early-onset obesity, but physiological adaptations in mature animals stabilize adiposity levels. J Clin Invest. 2010 Aug;120(8):2931–41.
  123. Vong L, Ye C, Yang Z, Choi B, Chua S, Lowell BB. Leptin action on GABAergic neurons prevents obesity and reduces inhibitory tone to POMC neurons. Neuron. 2011 Jul 14;71(1):142–54.
  124. Leshan RL, Greenwald-Yarnell M, Patterson CM, Gonzalez IE, Myers MG. Leptin action through hypothalamic nitric oxide synthase-1-expressing neurons controls energy balance. Nat Med. 2012 May;18(5):820–3.
  125. van de Wall E, Leshan R, Xu AW, Balthasar N, Coppari R, Liu SM, et al. Collective and individual functions of leptin receptor modulated neurons controlling metabolism and ingestion. Endocrinology. 2008 Apr;149(4):1773–85.
  126. Balthasar N, Coppari R, McMinn J, Liu SM, Lee CE, Tang V, et al. Leptin receptor signaling in POMC neurons is required for normal body weight homeostasis. Neuron. 2004 Jun 24;42(6):983–91.
  127. Xu J, Bartolome CL, Low CS, Yi X, Chien C-H, Wang P, et al. Genetic identification of leptin neural circuits in energy and glucose homeostases. Nature. 2018;556(7702):505–9.
  128. Kim KW, Zhao L, Donato J, Kohno D, Xu Y, Elias CF, et al. Steroidogenic factor 1 directs programs regulating diet-induced thermogenesis and leptin action in the ventral medial hypothalamic nucleus. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2011 Jun 28;108(26):10673–8.
  129. Donato J, Cravo RM, Frazão R, Gautron L, Scott MM, Lachey J, et al. Leptin’s effect on puberty in mice is relayed by the ventral premammillary nucleus and does not require signaling in Kiss1 neurons. J Clin Invest. 2011 Jan;121(1):355–68.
  130. Robertson SA, Leinninger GM, Myers MG. Molecular and neural mediators of leptin action. Physiol Behav. 2008 Aug 6;94(5):637–42.
  131. Bates SH, Stearns WH, Dundon TA, Schubert M, Tso AWK, Wang Y, et al. STAT3 signalling is required for leptin regulation of energy balance but not reproduction. Nature. 2003 Feb 20;421(6925):856–9.
  132. Xu AW, Ste-Marie L, Kaelin CB, Barsh GS. Inactivation of signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 in proopiomelanocortin (Pomc) neurons causes decreased pomc expression, mild obesity, and defects in compensatory refeeding. Endocrinology. 2007 Jan;148(1):72–80.
  133. Piper ML, Unger EK, Myers MG, Xu AW. Specific physiological roles for signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 in leptin receptor-expressing neurons. Mol Endocrinol. 2008 Mar;22(3):751–9.
  134. Lee J-Y, Muenzberg H, Gavrilova O, Reed JA, Berryman D, Villanueva EC, et al. Loss of cytokine-STAT5 signaling in the CNS and pituitary gland alters energy balance and leads to obesity. PLoS One. 2008 Feb 20;3(2):e1639.
  135. Reed JA, Clegg DJ, Smith KB, Tolod-Richer EG, Matter EK, Picard LS, et al. GM-CSF action in the CNS decreases food intake and body weight. J Clin Invest. 2005 Nov;115(11):3035–44.
  136. Singireddy AV, Inglis MA, Zuure WA, Kim JS, Anderson GM. Neither signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 (STAT3) or STAT5 signaling pathways are required for leptin’s effects on fertility in mice. Endocrinology. 2013 Jul;154(7):2434–45.
  137. Sipols AJ, Baskin DG, Schwartz MW. Effect of intracerebroventricular insulin infusion on diabetic hyperphagia and hypothalamic neuropeptide gene expression. Diabetes. 1995 Feb;44(2):147–51.
  138. Brüning JC, Gautam D, Burks DJ, Gillette J, Schubert M, Orban PC, et al. Role of brain insulin receptor in control of body weight and reproduction. Science. 2000 Sep 22;289(5487):2122–5.
  139. Clegg DJ, Brown LM, Woods SC, Benoit SC. Gonadal hormones determine sensitivity to central leptin and insulin. Diabetes. 2006 Apr;55(4):978–87.
  140. Könner AC, Janoschek R, Plum L, Jordan SD, Rother E, Ma X, et al. Insulin Action in AgRP-Expressing Neurons Is Required for Suppression of Hepatic Glucose Production. Cell Metabolism. 2007 Jun;5(6):438–49.
  141. White MF. Insulin signaling in health and disease. Science. 2003 Dec 5;302(5651):1710–1.
  142. Lin X, Taguchi A, Park S, Kushner JA, Li F, Li Y, et al. Dysregulation of insulin receptor substrate 2 in beta cells and brain causes obesity and diabetes. J Clin Invest. 2004 Oct;114(7):908–16.
  143. Sadagurski M, Dong XC, Myers MG, White MF. Irs2 and Irs4 synergize in non-LepRb neurons to control energy balance and glucose homeostasis. Mol Metab. 2014 Feb;3(1):55–63.
  144. Allison MB, Myers MG. 20 years of leptin: connecting leptin signaling to biological function. J Endocrinol. 2014 Oct;223(1):T25-35.
  145. Klaman LD, Boss O, Peroni OD, Kim JK, Martino JL, Zabolotny JM, et al. Increased energy expenditure, decreased adiposity, and tissue-specific insulin sensitivity in protein-tyrosine phosphatase 1B-deficient mice. Mol Cell Biol. 2000 Aug;20(15):5479–89.
  146. Zabolotny JM, Bence-Hanulec KK, Stricker-Krongrad A, Haj F, Wang Y, Minokoshi Y, et al. PTP1B regulates leptin signal transduction in vivo. Dev Cell. 2002 Apr;2(4):489–95.
  147. Banno R, Zimmer D, De Jonghe BC, Atienza M, Rak K, Yang W, et al. PTP1B and SHP2 in POMC neurons reciprocally regulate energy balance in mice. J Clin Invest. 2010 Mar;120(3):720–34.
  148. Bence KK, Delibegovic M, Xue B, Gorgun CZ, Hotamisligil GS, Neel BG, et al. Neuronal PTP1B regulates body weight, adiposity and leptin action. Nat Med. 2006 Aug;12(8):917–24.
  149. Loh K, Fukushima A, Zhang X, Galic S, Briggs D, Enriori PJ, et al. Elevated hypothalamic TCPTP in obesity contributes to cellular leptin resistance. Cell Metab. 2011 Nov 2;14(5):684–99.
  150. Alexander WS, Starr R, Metcalf D, Nicholson SE, Farley A, Elefanty AG, et al. Suppressors of cytokine signaling (SOCS): negative regulators of signal transduction. J Leukoc Biol. 1999 Oct;66(4):588–92.
  151. Bjorbak C, Lavery HJ, Bates SH, Olson RK, Davis SM, Flier JS, et al. SOCS3 mediates feedback inhibition of the leptin receptor via Tyr985. J Biol Chem. 2000 Dec 22;275(51):40649–57.
  152. Mori H, Hanada R, Hanada T, Aki D, Mashima R, Nishinakamura H, et al. Socs3 deficiency in the brain elevates leptin sensitivity and confers resistance to diet-induced obesity. Nat Med. 2004 Jul;10(7):739–43.
  153. Björnholm M, Münzberg H, Leshan RL, Villanueva EC, Bates SH, Louis GW, et al. Mice lacking inhibitory leptin receptor signals are lean with normal endocrine function. J Clin Invest. 2007 May;117(5):1354–60.
  154. Rui L. SH2B1 regulation of energy balance, body weight, and glucose metabolism. World J Diabetes. 2014 Aug 15;5(4):511–26.
  155. Ren D, Li M, Duan C, Rui L. Identification of SH2-B as a key regulator of leptin sensitivity, energy balance, and body weight in mice. Cell Metab. 2005 Aug;2(2):95–104.
  156. Ren D, Zhou Y, Morris D, Li M, Li Z, Rui L. Neuronal SH2B1 is essential for controlling energy and glucose homeostasis. J Clin Invest. 2007 Feb;117(2):397–406.
  157. Doche ME, Bochukova EG, Su H-W, Pearce LR, Keogh JM, Henning E, et al. Human SH2B1 mutations are associated with maladaptive behaviors and obesity. J Clin Invest. 2012 Dec;122(12):4732–6.
  158. Jiang L, Su H, Wu X, Shen H, Kim M-H, Li Y, et al. Leptin receptor-expressing neuron Sh2b1 supports sympathetic nervous system and protects against obesity and metabolic disease. Nat Commun. 2020 Dec;11(1):1517.
  159. Coleman DL, Hummel KP. Effects of parabiosis of normal with genetically diabetic mice. Am J Physiol. 1969 Nov;217(5):1298–304.
  160. Ravussin Y, Edwin E, Gallop M, Xu L, Bartolomé A, Kraakman MJ, et al. Evidence for a Non-leptin System that Defends against Weight Gain in Overfeeding. Cell Metab. 2018 07;28(2):289-299.e5.
  161. Qi Y, Takahashi N, Hileman SM, Patel HR, Berg AH, Pajvani UB, et al. Adiponectin acts in the brain to decrease body weight. Nat Med. 2004 May;10(5):524–9.
  162. Tovar S, Nogueiras R, Tung LYC, Castañeda TR, Vázquez MJ, Morris A, et al. Central administration of resistin promotes short-term satiety in rats. Eur J Endocrinol. 2005 Sep;153(3):R1-5.
  163. Heppner KM, Tong J, Kirchner H, Nass R, Tschöp MH. The ghrelin O-acyltransferase-ghrelin system: a novel regulator of glucose metabolism. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2011 Feb;18(1):50–5.
  164. Tschöp M, Smiley DL, Heiman ML. Ghrelin induces adiposity in rodents. Nature. 2000 Oct 19;407(6806):908–13.
  165. Wren AM, Small CJ, Ward HL, Murphy KG, Dakin CL, Taheri S, et al. The novel hypothalamic peptide ghrelin stimulates food intake and growth hormone secretion. Endocrinology. 2000 Nov;141(11):4325–8.
  166. Wren AM, Seal LJ, Cohen MA, Brynes AE, Frost GS, Murphy KG, et al. Ghrelin enhances appetite and increases food intake in humans. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2001 Dec;86(12):5992.
  167. Wren AM, Small CJ, Abbott CR, Dhillo WS, Seal LJ, Cohen MA, et al. Ghrelin causes hyperphagia and obesity in rats. Diabetes. 2001 Nov;50(11):2540–7.
  168. Gottero C, Broglio F, Prodam F, Destefanis S, Bellone S, Benso A, et al. Ghrelin: a link between eating disorders, obesity and reproduction. Nutr Neurosci. 2004 Dec;7(5–6):255–70.
  169. Yang J, Brown MS, Liang G, Grishin NV, Goldstein JL. Identification of the acyltransferase that octanoylates ghrelin, an appetite-stimulating peptide hormone. Cell. 2008 Feb 8;132(3):387–96.
  170. Chen HY, Trumbauer ME, Chen AS, Weingarth DT, Adams JR, Frazier EG, et al. Orexigenic action of peripheral ghrelin is mediated by neuropeptide Y and agouti-related protein. Endocrinology. 2004 Jun;145(6):2607–12.
  171. Cone RD, Cowley MA, Butler AA, Fan W, Marks DL, Low MJ. The arcuate nucleus as a conduit for diverse signals relevant to energy homeostasis. Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 2001 Dec;25 Suppl 5:S63-67.
  172. Castañeda TR, Tong J, Datta R, Culler M, Tschöp MH. Ghrelin in the regulation of body weight and metabolism. Front Neuroendocrinol. 2010 Jan;31(1):44–60.
  173. Naleid AM, Grace MK, Cummings DE, Levine AS. Ghrelin induces feeding in the mesolimbic reward pathway between the ventral tegmental area and the nucleus accumbens. Peptides. 2005 Nov;26(11):2274–9.
  174. Faulconbridge LF, Cummings DE, Kaplan JM, Grill HJ. Hyperphagic effects of brainstem ghrelin administration. Diabetes. 2003 Sep;52(9):2260–5.
  175. Olszewski PK, Grace MK, Billington CJ, Levine AS. Hypothalamic paraventricular injections of ghrelin: effect on feeding and c-Fos immunoreactivity. Peptides. 2003 Jun;24(6):919–23.
  176. Currie PJ, Mirza A, Fuld R, Park D, Vasselli JR. Ghrelin is an orexigenic and metabolic signaling peptide in the arcuate and paraventricular nuclei. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol. 2005 Aug;289(2):R353–8.
  177. Flak JN, Myers MG. Minireview: CNS Mechanisms of Leptin Action. Mol Endocrinol. 2016 Jan;30(1):3–12.
  178. Berthoud H-R, Münzberg H, Morrison CD. Blaming the Brain for Obesity: Integration of Hedonic and Homeostatic Mechanisms. Gastroenterology. 2017;152(7):1728–38.
  179. Grill HJ, Hayes MR. Hindbrain neurons as an essential hub in the neuroanatomically distributed control of energy balance. Cell Metab. 2012 Sep 5;16(3):296–309.
  180. Schwartz GJ. Integrative capacity of the caudal brainstem in the control of food intake. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci. 2006 Jul 29;361(1471):1275–80.
  181. Huo L, Maeng L, Bjørbaek C, Grill HJ. Leptin and the control of food intake: neurons in the nucleus of the solitary tract are activated by both gastric distension and leptin. Endocrinology. 2007 May;148(5):2189–97.
  182. Huo L, Gamber KM, Grill HJ, Bjørbaek C. Divergent leptin signaling in proglucagon neurons of the nucleus of the solitary tract in mice and rats. Endocrinology. 2008 Feb;149(2):492–7.
  183. Mason BL, Wang Q, Zigman JM. The central nervous system sites mediating the orexigenic actions of ghrelin. Annu Rev Physiol. 2014;76:519–33.
  184. Mani BK, Walker AK, Lopez Soto EJ, Raingo J, Lee CE, Perelló M, et al. Neuroanatomical characterization of a growth hormone secretagogue receptor-green fluorescent protein reporter mouse. J Comp Neurol. 2014 Nov 1;522(16):3644–66.
  185. Hayes MR, Skibicka KP, Leichner TM, Guarnieri DJ, DiLeone RJ, Bence KK, et al. Endogenous Leptin Signaling in the Caudal Nucleus Tractus Solitarius and Area Postrema Is Required for Energy Balance Regulation. Cell Metab. 2016 Apr 12;23(4):744.
  186. Grill HJ, Schwartz MW, Kaplan JM, Foxhall JS, Breininger J, Baskin DG. Evidence that the caudal brainstem is a target for the inhibitory effect of leptin on food intake. Endocrinology. 2002 Jan;143(1):239–46.
  187. Kanoski SE, Alhadeff AL, Fortin SM, Gilbert JR, Grill HJ. Leptin signaling in the medial nucleus tractus solitarius reduces food seeking and willingness to work for food. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2014 Feb;39(3):605–13.
  188. Zsombok A, Jiang Y, Gao H, Anwar IJ, Rezai-Zadeh K, Enix CL, et al. Regulation of leptin receptor-expressing neurons in the brainstem by TRPV1. Physiol Rep. 2014 Sep 1;2(9).
  189. Yu S, Qualls-Creekmore E, Rezai-Zadeh K, Jiang Y, Berthoud H-R, Morrison CD, et al. Glutamatergic Preoptic Area Neurons That Express Leptin Receptors Drive Temperature-Dependent Body Weight Homeostasis. J Neurosci. 2016 May 4;36(18):5034–46.
  190. Dodd GT, Worth AA, Nunn N, Korpal AK, Bechtold DA, Allison MB, et al. The thermogenic effect of leptin is dependent on a distinct population of prolactin-releasing peptide neurons in the dorsomedial hypothalamus. Cell Metab. 2014 Oct 7;20(4):639–49.
  191. Evers SS, Sandoval DA, Seeley RJ. The Physiology and Molecular Underpinnings of the Effects of Bariatric Surgery on Obesity and Diabetes. Annu Rev Physiol. 2017 10;79:313–34.
  192. Palmiter RD. Neural Circuits That Suppress Appetite: Targets for Treating Obesity? Obesity (Silver Spring). 2017;25(8):1299–301.
  193. Clemmensen C, Müller TD, Woods SC, Berthoud H-R, Seeley RJ, Tschöp MH. Gut-Brain Cross-Talk in Metabolic Control. Cell. 2017 23;168(5):758–74.
  194. Adams JM, Pei H, Sandoval DA, Seeley RJ, Chang RB, Liberles SD, et al. Liraglutide Modulates Appetite and Body Weight Through Glucagon-Like Peptide 1 Receptor-Expressing Glutamatergic Neurons. Diabetes. 2018;67(8):1538–48.
  195. Berthoud HR, Kressel M, Raybould HE, Neuhuber WL. Vagal sensors in the rat duodenal mucosa: distribution and structure as revealed by in vivo DiI-tracing. Anat Embryol (Berl). 1995 Mar;191(3):203–12.
  196. Williams RM, Berthoud HR, Stead RH. Vagal afferent nerve fibres contact mast cells in rat small intestinal mucosa. Neuroimmunomodulation. 1997 Dec;4(5–6):266–70.
  197. Kupari J, Häring M, Agirre E, Castelo-Branco G, Ernfors P. An Atlas of Vagal Sensory Neurons and Their Molecular Specialization. Cell Rep. 2019 21;27(8):2508-2523.e4.
  198. Williams EK, Chang RB, Strochlic DE, Umans BD, Lowell BB, Liberles SD. Sensory Neurons that Detect Stretch and Nutrients in the Digestive System. Cell. 2016 Jun 30;166(1):209–21.
  199. Bai L, Mesgarzadeh S, Ramesh KS, Huey EL, Liu Y, Gray LA, et al. Genetic Identification of Vagal Sensory Neurons That Control Feeding. Cell. 2019 14;179(5):1129-1143.e23.
  200. Date Y, Murakami N, Toshinai K, Matsukura S, Niijima A, Matsuo H, et al. The role of the gastric afferent vagal nerve in ghrelin-induced feeding and growth hormone secretion in rats. Gastroenterology. 2002 Oct;123(4):1120–8.
  201. Patterson LM, Zheng H, Berthoud H-R. Vagal afferents innervating the gastrointestinal tract and CCKA-receptor immunoreactivity. Anat Rec. 2002 01;266(1):10–20.
  202. Holmes GM, Browning KN, Babic T, Fortna SR, Coleman FH, Travagli RA. Vagal afferent fibres determine the oxytocin-induced modulation of gastric tone. J Physiol. 2013 Jun 15;591(12):3081–100.
  203. Cork SC, Richards JE, Holt MK, Gribble FM, Reimann F, Trapp S. Distribution and characterisation of Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor expressing cells in the mouse brain. Mol Metab. 2015 Oct;4(10):718–31.
  204. Hsu J-Y, Crawley S, Chen M, Ayupova DA, Lindhout DA, Higbee J, et al. Non-homeostatic body weight regulation through a brainstem-restricted receptor for GDF15. Nature. 2017 12;550(7675):255–9.
  205. Tsai VW-W, Zhang HP, Manandhar R, Schofield P, Christ D, Lee-Ng KKM, et al. GDF15 mediates adiposity resistance through actions on GFRAL neurons in the hindbrain AP/NTS. Int J Obes (Lond). 2019;43(12):2370–80.
  206. Coester B, Koester-Hegmann C, Lutz TA, Le Foll C. Amylin/Calcitonin Receptor-Mediated Signaling in POMC Neurons Influences Energy Balance and Locomotor Activity in Chow-Fed Male Mice. Diabetes. 2020 Mar 9;db190849.
  207. Miller AD, Leslie RA. The area postrema and vomiting. Front Neuroendocrinol. 1994 Dec;15(4):301–20.
  208. Borner T, Shaulson ED, Ghidewon MY, Barnett AB, Horn CC, Doyle RP, et al. GDF15 Induces Anorexia through Nausea and Emesis. Cell Metabolism. 2020 Jan;S1550413119306692.
  209. Bettge K, Kahle M, Abd El Aziz MS, Meier JJ, Nauck MA. Occurrence of nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea reported as adverse events in clinical trials studying glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists: A systematic analysis of published clinical trials. Diabetes Obes Metab. 2017;19(3):336–47.
  210. Akaishi T, Takahashi T, Himori N, Fujihara K, Misu T, Abe M, et al. Serum AQP4-IgG level is associated with the phenotype of the first attack in neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorders. J Neuroimmunol. 2020 15;340:577168.
  211. Zhou C, Liao L, Sun R, Wang J, Di W, Zhu Y, et al. Area postrema syndrome as initial manifestation in neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder patients: A retrospective study. Rev Neurol (Paris). 2020 Oct 17;
  212. Chan KH, Vorobeychik G. Area postrema syndrome: a neurological presentation of nausea, vomiting and hiccups. BMJ Case Rep. 2020 Nov 3;13(11).
  213. Hamilton RB, Norgren R. Central projections of gustatory nerves in the rat. J Comp Neurol. 1984 Feb 1;222(4):560–77.
  214. Cheng W, Gonzalez I, Pan W, Tsang AH, Adams J, Ndoka E, et al. Calcitonin Receptor Neurons in the Mouse Nucleus Tractus Solitarius Control Energy Balance via the Non-aversive Suppression of Feeding. Cell Metab. 2020 Feb 4;31(2):301-312.e5.
  215. Cheng W, Ndoka E, Hutch C, Roelofs K, MacKinnon A, Khoury B, et al. Leptin receptor–expressing nucleus tractus solitarius neurons suppress food intake independently of GLP1 in mice. JCI Insight. 2020 Apr 9;5(7):e134359.
  216. Palmiter RD. The Parabrachial Nucleus: CGRP Neurons Function as a General Alarm. Trends Neurosci. 2018;41(5):280–93.
  217. Bowen AJ, Chen JY, Huang YW, Baertsch NA, Park S, Palmiter RD. Dissociable control of unconditioned responses and associative fear learning by parabrachial CGRP neurons. Elife. 2020 28;9.
  218. Campos CA, Bowen AJ, Schwartz MW, Palmiter RD. Parabrachial CGRP Neurons Control Meal Termination. Cell Metab. 2016 May 10;23(5):811–20.
  219. Little TJ, Horowitz M, Feinle-Bisset C. Role of cholecystokinin in appetite control and body weight regulation. Obes Rev. 2005 Nov;6(4):297–306.
  220. Kissileff HR, Pi-Sunyer FX, Thornton J, Smith GP. C-terminal octapeptide of cholecystokinin decreases food intake in man. Am J Clin Nutr. 1981 Feb;34(2):154–60.
  221. Muurahainen N, Kissileff HR, Derogatis AJ, Pi-Sunyer FX. Effects of cholecystokinin-octapeptide (CCK-8) on food intake and gastric emptying in man. Physiol Behav. 1988;44(4–5):645–9.
  222. Muurahainen NE, Kissileff HR, Lachaussée J, Pi-Sunyer FX. Effect of a soup preload on reduction of food intake by cholecystokinin in humans. Am J Physiol. 1991 Apr;260(4 Pt 2):R672-680.
  223. Bray GA. Afferent signals regulating food intake. Proc Nutr Soc. 2000 Aug;59(3):373–84.
  224. Kopin AS, Mathes WF, McBride EW, Nguyen M, Al-Haider W, Schmitz F, et al. The cholecystokinin-A receptor mediates inhibition of food intake yet is not essential for the maintenance of body weight. J Clin Invest. 1999 Feb;103(3):383–91.
  225. Campbell JE, Drucker DJ. Pharmacology, physiology, and mechanisms of incretin hormone action. Cell Metab. 2013 Jun 4;17(6):819–37.
  226. Sisley S, Gutierrez-Aguilar R, Scott M, D’Alessio DA, Sandoval DA, Seeley RJ. Neuronal GLP1R mediates liraglutide’s anorectic but not glucose-lowering effect. J Clin Invest. 2014 Jun;124(6):2456–63.
  227. Drucker DJ. Mechanisms of Action and Therapeutic Application of Glucagon-like Peptide-1. Cell Metab. 2018 03;27(4):740–56.
  228. Burmeister MA, Ayala JE, Smouse H, Landivar-Rocha A, Brown JD, Drucker DJ, et al. The Hypothalamic Glucagon-Like Peptide 1 Receptor Is Sufficient but Not Necessary for the Regulation of Energy Balance and Glucose Homeostasis in Mice. Diabetes. 2017;66(2):372–84.
  229. Larsen PJ, Tang-Christensen M, Holst JJ, Orskov C. Distribution of glucagon-like peptide-1 and other preproglucagon-derived peptides in the rat hypothalamus and brainstem. Neuroscience. 1997 Mar;77(1):257–70.
  230. Parker HE, Reimann F, Gribble FM. Molecular mechanisms underlying nutrient-stimulated incretin secretion. Expert Rev Mol Med. 2010 Jan 5;12:e1.
  231. Nyberg J, Anderson MF, Meister B, Alborn A-M, Ström A-K, Brederlau A, et al. Glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide is expressed in adult hippocampus and induces progenitor cell proliferation. J Neurosci. 2005 Feb 16;25(7):1816–25.
  232. Yamada Y, Seino Y. Physiology of GIP--a lesson from GIP receptor knockout mice. Horm Metab Res. 2004 Dec;36(11–12):771–4.
  233. Wice BM, Wang S, Crimmins DL, Diggs-Andrews KA, Althage MC, Ford EL, et al. Xenin-25 potentiates glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide action via a novel cholinergic relay mechanism. J Biol Chem. 2010 Jun 25;285(26):19842–53.
  234. Asmar M, Tangaa W, Madsbad S, Hare K, Astrup A, Flint A, et al. On the role of glucose-dependent insulintropic polypeptide in postprandial metabolism in humans. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab. 2010 Mar;298(3):E614-621.
  235. Daousi C, Wilding JPH, Aditya S, Durham BH, Cleator J, Pinkney JH, et al. Effects of peripheral administration of synthetic human glucose-dependent insulinotropic peptide (GIP) on energy expenditure and subjective appetite sensations in healthy normal weight subjects and obese patients with type 2 diabetes. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2009 Aug;71(2):195–201.
  236. Holst JJ, Rosenkilde MM. GIP as a Therapeutic Target in Diabetes and Obesity: Insight From Incretin Co-agonists. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2020 Aug 1;105(8).
  237. Unsicker K, Spittau B, Krieglstein K. The multiple facets of the TGF-β family cytokine growth/differentiation factor-15/macrophage inhibitory cytokine-1. Cytokine Growth Factor Rev. 2013 Aug;24(4):373–84.
  238. Fejzo MS, Arzy D, Tian R, MacGibbon KW, Mullin PM. Evidence GDF15 Plays a Role in Familial and Recurrent Hyperemesis Gravidarum. Geburtshilfe Frauenheilkd. 2018 Sep;78(9):866–70.
  239. Fejzo MS, Fasching PA, Schneider MO, Schwitulla J, Beckmann MW, Schwenke E, et al. Analysis of GDF15 and IGFBP7 in Hyperemesis Gravidarum Support Causality. Geburtshilfe Frauenheilkd. 2019 Apr;79(4):382–8.
  240. Chrysovergis K, Wang X, Kosak J, Lee S-H, Kim JS, Foley JF, et al. NAG-1/GDF-15 prevents obesity by increasing thermogenesis, lipolysis and oxidative metabolism. Int J Obes (Lond). 2014 Dec;38(12):1555–64.
  241. Macia L, Tsai VW-W, Nguyen AD, Johnen H, Kuffner T, Shi Y-C, et al. Macrophage inhibitory cytokine 1 (MIC-1/GDF15) decreases food intake, body weight and improves glucose tolerance in mice on normal & obesogenic diets. PLoS One. 2012;7(4):e34868.
  242. Emmerson PJ, Wang F, Du Y, Liu Q, Pickard RT, Gonciarz MD, et al. The metabolic effects of GDF15 are mediated by the orphan receptor GFRAL. Nat Med. 2017 Oct;23(10):1215–9.
  243. Yang L, Chang C-C, Sun Z, Madsen D, Zhu H, Padkjær SB, et al. GFRAL is the receptor for GDF15 and is required for the anti-obesity effects of the ligand. Nat Med. 2017 Oct;23(10):1158–66.
  244. Batterham RL, Bloom SR. The gut hormone peptide YY regulates appetite. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2003 Jun;994:162–8.
  245. Batterham RL, Cohen MA, Ellis SM, Le Roux CW, Withers DJ, Frost GS, et al. Inhibition of food intake in obese subjects by peptide YY3-36. N Engl J Med. 2003 Sep 4;349(10):941–8.
  246. Batterham RL, Cowley MA, Small CJ, Herzog H, Cohen MA, Dakin CL, et al. Gut hormone PYY(3-36) physiologically inhibits food intake. Nature. 2002 Aug 8;418(6898):650–4.
  247. Grandt D, Schimiczek M, Beglinger C, Layer P, Goebell H, Eysselein VE, et al. Two molecular forms of peptide YY (PYY) are abundant in human blood: characterization of a radioimmunoassay recognizing PYY 1-36 and PYY 3-36. Regul Pept. 1994 May 5;51(2):151–9.
  248. Nonaka N, Shioda S, Niehoff ML, Banks WA. Characterization of blood-brain barrier permeability to PYY3-36 in the mouse. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2003 Sep;306(3):948–53.
  249. Boggiano MM, Chandler PC, Oswald KD, Rodgers RJ, Blundell JE, Ishii Y, et al. PYY3-36 as an anti-obesity drug target. Obes Rev. 2005 Nov;6(4):307–22.
  250. Tschöp M, Castañeda TR, Joost HG, Thöne-Reineke C, Ortmann S, Klaus S, et al. Physiology: does gut hormone PYY3-36 decrease food intake in rodents? Nature. 2004 Jul 8;430(6996):1 p following 165; discussion 2 p following 165.
  251. Halatchev IG, Cone RD. Peripheral administration of PYY(3-36) produces conditioned taste aversion in mice. Cell Metab. 2005 Mar;1(3):159–68.
  252. Pittner RA, Moore CX, Bhavsar SP, Gedulin BR, Smith PA, Jodka CM, et al. Effects of PYY[3-36] in rodent models of diabetes and obesity. Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 2004 Aug;28(8):963–71.
  253. Chance WT, Balasubramaniam A, Zhang FS, Wimalawansa SJ, Fischer JE. Anorexia following the intrahypothalamic administration of amylin. Brain Res. 1991 Jan 25;539(2):352–4.
  254. Lutz TA, Del Prete E, Scharrer E. Reduction of food intake in rats by intraperitoneal injection of low doses of amylin. Physiol Behav. 1994 May;55(5):891–5.
  255. Ludvik B, Kautzky-Willer A, Prager R, Thomaseth K, Pacini G. Amylin: history and overview. Diabet Med. 1997 Jun;14 Suppl 2:S9-13.
  256. Rushing PA, Hagan MM, Seeley RJ, Lutz TA, Woods SC. Amylin: a novel action in the brain to reduce body weight. Endocrinology. 2000 Feb;141(2):850–3.
  257. Christopoulos G, Perry KJ, Morfis M, Tilakaratne N, Gao Y, Fraser NJ, et al. Multiple amylin receptors arise from receptor activity-modifying protein interaction with the calcitonin receptor gene product. Mol Pharmacol. 1999 Jul;56(1):235–42.
  258. Roth JD, Roland BL, Cole RL, Trevaskis JL, Weyer C, Koda JE, et al. Leptin responsiveness restored by amylin agonism in diet-induced obesity: evidence from nonclinical and clinical studies. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2008 May 20;105(20):7257–62.
  259. D’Agostino G, Lyons DJ, Cristiano C, Burke LK, Madara JC, Campbell JN, et al. Appetite controlled by a cholecystokinin nucleus of the solitary tract to hypothalamus neurocircuit. Elife. 2016 14;5.
  260. Mayer J. Regulation of energy intake and the body weight: the glucostatic theory and the lipostatic hypothesis. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 1955 Jul 15;63(1):15–43.
  261. Mayer J, Thomas DW. Regulation of food intake and obesity. Science. 1967 Apr 21;156(3773):328–37.
  262. Mountjoy PD, Rutter GA. Glucose sensing by hypothalamic neurones and pancreatic islet cells: AMPle evidence for common mechanisms? Exp Physiol. 2007 Mar;92(2):311–9.
  263. McCrimmon RJ, Fan X, Ding Y, Zhu W, Jacob RJ, Sherwin RS. Potential role for AMP-activated protein kinase in hypoglycemia sensing in the ventromedial hypothalamus. Diabetes. 2004 Aug;53(8):1953–8.
  264. Han S-M, Namkoong C, Jang PG, Park IS, Hong SW, Katakami H, et al. Hypothalamic AMP-activated protein kinase mediates counter-regulatory responses to hypoglycaemia in rats. Diabetologia. 2005 Oct;48(10):2170–8.
  265. Lam TKT. Regulation of Blood Glucose by Hypothalamic Pyruvate Metabolism. Science. 2005 Aug 5;309(5736):943–7.
  266. Villanueva EC, Münzberg H, Cota D, Leshan RL, Kopp K, Ishida-Takahashi R, et al. Complex regulation of mammalian target of rapamycin complex 1 in the basomedial hypothalamus by leptin and nutritional status. Endocrinology. 2009 Oct;150(10):4541–51.
  267. White BD, Du F, Higginbotham DA. Low dietary protein is associated with an increase in food intake and a decrease in the in vitro release of radiolabeled glutamate and GABA from the lateral hypothalamus. Nutr Neurosci. 2003 Dec;6(6):361–7.
  268. Heeley N, Blouet C. Central Amino Acid Sensing in the Control of Feeding Behavior. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne). 2016;7:148.
  269. Hu F, Xu Y, Liu F. Hypothalamic roles of mTOR complex I: integration of nutrient and hormone signals to regulate energy homeostasis. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab. 2016 01;310(11):E994–1002.
  270. Vandenbeuch A, Kinnamon SC. Glutamate: Tastant and Neuromodulator in Taste Buds. Adv Nutr. 2016 Jul;7(4):823S-827S.
  271. Kondoh T, Mallick HN, Torii K. Activation of the gut-brain axis by dietary glutamate and physiologic significance in energy homeostasis. Am J Clin Nutr. 2009 Sep;90(3):832S-837S.
  272. Greenberg AS, Obin MS. Obesity and the role of adipose tissue in inflammation and metabolism. Am J Clin Nutr. 2006 Feb;83(2):461S-465S.
  273. Marks DL, Ling N, Cone RD. Role of the central melanocortin system in cachexia. Cancer Res. 2001 Feb 15;61(4):1432–8.
  274. Yao JH, Ye SM, Burgess W, Zachary JF, Kelley KW, Johnson RW. Mice deficient in interleukin-1beta converting enzyme resist anorexia induced by central lipopolysaccharide. Am J Physiol. 1999;277(5):R1435-1443.
  275. Dong ZM, Gutierrez-Ramos JC, Coxon A, Mayadas TN, Wagner DD. A new class of obesity genes encodes leukocyte adhesion receptors. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1997 Jul 8;94(14):7526–30.
  276. Hirsch E, Irikura VM, Paul SM, Hirsh D. Functions of interleukin 1 receptor antagonist in gene knockout and overproducing mice. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1996 Oct 1;93(20):11008–13.
  277. Hotamisligil GS, Shargill NS, Spiegelman BM. Adipose expression of tumor necrosis factor-alpha: direct role in obesity-linked insulin resistance. Science. 1993 Jan 1;259(5091):87–91.
  278. Hotamisligil GS. The role of TNFalpha and TNF receptors in obesity and insulin resistance. J Intern Med. 1999 Jun;245(6):621–5.
  279. Weisberg SP, McCann D, Desai M, Rosenbaum M, Leibel RL, Ferrante AW. Obesity is associated with macrophage accumulation in adipose tissue. J Clin Invest. 2003 Dec;112(12):1796–808.
  280. Lumeng CN, Saltiel AR. Inflammatory links between obesity and metabolic disease. J Clin Invest. 2011 Jun;121(6):2111–7.
  281. Ferrante AW. The immune cells in adipose tissue. Diabetes Obes Metab. 2013 Sep;15 Suppl 3:34–8.
  282. Gao Y, Tschöp MH, Luquet S. Hypothalamic tanycytes: gatekeepers to metabolic control. Cell Metab. 2014 Feb 4;19(2):173–5.
  283. Thaler JP, Yi C-X, Schur EA, Guyenet SJ, Hwang BH, Dietrich MO, et al. Obesity is associated with hypothalamic injury in rodents and humans. J Clin Invest. 2012 Jan;122(1):153–62.
  284. Ozcan L, Ergin AS, Lu A, Chung J, Sarkar S, Nie D, et al. Endoplasmic reticulum stress plays a central role in development of leptin resistance. Cell Metab. 2009 Jan 7;9(1):35–51.
  285. Rolls ET. Taste, olfactory, and food texture processing in the brain, and the control of food intake. Physiol Behav. 2005 May 19;85(1):45–56.
  286. Rolls ET. Sensory processing in the brain related to the control of food intake. Proc Nutr Soc. 2007 Feb;66(1):96–112.
  287. Mahler SV, Smith KS, Berridge KC. Endocannabinoid hedonic hotspot for sensory pleasure: anandamide in nucleus accumbens shell enhances “liking” of a sweet reward. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2007 Nov;32(11):2267–78.
  288. Peciña S, Smith KS, Berridge KC. Hedonic hot spots in the brain. Neuroscientist. 2006 Dec;12(6):500–11.
  289. Smith KS, Berridge KC. Opioid limbic circuit for reward: interaction between hedonic hotspots of nucleus accumbens and ventral pallidum. J Neurosci. 2007 Feb 14;27(7):1594–605.
  290. Robinson S, Sotak BN, During MJ, Palmiter RD. Local dopamine production in the dorsal striatum restores goal-directed behavior in dopamine-deficient mice. Behav Neurosci. 2006 Feb;120(1):196–200.
  291. Marston OJ, Garfield AS, Heisler LK. Role of central serotonin and melanocortin systems in the control of energy balance. Eur J Pharmacol. 2011 Jun 11;660(1):70–9.
  292. Sohn J-W, Xu Y, Jones JE, Wickman K, Williams KW, Elmquist JK. Serotonin 2C receptor activates a distinct population of arcuate pro-opiomelanocortin neurons via TRPC channels. Neuron. 2011 Aug 11;71(3):488–97.
  293. Heisler LK, Cowley MA, Tecott LH, Fan W, Low MJ, Smart JL, et al. Activation of central melanocortin pathways by fenfluramine. Science. 2002 Jul 26;297(5581):609–11.
  294. Kozak LP, Harper ME. Mitochondrial uncoupling proteins in energy expenditure. Annu Rev Nutr. 2000;20:339–63.
  295. Lowell BB, S-Susulic V, Hamann A, Lawitts JA, Himms-Hagen J, Boyer BB, et al. Development of obesity in transgenic mice after genetic ablation of brown adipose tissue. Nature. 1993 Dec 23;366(6457):740–2.
  296. Bachman ES, Dhillon H, Zhang C-Y, Cinti S, Bianco AC, Kobilka BK, et al. betaAR signaling required for diet-induced thermogenesis and obesity resistance. Science. 2002 Aug 2;297(5582):843–5.
  297. Vaisse C, Clement K, Guy-Grand B, Froguel P. A frameshift mutation in human MC4R is associated with a dominant form of obesity. Nat Genet. 1998 Oct;20(2):113–4.
  298. Loos RJF, Lindgren CM, Li S, Wheeler E, Zhao JH, Prokopenko I, et al. Common variants near MC4R are associated with fat mass, weight and risk of obesity. Nat Genet. 2008 Jun;40(6):768–75.
  299. O’Rahilly S, Farooqi IS. Human obesity as a heritable disorder of the central control of energy balance. Int J Obes (Lond). 2008 Dec;32 Suppl 7:S55-61.
  300. Kühnen P, Clément K, Wiegand S, Blankenstein O, Gottesdiener K, Martini LL, et al. Proopiomelanocortin Deficiency Treated with a Melanocortin-4 Receptor Agonist. N Engl J Med. 2016 Jul 21;375(3):240–6.
  301. Collet T-H, Dubern B, Mokrosinski J, Connors H, Keogh JM, Mendes de Oliveira E, et al. Evaluation of a melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4R) agonist (Setmelanotide) in MC4R deficiency. Molecular Metabolism. 2017 Oct;6(10):1321–9.
  302. Montague CT, Farooqi IS, Whitehead JP, Soos MA, Rau H, Wareham NJ, et al. Congenital leptin deficiency is associated with severe early-onset obesity in humans. Nature. 1997 Jun 26;387(6636):903–8.
  303. Farooqi IS, Jebb SA, Langmack G, Lawrence E, Cheetham CH, Prentice AM, et al. Effects of recombinant leptin therapy in a child with congenital leptin deficiency. N Engl J Med. 1999 Sep 16;341(12):879–84.
  304. Clément K, Vaisse C, Lahlou N, Cabrol S, Pelloux V, Cassuto D, et al. A mutation in the human leptin receptor gene causes obesity and pituitary dysfunction. Nature. 1998 Mar 26;392(6674):398–401.
  305. Chung WK, Belfi K, Chua M, Wiley J, Mackintosh R, Nicolson M, et al. Heterozygosity for Lep(ob) or Lep(rdb) affects body composition and leptin homeostasis in adult mice. Am J Physiol. 1998;274(4):R985-990.
  306. Farooqi IS, Wangensteen T, Collins S, Kimber W, Matarese G, Keogh JM, et al. Clinical and molecular genetic spectrum of congenital deficiency of the leptin receptor. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jan 18;356(3):237–47.
  307. Blüher S, Shah S, Mantzoros CS. Leptin deficiency: clinical implications and opportunities for therapeutic interventions. J Investig Med. 2009 Oct;57(7):784–8.
  308. Sharma N, Berbari NF, Yoder BK. Ciliary dysfunction in developmental abnormalities and diseases. Curr Top Dev Biol. 2008;85:371–427.
  309. Zaghloul NA, Katsanis N. Mechanistic insights into Bardet-Biedl syndrome, a model ciliopathy. J Clin Invest. 2009 Mar;119(3):428–37.
  310. Jackson RS, Creemers JW, Ohagi S, Raffin-Sanson ML, Sanders L, Montague CT, et al. Obesity and impaired prohormone processing associated with mutations in the human prohormone convertase 1 gene. Nat Genet. 1997 Jul;16(3):303–6.
  311. Alsters SIM, Goldstone AP, Buxton JL, Zekavati A, Sosinsky A, Yiorkas AM, et al. Truncating Homozygous Mutation of Carboxypeptidase E (CPE) in a Morbidly Obese Female with Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Intellectual Disability and Hypogonadotrophic Hypogonadism. PLoS One. 2015;10(6):e0131417.
  312. Greenberg ME, Xu B, Lu B, Hempstead BL. New insights in the biology of BDNF synthesis and release: implications in CNS function. J Neurosci. 2009 Oct 14;29(41):12764–7.
  313. Gray J, Yeo GSH, Cox JJ, Morton J, Adlam A-LR, Keogh JM, et al. Hyperphagia, severe obesity, impaired cognitive function, and hyperactivity associated with functional loss of one copy of the brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) gene. Diabetes. 2006 Dec;55(12):3366–71.
  314. Han JC, Liu Q-R, Jones M, Levinn RL, Menzie CM, Jefferson-George KS, et al. Brain-derived neurotrophic factor and obesity in the WAGR syndrome. N Engl J Med. 2008 Aug 28;359(9):918–27.
  315. Gray J, Yeo G, Hung C, Keogh J, Clayton P, Banerjee K, et al. Functional characterization of human NTRK2 mutations identified in patients with severe early-onset obesity. Int J Obes (Lond). 2007 Feb;31(2):359–64.
  316. Mercader JM, Saus E, Agüera Z, Bayés M, Boni C, Carreras A, et al. Association of NTRK3 and its interaction with NGF suggest an altered cross-regulation of the neurotrophin signaling pathway in eating disorders. Hum Mol Genet. 2008 May 1;17(9):1234–44.
  317. Kernie SG, Liebl DJ, Parada LF. BDNF regulates eating behavior and locomotor activity in mice. EMBO J. 2000 Mar 15;19(6):1290–300.
  318. Unger TJ, Calderon GA, Bradley LC, Sena-Esteves M, Rios M. Selective deletion of Bdnf in the ventromedial and dorsomedial hypothalamus of adult mice results in hyperphagic behavior and obesity. J Neurosci. 2007 Dec 26;27(52):14265–74.
  319. Buiting K. Prader-Willi syndrome and Angelman syndrome. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2010 Aug 15;154C(3):365–76.
  320. Whittington J, Holland A. Neurobehavioral phenotype in Prader-Willi syndrome. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet. 2010 Nov 15;154C(4):438–47.
  321. Ding F, Li HH, Zhang S, Solomon NM, Camper SA, Cohen P, et al. SnoRNA Snord116 (Pwcr1/MBII-85) deletion causes growth deficiency and hyperphagia in mice. PLoS One. 2008 Mar 5;3(3):e1709.
  322. Bischof JM, Stewart CL, Wevrick R. Inactivation of the mouse Magel2 gene results in growth abnormalities similar to Prader-Willi syndrome. Hum Mol Genet. 2007 Nov 15;16(22):2713–9.
  323. Mercer RE, Kwolek EM, Bischof JM, van Eede M, Henkelman RM, Wevrick R. Regionally reduced brain volume, altered serotonin neurochemistry, and abnormal behavior in mice null for the circadian rhythm output gene Magel2. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet. 2009 Dec 5;150B(8):1085–99.
  324. Muscatelli F, Abrous DN, Massacrier A, Boccaccio I, Le Moal M, Cau P, et al. Disruption of the mouse Necdin gene results in hypothalamic and behavioral alterations reminiscent of the human Prader-Willi syndrome. Hum Mol Genet. 2000 Dec 12;9(20):3101–10.

 

Exercise Treatment of Obesity

ABSTRACT

 

Surveillance data from the general US population indicate a continued increase in the prevalence of overweight and obesity that is consistent with weight gain trends observed globally among industrialized countries. Physical inactivity and obesity are closely linked conditions and they account for a large burden of chronic disease and impaired function. The underlying agent in the etiology of obesity is a long-term positive energy balance; however, the pathways determining the rate and extent of weight gain due to a positive energy are complex. Engaging in regular, moderate-intensity physical activity for at least 150 min/week can help maintain energy balance and prevent excessive weight gain; however, this minimum requirement may not be sufficient for reversing already-existing obesity and chronic disease. In fact, physical activity closer to 300 min/week may be necessary for successful weight loss and weight loss maintenance. Regimented exercise programs alone may not be the most effective treatment for people with obesity, however. Rather, lifestyle changes that increase total daily energy expenditure need to be accompanied by dietary counseling for reducing daily caloric intake. Also, accumulating the necessary exercise and lifestyle physical activity in intermittent bouts, rather than one long continuous bout, can improve adherence and the success of weight loss regimens. It is also important for both clinicians and patients to understand that a simple solution to obesity treatment does not exist due to the constellation of underlying mechanisms that drive energy balance. Indeed, physiological, behavioral, environmental, and genetic factors play both independent and interrelated roles that contribute to the complex etiology of obesity.  Research from numerous scientific disciplines has shaped our understanding of obesity. While the relative contributions of insufficient energy expenditure versus excessive energy intake to obesity development continue to be debated, there is general agreement that exercise is a key element for both prevention and treatment. Future research should focus on the prevention of excess weight gain over the life course. In addition to the behavioral and intervention studies of the past several decades, an understanding of the regulatory processes governing energy intake, energy storage, and energy expenditure and how the reinstatement of exercise can correct the disruption of neural pathways is vital to the future of obesity research. Finally, public health science needs to link with public health practice to better enable the translation of this knowledge into policies that can alter the environment in a way that promotes an active lifestyle for all.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Surveillance data from the general US population indicate a continued increase in the prevalence of overweight and obesity that is consistent with weight gain trends observed globally among industrialized countries (1-3). Myriad environmental, behavioral, physiological, and genetic factors contribute to the development of human obesity. However, the common underlying feature leading to these conditions is a positive energy balance. Attenuated metabolic responses to environmental exposures combined with predisposing factors and overall low energy expenditure may contribute to this positive energy balance. Although exercise is most effective in the prevention of obesity (4, 5), it can also contribute to weight loss and to weight maintenance over the long-term. Numerous intervention studies have evaluated the role of exercise training of various modes and intensities on the reduction of body weight and adiposity (6), and there is little doubt about the established benefits of increasing physical activity to the attainment and the maintenance of healthy body weight throughout the life span. Moreover, since exercise itself improves metabolic, respiratory, and cardiovascular function independent of weight loss (6), it has special significance for people with obesity who are at increased risk for obesity-related chronic conditions. In this chapter, we will describe the importance of exercise for the prevention and treatment of obesity, as well as to the prevention of weight regain following weight-loss therapy. In addition, this chapter will address the contributions of the built environment to the onset and possible reversal of obesity at the population level.

 

THE ETIOLOGY OF OBESITY

 

Inactivity and obesity are closely linked conditions accounting for a large burden of chronic disease and impaired function. Over the past several decades, ever-decreasing levels of daily energy expenditure, along with a ready supply of calorie-dense foods, have resulted in a marked disruption to energy regulatory systems, which are still genetically programmed for the subsistence efficiency of our late-Paleolithic ancestors (7, 8). As stated previously, the underlying agent in the etiology of obesity is a long-term positive energy balance. However, the relative importance of excess energy intake over low energy expenditure to this imbalance is controversial. Ultimately, the pathways determining the rate and extent of a positive energy balance with weight gain are complex, and the unique and combined contributions of heredity, physiology, and behavior, to the development of obesity are not understood completely—especially since the influence of any one of these primary factors is usually modified by a constellation of other secondary factors endemic to our current obesogenic environment (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Public health model illustrating the multifactorial model etiology of obesity. The traditional public health of disease transmission applied to obesity etiology. In this model, the impact of the agent (positive energy balance) can be modified by a number of host (specific to the individual) and environment (specific to collective behaviors or conditions) factors. In addition, a variety of vehicles/vectors are responsible for transmitting the causal agent.

 

The 2018 Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans, 2nd Edition (6), along with the 2020 World Health Organization (WHO) Physical Activity and Sedentary Behavior Guidelines (9) recommend for all adults 150-300 min/week of moderate-intensity physical activity (e.g., brisk walking) or 75-150 min/week of vigorous-intensity activity for the prevention of excessive weight gain, cardiovascular and metabolic diseases, and functional decline. These recommendations also include muscle strengthening exercises on two days/week. Although specific recommendations pertaining to sedentary behavior have not been made thus far, the evidence linking extended sedentary time to morbidity and all-cause mortality is growing (6). Indeed, both the 2018 Guidelines for Americans and the WHO Guidelines stress that everyone should "move more and sit less" (6) and "every move counts" (9). Importantly, current guidelines now stress the joint association between physical activity and sedentary time. For example, the health impact of sedentary behavior (particularly television viewing) becomes especially detrimental when combined with low levels of physical activity (6, 10). People can compensate for large amounts of sedentary time during the day (i.e., 8–14 h) by increasing their physical activity to achieve at least 30 min of accumulated moderate-intensity activity throughout the day. However, the more sedentary one is, the more accumulated activity is necessary to compensate (Figure 2).

Figure 2. The joint effects of physical activity on health and function. The red zone is harmful, while the green zone is healthful, suggesting that the more sedentary one is, the more accumulated physical activity they need to compensate.

The Role of Exercise in Weight Loss and Weight Maintenance

 

Population physical activity guidelines may be more effective for health promotion and the primary prevention of chronic disease risk factors than they are for the reversal of already established chronic conditions. Although increasing physical activity and reducing sedentary time has demonstrated benefits to improved health and function, even among people with chronic disease or with disabilities (6, 9), it is important to note that the minimum recommendation of 150 min/week of moderate-intensity physical activity, may not be sufficient to reverse these chronic conditions. Indeed, the treatment or reversal of some established conditions may require a dose of physical activity closer to 300 min/week. This may be especially true for the reversal of obesity and for weight loss maintenance. Although population- and laboratory-based data are limited, it appears that about 45–60 min/day of moderate-intensity activity is necessary to transition from overweight to normal weight, and ≥ 60 min/day may be necessary to transition from obesity (11-14), at least for a large part of the population with overweight and obesity who spend considerable time sitting throughout the day. In addition, there is substantial individual heterogeneity regarding a person's weight loss responsiveness to an exercise regimen, and this responsiveness may vary by age, sex, degree of obesity, adipose tissue distribution, and even adipocyte size (15-17). Thus, the benefits of increased physical activity to cardiovascular and metabolic health notwithstanding, its effectiveness per se for substantial weight loss and in the reversal of obesity may be less so.

 

Weight loss of 1–2 pounds (0.5–1 kg) per week is generally recognized as safe and effective (18). Weight loss at this recommended rate, however, would require a negative energy balance of ~ 500–1000 kcal/day over an extended period of time. Such an energy deficit is difficult to achieve by lowering energy intake (dieting) alone. More importantly, such drastic decreases in caloric intake could result in nutritional deficiencies and the loss of lean mass, thereby lowering the metabolic rate (19). Also, adherence to such a degree of caloric restriction is difficult to maintain over long periods of time and, therefore, increases the likelihood of relapse and compensatory weight re-gain.

 

On the other hand, whether exercise alone (without coincident caloric restriction) significantly alters body weight in people with obesity is debatable. Assuming that 60 min/day of moderate-intensity activity is necessary for meaningful weight loss for people with obesity, a man would need to perform 68–136 min/day of moderate-intensity walking (7.9 kcal/min), and a woman may have to perform 72–145 min/day of the same activity (6.4 kcal/min) to achieve 500-1000 kcal/day deficit necessary for a weight loss of 1–2 pounds (0.5–1 kg)/week (20). Further, although this walking pace (3.5 mph or 3.8 METs) may be comfortable for most people, sustaining it for over 60 min on 7 days/week may not be feasible for people with obesity. Indeed, it may be quite difficult for people with obesity to perform the volume (i.e., intensity, frequency and duration) of exercise necessary for meaningful weight loss in the absence of caloric restriction. Therefore, most evidence currently indicates that both exercise and caloric restriction are necessary components of a successful weight loss program.

 

People who are successful in losing substantial amounts of body weight through diet alone often quickly regain it. Weight regain is often seen following exercise-, medication-, and even surgery-induced weight loss, indicating that adaptations to a negative energy balance contribute to the obesity epidemic. Laboratory findings report that the level of daily energy expenditure necessary to prevent the re-gain of body weight following obesity is also quite high relative to the modern-day lifestyle (17). This challenge may be the result of changes in body composition or the body's overall adaptive energy expenditure and metabolic response to exercise that limits weight loss to activity alone (8, 21) (Figure 3). The 2003 consensus statement from the International Association for the Study of Obesity (14) recommended 60–90 min/day of moderate-intensity activity or about 35 min/day of vigorous activity for successful weight maintenance following the reversal of obesity, which, again, exceeds the upper threshold of current physical activity recommendations (6, 9).

Figure 3. Changes in Total energy expenditure ADJ, resting metabolic rate ADJ, and activity energy (CPM/d), (right, Pontzer (8), with permission are consistent with the findings shown in the schematic of exercise impact on body weight demonstrating a new equilibrium after an initial weight loss (left (21)), with permission

In sum, caloric restriction without exercise may result in a loss of lean mass along with adipose tissue, thereby resulting in a drop in the metabolic rate and setting the stage for weight re-gain. The amount of daily exercise that is necessary to achieve a healthy weight loss without caloric restriction may not be feasible over time for people with obesity, thus again resulting in relapse. Most research now supports the conclusion that exercise combined with caloric restriction increases the net caloric deficit induced by a weight loss program and markedly attenuates the loss of both fat-free and total body mass (19). Finally, as is the case through the period of dynamic weight loss, those who combine caloric restriction with exercise are more successful in maintaining that weight loss over time, compared with those relying on either diet or exercise alone.

 

THE ROLE OF RESISTANCE TRAINING FOR WEIGHT LOSS AND MAINTENANCE

 

Both aerobic and resistance exercise will preserve lean tissue during the period of dynamic weight loss, and this is primarily a function of the volume of exercise performed over the weight-loss period (i.e., dose-response). Resistance training is especially effective at preserving lean body mass during dynamic weight loss, although the amount of protein in the diet may impact this effectiveness (22). A program that combines caloric restriction with both aerobic and resistance training generally leads to greater weight loss and improved overall health, compared to a program combining caloric restriction with only aerobic exercise (11, 13). Of note is that the benefits of strength training to health and function can be independent of weight loss. For example, one 5-month study in older men and women with obesity that used both caloric restriction and resistance training led to reduced abdominal obesity, reduced hypertension, and improved metabolic syndrome without any changes in body weight (23). This is likely due to the increase in lean mass with resistance training, as well as the resulting quantitative and qualitative improvements in vascular and muscle function. Another study of older adults with obesity combined caloric restriction with one of three other exercise interventions: 1) aerobic exercise alone; 2) resistance training alone and 3) aerobic exercise and resistance training. Total body weight loss was similar across the three different exercise groups. However, the greatest improvements in measures of physical function were observed in the combined aerobic exercise with resistance training group (24). Thus, the benefits of resistance training extend beyond fat loss to include improved metabolic and physical function—and this may be especially so for older people.

 

THE ROLE OF TOTAL DAILY ACTIVITY IN WEIGHT MAINTENANCE

 

Evidence suggests that total daily accumulated energy expenditure is the strongest predictor of weight loss in people with obesity (25-27). Therefore, an alternative to the typical recommendation of large continuous bouts of exercise may be intermittent exercise, which can result in a similar weight loss but with improved adherence over the long-term. Also, the integration of increased physical activity as part of an overall lifestyle change (e.g., more walking and stair climbing as part of the daily routine) may be as successful in promoting weight loss as is a structured exercise program. Given the high degree of negative energy balance required for weight loss, however, high levels of lifestyle activity combined with caloric restriction are now prescribed for both initial and long-term weight loss for people with overweight and obesity.

 

The Physical Activity Level (PAL) has become a method of expressing total daily energy expenditure (TEE) in multiples of the resting metabolic rate (RMR: PAL = TEE/RMR), and thus far, few studies have examined its relation to weight regulation at the population level. Data from men in the Aerobics Center Longitudinal Study cohort indicate that a daily PAL >1.60 METs·24 h-1 (i.e., an average daily TEE 60% above RMR) is optimal for preventing meaningful weight gain (~ 0.82–0.91 kg·y-1 (13)) through middle-age (4). Moreover, increasing daily activity from the low PAL category (<1.46 METs·24 h-1) to the moderate (1.46–1.60 METs·24 h-1) or high (>1.60 METs·24 h-1) categories resulted in a slight weight loss over time in this cohort (Figure 4).

Figure 4. Predicted weight change over time by PAL change category among men in the Aerobic Center Longitudinal Study (ACLS) cohort. PAL=average daily physical activity level expressed as the ratio of total energy expenditure to the resting metabolic rate (TEE/RMR). Models adjusted for age, sex, height, baseline weight, and smoking. DiPietro, et al. Int J Obesity. 28:1541-1547,2004 (4)

The most useful strategy for accomplishing this average level of daily physical activity is exchanging passive or very low intensity activities (i.e., those involving sitting) for moderate-intensity activities that have energy requirements of about 3–6 METs. Moderate-intensity activities may have a substantially greater impact on the PAL than vigorous activities since vigorous activity is usually performed for very short periods of time and then can be compensated for by reduced volitional activity throughout the remainder of the day (28). Therefore, the best way to increase the average daily PAL from sedentary (1.5 METs·24 h-1) to active (>1.6 METs·24 h-1) is to add about 45–60 minutes of moderate-intensity activity to the daily routine. As described above, using either a continuous or intermittent exercise routine is equally effective in increasing overall TEE.

 

THE IMPACT OF WEARABLE DEVICES

 

In 2014, 10% of adult Americans over the age of 18 years reported owning an activity tracking device, and by 2016, the Worldwide Survey of Fitness Trends identified wearable technology as the most popular growing fitness trend, estimating the market to be around $6 billion (29). This survey was recently updated, reporting that wearable technology remained the number one trend for 2020, and the market reached an estimated $95 billion (30). Most large technology companies have incorporated activity monitoring technology into cellular phones, while larger corporations, including Apple and Google, have continued to expand their product lines to feature new models of watches, wristbands and other clothing devices with activity tracking capabilities. The most popular and affordable devices remain somewhat restricted to measuring step count and distance traveled.

 

New products are constantly in development given the high demand. Even though technological advancements have reportedly improved these devices, debate among product engineers, research scientists and others involved in this industry regarding their accuracy still persists. Data indicate that these devices are less consistent with the measurement of overall activity duration, energy expenditure, and sleep quality, so they may require further testing and more advanced algorithms before being used in research (31). Advanced devices are in development that are capable of measuring biometric signs, such as stress, strain, impact forces, in addition to metabolic parameters (e.g., glucose and lactic acid) and the tracking of physical activity (32).

 

Despite some limitations, such devices are quite useful in helping people to monitor their own daily caloric intake, energy expenditure, sleep patterns, and overall health profile. These devices may also serve to increase motivation among those starting an exercise program because they can help to set goals and provide immediate feedback, although whether or not this is so for long-term weight loss programs is questionable (32). Ideally, such devices can sync with the electronic health record (EHR), thereby allowing health care providers a chance to objectively monitor a patient's lifestyle behaviors.

 

PERSONAL AND ONLINE TRAINING

 

Personal training has remained in the top 10 fitness trends reported since 2006, and popularity has increased as online training has become more accessible (30), especially during the strict quarantine policies imposed during the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020. It is reasonable to suspect that there will be a continued use of online training programs in 2021 and beyond. Unfortunately, like wearable devices, training fees and internet access may be luxuries not available to low-income households, and although some communities have facilities that provide free web access to the public (e.g., public libraries), they may not be feasible locations for virtual exercise training. Thus, virtual exercise solutions that consider the financial limitations of current fitness trends are needed.

 

PROMOTING AN ACTIVE LIFESTYLE THROUGH THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT

 

There are few surveillance data on physical activity patterns over many years in representative populations that use consistent methods of data collection. Data from consumer groups and national monitoring and surveillance systems among persons living in the United States generally show a stable pattern of both leisure time and sport activity (33)but a decrease in work-related activity starting in the 1950s (34). These types of data are useful at the ecologic level in order to describe lifestyle trends among the population and to provide background data for community-based interventions that eventually affect public policy. Environmental interventions that promote change in risk conditions at the community level have a greater public health impact than attempting to change risk factors at the individual level. Environmental strategies more directly related to promoting an active lifestyle involve altering the built environment in which people spend much of their time—the community, the workplace, and the school.

 

A report from the Transportation Research Board (TRB) and the Institute of Medicien (IOM) outlines a number of recommendations pertaining to physical activity and the built environment (35). These recommendations state the primary need for multidisciplinary and inter-agency research (particularly longitudinal research and "natural experiments") linking specific aspects of the built environment with different types of physical activity. Ecological studies that can geocode physical activity and health data from surveillance systems such as the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) or from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) could provide useful information on the environment and the specific locations where low activity and/or high prevalence of overweight is occurring. Similarly, statistical tools such as Geographical Information Systems (GIS) can provide more detailed information on the built environment (land use, sidewalks, green space) to link with surveillance data on physical activity patterns and various health indicators like obesity within a community. These data are also quite useful in tracking how changes to the environment affect changes in behavior and in subsequent health outcomes.

 

The Health Impact Statement historically has been used in environmental risk assessment to inform the public of the health consequences of various actions (e.g., the building of a new manufacturing plant in the community) and generally, they are effective at involving inter-agency action and public consensus. Since available evidence suggests that the built environment plays a major facilitating role in promoting an active lifestyle, urban planners, local zoning officials, those responsible for the construction of residences, developments, and supporting transportation systems, and members of the community must work together in the design of more activity-friendly environments.

 

SUMMARY

 

Most research to date suggests that exercise is more effective in the prevention of overweight and obesity than it is in its reversal. Weight loss programs that combine exercise with caloric restriction can maximize the net caloric deficit while reducing the loss of fat-free mass. Adding resistance training to aerobic exercise will enhance muscle quantity and quality, thereby providing health benefits independent of weight loss. Accumulating the necessary exercise and lifestyle physical activity in intermittent bouts, rather than one long continuous bout, can improve adherence and the success of weight loss and maintenance regimens.

 

uture research should focus on the prevention of excess weight gain over the life course. In addition to the behavioral and intervention studies of the past several decades, an understanding of the regulatory processes governing energy intake, energy storage, and energy expenditure and how the reinstatement of exercise can correct the disruption of neural pathways is vital to the future of obesity research. Molecular and clinical studies that can identify candidate genes and other biomarkers of energy regulation responding to exercise should link with large epidemiologic studies to determine the relations among these biological markers, physical activity patterns and long-term weight gain among various populations. Controlled intervention trials should continue to test the dose-response relation between physical activity duration (min/week), volume (kcal/week), and/or intensity and various functional endpoints as rigorously as do pharmacological trials. Finally, public health science needs to link with public health practice to better enable the translation of this knowledge into policies that can alter the environment in a way that promotes an active lifestyle for all.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

 

This work was supported in part by grants from the National Institutes of Health, National Heart Lung and Blood Institute (HL135089 to and TS and NSS).

 

REFERENCES

 

1)      Inoue, Y., Qin, B., Poti, J., Sokol, R., Gordon-Larsen, P. Epidemiology of obesity in adults: Latest trends. Curr Obes Rep. 2018,7:276-88.

2)      Ogden, C. L., Fryar, C. D., Martin, C. B., Freedman, D. S., Carroll, M. D., Gu, Q., et al. Trends in Obesity Prevalence by Race and Hispanic Origin-1999-2000 to 2017-2018. JAMA. 2020,324:1208-10.

3)      Hales, C. M., Carroll, M. D., Fryar, C. D., Ogden, C. L. Prevalence of Obesity and Severe Obesity Among Adults: United States, 2017-2018. NCHS Data Brief. 2020:1-8.

4)      DiPietro, L., Dziura, J., Blair, S. N. Estimated change in physical activity level (PAL) and prediction of 5-year weight change in men: The Aerobic Center Longitudinal Study. Int J Obesity. 2004,28:1541-7.

5)      Jakicic, J. M., Powell, K. E., Campbell, W. W., Dipietro, L., Pate, R. R., Pescatello, L. S., et al. Physical Activity and the Prevention of Weight Gain in Adults: A Systematic Review. Med. Sci. Sports Exerc. 2019,51:1262-9.

6)      Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee. Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee Report, 2018. Part F. Chapter 5. https://health.gov/paguidelines/guidelines/report.aspx. Accessed January 31, 2021. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services2018.

7)      Chakravarthy, M. V., Booth, F. W. Eating, exercise and "thrifty" genotypes:  connecting the dots toward an evolutionary understanding of modern chronic diseases. J Appl Physiol. 2004,96:3-10.

8)      Pontzer, H. Constrained Total Energy Expenditure and the Evolutionary Biology of Energy Balance. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2015,43:110-6.

9)      Bull, F., Al-Ansari, S. S., Biddle, S., Borodulin, K., Buman, M. P., Cardon, G., et al. World Health Organization 2020 guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. Br. J. Sports Med. 2020,54:1451-62.

10)    American College of Sports Medicine, Riebe, D., Ehrman, J. K., Liguori, G., Magal, M. Benefits and Risks Associated with Physical Activity.  ACSM's Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Prescription. Tenth ed. Philadelphia, PA: Wolters Kluwer; Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2018. p. 1-21.

11)    Brooks, G. A., Butte, N. F., Rand, W. M., Flatt, J. P., Caballero, B. Chronicle of the Institute of Medicine physical activity recommendation: how a physical activity recommendation came to be among dietary recommendations. Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 2004,79:921S-30S.

12)    Hill, J. O., Wyatt, H. R., Peters, J. C. Energy balance and obesity. Circulation. 2012,126:126-32.

13)    Hill, J. O., Wyatt, H. R. Role of physical activity in preventing and treating obesity. J Appl Physiol (1985). 2005,99:765-70.

14)    Saris, W. H. M., Blair, S. N., van Baak, M. A., Eaton, S. B., Davies, P. S. W., Di Pietro L, et al. How much physical activity is enough to prevent unhealthy weight gain? Outcome of the IASO 1st Stock Conference and consensus statement. Obesity Rev. 2003,4:101-14.

15)    Poirier, P., Després, J. P. Exercise in weight management of obesity. Cardiol. Clin. 2001,19:459-70.

16)    Ross, R., Janssen, I. Physical activity, total and regional obesity: dose-response considerations. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2001,33:S521-7; discussion S8-9.

17)    Schoeller, D. A., Shay, K., Kushner, R. F. How much physical activity is needed to minimize weight gain in previously obese women? Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 1997,66:551-6.

18)    Jakicic, J. M., Clark, K., Colmena, E., Donnelly, J. E., Foreyt, J., Melanson, E., et al. Appropriate intervention strategies for weight loss and prevention of weight regain for adults. Med. Sci. Sports Exerc. 2001,33:2145-56.

19)    Ravussin, E., Lillioja, S., Anderson, T. E., Christin, L., Freymond, D., Abbott, W. G. H., et al.  Reduced rate of energy expenditure as a risk factor for body weight gain. N. Engl. J. Med. 1988,318:467-72.

20)    Ainsworth, B. E., Haskell, W. L., Whitt, M. C., Irwin, M. L., Swartz, A. M., Strath, S. J., et al. Compendium of physical activities: an update of activity codes and MET intensities. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2000,32:S498-504.

21)    Blundell, J. E., King, N. A. Exercise, appetite control, and energy balance. Nutrition. 2000,16:519-22.

22)    Stonehouse, W., Wycherley, T. P., Luscombe-Marsh, N., Taylor, P., Brinkworth, G., Riley, M. Dairy Intake Enhances Body Weight and Composition Changes during Energy Restriction in 18-50-Year-Old Adults-A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Nutrients. 2016,8:394.

23)    Normandin, E., Chmelo, E., Lyles, M. F., Marsh, A. P., Nicklas, B. J. Effect of Resistance Training and Caloric Restriction on the Metabolic Syndrome. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2017,49:413-9.

24)    Villareal, D. T., Aguirre, L., Gurney, A. B., Waters, D. L., Sinacore, D. R., Colombo, E., et al. Aerobic or resistance exercise, or both, in dieting obese older adults. N. Engl. J. Med. 2017,376:1943-55.

(25)  Jacobsen, D. J., Bailey, B. W., LeCheminant, J. D., Hill, J. O., Mayo, M. S., Donnelly, J. E. A comparison of three methods of analyzing post-exercise oxygen consumption. Int. J. Sports Med. 2005,26:34-8.

26)    Jakicic, J. M., Winters, C., Lang, W., Wing, R. R. Effects of intermittent exercise and use of home exercise equipment on adherence, weight loss, and fitness in overweight women: a randomized trial. JAMA. 1999,282:1554-60.

27)    Jakicic, J. M., Marcus, B. H., Gallagher, K. I., Napolitano, M., Lang, W. Effect of exercise duration and intensity on weight loss in overweight, sedentary women: a randomized trial. JAMA. 2003,290:1323-30.

28)    Westerterp, K. R. Pattern and intensity of physical activity. Nature. 2001,410:539.

29)    Thompson, W. R. Worldwide Survey Of Fitness Trends For 2016: 10th Anniversary Edition. ACSM's Health & Fitness Journal. 2015,19:9-18.

30)    Thompson, W. R. Worldwide Survey Of Fitness Trends For 2020. ACSM's Health & Fitness Journal. 2019,23:10-8.

31)    Wen, D., Zhang, X., Liu, X., Lei, J. Evaluating the Consistency of Current Mainstream Wearable Devices in Health Monitoring: A Comparison Under Free-Living Conditions. J Med Internet Res. 2017,19:e68.

32)    Seshadri, D. R., Drummond, C., Craker, J., Rowbottom, J. R., Voos, J. E. Wearable Devices for Sports: New Integrated Technologies Allow Coaches, Physicians, and Trainers to Better Understand the Physical Demands of Athletes in Real time. IEEE Pulse. 2017,8:38-43.

33)    Keadle, S. K., McKinnon, R., Graubard, B. I., Troiano, R. P. Prevalence and trends in physical activity among older adults in the United States: A comparison across three national surveys. Prev. Med. 2016,89:37-43.

34)    Church, T. S., Thomas, D. M., Tudor-Locke, C., Katzmarzyk, P. T., Earnest, C. P., Rodarte, R. Q., et al. Trends over 5 Decades in U.S. Occupation-Related Physical Activity and Their Associations with Obesity. PLoS One. 2011,6:e19657.

35)    Transportation Research Board Special Report 282 Does the built environment influence physical activity. Examining the evidence. . In: Medicine. TRBaIo, editor. Washington, DC2005. p. 1-15.

Adrenal Disorders in the Tropics

ABSTRACT

 

The adrenal gland in conjunction with the pituitary gland is one of the major components of the endocrine system and regulates blood volume, blood pressure, serum electrolytes, and stress responses. Dysfunction of the adrenal glands may be related to diseases of the adrenal glands or pituitary gland. Adrenal disorders may present either due to structural or functional abnormalities. In the tropical countries, adrenal insufficiency is primarily due to adrenal infection by tuberculosis, adrenal mycosis infections, and adrenal hemorrhages. HIV (Human immunodeficiency virus) related adrenal problems are also common. Adrenal dysfunction due to pituitary disorders still occur frequently in tropical region and include Sheehan’s syndrome, vasculotoxic snake bite, and thalassemia. Adrenal hormone excess typically occurs secondary to exogenous glucocorticoid use. Adrenal disorders that occur in the developed world occur with similar frequencies in tropical regions.

INTRODUCTION  

Adrenal glands are one of the major peripheral organs necessary for homeostasis including maintenance of blood volume, blood pressure, and serum electrolytes. Disorders of adrenal glands are common in clinical practice. Adrenal dysfunction in tropical countries often occurs due to specific etiologies that differ from the typical causes of adrenal dysfunctions that commonly occur in other parts of the world (Table 1). 

Table 1. Classification of Adrenal Disease in the Tropics

Adrenal insufficiency:

Primary: 

1)     Adrenal Tuberculosis

2)     Adrenal Mycosis

3)     Adrenal Haemorrhage

Secondary:

1)     Sheehan’s Syndrome

2)     Vasculotoxic Snake Bite

3)     Thalassemia’s

Both Primary and Secondary:

1)    HIV

Adrenal Hormone excess syndromes:

1.    Exogenous Glucocorticoid hormone excess syndromes

2.  Licorice induced syndrome of apparent mineralocorticoid excess

PRIMARY ADRENAL INSUFFICIENCY  

The causes of primary adrenal insufficiency that are more frequent in tropical regions include infection of the adrenal glands by tuberculosis or mycotic infections. In addition, autoimmune Addison’s disease or adrenal failure as a component of polyglandular syndromes are equally prevalent in tropical regions as is in other parts of the world. 

Adrenal Gland Tuberculosis

Adrenal gland tuberculosis or Tuberculous adrenalitis is the result of infection of adrenal gland by mycobacterium tuberculosis. The infection causes a destructive lesion of the adrenal cortex with uncertain chances of recovery and remains one of the most important causes of Addison’s disease in the tropical countries (1). In fact, the adrenal glands are the most common endocrine organs to be involved in tuberculosis (2). Adrenal gland tuberculosis occurs almost always secondarily due to the hematogenous spread of the bacilli to the gland with the primary focus in lung. Adrenal failure or Addison’s disease clinically manifest when at least 90% of the gland has been destroyed (1,2,3). Though classically the adrenal cortex is involved, the medulla also may be involved in many cases of adrenal tuberculosis (3,4).

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 

It is interesting to know why the adrenal glands are susceptible to infections. In fact, adrenal gland infections are common in response to a distant infection elsewhere in the body and in disseminated infection. Autopsy examination revealed that the prevalence of adrenal tuberculosis is about 6% in patients with active tuberculosis (4). However, subclinical adrenal dysfunction may be present in about 60-70% of patients with active tuberculosis (5). In any of these situations, there is an exaggerated response of the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis to produce excess cortisol in response to the stress of infection. This stress induced hypercortisolemia shifts the balance in the Th1/Th2 cell ratio towards a Th2 response (6). This T cell dysfunction (which is primarily responsible for cell mediated immunity) and low DHEA levels increases the host susceptibility to infection to mycobacterium tuberculosis and other organisms (6). Low DHEAS levels have been documented in tuberculosis (1,6). In addition, endotoxin released in response to the hyperactive HPA axis can cause pathological changes in the adrenal glands to increase the susceptibility to infection (7). The intrinsically rich vascularity of the adrenal glands promotes all of these pathophysiological events.

Histopathologically, four classic patterns have been described in adrenal tuberculosis (3). These are:  granuloma (caseating or non-caseating), enlargement of the gland with destruction by inflammatory granuloma, mass lesions due to cold abscesses, and adrenal atrophy due to fibrosis related to chronic infection. Caseating granuloma is the commonest one and this is identified in about 70% of cases (4). However, granuloma with typical presence of Langhan’s giant cell are less common and identified in less than 50% of cases (4), probably due to anti-inflammatory effects of local glucocorticoids. Calcification of the gland is a common but it is present in other chronic infections of the adrenal glands (3). In about 25 % cases the infection may be unilateral (1).

PRESENTATION

Typical symptoms of adrenal gland tuberculosis in a patient with diagnosed tuberculosis (whether or not on anti-tubercular chemotherapy) are mucocutaneous pigmentation in association with chronic ill health, vomiting, postural hypotension, and anorexia (3). The features are similar to Addison’s disease due to other conditions. As the features of progressively evolving adrenal hypofunction are mostly nonspecific, a high index of suspicion is necessary in subjects with diagnosed active tuberculosis especially when pigmentation is absent. However clinical manifestations may take months to years to become apparent.

The patient may also present rarely with frank adrenal crisis with hypotension, hyponatremia, hyperkalemia, and low serum cortisol levels. The crisis may even be precipitated after administration of rifampicin which increases the hepatic metabolism of cortisol in the background of subclinical adrenal dysfunction (8). 

Adrenal tuberculosis may also present as an adrenal incidentaloma. Nonspecific abdominal pain, weight loss, dizziness, and vomiting may lead to imaging of the abdomen which may reveal an incidental adrenal mass often with calcification. The differential diagnosis of Addison’s disease with adrenal enlargement includes (apart from tuberculosis) malignancy, fungal infections, hemorrhage, amyloidosis, sarcoidosis, etc. (3).

Subclinical adrenal dysfunction is also very common and should be actively sought in all cases of active tuberculosis (5).

INVESTIGATIONS

Laboratory Studies

Common laboratory findings include anemia, hyponatremia, and hyperkalemia. In the presence of a positive Mantoux test in association with typical clinical manifestations of adrenal hypofunction, adrenal tuberculosis must be ruled out. Adrenal insufficiency should be ruled out by using a standard protocol. Serum cortisol levels <5 µg/dL and a plasma ACTH more than 2-fold the upper limit of the reference range is suggestive of primary adrenal insufficiency (9). The serum cortisol may remain in the low-normal to mid-normal range in many cases.  However, a standard dose (250 µg) intravenous cosyntropin (Synacthen) stimulation test establishes the diagnosis of adrenal insufficiency when the peak level of cortisol remains below 18 µg/d (9). Random cortisol levels, though useful during an acute crisis, is not usually sufficient to rule out adrenal insufficiency (9). Documentation of subclinical adrenal dysfunction may reveal mineralocorticoid deficiency alone (as demonstrated by raised plasma rennin activity) when stimulated cortisol is within the normal range (8).

Imaging of Adrenal Glands

CT scan of the abdomen is the most important non-invasive investigation with a very good spatial resolution to diagnose adrenal tuberculosis. The findings are usually bilateral and vary with the duration of the disease before diagnosis (1, 3). The most common early findings during the initial 2 years include a mass lesion with smooth adrenal contour preserved. The glands may show central or patchy hypodensity corresponding to areas of caseous necrosis (3). On contrast administration there is peripheral rim enhancement. Calcification is not a common feature in early tuberculosis (3).

With chronic infection, the adrenal glands become small and shrunken, often with associated calcifications and the margins become irregular (3). Though prevalence and intensity of calcification increases with the duration of tuberculosis, this is not a specific finding and may be associated with other conditions.

Though MRI is also done in many cases, this imaging modality has limitations to assess calcification. However, T1 weighted image shows hypointense or isointense areas and T2 weighted image shows hyperintense areas because of necrosis (3).

Percutaneous FNA/ TB PCR 

 For confirmation of adrenal tuberculosis tissue diagnosis is required. CT scan guided fine needle aspiration from the adrenal gland is necessary to obtain adequate tissue specimens (3, 10). Pathological and microbiological confirmation is necessary, especially where there is isolated adrenal involvement. However, it should be remembered that PCR and culture of these specimens for tuberculosis bacilli are not consistently positive (3). Hence a combination of histopathology, PCR, and culture may be necessary to confirm the diagnosis (3). However, routine search for pulmonary tuberculosis with necessary investigations is mandatory.

TREATMENT

Treatment of adrenal insufficiency in tuberculosis requires administration of both glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids. As the medulla is frequently involved, patients may require higher doses for maintenance of blood pressure. At the same time, rifampicin used in the anti-tubercular regimen is a potent hepatic enzyme inducer and accelerates cortisol metabolism. This also may necessitate a higher dose of glucocorticoids for adequate treatment. However, aldosterone is less likely to be involved. Adrenal crisis is also reported to occur following the administration of rifampicin (11).

Therapy is monitored with blood pressure, body weight, well-being, serum electrolytes and blood glucose. Patients should be also be monitored for over treatment with glucocorticoids with weight gain, blood pressure, decreasing bone mineral density, and other manifestations of Cushing’s syndrome. All subjects should carry a ‘steroid card’ and should be advised strictly on how to increase the dose of glucocorticoid in stressful situations such as fever, infection, vomiting, trauma, etc.

PROGNOSIS FOR ADRENAL FUNCTION RECOVERY

Chances of adrenal recovery with anti-tuberculosis therapy are uncertain and unpredictable. When the disease is diagnosed late, the glandular destruction is usually significant and the gland becomes atrophic, and anti-tuberculosis therapy does not lead to a recovery of adrenal function (12, 13). If therapy is started early before the gland is destroyed recovery may occur (14, 15). It is also suggested that if the gland size remains the same on subsequent follow up CT scans, it is prudent to follow up the patient for adrenal function recovery.

Adrenal Mycosis

HISTOPLASMOSIS 

Adrenal Histoplasmosis caused by the dimorphic fungus Histoplasma capsulatum, is a recognized cause of adrenal insufficiency. Though this opportunistic pathogen is known to affect immunocompromised individuals predominantly (16), it can rarely infect immunocompetent individuals (16, 17).  This is the most fungal infection of the adrenal glands (16, 18).

Involvement of the adrenals can occur during disseminated infection or many years after disease resolution (18). Adrenal involvement can vary from an asymptomatic milder form to a very severe form that presents with extensive bilateral granulomatous involvement of the entire adrenal gland with calcified lesions culminating in acute adrenal insufficiency (18, 19). Rarely the involvement can be unilateral (17). The common differential diagnosis includes tuberculosis, other fungal infections, adrenal metastasis, primary adrenal malignancy, and primary adrenal lymphoma (16). In immunocompetent individuals it commonly presents with a unilateral or bilateral adrenal mass with constitutional symptoms.

The hypothesis for why histoplasmosis involves the adrenal glands with increased frequency includes the local high levels of glucocorticoids in association with a relative paucity of reticulo-endothelial cells within the adrenal gland (6). The gland is destroyed by direct infection that leads to local ischemia and infarction due to perivasculitis, and caseation (6).

Diagnosis depends on imaging studies with pathological confirmation. CT scan of the adrenal glands typically reveals symmetric enlargement with central hypodensity and characteristic peripheral rim like enhancement (20). Frequently calcification is also present, particularly during the healing phase (20). Percutaneous ultrasound or CT guided fine-needle aspiration or biopsy is necessary for tissue diagnosis (18). The characteristic cytopathological findings are the presence of numerous small oval yeast like structures inside the cytoplasm of macrophages (16). On a necrotic background, this yeast like structures inside the macrophages is surrounded by a clear ring of space resembling a capsule. However, the gold standard for diagnosis is documentation of the organism in the culture of pathological specimen (16). Bhansali et al reported a high uptake in adrenal glands in FDG-PET scan in patients with adrenal histoplasmosis (17). 

Treatment for adrenal histoplasmosis depends on the severity of the infection and the condition of the patient. For severe infection in critically ill patient’s amphotericin B is used initially followed by long-term therapy with oral itraconazole (16). Parenteral liposomal amphotericin B is given 3mg/kg body weight for 2 weeks (17). The duration of therapy with itraconazole varies from six months to two years depending on the patient’s condition. For mild to-moderate histoplasmosis, the recommended treatment is itraconazole. The recommended dose is 200 mg twice daily given for 12 months (16). When itraconazole is used, liver enzymes should be monitored on a regular basis (18).  Treatment for adrenal insufficiency follows the same principles as described earlier.

Though the remission rate from adrenal histoplasmosis is high with long-term oral itraconazole, adrenal insufficiency rarely resolves and reversal of adrenal dysfunction can be seen only in some patients after prolonged antifungal therapy (21).  However, histoplasma in adrenals is reported to persist even 7 years after antifungal therapy (22). 

OTHER FUNGAL INFECTIONS

Paracoccidioidomycosis Brasiliensis

Paracoccidioidomycosis brasiliensis is a dimorphic fungus and can cause chronic, progressive, suppurative and granulomatous disease which can lead to adrenal insufficiency (3). The disease is endemic in Latin America. Humans are the accidental host for the organism and females are rarely affected (23). Smoking and alcohol increase the risk. The lungs are the usual portals of entry. Juvenile forms of the disease are also known (23). Apart from frank adrenal crisis, it can present as progressive constitutional symptoms, hyperpigmentation, and low blood pressure with postural drop and bilateral adrenal enlargement in imaging studies with frank adrenal calcification detected by CT scans (24, 25). Histopathology with GMS stain shows multiple budding yeast with steering wheels appearance which is consistent with Paracoccidioides brasiliensis (24). However, confirmation of the organism by culture material is the gold standard for diagnosis. Serology for antibody detection is also useful in the diagnosis. Diagnosis and treatment of adrenal insufficiency is not different than described above for histoplasmosis. P. brasiliensis primarily causes adrenal destruction by embolic infection of small vessels by large fungal cells and granuloma formation (3). Subjects who receive early antifungals with itraconazole over a 1–2-year period may have a full recovery of adrenal function by preventing fungal embolism in adrenal gland vasculature and reducing ischemic necrotic destruction of the gland (3). Hence an early diagnosis is crucial for preventing the progression of adrenal dysfunction. However, persistence of high antibody titer against paracoccidioidomycosis at the end of treatment or during follow-up is a frequent finding in subjects with paracoccidioidomycosis.

Blastomyces Dermatitidis

Blastomyces dermatitidis is also a dimorphic fungus, which has a strong affinity for the adrenal gland for reasons described earlier. Overt adrenal insufficiency is less common and adrenal Blastomyces dermatitidis typically presents as bilateral adrenal incidentaloma during radiological investigations for other reasons (3). The portal of entry is through the lungs and when there is lymphohematogenous dissemination the disease spreads to other organs (26). In situations when it presents as adrenal insufficiency, the presentation, investigations, and management are similar to those described above. Diagnosis is by fine-needle aspiration guided by ultrasound or CT scan followed by cytologic and histologic examinations. However, the gold standard is fungal culture showing thick-walled, broad-based budding yeast cells (27). Treatment is with long term oral itraconazole. In patients with severe manifestations initial treatment with liposomal amphotericin B for 2 weeks could be used.

Cryptocoocus Neoformans

Cryptocoocus neoformans is an encapsulated yeast-like fungus which infects primarily immunodeficient hosts, particularly subjects infected with HIV or lymphohematogenous malignancies (28). In immunocompromised hosts it usually affects the central nervous system and lungs.  However immune-competent individuals may also suffer adrenal cryptococcosis (29). Adrenal dysfunction is uncommon until almost the whole of adrenal gland is infiltrated with C. neoformans and caseating granulomas. Cryptococcosis is diagnosed by fine-needle aspiration biopsy of the adrenal mass. The serum cryptococcal antigen titer is highly elevated. Treatment is with antifungal therapy with fluconazole and amphotericin B. Adrenal enlargement by Cryptococcus may be completely reversible without any abnormality after antifungal treatment (30). Cases not responsive to anti-fungal therapy have been reported to improve after unilateral or bilateral adrenalectomy (28, 29).

Miscellaneous

Pneumocystis jirovecii (previously known P. carinii) occurs in individuals with advanced HIV due to defects in cell mediated immunity. Spread to other organs including the adrenal glands is also possible (3). Adrenal failure associated with coccidioidomycosis and rarely candidiasis has also been reported.

Adrenal Hemorrhage; the Waterhouse Friderichsen Syndrome

This is a condition in which patient presents with acute hypotension and shock due to adrenal insufficiency arising from acute adrenal hemorrhage. The syndrome is typically related to infection with Neisseria meningitides infection (3). However, this is also known to occur in septicemia due to infections with Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus spp, Haemophilus influenzae, Corynebacterium diphtheria, etc. (3). Hence this is more common in the tropical region.  The condition is hypothesized to be due to interplay between endotoxemia and elevated ACTH. The adrenal gland is anatomically prone to hemorrhage as it has three separate arterial supplies and does not have proportional venous drainage (3). In endotoxemia, elevated ACTH increases the blood supply several fold in this compromised anatomical setting. At the same time increased adrenaline secretion in relation to stress leads to constriction of adrenal veins, which further increases this imbalance between arterial supply and venous drainage. Management includes immediate fluid replacement and parenteral glucocorticoids apart from the management of the underlying infection.

SECONDARY ADRENAL INSUFFICIENCY 

Adrenal insufficiency secondary to disorders of pituitary gland is also very common in developing countries in tropical regions.  Secondary adrenal insufficiency caused by pituitary tumors and apoplexy, pituitary surgery, radiation therapy, hypophysitis, various genetic disorders, and withdrawal of exogenous steroids are equally common in tropical regions but certain other disorders like Sheehan’s syndrome, thalassemia, and vasculotoxic snake bite induced pituitary failure are more common in tropical regions.

Sheehan’s Syndrome 

Sheehan’s syndrome consists of various degrees of pituitary insufficiency, which develops as a result of ischemic pituitary necrosis due to severe postpartum hemorrhage. The important pathogenetic/predisposing factors include a small sella, increased pituitary volume, vasospasm induced by postpartum hemorrhage, thrombosis, and probable pituitary autoimmunity (31). In developed countries there has been a drastic reduction in the incidence of Sheehan’s syndrome. This is primarily due to the remarkable improvement in obstetric care and availability of rapid blood transfusion. However, this remains as a major cause of hypopituitarism in the other parts of the world.

CLINICAL FEATURES

Most commonly the disorder presents as a lactation failure in the post-partum state and non-resumption of menses following child birth, which was complicated by massive post-partum hemorrhage leading to hypotension and shock. However, it may very rarely occur without massive bleeding or after normal delivery. Patients may present in the emergency with altered sensorium, loss of consciousness, seizure, shock, intractable vomiting, or more commonly with chronic complaints like asthenia and weakness, dizziness, anorexia, weight loss, nausea, and vomiting with a typical history of failure to resume menses and lactation failure following child birth (31). Apart from anterior pituitary hormone deficiency, symptoms like anemia, pancytopenia, osteoporosis, cognitive impairment, and poor quality of life are also present in these patients (31,32).  Very rarely diabetes insipidus may occur. However, the mean age of the participants may be as late as 40 years or more and the mean interval between inciting event to diagnosis may be as high as 10 years or more (33).

Adrenal insufficiency due to ACTH deficiency is reported to occur in up to 100% of cases (in fact deficiency of all anterior pituitary hormones occur in a variable percentage of patients and may be up to 100%) (32). Weakness, fatigue, and postural drop are common manifestations. Hyponatremia is particularly common in Sheehan’s syndrome, which may be due to glucocorticoids deficiency coupled with increased AVP release as a consequence of reduced blood pressure and cardiac output resulting from glucocorticoid deficiency (32).

DIAGNOSIS

The basal pituitary hormonal levels and those after dynamic tests are beyond the purview of this chapter. However adrenal insufficiency is diagnosed with a morning cortisol level of 3 mcg/dl with low or inappropriately normal ACTH or a cosyntropin stimulated cortisol level <18 mcg/dl. Documentation of growth hormone deficiency does not require a dynamic test in presence of other pituitary hormone deficiencies. Only low age specific and assay specific IGF-1 assay may be sufficient to document adult growth hormone deficiency (AGHD) (34).

The preferred radiological imag­ing is an MRI of hypothalamic pituitary area.  CT scan may also be helpful. MRI findings in Sheehan’s syndrome usually vary with the stages of the disease. In earlier stages of the disease there may be an enlarged pituitary gland with central hypodensity (suggestive of infarction). However, an empty sella (complete or partial) is considered to be a characteristic of Sheehan’s syndrome in established cases (32).

TREATMENT

The acute adrenal crisis in Sheehan’s syndrome is treated with intravenous glucocorticoids. In other patients’ glucocorticoids should be started orally with hydrocortisone 15-25 mg daily in 2-3 divided doses with the higher dose in the morning and a lower dose in the evening (35). Mineralocorticoids are not necessary in general (35). Once daily prednisolone may also be used at a dose of 2.5-5 mg once daily in the early morning. As GH deficiency decreases cortisol clearance, it may necessary to increase the dose of glucocorticoid for those who receive GH treatment (35). Therapy is monitored with blood pressure, body weight, well-being, serum electrolytes, and blood glucose. Patients should be also be monitored for an overdose of glucocorticoids with weight gain, blood pressure, decreased bone mineral density, and other symptoms and signs of Cushing’s syndrome. All subjects with Sheehan’s syndrome should carry a ‘steroid card’ and should be advised strictly on how to increase the dose of glucocorticoid in stressful situation such as fever, infection, vomiting, trauma, etc.

Subjects with Sheehan’s syndrome should also be treated with levothyroxine, combined oral contraceptives according to guideline, calcium and vitamin D supplements, and growth hormone therapy (if possible) according to the protocol of adult growth hormone deficiency.

Viscerotropic Snake Bite

Snakebite is a major public health problem in tropical regions and is considered as one of the most neglected tropical diseases. The development of a Sheehan-like syndrome with chronic hypopituitarism following Russell viper envenomation is fairly common. Hypoadrenalism due to ACTH deficiency is the commonest abnormality (36). However acute hypopituitarism with predominant glucocorticoids deficiency has also been reported (37).

The venom of vipers is vasculotoxic in nature and the clinical features of viper venomation include local cellulitis and tissue necrosis, bleeding manifestations, disseminated intravascular coagulation, shock, and acute kidney injury (AKI) (38). Hypopituitarism is particularly common following vasculotoxic snake bite in subjects who develop AKI requiring hemodialysis. Hypopituitarism can develop as early as 7 days following snake bites and should be evaluated for particularly in younger subjects, especially those requiring increasing number of sessions of hemodialysis and in subjects with abnormal 20 min WBCT (whole blood clotting test) at presentation (36,39). On the other hand, the time of onset/presentation of hypopituitarism following snake bite may be as long as up to 24 years (40). Acute hypopituitarism is thought to occur due to acute damage to the pituitary gland at the time of the precipitating event, but a gradual/slower progression of pituitary damage may occur over years due to other unknown mechanisms (36).

Those who survive acute snake bite may later present with altered sensorium, loss of consciousness, seizure, shock, intractable vomiting, or more commonly with chronic complaints like asthenia and weakness, dizziness, anorexia, weight loss, nausea, vomiting and amenorrhea in females (36).

Variable degrees of hypopituitarism may be present. Cortisol deficiency is reported to be the commonest abnormality. Secondary adrenal insufficiency is diagnosed with a morning cortisol level of 3 mcg/dl with low or inappropriately normal ACTH or a co-syntropin stimulated cortisol level <18 mcg/dl (36). Documentation of growth hormone deficiency is done as mentioned in section of Sheehan’s Syndrome (34).

The preferred radiological imag­ing is the MRI of hypothalamic pituitary area which may show partial or complete empty sella or evidences of old hemorrhage. However, these changes are not present in all cases (41).

Treatment of secondary adrenal insufficiency and other hormone deficiencies are similar to described above. All subjects with hypopituitarism on glucocorticoids supplements should carry a ‘steroid card’ and should be advised on how to increase the dose of glucocorticoid in stressful situation such as fever, infection, vomiting, trauma, etc.

Thalassemia Major

Thalassemia’s are inherited autosomal recessive disorders of hemoglobin synthesis. Thalassemia major is the most severe form of beta thalassemia which involves the beta chain of hemoglobin. Organ dysfunction in thalassemia is principally attributed to excessive iron overload and suboptimal chelation. The precise underlying mechanism of iron overload induced organ dysfunction is not very unclear. The current management of thalassemia includes regular transfusion programs and chelation therapy. Pre-marital counselling and assessment with HPLC to assess the asymptomatic carrier has reduced its prevalence significantly in the developed world. However, this is still a major problem in many parts of the world.  Prevalence of adrenal insufficiency is variable and depends on the severity of iron overload. This secondary hemochromatosis can disrupt adrenal function by affecting the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis at the hypothalamic or pituitary level (42). In more severe cases primary adrenal failure may supervene due to iron deposition in the adrenal glands (42). Additionally, an extramedullary hematopoietic tumor has been reported in HbE thalassemia and beta thalassemia as non-hormone secretory unilateral or bilateral adrenal enlargement resembling adrenal myelolipoma (43). 

Biochemical adrenal insufficiency is reported to occur from   0% to 45% of subjects with thalassemia major (42), but adrenal crisis or clinical adrenal insufficiency is extremely uncommon and mostly they are asymptomatic. However, subclinical cortisol deficiency is not uncommon. In this context it should be remembered that mild symptoms of adrenal insufficiency like asthenia, weight loss, or postural drops are frequently overlooked as these features are common in thalassemia subjects with low levels of hemoglobin (42).                           

The unique finding in subjects with thalassemia is the dissociation between adrenal androgen levels with cortisol and aldosterone levels. This paradox is reflected by frequent documentation of low serum DHEA, DHEA-sulfate, androstenedione, and testosterone levels in the presence of normal serum cortisol and aldosterone levels (44). Absence of adrenarche occurring in most adolescents with thalassemia major is probably explained by this phenomenon (45). 

Diagnosis of adrenal dysfunction in thalassemia is similar to other causes of secondary adrenal insufficiency. If the morning cortisol is not unequivocally low, synacthen stimulation test should be done with either the low dose (1 µg) or the standard high dose (250 µg). A peak cortisol level of >18 µg/dL after 30-60 min of intravenous synacthen excludes adrenal insufficiency. Alternately an insulin tolerance test with a similar cut-off may also be done.

Treatment of clinical adrenal insufficiency is similar to that described above. Subjects with subclinical adrenal insufficiency require only steroid coverage during periods of stress.

HIV AND ADRENAL DYSFUNCTION

Endocrine manifestations of HIV infection may include adrenal dysfunction, hypothyroidism, hypogonadism, insulin resistance and diabetes etc. Changes in the HPA (hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal) axis are the most frequent abnormality (46). Adrenal dysfunction in HIV infection may be a consequence of concomitant systemic illness, opportunistic infections, and neoplasm (47).

Probably the most frequent adrenal abnormality is a stress induced elevation in serum cortisol and ACTH (46). This may be due to activation of the HPA axis due to HIV infection itself or pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-1β, IL-6 and TNF-α) (46). Alternately a peripheral increase in the conversion of cortisone to cortisol due to activation of 11-β HSD type 1 in adipose tissue or decrease in cortisol metabolism may be responsible for increased cortisol with subnormal ACTH (46). Tissue hypersensitivity to glucocorticoids is also reported in subjects with HIV-1 infection, which may result in hippocampal atrophy, altered secretion of cytokine/interleukins, etc. (48).

On the other hand, subclinical or clinical adrenal dysfunction can happen in about 10-20% of subjects with advanced disease and multiple co-morbidities when about 80-90% of the gland is destroyed (46). The involvement and destruction by HIV, opportunistic infections, or malignancies in the adrenal glands or the hypothalamus and/or pituitary area can result in either primary or secondary adrenal sufficiency (47).

The opportunistic infections include cytomegalovirus (CMV), Mycobacterium avium-intracellular and M. tuberculosis, fungal infections (such as Histoplasma, Cryptococcus, and Pneumocystis jirovecii), and Toxoplasma gondii (47). Of these opportunistic infections, CMV infection is known to be the commonest etiology with earlier literature reporting Cytomegalovirus adrenalitis in nearly 80 % of cases of HIV infection (46). However, due to improvements in active management of HIV by HAART (highly active anti- retroviral therapy), the prevalence of adrenal insufficiency has decreased over the last two decades.

Medications used for the treatment of HIV infection and its complication may also result in adrenal dysfunction. For example:  Rifampicin used for mycobacterial infection is a known hepatic Cytochrome P 450 (CYP) enzyme inducer and can lower serum cortisol levels by enhanced cortisol metabolism. Ketoconazole used to treat severe mycotic infections inhibits adrenal steroid synthesis and can lead to glucocorticoid deficiency or even adrenal crisis in patients with impaired adrenal reserve (49). Interestingly, ART-related lipodystrophy (dorsocervical fat pad enlargement and visceral adiposity) may mimic Cushing’s syndrome but it is typically not associated with hypercortisolism (49). On the contrary, some protease inhibitors (e.g., ritonavir) used in ART are reported to decrease metabolism of endogenous and exogenously co-administered glucocorticoids, resulting in an iatrogenic Cushing's syndrome.

Tumors of the adrenal gland in HIV infected patients include Kaposi’s sarcoma and high-grade non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Kaposi’s sarcoma is secondary to co-infection with the oncogenic human herpes virus type 8 (HHV8) and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma could be secondary to Epstein-Barr virus (EBV).

Assessment for symptoms of adrenal involvement requires a high degree of suspicion as constitutional symptoms of HIV may mask the features of adrenal insufficiency.  Morning serum cortisol should be done in all cases suspected for adrenal dysfunction. Stress induced hypercortisolemia does not require any further testing and low serum cortisol <5 μg/dl with an elevated ACTH level requires treatment with glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids. In other cases, synthacthen stimulated cortisol is used to determine the course of treatment. Stimulated cortisol <18 μg/dl, especially if associated with elevated plasma ACTH, should be treated as adrenal insufficiency. Asymptomatic subjects with stimulated serum cortisol <18 μg/dl should be advised to take stress doses of glucocorticoids only as mentioned before.

Diagnosis and management of adrenal disorders in a patient with HIV infection does not differ from that in immunocompetent persons in general.

ADRENAL HORMONE EXCESS SYNDROMES

Glucocorticoid Excess Syndromes 

The primary cause of Cushing’s syndrome, more common in tropical regions, is exogenous glucocorticoids. The background etiology for exogenous steroid usage includes: nephrotic syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis and other collagen vascular disease, bronchial asthma, Graves’ orbitopathy, etc.  Glucocorticoids used as inhalational agent for bronchial asthma, in creams and ointments for eczematous skin lesions may also be responsible. Endogenous steroid excess (Cushing’s disease, ectopic ACTH syndromes, adrenal tumors) are equally common in tropical regions as in other areas of the world.

Often it is a challenge to suspect exogenous glucocorticoid use based on the patient’s history, especially in situations when glucocorticoids were not being used for a therapeutic purpose. Subjects presenting with features suggestive of Cushing’s syndrome should therefore mandatorily undergo testing for basal morning cortisol (with paired ACTH if possible) to rule out exogenous glucocorticoid use. A suppressed morning cortisol and plasma ACTH strongly suggests the diagnosis (50). One important caveat is that prednisolone may cross react with some cortisol assays giving false positive results in some chemiluminescent assay (51). Additionally, if the patient is receiving hydrocortisone, the result will also be fallacious to interpret. It is not uncommon in tropical regions that some form of glucocorticoids is being used in disguise as an alternative medicine for joint pain, respiratory problems, fever, or even as a weight gain therapy for young lean subjects. Hence a more detailed evaluation of the history with leading questions and scrutiny of all past records of medicine, including that of the alternative medicines, may sometimes reveal the offending agent. 

The clinical features that suggest exogenous Cushing’s syndrome are lack of pigmentation and the absence of hypertension and hirsutism (as exogenous Cushing’s syndrome does not contain mineralocorticoids and androgens as opposed to endogenous Cushing’s syndrome). Patients with exogenous Cushing’s syndrome are prone to develop glaucoma, osteoporosis, psychiatric disturbances, etc. (50).

Once diagnosed, these subjects should be advised to withdraw the offending agents and should be given hydrocortisone in the lowest possible dose for preventing adrenal crisis. The withdrawal of hydrocortisone subsequently after 3 months depends on the morning cortisol, after stopping the previous evening dose and subjecting the patient to short synacthen test to assess the recovery of HPA axis. Those with morning cortisol between 5 -18 µ/dl should be advised stress coverage only. For bone protection, all subjects with exogenous Cushing’s syndrome should receive bisphosphonate therapy unless contraindicated (52). Adequate calcium supplements with cholecalciferol should also be used.

For subjects receiving glucocorticoids for therapeutic purpose, it is essential to maintain bone protection, check for secondary diabetes and hypertension, and prevent gastric ulceration. Withdrawal (if at all possible) should be performed very slowly. When the therapeutic steroid reaches the lowest possible dose to prevent crisis, it is converted to equivalent dose of hydrocortisone and the same principle is used as described before.

Licorice Induced Syndrome Of Apparent Mineralocorticoid Excess 

Licorice root extracts are used as a herbal medicine for several conditions like cough, peptic ulceration, etc. Licorice is also used as a sweetener and mouth freshener particularly in tropical regions (53). Licorice possesses some glucocorticoid activity, antiandrogen effect, estrogenic activity, and mineralocorticoid like activity. Subjects consuming excessive licorice may develop hypertension and hypokalemia (53). Sometimes this is severe enough to cause a cardiac arrhythmia. While screening for primary aldosteronism for subjects presenting with hypertension and hypokalemia, plasma aldosterone and plasma rennin activity are found to be suppressed in patients using licorice (53). 

                                                                                                                                                                           The active ingredient of liquorice is glycyrrhizic acid, which is hydrolyzed into glycyrrhetinic acid in vivo. Glycyrrhetinic acid has a very low affinity for the mineralocorticoid receptor but is a potent competitive inhibitor of the enzyme 11β-HSD type 2 which is preferentially expressed in kidney (54). Hence it may cause acquired 11β-HSD type 2 deficiency. The physiological role of the enzyme 11β-HSD type 2 is to inactivate cortisol to cortisone and thereby preventing access of cortisol to mineralocorticoid receptor. Cortisol and aldosterone have equipotent stimulating activity on mineralocorticoid receptor (54). Hence any situation associated with suppressed 11β-HSD type 2 activities may lead to overstimulation of mineralocorticoid receptors by cortisol, leading to hypertension with hypokalemia and metabolic alkalosis. After correction of hypokalemia, the screening test reveals suppressed aldosterone and plasma rennin activity (54). The hypertension is primarily due to sodium and water retention. A careful history for licorice ingestion clinches the diagnosis.

Treatment consists of avoidance of licorice products. In the interim period patients should be treated with oral potassium and spironolactone after the completion of screening of aldosterone rennin ratio (ARR). Withdrawal of licorice, even after prolonged use or ingestion of large amounts, leads to a complete resolution of the symptoms of acquired apparent mineralocorticoid excess (55).

REFERENCES

  1. Upadhyay J, Sudhindra P, Abraham G, Trivedi N. Tuberculosis of the adrenal gland: a case report and review of the literature of infections of the adrenal gland. Int J Endocrinol. 2014;2014:876037. doi: 10.1155/2014/876037. Epub 2014 Aug 6. PMID: 25165474; PMCID: PMC4138934.
  2. Kelestimur F. The endocrinology of adrenal tuberculosis: the effects of tuberculosis on the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis and adrenocortical function. J Endocrinol Invest. 2004 Apr;27(4):380-6. doi: 10.1007/BF03351067. PMID: 15233561.
  3. Vinnard C, Blumberg EA. Endocrine and Metabolic Aspects of Tuberculosis. Microbiol Spectr. 2017 Jan;5(1):10.1128/microbiolspec.TNMI7-0035-2016. doi: 10.1128/microbiolspec.TNMI7-0035-2016. PMID: 28233510; PMCID: PMC5785104.
  4. Lam KY, Lo CY. A critical examination of adrenal tuberculosis and a 28-year autopsy experience of active tuberculosis. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2001 May;54(5):633-9. doi: 10.1046/j.1365-2265.2001.01266.x. PMID: 11380494.
  5. Neogi S, Mukhopadhyay P, Sarkar N, Datta PK, Basu M, Ghosh S. Overt and Subclinical Adrenal Insufficiency in Pulmonary Tuberculosis. Endocr Pract. 2020 Dec 14:S1530-891X(20)48391-0. doi: 10.1016/j.eprac.2020.11.012. Epub ahead of print. PMID: 33645514.
  6. Paolo WF Jr, Nosanchuk JD. Adrenal infections. Int J Infect Dis. 2006 Sep;10(5):343-53. doi: 10.1016/j.ijid.2005.08.001. Epub 2006 Feb 17. PMID: 16483815; PMCID: PMC7110804.
  7. Beishuizen A, Thijs LG. Endotoxin and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. J Endotoxin Res. 2003;9(1):3-24. doi: 10.1179/096805103125001298. PMID: 12691614.
  8. Denny N, Raghunath S, Bhatia P, Abdelaziz M. Rifampicin-induced adrenal crisis in a patient with tuberculosis: a therapeutic challenge. BMJ Case Rep. 2016 Nov 29;2016:bcr2016216302. doi: 10.1136/bcr-2016-216302. PMID: 27899384; PMCID: PMC5175016.
  9. Stefan R. Bornstein, Bruno Allolio, Wiebke Arlt, Andreas Barthel, Andrew Don-Wauchope, Gary D. Hammer, Eystein S. Husebye, Deborah P. Merke, M. Hassan Murad, Constantine A. Stratakis, David J. Torpy, Diagnosis and Treatment of Primary Adrenal Insufficiency: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline, The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, Volume 101, Issue 2, 1 February 2016, Pages 364–389, https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2015-1710
  10. Liatsikos EN, Kalogeropoulou CP, Papathanassiou Z, Tsota I, Athanasopoulos A, Perimenis P, Barbalias GA, Petsas T. Primary adrenal tuberculosis: role of computed tomography and CT-guided biopsy in diagnosis. Urol Int. 2006;76(3):285-7. doi: 10.1159/000091637. PMID: 16601397.
  11. Kyriazopoulou V, Parparousi O, Vagenakis AG. Rifampicin-induced adrenal crisis in addisonian patients receiving corticosteroid replacement therapy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1984 Dec; 59(6):1204-6. doi: 10.1210/jcem-59-6-1204. PMID: 6490796.
  12. Bhatia E, Jain SK, Gupta RK, Pandey R. Tuberculous Addison's disease: lack of normalization of adrenocortical function after anti-tuberculous chemotherapy. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 1998 Mar;48(3):355-9. doi: 10.1046/j.1365-2265.1998.00409.x. PMID: 9578827.
  13. Laway, B.A., Mir, S.A., Ganie, M.A. et al. Nonreversal of adrenal hypofunction after treatment of adrenal tuberculosis. Egypt J Intern Med 27, 42–44 (2015). https://doi.org/10.4103/1110-7782.155860
  14. Penrice J, Nussey SS. Recovery of adrenocortical function following treatment of tuberculous Addison's disease. Postgrad Med J. 1992 Mar; 68(797):204-5. doi: 10.1136/pgmj.68.797.204. PMID: 1589379; PMCID: PMC2399240.
  15. Kelestimur F. Recovery of adrenocortical function following treatment of tuberculous Addison's disease. Postgrad Med J (1993) 69, 832-34
  16. Roxas MCA, Sandoval MAS, Salamat MS, Matias PJ, Cabal NP, Bartolo SS. Bilateral adrenal histoplasmosis presenting as adrenal insufficiency in an immunocompetent host in the Philippines. BMJ Case Rep. 2020 May 12;13(5):e234935. doi: 10.1136/bcr-2020-234935. PMID: 32404324; PMCID: PMC7228487.
  17. Bhansali A, Das S, Dutta P, Walia R, Nahar U, Singh SK, Vellayutham P, Gopal S. Adrenal histoplasmosis: unusual presentations. J Assoc Physicians India. 2012 Oct;60:54-8. PMID: 23777028.
  18. Jayathilake WAPP, Kumarihamy KWMPP, Ralapanawa DMPUK, Jayalath WATA, "A Rare Presentation of Possible Disseminated Histoplasmosis with Adrenal Insufficiency Leading to Adrenal Crisis in an Immunocompetent Adult: A Case Report", Case Reports in Medicine, vol. 2020, Article ID 8506746, 5 pages, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/8506746
  19. Vyas S, Kalra N, Das PJ, Lal A, Radhika S, Bhansali A, Khandelwal N. Adrenal histoplasmosis: An unusual cause of adrenomegaly. Indian J Nephrol. 2011 Oct;21(4):283-5. doi: 10.4103/0971-4065.78071. PMID: 22022092; PMCID: PMC3193675.
  20. Mukherjee JJ, Villa ML, Tan L, Lee KO. Bilateral adrenal masses due to histoplasmosis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005 Dec; 90(12):6725-6. doi: 10.1210/jc.2005-1868. PMID: 16330806.
  21. Robinson LJ, Lu M, Elsayed S, Joy TR. Bilateral adrenal histoplasmosis manifesting as primary adrenal insufficiency. CMAJ. 2019 Nov 4;191(44):E1217-E1221. doi: 10.1503/cmaj.190710. PMID: 31685665; PMCID: PMC6834444.
  22. Kothari D, Chopra S, Bhardwaj M, Ajmani AK, Kulshreshtha B. Persistence of histoplasma in adrenals 7 years after antifungal therapy. Indian J Endocrinol Metab. 2013 May;17(3):529-31. doi: 10.4103/2230-8210.111679. PMID: 23869317; PMCID: PMC3712391.
  23. de Oliveira FM, Fragoso MCBV, Meneses AF, Vilela LAP, Almeida MQ, Palhares RB, de Arruda Mattos TV, Scalissi NM, Viana Lima J. Adrenal insufficiency caused by Paracoccidioidomycosis: three case reports and review. AACE Clin Case Rep. 2019 Mar 13;5(4):e238-e243. doi: 10.4158/ACCR-2018-0632. PMID: 31967043; PMCID: PMC6873835.
  24. Cataño J, Porras J. Adrenal Paracoccidioidomycosis. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2020 Sep;103(3):935-936. doi: 10.4269/ajtmh.20-0083. PMID: 32896237; PMCID: PMC7470546.
  25. Tobón AM, Agudelo CA, Restrepo CA, Villa CA, Quiceno W, Estrada S, Restrepo A. Adrenal function status in patients with paracoccidioidomycosis after prolonged post-therapy follow-up. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2010 Jul; 83(1):111-4. doi: 10.4269/ajtmh.2010.09-0634. PMID: 20595488; PMCID: PMC2912586.
  26. Kumar A, Sreehari S, Velayudhan K, Biswas L, Babu R, Ahmed S, Sharma N, Kurupath VP, Jojo A, Dinesh KR, Karim S, Biswas R. Autochthonous blastomycosis of the adrenal: first case report from Asia. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2014 Apr;90(4):735-9. doi: 10.4269/ajtmh.13-0444. Epub 2014 Feb 3. PMID: 24493676; PMCID: PMC3973522.
  27. Rimondi AP, Bianchini E, Barucchello G, Panzavolta R. Addison's disease caused by adrenal blastomycosis: a case report with fine needle aspiration (FNA) cytology. Cytopathology. 1995 Aug;6(4):277-9. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2303.1995.tb00480.x. PMID: 8520008.
  28. Matsuda Y, Kawate H, Okishige Y, Abe I, Adachi M, Ohnaka K, Satoh N, Inokuchi J, Tatsugami K, Naito S, Nomura M, Takayanagi R. Successful management of cryptococcosis of the bilateral adrenal glands and liver by unilateral adrenalectomy with antifungal agents: a case report. BMC Infect Dis. 2011 Dec 14; 11:340. doi: 10.1186/1471-2334-11-340. PMID: 22166121; PMCID: PMC3254187.
  29. Ito M, Hinata T, Tamura K, Koga A, Ito T, Fujii H, Hirata F, Sakuta H. Disseminated Cryptococcosis with Adrenal Insufficiency and Meningitis in an Immunocompetent Individual. Intern Med. 2017; 56(10):1259-1264. doi: 10.2169/internalmedicine.56.7356. Epub 2017 May 15. PMID: 28502948; PMCID: PMC5491828.
  30. Muraoka Y, Iwama S, Arima H. Normalization of Bilateral Adrenal Gland Enlargement after Treatment for Cryptococcosis. Case Rep Endocrinol. 2017; 2017:1543149. doi: 10.1155/2017/1543149. Epub 2017 Mar 26. PMID: 28458934; PMCID: PMC5385225.
  31. Keleştimur F. Sheehan's syndrome. Pituitary. 2003;6(4):181-8. doi: 10.1023/b:pitu.0000023425.20854.8e. PMID: 15237929.
  32. Karaca Z, Laway BA, Dokmetas HS, Atmaca H, Kelestimur F. Sheehan syndrome. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2016 Dec 22; 2:16092. doi: 10.1038/nrdp.2016.92. PMID: 28004764.
  33. Mandal S, Mukhopadhyay P, Banerjee M, Ghosh S. Clinical, endocrine, metabolic profile, and bone health in Sheehan’s syndrome. Indian J Endocr Metab 2020; 24:338-42.
  34. Hartman ML, Crowe BJ, Biller BM, Ho KK, Clemmons DR, Chipman JJ; HyposCCS Advisory Board; U.S. HypoCCS Study Group. Which patients do not require a GH stimulation test for the diagnosis of adult GH deficiency? J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2002 Feb; 87(2):477-85. doi: 10.1210/jcem.87.2.8216. PMID: 11836272.
  35. Kilicli F, Dokmetas HS, Acibucu F. Sheehan's syndrome. Gynecol Endocrinol. 2013 Apr;29(4):292-5. doi: 10.3109/09513590.2012.752454. Epub 2012 Dec 18. PMID: 23245206.
  36. Bhat S, Mukhopadhyay P, Raychaudhury A, Chowdhury S, Ghosh S. Predictors of hypopituitarism due to vasculotoxic snake bite with acute kidney injury. Pituitary. 2019 Dec; 22(6):594-600. doi: 10.1007/s11102-019-00990-8. PMID: 31556012
  37. Rajagopala S, Thabah MM, Ariga KK, Gopalakrishnan M. Acute hypopituitarism complicating Russell's viper envenomation: case series and systematic review. QJM. 2015 Sep;108(9):719-28. doi: 10.1093/qjmed/hcv011. Epub 2015 Jan 27. PMID: 25630907.
  38. Shivaprasad C, Aiswarya Y, Sridevi A, Anupam B, Amit G, Rakesh B, Annie PA, Anish K. Delayed hypopituitarism following Russell's viper envenomation: a case series and literature review. Pituitary. 2019 Feb; 22(1):4-12. doi: 10.1007/s11102-018-0915-1. PMID: 30317419.
  39. Benjamin JM, Chippaux JP, Sambo BT, Massougbodji A. Delayed double reading of whole blood clotting test (WBCT) results at 20 and 30 minutes enhances diagnosis and treatment of viper envenomation. J Venom Anim Toxins Incl Trop Dis. 2018 May 16; 24:14. doi: 10.1186/s40409-018-0151-1. PMID: 29796013; PMCID: PMC5956810
  40. Tun-Pe, Phillips RE, Warrell DA, Moore RA, Tin-Nu-Swe, Myint-Lwin, Burke CW. Acute and chronic pituitary failure resembling Sheehan's syndrome following bites by Russell's viper in Burma. Lancet. 1987 Oct 3;2(8562):763-7. doi: 10.1016/s0140-6736(87)92500-1. PMID: 2888987.
  41. Naik BN, Bhalla A, Sharma N, Mokta J, Singh S, Gupta P, Rai A, Subbiah S, Bhansali A, Dutta P (2018) Pituitary dysfunction in survivors of Russell’s viper snake bite envenomation: A prospective study. Neurol India 66(5):1351
  42. De Sanctis V, Soliman AT, Elsedfy H, Skordis N, Kattamis C, Angastiniotis M, Karimi M, Yassin MA, El Awwa A, Stoeva I, Raiola G, Galati MC, Bedair EM, Fiscina B, El Kholy M. Growth and endocrine disorders in thalassemia: The international network on endocrine complications in thalassemia (I-CET) position statement and guidelines. Indian J Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Jan;17(1):8-18. doi: 10.4103/2230-8210.107808. PMID: 23776848; PMCID: PMC3659911.
  43. Saraogi RK, Chowdhury S, Mukherjee S, Roy S, Chatterjee P. Adrenal extramedullary haematopoietic tumor in HbE Thalassemia. BMJ 2002; 18(7). South Asia Edition.
  44. Tiosano D, Hochberg Z. Endocrine complications of thalassemia. J Endocrinol Invest. 2001 Oct; 24(9):716-23. doi: 10.1007/BF03343916. PMID: 11716158.
  45. De P, Mistry R, Wright C, Pancham S, Burbridge W, Gangopadhayay K, Pang T, Das D. A Review of Endocrine Disorders in Thalassaemia. OJEMD 2014; 4(2).
  46. Bhatia E. Adrenal disorders in people with HIV: The highs and lows. Indian J Med Res. 2018 Feb; 147(2):125-127. doi: 10.4103/ijmr.IJMR_1087_17. PMID: 29806599; PMCID: PMC5991116.
  47. Eledrisi MS, Verghese AC. Adrenal insufficiency in HIV infection: a review and recommendations. Am J Med Sci. 2001 Feb; 321(2):137-44. doi: 10.1097/00000441-200102000-00005. PMID: 11217816.
  48. Bakari Adamu Girei, Sani-Bello Fatima. Endocrine Manifestations of HIV Infection.2013. http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/52684
  49. Unachukwu CN, Uchenna DI, Young EE. Endocrine and metabolic disorders associated with human immune deficiency virus infection. West Afr J Med. 2009 Jan;28(1):3-9. doi: 10.4314/wajm.v28i1.48415. PMID: 19662737.
  50. Hopkins RL, Leinung MC. Exogenous Cushing's syndrome and glucocorticoid withdrawal. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 2005 Jun;34(2):371-84, ix. doi: 10.1016/j.ecl.2005.01.013. PMID: 15850848.
  51. http://www.meditecno.pt/Upload/Product/Archive/lkco1.pdf . Last accessed on 14.4.2021
  52. Patt H, Bandgar T, Lila A, Shah N. Management issues with exogenous steroid therapy. Indian J Endocrinol Metab. 2013 Dec; 17(Suppl 3):S612-7. doi: 10.4103/2230-8210.123548. PMID: 24910822; PMCID: PMC4046616.
  53. Palermo M, Quinkler M, Stewart PM. Apparent mineralocorticoid excess syndrome: an overview. Arq Bras Endocrinol Metabol. 2004 Oct; 48(5):687-96. doi: 10.1590/s0004-27302004000500015. Epub 2005 Mar 7. PMID: 15761540.
  54. Farese RV Jr, Biglieri EG, Shackleton CH, Irony I, Gomez-Fontes R. Licorice-induced hypermineralocorticoidism. N Engl J Med. 1991 Oct 24;325(17):1223-7. doi: 10.1056/NEJM199110243251706. PMID: 1922210.
  55. Gallacher SD, Tsokolas G, Dimitropoulos I. Liquorice-induced apparent mineralocorticoid excess presenting in the emergency department. Clin Med (Lond). 2017 Feb; 17(1):43-45. doi: 10.7861/clinmedicine.17-1-43. PMID: 28148579; PMCID: PMC6297599.

 

Hyperglycemic Crises: Diabetic Ketoacidosis And Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar State

ABSTRACT

Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) and hyperglycemic hyperosmolar state (HHS) are acute metabolic complications of diabetes mellitus that can occur in patients with both type 1 and 2 diabetes mellitus. Timely diagnosis, comprehensive clinical and biochemical evaluation, and effective management is key to the successful resolution of DKA and HHS. Critical components of the hyperglycemic crises’ management include coordinating fluid resuscitation, insulin therapy, and electrolyte replacement along with the continuous patient monitoring using available laboratory tools to predict the resolution of the hyperglycemic crisis. Understanding and prompt awareness of potential special situations such as DKA or HHS presentation in the comatose state, possibility of mixed acid-base disorders obscuring the diagnosis of DKA, and risk of brain edema during therapy are important to reduce the risks of complications without affecting recovery from hyperglycemic crisis. Identification of factors that precipitated DKA or HHS during the index hospitalization should help prevent subsequent episode of hyperglycemic crisis.

INTRODUCTION

Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) and hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state (HHS) represent two extremes in the spectrum of decompensated diabetes. DKA and HHS remain important causes of morbidity and mortality among diabetic patients despite well-developed diagnostic criteria and treatment protocols (1). The annual incidence of DKA from population-based studies in 1980s was estimated to range from 4 to 8 episodes per 1,000 patient admissions with diabetes (2); the annualized incidence remains stable based on the 2017 national inpatient sample analysis (3). Overall, the incidence of DKA admissions in the US continues to increase, accounting  for about 140,000 hospitalizations in 2009 (Figure 1 a), 168,000 hospitalizations in 2014 (4,5), and most recently 220,340 admissions in 2017 (3) with similar trends observed in England (6) and Finland (7). The 2014 DKA hospitalization rates were the highest in persons aged <45 years (44.3 per 1,000) and lowest in persons aged ≥65 years (<2.0 per 1,000) (5); the age-related admission patterns remained the same in the 2017 analyses (3). The rate of hospital admissions for HHS is lower than of DKA and is less than 1% of all diabetic-related admissions (8,9). About 2/3 of adults presenting to the emergency department or admitted with DKA have a past history of type 1 diabetes (T1D), while almost 90% of the HHS patients have a known diagnosis of type 2 diabetes (T2D) (5). In 2014, there were reported 207,000 emergency department visits with a diagnosis of hyperglycemic crisis (10). Decompensated diabetes imposes a heavy burden in terms of economics and patient outcomes. DKA is responsible for more than 500,000 hospital days per year at an estimated annual direct medical expense and indirect cost of 2.4 billion USD in 1997 (CDC) (11). The cost of inpatient DKA care in the US has increased to 5.1 billion USD in 2014, corresponding to approximate charges related to DKA care varying between 20-26 thousand USD per admission (12,13) and continued to increase in 2017 when DKA admissions costed healthcare about 6.76 billion USD, corresponding to about 31 thousand USD per each admission (3). The mortality rate for DKA and hyperglycemic crises has been falling over the years (Figure 1b) (4) with estimates of fatality remaining under 1% for DKA (3); mortality can reach up to 20% in HHS (14). In 2010, among adults aged 20 years or older, hyperglycemic crisis caused 2,361 deaths (15). There was a decline in mortality from 2000 to 2014 across all age groups and both sexes with largest absolute decrease among persons aged ≥75 years (5). The mortality rate of HHS is higher, reaching 10-20% depending on associated comorbidities and severity of the initial presentation compared with DKA (14,16,17) and is highest in those with DKA+HHS (18). Severe dehydration, older age, and the presence of comorbid conditions in patients with HHS account for the higher mortality in these patients (17). Recent analyses suggested that patients who are black, female, and/or having Medicaid insurance had the highest risk of being admitted with DKA (3). 

Figure 1. Hyperglycemic Crises. A) Incidence of DKA 1980-2009 B) Crude and Age-Adjusted Death Rates for Hyperglycemic Crises as Underlying Cause per 100,000 Diabetic Population, United States, 1980–2009 C) Age-Adjusted DKA hospitalization rate per 1,000 persons with diabetes and in-hospital case-fatality rate, United States, 2000–2014 (5).

DEFINITIONS

DKA consists of the biochemical triad of hyperglycemia, ketonemia, and high anion gap metabolic acidosis (19) (Figure 2). The terms “hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic state” and “hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic coma” have been replaced with the term “hyperglycemic hyperosmolar state” (HHS) to highlight that 1) the hyperglycemic hyperosmolar state may consist of moderate to variable degrees of clinical ketosis detected by nitroprusside method, and 2) alterations in consciousness may often be present without coma.

 Figure 2. The triad of DKA (hyperglycemia, acidemia, and ketonemia) and other conditions with which the individual components are associated. From Kitabchi and Wall (19).

Both DKA and HHS are characterized by hyperglycemia and absolute or relative insulinopenia. Clinically, they differ by the severity of dehydration, ketosis, and metabolic acidosis (17).

DKA most often occurs in patients with T1D. It also occurs in T2D under conditions of extreme stress, such as serious infection, trauma, cardiovascular or other emergencies, and, less often, as a presenting manifestation of T2D, a disorder called ketosis-prone T2D (16). Similarly, whereas HHS occurs most commonly in T2D, it can be seen in T1D in conjunction with DKA. Presentations with overlapping DKA and HHS accounted for 27% of admissions for hyperglycemic crises based on one report (18).

PATHOGENESIS

The underlying defects in DKA and HHS are 1) reduced net effective action of circulating insulin as a result of decreased insulin secretion (DKA) or ineffective action of insulin in HHS (20-22), 2) elevated levels of counter regulatory hormones: glucagon (23,24), catecholamines (23,25), cortisol (23), and growth hormone (26,27), resulting in increased hepatic glucose production and impaired glucose utilization in peripheral tissues, and 3) dehydration and electrolyte abnormalities, mainly due to osmotic diuresis caused by glycosuria (28) (Figure 3). Diabetic ketoacidosis is also characterized by increased gluconeogenesis, lipolysis, ketogenesis, and decreased glycolysis (16).

Diabetic Ketoacidosis

In DKA, there is a severe alteration of carbohydrate, protein, and lipid metabolism (8). In general, the body is shifted into a major catabolic state with breakdown of glycogen stores, hydrolysis of triglycerides from adipose tissues, and mobilization of amino acids from muscle (16). The released triglycerides and amino acids from the peripheral tissues become substrates for the production of glucose and ketone bodies by the liver (29). Hyperglycemia and ketone bodies production play central roles in developing this metabolic decompensation (30). 

HYPERGLYCEMIA

The hyperglycemia in DKA is the result of three events: (a) increased gluconeogenesis; (b) increased glycogenolysis, and (c) decreased glucose utilization by liver, muscle, and fat. Insulinopenia and elevated cortisol levels also lead to a shift from protein synthesis to proteolysis with resultant increase in production of amino acids (alanine and glutamine), which further serve as substrates for gluconeogenesis (8,31). Furthermore, muscle glycogen is catabolized to lactic acid via glycogenolysis. The lactic acid is transported to the liver in the Cori cycle where it serves as a carbon skeleton for gluconeogenesis (32). Increased levels of glucagon, catecholamines, and cortisol with concurrent insulinopenia stimulate gluconeogenic enzymes, especially phosphoenol pyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK) (26,33). Decreased glucose utilization is further exaggerated by increased levels of circulating catecholamines and FFA (34).

KETOGENESIS

Excess catecholamines coupled with insulinopenia promote triglyceride breakdown (lipolysis) to free fatty acids (FFA) and glycerol in adipose tissue. The latter provides a carbon skeleton for gluconeogenesis, while the former serves as a substrate for the formation of ketone bodies (35,36). The key regulatory site for fatty acid oxidation is known to be carnitine palmitoyl transferase 1(CPT1) which is inhibited by malonyl CoA in the normal non-fasted state but the increased ratio of glucagon and other counter regulatory hormones to insulin disinhibit fatty acid oxidation and incoming fatty acids from fat tissue can be converted to ketone bodies (37,38). Increased production of ketone bodies (β-hydroxybutyrate and acetoacetate) leads to ketonemia (39). Ketonemia is further maintained by the reduced liver clearance of ketone bodies in DKA. Extracellular and intracellular buffers neutralize hydrogen ions produced during hydrolysis of ketoacids. When overwhelming ketoacid production exceeds buffering capacity, a high anion gap metabolic acidosis develops. Studies in diabetic and pancreatectomized patients have demonstrated the cardinal role of hyperglucagonemia and insulinopenia in the genesis of DKA (40). In the absence of stressful situations, such as intravascular volume depletion or intercurrent illness, ketosis is usually mild (16,41).

Elevated levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines and lipid peroxidation markers, as well as procoagulant factors such as plasminogen activator inhibitor-1 (PAI-1) and C-reactive protein (CRP) have been demonstrated in DKA. The levels of these factors return to normal after insulin therapy and correction of hyperglycemia (42). This inflammatory and procoagulant state may explain the well-known association between hyperglycemic crisis and thrombotic state (43,44).

Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar State

While DKA is a state of near absolute insulinopenia, there is sufficient amount of insulin present in HHS to prevent lipolysis and ketogenesis but not adequate to cause glucose utilization (as it takes 1/10 as much insulin to suppress lipolysis as it does to stimulate glucose utilization) (33,34). In addition, in HHS there is a smaller increase in counter regulatory hormones (20,45).

Figure 3. Pathogenesis of DKA and HHS: stress, infection, or insufficient insulin. FFA, free fatty acid. Adapted from Kitabchi et al. (1).

PRECEPITATING FACTORS

The two most common precipitating factors in the development of DKA or HHS are inadequate insulin therapy (whether omitted or insufficient insulin regimen) or the presence of infection (46,47). Other provoking factors include myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular accidents, pulmonary embolism, pancreatitis, alcohol and illicit drug use (Figure 4). In addition, numerous underlying medical illness and medications that cause the release of counter regulatory hormones and/or compromise the access to water can result in severe volume depletion and HHS (46). Drugs such as corticosteroids, thiazide diuretics, sympathomimetic agents (e.g., dobutamine and terbutaline), and second generation antipsychotic agents may precipitate DKA or HHS (17). Most recently, two new classes of medications have emerged as triggers for DKA. Sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitors (canagliflozin, dapagliflozin, and empagliflozin) that are used for diabetes treatment have been implicated in the development of DKA in patients with both T1D and T2D (48). Though the absolute risk of DKA in patients treated with SGLT-2 inhibitors is small, this class of medications raises DKA risk by 2-4-fold in patients withT2D and its incidence can be up to 5% in patients with T1D (49,50). Also, anti-cancer medications that belong to classes of immune checkpoint inhibitors such as Ipilimumab, Nivolumab, Pembrolizumab, can cause new-onset diabetes mellitus in up to 1% of the patients receiving immune checkpoint inhibitors with about half of these patients presenting with DKA as the initial presentation of diabetes, particularly in those individuals who may have underlying beta-cell autoimmunity  (51,52) (53-56). In young patients with T1D, insulin omission due to fear of hypoglycemia or weight gain, the stress of chronic disease, and eating disorders, may contribute in 20% of recurrent DKA (57). Cocaine use also is associated with recurrent DKA (58,59). Mechanical problems with continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion (CSII) devices can precipitate DKA (60); however, with an improvement in technology and better education of patients, the incidence of DKA have been declining in insulin pump users (61). There are also case reports of patients with DKA as the primary manifestation of acromegaly (62-64).

Increasing numbers of DKA cases have been reported in patients with Type 2 DM. Available evidence shows that almost 50 % of newly diagnosed adult African American and Hispanic patients with DKA have T2D (65). These ketosis-prone type 2 diabetic patients develop sudden-onset impairment in insulin secretion and action, resulting in profound insulinopenia (66). Clinical and metabolic features of these patients include high rates of obesity, a strong family history of diabetes, a measurable pancreatic insulin reserve, and a low prevalence of autoimmune markers of β-cell destruction (67-69). Aggressive management with insulin improves β-cell function, leading to discontinuance of insulin therapy within a few months of follow-up and 40 % of these patients remain non-insulin dependent for 10 years after the initial episode of DKA (68). The etiology of acute transient failure of β-cells leading to DKA in these patients is not known, however, the suggested mechanisms include glucotoxicity, lipotoxicity, and genetic predisposition (70,71).  A genetic disease, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency, has been also linked with ketosis-prone diabetes (72). In a most recent review of factors that can precipitate DKA, the authors emphasized that clinicians should consider factors such as socioeconomic disadvantage, adolescent age, female sex, prior DKA, and psychiatric comorbidities as potential DKA triggers in patients with T1D (50). Further, in US adults with T1D, HbA1c ³ 9% was associated with 12-fold higher incidence of DKA (73). Finally, with recent accumulation of knowledge of health hazards related to the COVID-19 pandemic, there is early evidence that COVID-19 infection can trigger DKA in patients with diabetes who otherwise may not have risk factors to develop ketoacidosis (74). Particular attention should be provided to those DKA patients who are COVID-19-positive on admission as early evidence demonstrated a 6-fold increase in mortality in this group of patients compared with those admitted with DKA without COVID-19 (75).

With growing use of SGLT-2 inhibitors, it is worth elucidating potential risk factors that can mediate heightened DKA risk in patients with diabetes. It is now clear that T1D is an independent DKA risk factor regardless of whether other clinical circumstances known to trigger ketoacidosis are present or not. In people with T2D, low-carbohydrate diet, excessive ETOH intake, presence of autoimmunity, and/or exposure to stress situations such as infection, surgery, trauma, dehydration are now identified as DKA risk factors in those treated with SGLT-2 inhibitors (50,76). 

 

Figure 4. Common precipitating factors in DKA. Data are % of all cases except Nyenwe et al where new onset disease was not included in the percentage and complete data on these items were not given; therefore, the total is less than 100%. Adapted with modification from reference 1.

CLINICAL FEATURES 

Symptoms and Signs

DKA usually evolves rapidly within a few hours of the precipitating event(s). On the other hand, development of HHS is insidious and may occur over days to weeks (16). The common clinical presentation of DKA and HHS is due to hyperglycemia and include polyuria, polyphagia, polydipsia, weight loss, weakness, and physical signs of intravascular volume depletion, such as dry buccal mucosa, sunken eye balls, poor skin turgor, tachycardia, hypotension and shock in severe cases. Of note, patients with euglycemic DKA including those treated with SGLT-2 inhibitors, may have less polydipsia and polyuria and may rather initially present with non-specific symptoms such as fatigue and malaise (77,78). Kussmaul respiration, acetone breath, nausea, vomiting, and abdominal pain may also occur primarily in DKA and are due to ketosis and acidosis. Abdominal pain, which correlates with the severity of acidosis (79), may be severe enough to be confused with acute abdomen in 50-75% of cases (80). Therefore, in the presence of acidosis, DKA as an etiology of abdominal pain should be considered. Patients usually have normal body temperature or mild hypothermia regardless of presence of infection (81). Therefore, a careful search for a source of infection should be performed even in the absence of fever. Neurological status in patients with DKA may vary from full alertness to a profound lethargy and coma, However, mental status changes in DKA are less frequent than HHS. The relationship of depressed consciousness and severity of hyperosmolality or DKA causes has been controversial (82,83). Some studies suggested that pH is the cause of mental status changes (84); while, others concluded that osmolality (85) is responsible for the comatose state. More recently, it has been proposed that consciousness level in adolescents with DKA was related to the severity of acidosis (pH) and not to a blood glucose levels (86).  In our earlier studies of patients with DKA using low dose versus high dose insulin therapy, we evaluated the initial biochemical values of 48 patients with stupor/coma versus non comatose patients (87). Our study showed that glucose, bicarbonate, BUN and osmolality, and not pH were significantly different between non-comatose and comatose patients. Furthermore, in 3 separate studies in which 123 cases of DKA were evaluated, serum osmolality was also the most important determinant of mental status changes (19). However, in our recent retrospective study, it was shown that acidosis was independently associated with altered sensorium, but hyperosmolarity and serum “ketone” levels were not (88) (Figure 5). In that study, a combination of acidosis and hyperosmolarity at presentation may identify a subset of patients with severe DKA (7% in this study) who may benefit from more aggressive treatment and monitoring. Identifying this group of patients, who are at a higher risk for poorer prognosis, may be helpful in triaging them, thus further improving the outcome (88). Furthermore, according to one study, ICU-admitted patients with DKA are less ill, and have lower disease severity scores, mortality, and shorter length of ICU and hospital stay, than non-DKA patients. Disease severity scores are not, but precipitating cause is, predictive of prolonged hospital stays in patients with DKA (89).

Figure 5. Admission clinical and biochemical profile in comatose vs non-comatose patients with DKA (88).

In patients with HHS, neurological symptoms include clouding of sensorium which can progress to mental obtundation and coma (90). Occasionally, patients with HHS may present with focal neurological deficits and seizures (91,92). Most of the patients with HHS and an effective serum osmolality of >320 mOsm/kg are obtunded or comatose; on the other hand, the altered mental status rarely exists in patients with serum osmolality of <320 mOsm/kg (8). Therefore, severe alteration in the level of consciousness in patients with serum osmolality of <320 mOsm/kg requires evaluation for other causes including CVA and other catastrophic events like myocardial and bowel infarctions.

LABORATORY ABNORMALITIES AND DIAGNOSIS OF HYPERGLYCEMIC CRISES

The initial laboratory evaluation of patients with suspected DKA or HHS should include determination of plasma glucose, blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, serum ketones, electrolytes (with calculated anion gap), osmolality, urinalysis, urine ketones by dipstick, arterial blood gases, and complete blood count with differential. An electrocardiogram, blood, urine or sputum cultures and chest X-ray should also be performed, if indicated. HbA1c may be useful in differentiating chronic hyperglycemia of uncontrolled diabetes from acute metabolic decompensation in a previously well-controlled diabetic patient (17). Figure 6 summarizes the biochemical criteria for DKA and HHS and electrolyte deficits in these two conditions. It also provides a simple method for calculating anion gap and serum osmolality.

Figure 6. Diagnostic Criteria and Typical Total Body Deficits of Water and Electrolytes in Diabetic Ketoacidosis (DKA) and Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar Syndrome (HHS)

DKA can be classified as mild, moderate, or severe based on the severity of metabolic acidosis and the presence of altered mental status (17). Over 30% of patients have features of both DKA and HHS (16) with most recent evidence confirming that about 1 out of 4 patients will have both conditions at the time of presentation with hyperglycemic crisis (18). Patients with HHS typically have pH >7.30, bicarbonate level >20 mEq/L, and negative ketone bodies in plasma and urine. However, some of them may have ketonemia. Several studies on serum osmolarity and mental alteration have established a positive linear relationship between osmolarity, pH, and mental obtundation (87).  Therefore, the occurrence of coma in the absence of definitive elevation of serum osmolality requires immediate consideration of other causes of mental status change. The levels of β-hydroxybutyrate (β-OHB) of ≥3.8mmol/L measured by a specific assay were shown to be highly sensitive and specific for DKA diagnosis (93). In patients with chronic kidney disease stage 4-5, the diagnosis of DKA could be challenging due to the presence of concomitant underlying chronic metabolic acidosis or mixed acid-base disorders. An anion gap of >20 mEq/L usually supports the diagnosis of DKA in these patients (94). Based on the 2009 American Diabetes Association publication, “euglycemic DKA” is characterized by metabolic acidosis, increased total body ketone concentration and blood glucose levels ≤250 mg/dL and is thought to occur in up to approximately 10% of patients with DKA and mostly associated with conditions associated with low glycogen reserves and/or increased rates of glucosuria such as pregnancy, liver disorders, and alcohol consumption (1). Since approval in 2013 of SGLT-2 inhibitors for therapy of T2D, multiple reports emerged demonstrating that the use of these medications can result in “euglycemic” DKA (48,78,95). Therefore, DKA must be excluded if high anion gap metabolic acidosis is present in a diabetic patient treated with SGLT-2 inhibitors irrespective if hyperglycemia is present or not. On the other hand, an SGLT-2 inhibitor can be also associated with hyperglycemic DKA in individuals who have sufficient glycogen storage to maintain hyperglycemia even in the setting of enhanced glucosuria (49,96).

The major cause of water deficit in DKA and HHS is glucose-mediated osmotic diuresis, which leads to loss of water in excess of electrolytes (97). Despite the excessive water loss, the admission serum sodium tends to be low. Because serum glucose in the presence of insulinopenia of DKA and HHS cannot penetrate to cells, in hyperglycemic crises, glucose becomes osmotically effective and causes water shifts from intracellular space to the extra cellular space resulting in dilution of sodium concentration – dilutional or hyperosmolar hyponatremia. Initially it has been thought that true sodium concentration (millimolar) can be obtained by multiplying excess glucose above 100 mg/dL by 1.6 /100 (98).  It is, however, accepted now that true or corrected serum sodium concentration in patients experiencing hyperglycemic crisis should be calculated by adding 2.4 mmol/L to the measured serum sodium concentration for every 100 mg/dL incremental rise in serum glucose concentration above serum glucose concentration of 100 mg/dL (99). If the corrected sodium level remains low, hypertriglyceridemia (secondary to uncontrolled diabetes) should be also suspected. In this condition the plasma becomes milky and lipemia retinalis may be visible in physical examination (100). Osmotic diuresis and ketonuria also promote a total body sodium deficit via urinary losses, although concurrent conditions, such as diarrhea and vomiting, can further contribute to sodium losses. Total body sodium loss can result in contraction of extracellular fluid volume and signs of intravascular volume depletion. Serum potassium may be elevated on arrival due to insulin deficiency, volume depletion and a shift of potassium from intracellular to extra cellular compartments in response to acidosis (101). However, total body potassium deficit is usually present from urinary potassium losses due to osmotic diuresis and ketone excretion. More frequently, the initial serum potassium level is normal or low which is a danger sign. Initiation of insulin therapy, which leads to the transfer of potassium into cells, may cause fatal hypokalemia if potassium is not replaced early.  Phosphate depletion in DKA is universal but on admission, like the potassium, it may be low, normal or high (102).

The differences and similarities in the admission biochemical data in patients with DKA or HHS are shown in Figure 7.

Figure 7. Biochemical data in patients with HHS and DKA (1).

Leukocytosis is a common finding in patients with DKA or HHS, but leukocytosis greater than 25,000 /μL suggests ongoing infection requiring further work up (103). The exact etiology of this non-specific leukocytosis is not known. One study also showed nonspecific leukocytosis in subjects with hypoglycemia induced by insulin injection and suggested that this phenomenon may be due to the increased levels of catecholamines, cortisol, and proinflammatory cytokines such as TNF-α during acute stress (104). Hypertriglyceridemia may be present in HHS  (105) and is almost always seen in DKA (79).  Hyperamylasemia, which correlates with pH and serum osmolality and elevated level of lipase, may occur in 16 - 25% of patients with DKA (106). The origin of amylase in DKA is usually non-pancreatic tissue such as the parotid gland (107).

Pitfalls of Laboratory Tests and Diagnostic Considerations for Interpreting Acid Based Status in DKA

False positive values for lipase may be seen if plasma glycerol levels are very high due to rapid breakdown of adipose tissue triglycerides (glycerol is the product measured in most assays for plasma lipase). Therefore, elevated pancreatic enzymes may not be reliable for the diagnosis of pancreatitis in the DKA setting. Other pitfalls include artificial elevation of serum creatinine due to interference from ketone bodies when a colorimetric method is used (108). Most of the laboratory tests for ketone bodies use the nitroprusside method, which detects acetoacetate, but not β-hydroxybutyrate (β-OHB). Additionally, since β-OHB is converted to acetoacetate during treatment (109), the serum ketone test may remain positive for a prolonged period suggesting erroneously that ketonemia is deteriorating; therefore, the follow up measurement of ketones during the treatment by nitroprusside method is not recommended (16). Newer glucose meters have the capability to measure β-OHB, which overcomes this problem (110,111). Furthermore drugs that have sulfhydryl groups can interact with the reagent in the nitroprusside reaction, giving a false positive result (112). Particularly important in this regard is captopril, an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor prescribed for the treatment of hypertension and diabetic nephropathy. Therefore, for the diagnosis of DKA, clinical judgment and consideration of other biochemical data are required to interpret the value of positive nitroprusside reactions in patients on captopril. Most laboratories can now measure β-OHB levels.

The classical presentation of acid-base disorders in DKA consists of increased anion gap metabolic acidosis where the relation of plasma anion gap change and bicarbonate change (Δ-Δ, ratio of AG change over change in bicarbonate) equals to 1 due to parallel reduction in plasma bicarbonate with the addition of ketoacids into the extravascular fluid space. With frequent additional bicarbonate losses in urine in the form of ketoanions during DKA, the initiation of intravenous volume resuscitation with chloride-containing solutions can further lower plasma bicarbonate and unmask non-anion gap metabolic acidosis when Δ-Δ becomes less than 1 due to changes in plasma bicarbonate that exceed the expected changes in AG. Respiratory compensation will accompany metabolic acidosis with reduction in PCO2 in arterial blood gas. The expected changes in PCO2 can be calculated using Winter’s formula: PCO2 (mmHg) = 1.5 (Bicarbonate) + 8 ± 2 (113). Therefore, inappropriately high or low levels of PCO2, determined by ABG will suggest the presence of a mixed acid-based disorder. For example, DKA patients with concomitant fever or sepsis may have additional respiratory alkalosis manifesting by lower-than-expected PCO2. In contrast, a higher than calculated PCO2 level signifies additional respiratory acidosis and can be seen in patients with underlying chronic lung disease.  Vomiting is a common clinical manifestation in DKA and leads to a loss of hydrogen ions in gastric content and the development of metabolic alkalosis. Patients with DKA and vomiting may have relatively normal plasma bicarbonate levels and close to normal pH. However, AG will remain elevated and be an important clue for DKA. In addition, Δ-Δ ratio will be over 2 suggesting that there is less than expected reduction in bicarbonate as compared with increase in AG and confirm the presence of a mixed acid-base disorder (combination of metabolic acidosis and metabolic alkalosis). We recommend measurement of β-OHB in instances when a mixed acid-base disorder is present in patients with hyperglycemic crisis and DKA is suspected. 

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

Patients may present with metabolic conditions resembling DKA or HHS. For example, in alcoholic ketoacidosis (AKA), total ketone bodies are much greater than in DKA with a higher β-OHB to acetoacetate ratio of 7:1 versus a ratio of 3:1 in DKA (8). The AKA patients seldom present with hyperglycemia (114). It is also possible that patients with a low food intake may present with mild ketoacidosis (starvation ketosis); however, serum bicarbonate concentration of less than 18 or hyperglycemia will be rarely present. Additionally, DKA has to be distinguished from other causes of high anion gap metabolic acidosis including lactic acidosis, advanced chronic renal failure, as well as ingestion of drugs such as salicylate, methanol, and ethylene glycol. Isopropyl alcohol, which is commonly available as rubbing alcohol, can cause considerable ketosis and high serum osmolar gap without metabolic acidosis. Moreover, there is a tendency to hypoglycemia rather than hyperglycemia with isopropyl alcohol injection (115,116). Finally, patients with diabetes insipidus presenting with severe polyuria and dehydration, who are subsequently treated with free water in a form of intravenous dextrose water, can have hyperglycemia- a clinical picture that can be confused with HHS (117) (Figure 8).

Figure 8. Laboratory evaluation of metabolic causes of acidosis and coma (16).

TREATMENT OF DKA

The goals of therapy in patients with hyperglycemic crises include: 1) improvement of circulatory volume and tissue perfusion, 2) gradual reduction of serum glucose and osmolality, 3) correction of electrolyte imbalance, and 4) identification and prompt treatment of co-morbid precipitating causes (8). It must be emphasized that successful treatment of DKA and HHS requires frequent monitoring of patients regarding the above goals by clinical and laboratory parameters. Suggested approaches for the management of patients with DKA and HHS are illustrated in Figures 9 and 10.

Fluid Therapy

DKA and HHS are volume-depleted states with total body water deficit of approximately 6 L in DKA and 9 L in HHS (16,118,119). Therefore, the initial fluid therapy is directed toward expansion of intravascular volume and securing adequate urine flow. The initial fluid of choice is isotonic saline at the rate of 15–20 ml /kg body weight per hour or 1–1.5 L during the first hour. The choice of fluid for further repletion depends on the hydration status, serum electrolyte levels, and urinary output. In patients who are hypernatremic or eunatremic, 0.45% NaCl infused at 4–14 ml/kg/hour is appropriate, and 0.9% NaCl at a similar rate is preferred in patients with hyponatremia. The goal is to replace half of the estimated water and sodium deficit over a period of 12-24 hours [161]. In patients with hypotension, aggressive fluid therapy with isotonic saline should continue until blood pressure is stabilized. The administration of insulin without fluid replacement in such patients may further aggravate hypotension (16).  Furthermore, the use of hydrating fluid in the first hour of therapy before insulin administration provides time to obtain serum potassium value before insulin administration, prevents possible deterioration of hypotensive patients with the use of insulin without adequate hydration, and decreases serum osmolality (17). Hydration alone may also reduce the level of counter-regulatory hormones and hyperglycemia (28). Intravascular volume expansion reduces serum blood glucose, BUN, and potassium levels without significant changes in pH or HCO3.The mechanism for lowering glucose is believed to be due to osmotic diuresis and modulation of counter-regulatory hormone release (23,120). We recommend avoiding too rapid correction of hyperglycemia (which may be associated with cerebral edema especially in children) and also inhibiting hypoglycemia (23,120). In HHS, the reduction in insulin infusion rate and/or use of D5 ½ NS should be started when blood glucose reaches 300 mg/dL, because overzealous use of hypotonic fluids has been associated with the development of cerebral edema (121). In one recent review, authors suggested gradual reduction in osmolality not exceeding 3 mOsm/kg H2O per hour and a fall of serum sodium at a rate of less than 0.5 mmol/L per hour in order to prevent significant osmotic shifts of water to intracellular compartment during the management of hyperglycemic crises (122). It should be emphasized that urinary losses of water and electrolytes are also need to be considered.

Insulin Therapy

The cornerstone of DKA and HHS therapy is insulin in physiologic doses. Insulin should only be started after serum potassium value is > 3.3 mmol/L (8). In DKA, we recommend using intravenous (IV) bolus of regular insulin (0.1 u/kg body weight) followed by a continuous infusion of regular insulin at the dose of 0.1u/kg/hr. The insulin infusion rate in HHS should be lower as major pathophysiological process in these patients is severe dehydration. The optimal rate of glucose reduction is between 50-70 mg/hr. If desirable glucose reduction is not achieved in the first hour, an additional insulin bolus at 0.1 u/kg can be given. As mentioned earlier, when plasma glucose reaches 200-250 mg/dL in DKA or 300 in HHS, insulin rate should be decreased to 0.05 U/kg/hr, followed, as indicated, by the change in hydration fluid to D5 ½ NS. The rate of insulin infusion should be adjusted to maintain blood glucose between 150-200 mg/dL in DKA until it is resolved, and 250-300 mg/dL in HHS until mental obtundation and hyperosmolar state are corrected. 

A study that investigated the optimum route of insulin therapy in DKA demonstrated that the time for resolution of DKA was identical in patients who received regular insulin via intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous routes (123). However, patients who received intravenous insulin showed a more rapid decline in blood glucose and ketone bodies in the first 2 hours of treatment. Patients who received intravenous insulin attained an immediate pharmacologic level of insulin concentration. Thus, it was established that an intravenous loading dose of insulin would be beneficial regardless of the subsequent route of insulin administration during treatment. A follow up study demonstrated that a priming or loading dose given as one half by IV route and another half by intramuscular route was as effective as one dose given intravenously in lowering the level of ketone bodies in the first hour (124). A bolus or priming dose of insulin has been used in a number of studies. The need of such a method, when using intravenous infusion of insulin, is not clear, as there is no prospective randomized study to establish efficacy of bolus or priming dose before infusion of insulin. However, our study in children demonstrated the effectiveness of intravenous injection of insulin without a bolus dose (125). Therefore, it would appear that if intravenous insulin is used, priming or bolus dose insulin might not be necessary. 

Several clinical studies have shown the potency and cost effectiveness of subcutaneous rapid-acting insulin analogs (lispro or aspart) in the management of patients with uncomplicated mild to moderate DKA (126,127). The patients received subcutaneous rapid-acting insulin doses of 0.2 U/kg initially, followed by 0.1 U/kg every 1 hour or an initial dose of 0.3 U/kg followed by 0.2 U/kg every 2 hours until blood glucose was < 250 mg/dL. Then the insulin dose was decreased by half to 0.05, or 0.1 U/kg respectively, and administered every 1 or 2 hours until resolution of DKA. There were no differences in length of hospital stay, total amount of insulin needed for resolution of hyperglycemia or ketoacidosis, or in the incidence of hypoglycemia among treatment groups.  The use of insulin analogs allowed treatment of DKA in general wards or the emergency department and so reduced cost of hospitalization by 30% without any significant changes in hypoglycemic events (126). Similar results have been reported recently in pediatric patients with DKA (128). The administration of continuous IV infusion of regular insulin is the preferred route because of its short half-life and easy titration and the delayed onset of action and prolonged half-life of subcutaneous regular insulin. It is important to point out that the IV use of fast-acting insulin analogs is not recommended for patients with severe DKA or HHS, as there are no studies to support their use. Again, these agents may not be effective in patients with severe fluid depletion since they are given subcutaneously.

Potassium Therapy

Although total-body potassium is depleted (129,130), mild to moderate hyperkalemia frequently seen in patients with DKA is due to acidosis and insulinopenia. Insulin therapy, correction of acidosis, and volume expansion decrease serum potassium concentrations. To prevent hypokalemia, potassium replacement is initiated after serum levels fall below 5.3 mmol/L in patients with adequate urine output (50 ml/h). Adding 20–30 mmol potassium to each liter of infused fluid is sufficient to maintain a serum potassium concentration within the normal range of 4–5 mmol/L (8). Patients with DKA who had severe vomiting or had been on diuretics may present with significant hypokalemia. In such cases, potassium replacement should begin with fluid therapy, and insulin treatment should be postponed until potassium concentration becomes > 3.3 mmol/L in order to prevent arrhythmias and respiratory muscle weakness (131).

Figure 9. Protocol for the management of adult patients with DKA. Adapted from (94).

Bicarbonate Therapy

The use of bicarbonate in treatment of DKA remains controversial. In patients with pH >7.0, insulin therapy inhibits lipolysis and also corrects ketoacidosis without use of bicarbonate. Bicarbonate therapy has been associated with some adverse effects, such as hypokalemia (132), decreased tissue oxygen uptake and cerebral edema (133,134) and delay in the resolution of ketosis (135).  However, patients with severe DKA (low bicarbonate <10 mEq/L, or Pco2 < 12) may experience deterioration of pH if not treated with bicarbonate. A prospective randomized study in patients with pH between 6.9 and 7.1 showed that bicarbonate therapy had no risk or benefit in DKA (136). Therefore, in patients with pH between 6.9 and 7.0, it may be beneficial to give 50 mmol of bicarbonate in 200 ml of sterile water with 10 mmol KCL over two hours to maintain the pH at > 7.0 (8,137,138). Considering the adverse effects of severe acidosis such as impaired myocardial contractility, adult patients with pH < 6.9 should be given 100 mmol sodium bicarbonate in 400 ml sterile water (an isotonic solution) with 20 mmol KCl administered at a rate of 200 ml/h for two hours until the venous pH becomes greater than 7.0. Venous pH should be assessed every 2 hours until the pH rises to 7.0; treatment can be repeated every 2 hours if necessary.

Phosphate Therapy

There is no evidence that phosphate therapy is necessary in treatment for better outcome of DKA (139-142).  However, in patients with potential complications of hypophosphatemia, including cardiac and skeletal muscle weakness, the use of phosphate may be considered (143). Phosphate administration may result in hypocalcemia when used in high dose (139,142).

TREATMENT OF HHS

A similar therapeutic approach can be also recommended for treatment of HHS, but no bicarbonate therapy is needed for HHS, and changing to glucose-containing fluid is done when blood glucose reaches 300 mg/dL.

Figure 10. Protocol for the management of adult patients with HHS.

Severe hyperosmolarity and dehydration associated with insulin resistance and presence of detectable plasma insulin level are the hallmarks of HHS pathophysiology. The main emphasis in the management of HHS is effective volume repletion and normalization of serum osmolality (14). There are no randomized controlled studies that evaluated safe and effective strategies in the treatment of HHS (121). It is important to start HHS therapy with the infusion of normal saline and monitor corrected serum sodium in order to determine appropriate timing of the change to hypotonic fluids. Insulin substitution approach should be very conservative as it is expected that insulin resistance will improve with rehydration. We recommend against rapid decreases in serum glucose and correction of serum sodium in order to avoid untoward effects of shifts in osmolarity on brain volume. This notion should particularly apply in the management of HHS in elderly and patients with multiple medical problems in whom it may not be clear how long these subjects experienced severe hyperglycemia prior to the admission to the hospital.

RESOLUTION OF DKA AND HHS

During follow up, blood should be drawn every 2-4 h for determination of serum electrolytes, glucose, blood urea nitrogen, creatinine, osmolality, and venous pH. After the initial arterial pH is drawn, venous pH can be used to assess the acid/base status. An equivalent arterial pH value is calculated by adding 0.03 to the venous pH value (144). The resolution of DKA is reached when the blood glucose is < 200 mg/dl, serum bicarbonate is ³15 mEq/L, pH is >7.30 and anion gap is ≤12 mEq/L (17). HHS is resolved when serum osmolality is < 320 mOsm/kg with a gradual recovery to mental alertness. The latter may take twice as long as to achieve blood glucose control. Ketonemia typically takes longer to clear than hyperglycemia.

The proposed ADA criteria for DKA resolution include serum glucose level <200 mg/dL and two of the following: serum bicarbonate level ³15 mEq/L, pH >7.3, and anion gap ≤12 mEq/L (1). Therefore, the treatment goal of DKA is to improve hyperglycemia and to stop ketosis with subsequent resolution of acidosis. In this regard, it is important to distinguish ketosis and acidosis, as the two terms are not always synonymous in DKA. Ketoacid production in DKA results in reduction in plasma bicarbonate (HCO3-) levels due to neutralization of hydrogen ion produced during dissociation of ketoacids in the extravascular fluid space. Concomitantly, ketoacid anion is added into extravascular space resulting in anion gap (AG) increase. The change in HCO3- concentration (Δ HCO3-/normal serum HCO3- – observed serum HCO3-) usually corresponds to equal changes in serum anion gap (Δ AG/observed AG – normal AG, both corrected for decreases and increases in plasma albumin concentration). Therefore, the ratio of AG excess to HCO3- deficit (delta-delta, or Δ-Δ) is close to 1 (143,145,146). In most patients with DKA bicarbonate deficit exceeds the addition of ketoanions, even though Δ-Δ ratio remains close to 1 (147). This is observed due to several reasons. First, hyperglycemia-induced osmotic diuresis leads to excretion of large amounts of sodium and potassium ions that is accompanied by the excretion of ketoanions. Ultimately, the amount of excreted ketoanions depends on degree of kidney function preservation with the largest amount of ketoanion loss in patients with relatively preserved glomerular filtration rate (145). Each ketoanion can be converted back to HCO3- during resolution of DKA and, therefore, ketoanion loss results in the loss of HCO3-. Additionally, extravascular fluid space contraction during DKA, leads to elevation of plasma HCO3-. Therefore, intravenous administration of sodium and chloride-containing fluids leads to further HCO3- reduction and hyperchloremic metabolic acidosis (143,145). This is an important point as persistent decrease in plasma HCO3- concentration should not be interpreted as a sign of continuous DKA if ketosis and hyperglycemia are resolving. Although not evaluated in prospective studies, measurement of serial levels of blood beta-hydroxybutyrate (β-OHB) can be useful adjunct to monitor the resolution of DKA (148). The expected fall in β-OHB with the adequate insulin dosing is 1mmol/L/hr; a lower decrease in blood β-OHB may suggest inadequate insulin provision.

Once DKA has resolved, patients who are able to eat can be started on a multiple dose insulin regimen with long-acting insulin and short/rapid acting insulin given before meals as needed to control plasma glucose. Intravenous insulin infusion should be continued for 2 hours after giving the subcutaneous insulin to maintain adequate plasma insulin levels. Immediate discontinuation of intravenous insulin may lead to hyperglycemia or recurrence of ketoacidosis. If the patient is unable to eat, it is preferable to continue the intravenous insulin infusion and fluid replacement. Patients with known diabetes may be given insulin at the dose they were receiving before the onset of hyperglycemic crises. In patients with new onset diabetes, a multi-dose insulin regimen should be started at a dose of 0.5-0.8 U/kg per day, including regular or rapid-acting and basal insulin until an optimal dose is established (17).

COMPLICATIONS

The most common complications of DKA and HHS include hypoglycemia and hypokalemia due to overzealous treatment with insulin and bicarbonate (hypokalemia), but these complications occur infrequently with current low dose insulin regimens. Nevertheless, in a recent retrospective study, both severe hypokalemia defined as K £ 2.5 mEq/L and severe hypoglycemia < 40 mg/dL were significantly and independently associated with increased risk of mortality in patients admitted to the tertiary care center for treatment of hypoglycemic crisis (18). During the recovery phase of DKA, patients commonly develop a short-lived hyperchloremic non-anion gap acidosis, which usually has few clinical consequences (149). Hyperchloremic acidosis is caused by the loss of large amounts of ketoanions, which are usually metabolized to bicarbonate during the evolution of DKA, and excess infusion of chloride containing fluids during treatment (150).

Cerebral edema, a frequently fatal complication of DKA, occurs in 0.7–1.0% of children, particularly those with newly diagnosed diabetes (120). It may also occur in patients with known diabetes and in very young adults usually under 20 years of age (151,152). Cerebral edema has also been reported in patients with HHS, with some cases of mortality (90). Clinically, cerebral edema is characterized by deterioration in the level of consciousness, lethargy, decreased arousal, and headache. Headache is the earliest clinical manifestation of cerebral edema. This is followed by altered level of consciousness and lethargy. Neurological deterioration may lead to seizures, incontinence, pupillary changes, bradycardia, and respiratory arrest. It may be so rapid in onset due to brain stem herniation that no papilledema is found. If deteriorating clinical symptoms occur, the mortality rate may become higher than 70%, with only 7–14% of patients recovering without permanent neurological deficit. Mannitol infusion and mechanical ventilation are used to combat cerebral edema. The cause of cerebral edema is not known with certainty. It may result from osmotically driven movement of water into the central nervous system when plasma osmolality declines too rapidly during treatment of DKA or HHS. As glucose concentration improves following insulin infusion and administration of the intravenous fluids, serum osmotic gradient previously contributed by hyperglycemia reduces which limits water shifts from the intracellular compartment. However, hyperglycemia treatment is associated with “recovery” in serum sodium that restores water transfer between extracellular and intracellular compartments and prevents water accumulation in cells (99). In cases when the serum glucose concentration improves to a greater extent than the serum sodium concentration rises, serum effective osmolality will decrease and may precipitate brain edema (153,154). Although the osmotically mediated mechanism seems most plausible, one study using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) showed that cerebral edema was due to increased cerebral perfusion (135). Another postulated mechanism for cerebral edema in patients with DKA involves the cell membrane Na+/H+ exchangers, which are activated in DKA. The high H+ level allows more influx of Na+ thus increasing more influx of water to the cell with consequent edema (155). β-hydroxybutyrate and acetoacetate may also play a role in the pathogenesis of cerebral edema. These ketone bodies have been shown to affect vascular integrity and permeability, leading to edema formation (156). In summary, reasonable precautionary measures to decrease the risk of cerebral edema in high-risk patients include 1) avoidance of overenthusiastic hydration and rapid reduction of plasma osmolality and 2) close hemodynamic monitoring (157). Based on the recent reports, particular care should be offered to patients with end stage renal disease as these individuals are more likely to die, to have higher rates of hypoglycemia, or to be volume overloaded when admitted to the hospital with DKA (158).  

Hypoxemia and rarely non-cardiogenic pulmonary edema may complicate the treatment of DKA [242]. Hypoxemia may be related to the reduction in colloid osmotic pressure that leads to accumulation of water in lungs and decreased lung compliance. The pathogenesis of pulmonary edema may be similar to that of cerebral edema suggesting that the sequestration of fluid in the tissues may be more widespread than is thought. Thrombotic conditions and disseminated intravascular coagulation may contribute to the morbidity and mortality of hyperglycemic emergencies (159-161). Prophylactic use of heparin, if there is no gastrointestinal hemorrhage, should be considered.

PREVENTION

About one in five patients with T1D admitted for DKA will be readmitted for DKA within 30 days (162). Several studies suggested that the omission of insulin is one of the most common precipitating factors of DKA, sometimes because patients are socio-economically underprivileged, and may not have access to or afford medical care (163-165). In addition, they may have a propensity to use illicit drugs such as cocaine, which has been associated with recurrent DKA (58), or live in areas with higher food deprivation risk (166). Therefore, it is important to continuously re-assess socio-economic status of patients who had at least one episode of DKA. The most recent data demonstrating a significant increase in DKA hospitalization rates in diabetic persons aged 45 years and younger (10) suggests that this group of patients may require particular attention to understand why they are more vulnerable than others to develop hyperglycemic crisis. Education of the patient about sick day management is very vital to prevent DKA, and should include information on when to contact the health care provider, blood glucose goals, use of insulin, and initiation of appropriate nutrition during illness and should be reviewed with patients periodically. Patients must be advised to continue insulin and to seek professional advice early in the course of the illness. COVID-19-positive patients with diabetes outside of the hospital environment should be particularly vigilant in point-of-care monitoring of home blood glucose and/or β-OHB until the resolution of infection. Close follow up is very important, as it has been shown that three-monthly visits to the endocrine clinic will reduce the number of ER admission for DKA (167). Close observation, early detection of symptoms and appropriate medical care would be helpful in preventing HHS in the elderly.

A study in adolescents with T1D suggests that some of the risk factors for DKA include higher HbA1c, uninsured children, and psychological problems (168). In other studies, education of primary care providers and school personnel in identifying the signs and symptoms of DKA has been shown to be effective in decreasing the incidence of DKA at the onset of diabetes (169). In another study outcome data of 556 patients with diabetes under continuing care over a 7-year period were examined. The hospitalization rates for DKA and amputation were decreased by 69 % due to continuing care and education (170). There is early evidence that use of continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) can decrease DKA incidence (171,172). Contrary to the initial observations connecting DKA episodes with insulin pump malfunction, the newer pumps are associated with reduced DKA risk without or with concomitant CGM application in T1D youth (173). Given the increased DKA risks associated with HbA1c ³ 9% in patients with T1D, all efforts should be applied to understand and potentially address reasons for poor chronic glycemic control as this may prevent DKA admission. Considering DKA and HHS as potentially fatal and economically burdensome complications of diabetes, every effort for diminishing the possible risk factors is worthwhile.  

SGLT-2 inhibitor-induced DKA in patients with T2D is a potentially avoidable condition in light of accumulating knowledge of potential triggers prompting the development of this hyperglycemic emergency (174). A recent international consensus statement on the DKA risk management in patients with T1D treated with SGLT-2 inhibitors (76) can be effectively applied to the care of patients with T2D as well. Avoidance or temporary discontinuation of SGLT-2 inhibitors in clinical situations that independently increase risk of intravascular volume depletion and/or development of ketosis-prone conditions listed in the Figure 11 can mitigate the DKA risk. The DEEARAILS pneumonic can help recalling these clinical situations.  

Figure 11. Precipitating factors for DKA in patients taking SGLT2 inhibitors. LADA= latent autoimmune diabetes in adults

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Kitabchi AE, Umpierrez GE, Miles JM, Fisher JN. Hyperglycemic crises in adult patients with diabetes. Diabetes care. 2009;32(7):1335-1343.
  2. Johnson DD, Palumbo PJ, Chu CP. Diabetic ketoacidosis in a community-based population. Mayo Clin Proc. 1980;55(2):83-88.
  3. Ramphul K, Joynauth J. An Update on the Incidence and Burden of Diabetic Ketoacidosis in the U.S. Diabetes care. 2020;43(12):e196-e197.
  4. CDC. 2014 national diabetes fact sheet (http://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/dkafirst/index.htm). accessed 04.07.15.
  5. Benoit SR, Zhang Y, Geiss LS, Gregg EW, Albright A. Trends in Diabetic Ketoacidosis Hospitalizations and In-Hospital Mortality - United States, 2000-2014. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2018;67(12):362-365.
  6. Zhong VW, Juhaeri J, Mayer-Davis EJ. Trends in Hospital Admission for Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Adults With Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes in England, 1998-2013: A Retrospective Cohort Study. Diabetes care. 2018;41(9):1870-1877.
  7. Thomas M, Harjutsalo V, Feodoroff M, Forsblom C, Gordin D, Groop PH. The Long-Term Incidence of Hospitalization for Ketoacidosis in Adults with Established T1D-A Prospective Cohort Study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2020;105(1).
  8. Kitabchi AE, Umpierrez GE, Murphy MB, Barrett EJ, Kreisberg RA, Malone JI, Wall BM. Management of hyperglycemic crises in patients with diabetes. Diabetes care. 2001;24(1):131-153.
  9. Matz R. Management of the hyperosmolar hyperglycemic syndrome. Am Fam Physician. 1999;60(5):1468-1476.
  10. CDC. 2017 national diabetes statistics (https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/pdfs/data/statistics/national-diabetes-statistics-report.pdf) accessed 05.05.18.
  11. Javor KA, Kotsanos JG, McDonald RC, Baron AD, Kesterson JG, Tierney WM. Diabetic ketoacidosis charges relative to medical charges of adult patients with type I diabetes. Diabetes care. 1997;20(3):349-354.
  12. Desai D, Mehta D, Mathias P, Menon G, Schubart UK. Health Care Utilization and Burden of Diabetic Ketoacidosis in the U.S. Over the Past Decade: A Nationwide Analysis. Diabetes care. 2018;41(8):1631-1638.
  13. Fernando SM, Bagshaw SM, Rochwerg B, McIsaac DI, Thavorn K, Forster AJ, Tran A, Reardon PM, Rosenberg E, Tanuseputro P, Kyeremanteng K. Comparison of outcomes and costs between adult diabetic ketoacidosis patients admitted to the ICU and step-down unit. Journal of critical care. 2019;50:257-261.
  14. Karslioglu French E, Donihi AC, Korytkowski MT. Diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar hyperglycemic syndrome: review of acute decompensated diabetes in adult patients. BMJ. 2019;365:l1114.
  15. Prevention. CfDCa. National Diabetes Statistics Report: Estimates of Diabetes and Its Burden in the United States, 2014. Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; 2014. 2014.
  16. Kitabchi AE, Nyenwe EA. Hyperglycemic crises in diabetes mellitus: diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperglycemic hyperosmolar state. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 2006;35(4):725-751, viii.
  17. Kitabchi AE, Umpierrez GE, Murphy MB, Kreisberg RA. Hyperglycemic crises in adult patients with diabetes: a consensus statement from the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes care. 2006;29(12):2739-2748.
  18. Pasquel FJ, Tsegka K, Wang H, Cardona S, Galindo RJ, Fayfman M, Davis G, Vellanki P, Migdal A, Gujral U, Narayan KMV, Umpierrez GE. Clinical Outcomes in Patients With Isolated or Combined Diabetic Ketoacidosis and Hyperosmolar Hyperglycemic State: A Retrospective, Hospital-Based Cohort Study. Diabetes care. 2020;43(2):349-357.
  19. Kitabchi AE, Wall BM. Diabetic ketoacidosis. Med Clin North Am. 1995;79(1):9-37.
  20. Chupin M, Charbonnel B, Chupin F. C-peptide blood levels in keto-acidosis and in hyperosmolar non-ketotic diabetic coma. Acta Diabetol Lat. 1981;18(2):123-128.
  21. Kipnis DM. Insulin secretion in diabetes mellitus. Annals of internal medicine. 1968;69(5):891-901.
  22. Kitabchi AE, Ayyagari V, Guerra SM. The efficacy of low-dose versus conventional therapy of insulin for treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. Annals of internal medicine. 1976;84(6):633-638.
  23. Kitabchi AE, Young R, Sacks H, Morris L. Diabetic ketoacidosis: reappraisal of therapeutic approach. Annu Rev Med. 1979;30:339-357.
  24. Muller WA, Faloona GR, Unger RH. Hyperglucagonemia in diabetic ketoacidosis. Its prevalence and significance. Am J Med. 1973;54(1):52-57.
  25. Christensen NJ. Plasma norepinephrine and epinephrine in untreated diabetics, during fasting and after insulin administration. Diabetes. 1974;23(1):1-8.
  26. Alberti KG. Role of glucagon and other hormones in development of diabetic ketoacidosis. Lancet. 1975;1(7920):1307-1311.
  27. Unger RH. High Growth-Hormone Levels in Diabetic Ketoacidosis: A Possible Cause of Insulin Resistance. JAMA. 1965;191:945-947.
  28. Waldhausl W, Kleinberger G, Korn A, Dudczak R, Bratusch-Marrain P, Nowotny P. Severe hyperglycemia: effects of rehydration on endocrine derangements and blood glucose concentration. Diabetes. 1979;28(6):577-584.
  29. Foster DW, McGarry JD. The metabolic derangements and treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. N Engl J Med. 1983;309(3):159-169.
  30. Miles JM, Rizza RA, Haymond MW, Gerich JE. Effects of acute insulin deficiency on glucose and ketone body turnover in man: evidence for the primacy of overproduction of glucose and ketone bodies in the genesis of diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes. 1980;29(11):926-930.
  31. Felig P, Wahren J. Influence of endogenous insulin secretion on splanchnic glucose and amino acid metabolism in man. The Journal of clinical investigation. 1971;50(8):1702-1711.
  32. Hue L. Gluconeogenesis and its regulation. Diabetes Metab Rev. 1987;3(1):111-126.
  33. Schade DS, Eaton RP. The temporal relationship between endogenously secreted stress hormones and metabolic decompensation in diabetic man. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1980;50(1):131-136.
  34. McGarry JD, Dobbins RL. Fatty acids, lipotoxicity and insulin secretion. Diabetologia. 1999;42(2):128-138.
  35. McGarry JD. Lilly Lecture 1978. New perspectives in the regulation of ketogenesis. Diabetes. 1979;28(5):517-523.
  36. Nurjhan N, Consoli A, Gerich J. Increased lipolysis and its consequences on gluconeogenesis in non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. The Journal of clinical investigation. 1992;89(1):169-175.
  37. Balasse EO, Fery F. Ketone body production and disposal: effects of fasting, diabetes, and exercise. Diabetes Metab Rev. 1989;5(3):247-270.
  38. McGarry JD, Woeltje KF, Kuwajima M, Foster DW. Regulation of ketogenesis and the renaissance of carnitine palmitoyltransferase. Diabetes Metab Rev. 1989;5(3):271-284.
  39. Reichard GA, Jr., Skutches CL, Hoeldtke RD, Owen OE. Acetone metabolism in humans during diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes. 1986;35(6):668-674.
  40. Barnes AJ, Bloom SR, Goerge K, Alberti GM, Smythe P, Alford FP, Chisholm DJ. Ketoacidosis in pancreatectomized man. N Engl J Med. 1977;296(22):1250-1253.
  41. Cahill GF, Jr. Starvation in man. N Engl J Med. 1970;282(12):668-675.
  42. Stentz FB, Umpierrez GE, Cuervo R, Kitabchi AE. Proinflammatory cytokines, markers of cardiovascular risks, oxidative stress, and lipid peroxidation in patients with hyperglycemic crises. Diabetes. 2004;53(8):2079-2086.
  43. Cherian SV, Khara L, Das S, Hamarneh WA, Garcha AS, Frechette V. Diabetic ketoacidosis complicated by generalized venous thrombosis: a case report and review. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis. 2012;23(3):238-240.
  44. Wakabayashi S, Tsujimoto T, Kishimoto M, Ikeda N, Inoue K, Ihana N, Hamasaki H, Noto H, Yamamoto-Honda R, Kajio H, Noda M. Acute Multiple Arteriovenous Thromboses in a Patient with Diabetic Ketoacidosis. Intern Med. 2015;54(16):2025-2028.
  45. Gerich JE, Martin MM, Recant L. Clinical and metabolic characteristics of hyperosmolar nonketotic coma. Diabetes. 1971;20(4):228-238.
  46. Wachtel TJ, Silliman RA, Lamberton P. Predisposing factors for the diabetic hyperosmolar state. Arch Intern Med. 1987;147(3):499-501.
  47. Wachtel TJ, Tetu-Mouradjian LM, Goldman DL, Ellis SE, O'Sullivan PS. Hyperosmolarity and acidosis in diabetes mellitus: a three-year experience in Rhode Island. J Gen Intern Med. 1991;6(6):495-502.
  48. Fadini GP, Bonora BM, Avogaro A. SGLT2 inhibitors and diabetic ketoacidosis: data from the FDA Adverse Event Reporting System. Diabetologia. 2017;60(8):1385-1389.
  49. Bonora BM, Avogaro A, Fadini GP. Euglycemic Ketoacidosis. Curr Diab Rep. 2020;20(7):25.
  50. Ehrmann D, Kulzer B, Roos T, Haak T, Al-Khatib M, Hermanns N. Risk factors and prevention strategies for diabetic ketoacidosis in people with established type 1 diabetes. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2020;8(5):436-446.
  51. Miyoshi Y, Ogawa O, Oyama Y. Nivolumab, an Anti-Programmed Cell Death-1 Antibody, Induces Fulminant Type 1 Diabetes. Tohoku J Exp Med. 2016;239(2):155-158.
  52. Robert C, Schachter J, Long GV, Arance A, Grob JJ, Mortier L, Daud A, Carlino MS, McNeil C, Lotem M, Larkin J, Lorigan P, Neyns B, Blank CU, Hamid O, Mateus C, Shapira-Frommer R, Kosh M, Zhou H, Ibrahim N, Ebbinghaus S, Ribas A, investigators K-. Pembrolizumab versus Ipilimumab in Advanced Melanoma. N Engl J Med. 2015;372(26):2521-2532.
  53. Clotman K, Janssens K, Specenier P, Weets I, De Block CEM. Programmed Cell Death-1 Inhibitor-Induced Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2018;103(9):3144-3154.
  54. Liu J, Zhou H, Zhang Y, Fang W, Yang Y, Huang Y, Zhang L. Reporting of Immune Checkpoint Inhibitor Therapy-Associated Diabetes, 2015-2019. Diabetes care. 2020;43(7):e79-e80.
  55. Stamatouli AM, Quandt Z, Perdigoto AL, Clark PL, Kluger H, Weiss SA, Gettinger S, Sznol M, Young A, Rushakoff R, Lee J, Bluestone JA, Anderson M, Herold KC. Collateral Damage: Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Induced With Checkpoint Inhibitors. Diabetes. 2018;67(8):1471-1480.
  56. Wright JJ, Salem JE, Johnson DB, Lebrun-Vignes B, Stamatouli A, Thomas JW, Herold KC, Moslehi J, Powers AC. Increased Reporting of Immune Checkpoint Inhibitor-Associated Diabetes. Diabetes care. 2018;41(12):e150-e151.
  57. Polonsky WH, Anderson BJ, Lohrer PA, Aponte JE, Jacobson AM, Cole CF. Insulin omission in women with IDDM. Diabetes care. 1994;17(10):1178-1185.
  58. Nyenwe EA, Loganathan RS, Blum S, Ezuteh DO, Erani DM, Wan JY, Palace MR, Kitabchi AE. Active use of cocaine: an independent risk factor for recurrent diabetic ketoacidosis in a city hospital. Endocrine practice : official journal of the American College of Endocrinology and the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. 2007;13(1):22-29.
  59. Warner EA, Greene GS, Buchsbaum MS, Cooper DS, Robinson BE. Diabetic ketoacidosis associated with cocaine use. Arch Intern Med. 1998;158(16):1799-1802.
  60. Peden NR, Braaten JT, McKendry JB. Diabetic ketoacidosis during long-term treatment with continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion. Diabetes care. 1984;7(1):1-5.
  61. Weissberg-Benchell J, Antisdel-Lomaglio J, Seshadri R. Insulin pump therapy: a meta-analysis. Diabetes care. 2003;26(4):1079-1087.
  62. Katz JR, Edwards R, Khan M, Conway GS. Acromegaly presenting with diabetic ketoacidosis. Postgrad Med J. 1996;72(853):682-683.
  63. Szeto CC, Li KY, Ko GT, Chow CC, Yeung VT, Chan JC, Cockram CS. Acromegaly in a woman presenting with diabetic ketoacidosis and insulin resistance. Int J Clin Pract. 1997;51(7):476-477.
  64. Vidal Cortada J, Conget Donlo JI, Navarro Tellez MP, Halperin Rabinovic I, Vilardell Latorre E. [Diabetic ketoacidosis as the first manifestation of acromegaly]. An Med Interna. 1995;12(2):76-8.
  65. Umpierrez GE, Casals MM, Gebhart SP, Mixon PS, Clark WS, Phillips LS. Diabetic ketoacidosis in obese African-Americans. Diabetes. 1995;44(7):790-795.
  66. Umpierrez GE, Smiley D, Kitabchi AE. Narrative review: ketosis-prone type 2 diabetes mellitus. Annals of internal medicine. 2006;144(5):350-357.
  67. Kitabchi AE. Ketosis-prone diabetes--a new subgroup of patients with atypical type 1 and type 2 diabetes? J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2003;88(11):5087-5089.
  68. Maldonado M, Hampe CS, Gaur LK, D'Amico S, Iyer D, Hammerle LP, Bolgiano D, Rodriguez L, Rajan A, Lernmark A, Balasubramanyam A. Ketosis-prone diabetes: dissection of a heterogeneous syndrome using an immunogenetic and beta-cell functional classification, prospective analysis, and clinical outcomes. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2003;88(11):5090-5098.
  69. Mauvais-Jarvis F, Sobngwi E, Porcher R, Riveline JP, Kevorkian JP, Vaisse C, Charpentier G, Guillausseau PJ, Vexiau P, Gautier JF. Ketosis-prone type 2 diabetes in patients of sub-Saharan African origin: clinical pathophysiology and natural history of beta-cell dysfunction and insulin resistance. Diabetes. 2004;53(3):645-653.
  70. Banerji MA, Chaiken RL, Huey H, Tuomi T, Norin AJ, Mackay IR, Rowley MJ, Zimmet PZ, Lebovitz HE. GAD antibody negative NIDDM in adult black subjects with diabetic ketoacidosis and increased frequency of human leukocyte antigen DR3 and DR4. Flatbush diabetes. Diabetes. 1994;43(6):741-745.
  71. Umpierrez GE, Woo W, Hagopian WA, Isaacs SD, Palmer JP, Gaur LK, Nepom GT, Clark WS, Mixon PS, Kitabchi AE. Immunogenetic analysis suggests different pathogenesis for obese and lean African-Americans with diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes care. 1999;22(9):1517-1523.
  72. Sobngwi E, Gautier JF, Kevorkian JP, Villette JM, Riveline JP, Zhang S, Vexiau P, Leal SM, Vaisse C, Mauvais-Jarvis F. High prevalence of glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency without gene mutation suggests a novel genetic mechanism predisposing to ketosis-prone diabetes. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;90(8):4446-4451.
  73. Pettus JH, Zhou FL, Shepherd L, Preblick R, Hunt PR, Paranjape S, Miller KM, Edelman SV. Incidences of Severe Hypoglycemia and Diabetic Ketoacidosis and Prevalence of Microvascular Complications Stratified by Age and Glycemic Control in U.S. Adult Patients With Type 1 Diabetes: A Real-World Study. Diabetes care. 2019;42(12):2220-2227.
  74. Li J, Wang X, Chen J, Zuo X, Zhang H, Deng A. COVID-19 infection may cause ketosis and ketoacidosis. Diabetes Obes Metab. 2020;22(10):1935-1941.
  75. Pasquel FJ, Messler J, Booth R, Kubacka B, Mumpower A, Umpierrez G, Aloi J. Characteristics of and Mortality Associated With Diabetic Ketoacidosis Among US Patients Hospitalized With or Without COVID-19. JAMA Netw Open. 2021;4(3):e211091.
  76. Danne T, Garg S, Peters AL, Buse JB, Mathieu C, Pettus JH, Alexander CM, Battelino T, Ampudia-Blasco FJ, Bode BW, Cariou B, Close KL, Dandona P, Dutta S, Ferrannini E, Fourlanos S, Grunberger G, Heller SR, Henry RR, Kurian MJ, Kushner JA, Oron T, Parkin CG, Pieber TR, Rodbard HW, Schatz D, Skyler JS, Tamborlane WV, Yokote K, Phillip M. International Consensus on Risk Management of Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Patients With Type 1 Diabetes Treated With Sodium-Glucose Cotransporter (SGLT) Inhibitors. Diabetes care. 2019;42(6):1147-1154.
  77. Ahmed M, McKenna MJ, Crowley RK. Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes Recently Commenced on Sglt-2 Inhibitors: An Ongoing Concern. Endocrine practice : official journal of the American College of Endocrinology and the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. 2017;23(4):506-508.
  78. Peters AL, Buschur EO, Buse JB, Cohan P, Diner JC, Hirsch IB. Euglycemic Diabetic Ketoacidosis: A Potential Complication of Treatment With Sodium-Glucose Cotransporter 2 Inhibition. Diabetes care. 2015;38(9):1687-1693.
  79. Umpierrez G, Freire AX. Abdominal pain in patients with hyperglycemic crises. Journal of critical care. 2002;17(1):63-67.
  80. Campbell IW, Duncan LJ, Innes JA, MacCuish AC, Munro JF. Abdominal pain in diabetic metabolic decompensation. Clinical significance. JAMA. 1975;233(2):166-168.
  81. Matz R. Hypothermia in diabetic acidosis. Hormones. 1972;3(1):36-41.
  82. Alberti KG, Nattrass M. Severe diabetic ketoacidosis. Med Clin North Am. 1978;62(4):799-814.
  83. Ruderman NB, Goodman MN. Brain metabolism in diabetes. Horm Metab Res Suppl. 1980;9:1-8.
  84. Rosival V. The influence of blood hydrogen ion concentration on the level of consciousness in diabetic ketoacidosis. Ann Clin Res. 1987;19(1):23-25.
  85. Fulop M, Rosenblatt A, Kreitzer SM, Gerstenhaber B. Hyperosmolar nature of diabetic coma. Diabetes. 1975;24(6):594-599.
  86. Edge JA, Roy Y, Bergomi A, Murphy NP, Ford-Adams ME, Ong KK, Dunger DB. Conscious level in children with diabetic ketoacidosis is related to severity of acidosis and not to blood glucose concentration. Pediatr Diabetes. 2006;7(1):11-15.
  87. Morris LR, Kitabchi AE. Efficacy of low-dose insulin therapy for severely obtunded patients in diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes care. 1980;3(1):53-56.
  88. Nyenwe EA, Razavi LN, Kitabchi AE, Khan AN, Wan JY. Acidosis: the prime determinant of depressed sensorium in diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes care. 2010;33(8):1837-1839.
  89. Freire AX, Umpierrez GE, Afessa B, Latif KA, Bridges L, Kitabchi AE. Predictors of intensive care unit and hospital length of stay in diabetic ketoacidosis. Journal of critical care. 2002;17(4):207-211.
  90. Arieff AI. Cerebral edema complicating nonketotic hyperosmolar coma. Miner Electrolyte Metab. 1986;12(5-6):383-389.
  91. Guisado R, Arieff AI. Neurologic manifestations of diabetic comas: correlation with biochemical alterations in the brain. Metabolism: clinical and experimental. 1975;24(5):665-679.
  92. Harden CL, Rosenbaum DH, Daras M. Hyperglycemia presenting with occipital seizures. Epilepsia. 1991;32(2):215-220.
  93. Sheikh-Ali M, Karon BS, Basu A, Kudva YC, Muller LA, Xu J, Schwenk WF, Miles JM. Can serum beta-hydroxybutyrate be used to diagnose diabetic ketoacidosis? Diabetes care. 2008;31(4):643-647.
  94. Gosmanov AR, Gosmanova EO, Dillard-Cannon E. Management of adult diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes Metab Syndr Obes. 2014;7:255-264.
  95. Handelsman Y, Henry RR, Bloomgarden ZT, Dagogo-Jack S, DeFronzo RA, Einhorn D, Ferrannini E, Fonseca VA, Garber AJ, Grunberger G, LeRoith D, Umpierrez GE, Weir MR. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American College of Endocrinology Position Statement on the Association of Sglt-2 Inhibitors and Diabetic Ketoacidosis. Endocrine practice : official journal of the American College of Endocrinology and the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. 2016;22(6):753-762.
  96. Kum-Nji JS, Gosmanov AR, Steinberg H, Dagogo-Jack S. Hyperglycemic, high anion-gap metabolic acidosis in patients receiving SGLT-2 inhibitors for diabetes management. Journal of diabetes and its complications. 2017;31(3):611-614.
  97. Umpierrez GE, Khajavi M, Kitabchi AE. Review: diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic syndrome. Am J Med Sci. 1996;311(5):225-233.
  98. Robin AP, Ing TS, Lancaster GA, Soung LS, Sparagana M, Geis WP, Hano JE. Hyperglycemia-induced hyponatremia: a fresh look. Clin Chem. 1979;25(3):496-497.
  99. Spasovski G, Vanholder R, Allolio B, Annane D, Ball S, Bichet D, Decaux G, Fenske W, Hoorn EJ, Ichai C, Joannidis M, Soupart A, Zietse R, Haller M, van der Veer S, Van Biesen W, Nagler E, Hyponatraemia Guideline Development G. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment of hyponatraemia. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2014;29 Suppl 2:i1-i39.
  100. Kaminska ES, Pourmotabbed G. Spurious laboratory values in diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperlipidemia. The American journal of emergency medicine. 1993;11(1):77-80.
  101. Adrogue HJ, Lederer ED, Suki WN, Eknoyan G. Determinants of plasma potassium levels in diabetic ketoacidosis. Medicine (Baltimore). 1986;65(3):163-172.
  102. Wilson HK, Keuer SP, Lea AS, Boyd AE, 3rd, Eknoyan G. Phosphate therapy in diabetic ketoacidosis. Arch Intern Med. 1982;142(3):517-520.
  103. Slovis CM, Mork VG, Slovis RJ, Bain RP. Diabetic ketoacidosis and infection: leukocyte count and differential as early predictors of serious infection. The American journal of emergency medicine. 1987;5(1):1-5.
  104. Razavi Nematollahi L, Kitabchi AE, Stentz FB, Wan JY, Larijani BA, Tehrani MM, Gozashti MH, Omidfar K, Taheri E. Proinflammatory cytokines in response to insulin-induced hypoglycemic stress in healthy subjects. Metabolism: clinical and experimental. 2009;58(4):443-448.
  105. Bewsher PD, Petrie JC, Worth HG. Serum lipid levels in hyperosmolar non-ketotic diabetic coma. Br Med J. 1970;3(5714):82-84.
  106. Vinicor F, Lehrner LM, Karn RC, Merritt AD. Hyperamylasemia in diabetic ketoacidosis: sources and significance. Annals of internal medicine. 1979;91(2):200-204.
  107. Yadav D, Nair S, Norkus EP, Pitchumoni CS. Nonspecific hyperamylasemia and hyperlipasemia in diabetic ketoacidosis: incidence and correlation with biochemical abnormalities. Am J Gastroenterol. 2000;95(11):3123-3128.
  108. Gerard SK, Khayam-Bashi H. Characterization of creatinine error in ketotic patients. A prospective comparison of alkaline picrate methods with an enzymatic method. Am J Clin Pathol. 1985;84(5):659-664.
  109. Stephens JM, Sulway MJ, Watkins PJ. Relationship of blood acetoacetate and 3-hydroxybutyrate in diabetes. Diabetes. 1971;20(7):485-489.
  110. Fulop M, Murthy V, Michilli A, Nalamati J, Qian Q, Saitowitz A. Serum beta-hydroxybutyrate measurement in patients with uncontrolled diabetes mellitus. Arch Intern Med. 1999;159(4):381-384.
  111. Porter WH, Yao HH, Karounos DG. Laboratory and clinical evaluation of assays for beta-hydroxybutyrate. Am J Clin Pathol. 1997;107(3):353-358.
  112. Csako G, Elin RJ. Unrecognized false-positive ketones from drugs containing free-sulfhydryl group(s). JAMA. 1993;269(13):1634.
  113. Albert MS, Dell RB, Winters RW. Quantitative displacement of acid-base equilibrium in metabolic acidosis. Annals of internal medicine. 1967;66(2):312-322.
  114. Halperin ML, Hammeke M, Josse RG, Jungas RL. Metabolic acidosis in the alcoholic: a pathophysiologic approach. Metabolism: clinical and experimental. 1983;32(3):308-315.
  115. Bjellerup P, Kallner A, Kollind M. GLC determination of serum-ethylene glycol, interferences in ketotic patients. J Toxicol Clin Toxicol. 1994;32(1):85-87.
  116. Paulson WD, Gadallah MF. Diagnosis of mixed acid-base disorders in diabetic ketoacidosis. Am J Med Sci. 1993;306(5):295-300.
  117. Freidenberg GR, Kosnik EJ, Sotos JF. Hyperglycemic coma after suprasellar surgery. N Engl J Med. 1980;303(15):863-865.
  118. Hillman K. Fluid resuscitation in diabetic emergencies--a reappraisal. Intensive Care Med. 1987;13(1):4-8.
  119. Diabetes Canada Clinical Practice Guidelines Expert C, Goguen J, Gilbert J. Hyperglycemic Emergencies in Adults. Can J Diabetes. 2018;42 Suppl 1:S109-S114.
  120. Rosenbloom AL. Intracerebral crises during treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes care. 1990;13(1):22-33.
  121. Pasquel FJ, Umpierrez GE. Hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state: a historic review of the clinical presentation, diagnosis, and treatment. Diabetes care. 2014;37(11):3124-3131.
  122. Cardoso L, Vicente N, Rodrigues D, Gomes L, Carrilho F. Controversies in the management of hyperglycaemic emergencies in adults with diabetes. Metabolism: clinical and experimental. 2017;68:43-54.
  123. Fisher JN, Shahshahani MN, Kitabchi AE. Diabetic ketoacidosis: low-dose insulin therapy by various routes. N Engl J Med. 1977;297(5):238-241.
  124. Sacks HS, Shahshahani M, Kitabchi AE, Fisher JN, Young RT. Similar responsiveness of diabetic ketoacidosis to low-dose insulin by intramuscular injection and albumin-free infusion. Annals of internal medicine. 1979;90(1):36-42.
  125. Burghen GA, Etteldorf JN, Fisher JN, Kitabchi AQ. Comparison of high-dose and low-dose insulin by continuous intravenous infusion in the treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis in children. Diabetes care. 1980;3(1):15-20.
  126. Umpierrez GE, Cuervo R, Karabell A, Latif K, Freire AX, Kitabchi AE. Treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis with subcutaneous insulin aspart. Diabetes care. 2004;27(8):1873-1878.
  127. Umpierrez GE, Latif K, Stoever J, Cuervo R, Park L, Freire AX, A EK. Efficacy of subcutaneous insulin lispro versus continuous intravenous regular insulin for the treatment of patients with diabetic ketoacidosis. Am J Med. 2004;117(5):291-296.
  128. Della Manna T, Steinmetz L, Campos PR, Farhat SC, Schvartsman C, Kuperman H, Setian N, Damiani D. Subcutaneous use of a fast-acting insulin analog: an alternative treatment for pediatric patients with diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes care. 2005;28(8):1856-1861.
  129. Atchley DW, Loeb RF, Richards DW, Benedict EM, Driscoll ME. ON DIABETIC ACIDOSIS: A Detailed Study of Electrolyte Balances Following the Withdrawal and Reestablishment of Insulin Therapy. The Journal of clinical investigation. 1933;12(2):297-326.
  130. Beigelman PM. Potassium in severe diabetic ketoacidosis. Am J Med. 1973;54(4):419-420.
  131. Abramson E, Arky R. Diabetic acidosis with initial hypokalemia. Therapeutic implications. JAMA. 1966;196(5):401-403.
  132. Viallon A, Zeni F, Lafond P, Venet C, Tardy B, Page Y, Bertrand JC. Does bicarbonate therapy improve the management of severe diabetic ketoacidosis? Crit Care Med. 1999;27(12):2690-2693.
  133. Glaser NS, Wootton-Gorges SL, Marcin JP, Buonocore MH, Dicarlo J, Neely EK, Barnes P, Bottomly J, Kuppermann N. Mechanism of cerebral edema in children with diabetic ketoacidosis. J Pediatr. 2004;145(2):164-171.
  134. Krane EJ, Rockoff MA, Wallman JK, Wolfsdorf JI. Subclinical brain swelling in children during treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. N Engl J Med. 1985;312(18):1147-1151.
  135. Okuda Y, Adrogue HJ, Field JB, Nohara H, Yamashita K. Counterproductive effects of sodium bicarbonate in diabetic ketoacidosis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1996;81(1):314-320.
  136. Morris LR, Murphy MB, Kitabchi AE. Bicarbonate therapy in severe diabetic ketoacidosis. Annals of internal medicine. 1986;105(6):836-840.
  137. Green SM, Rothrock SG, Ho JD, Gallant RD, Borger R, Thomas TL, Zimmerman GJ. Failure of adjunctive bicarbonate to improve outcome in severe pediatric diabetic ketoacidosis. Ann Emerg Med. 1998;31(1):41-48.
  138. Lever E, Jaspan JB. Sodium bicarbonate therapy in severe diabetic ketoacidosis. Am J Med. 1983;75(2):263-268.
  139. Fisher JN, Kitabchi AE. A randomized study of phosphate therapy in the treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1983;57(1):177-180.
  140. Keller U, Berger W. Prevention of hypophosphatemia by phosphate infusion during treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar coma. Diabetes. 1980;29(2):87-95.
  141. Kreisberg RA. Phosphorus deficiency and hypophosphatemia. Hosp Pract. 1977;12(3):121-128.
  142. Winter RJ, Harris CJ, Phillips LS, Green OC. Diabetic ketoacidosis. Induction of hypocalcemia and hypomagnesemia by phosphate therapy. Am J Med. 1979;67(5):897-900.
  143. Adrogue HJ, Wilson H, Boyd AE, 3rd, Suki WN, Eknoyan G. Plasma acid-base patterns in diabetic ketoacidosis. N Engl J Med. 1982;307(26):1603-1610.
  144. Kelly AM. The case for venous rather than arterial blood gases in diabetic ketoacidosis. Emerg Med Australas. 2006;18(1):64-67.
  145. Adrogue HJ, Eknoyan G, Suki WK. Diabetic ketoacidosis: role of the kidney in the acid-base homeostasis re-evaluated. Kidney Int. 1984;25(4):591-598.
  146. Oster JR, Epstein M. Acid-base aspects of ketoacidosis. Am J Nephrol. 1984;4(3):137-151.
  147. Kamel KS, Halperin ML. Acid-base problems in diabetic ketoacidosis. N Engl J Med. 2015;372(6):546-554.
  148. Wallace TM, Matthews DR. Recent advances in the monitoring and management of diabetic ketoacidosis. QJM. 2004;97(12):773-780.
  149. Fleckman AM. Diabetic ketoacidosis. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 1993;22(2):181-207.
  150. Oh MS, Carroll HJ, Goldstein DA, Fein IA. Hyperchloremic acidosis during the recovery phase of diabetic ketosis. Annals of internal medicine. 1978;89(6):925-927.
  151. Duck SC, Wyatt DT. Factors associated with brain herniation in the treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. J Pediatr. 1988;113(1 Pt 1):10-14.
  152. Silver SM, Clark EC, Schroeder BM, Sterns RH. Pathogenesis of cerebral edema after treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis. Kidney Int. 1997;51(4):1237-1244.
  153. Haringhuizen A, Tjan DH, Grool A, van Vugt R, van Zante AR. Fatal cerebral oedema in adult diabetic ketoacidosis. Neth J Med. 2010;68(1):35-37.
  154. Hoorn EJ, Carlotti AP, Costa LA, MacMahon B, Bohn G, Zietse R, Halperin ML, Bohn D. Preventing a drop in effective plasma osmolality to minimize the likelihood of cerebral edema during treatment of children with diabetic ketoacidosis. J Pediatr. 2007;150(5):467-473.
  155. Smedman L, Escobar R, Hesser U, Persson B. Sub-clinical cerebral oedema does not occur regularly during treatment for diabetic ketoacidosis. Acta Paediatr. 1997;86(11):1172-1176.
  156. Isales CM, Min L, Hoffman WH. Acetoacetate and beta-hydroxybutyrate differentially regulate endothelin-1 and vascular endothelial growth factor in mouse brain microvascular endothelial cells. Journal of diabetes and its complications. 1999;13(2):91-97.
  157. Edge JA. Cerebral oedema during treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis: are we any nearer finding a cause? Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2000;16(5):316-324.
  158. Galindo RJ, Pasquel FJ, Fayfman M, Tsegka K, Dhruv N, Cardona S, Wang H, Vellanki P, Umpierrez GE. Clinical characteristics and outcomes of patients with end-stage renal disease hospitalized with diabetes ketoacidosis. BMJ Open Diabetes Res Care. 2020;8(1).
  159. Buyukasik Y, Ileri NS, Haznedaroglu IC, Karaahmetoglu S, Muftuoglu O, Kirazli S, Dundar S. Enhanced subclinical coagulation activation during diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes care. 1998;21(5):868-870.
  160. McLaren EH, Cullen DR, Brown MJ. Coagulation abnormalities in diabetic coma before and 24 hours after treatment. Diabetologia. 1979;17(6):345-349.
  161. Timperley WR, Preston FE, Ward JD. Cerebral intravascular coagulation in diabetic ketoacidosis. Lancet. 1974;1(7864):952-956.
  162. Everett E, Mathioudakis NN. Association of socioeconomic status and DKA readmission in adults with type 1 diabetes: analysis of the US National Readmission Database. BMJ Open Diabetes Res Care. 2019;7(1):e000621.
  163. Maldonado MR, Chong ER, Oehl MA, Balasubramanyam A. Economic impact of diabetic ketoacidosis in a multiethnic indigent population: analysis of costs based on the precipitating cause. Diabetes care. 2003;26(4):1265-1269.
  164. Musey VC, Lee JK, Crawford R, Klatka MA, McAdams D, Phillips LS. Diabetes in urban African-Americans. I. Cessation of insulin therapy is the major precipitating cause of diabetic ketoacidosis. Diabetes care. 1995;18(4):483-489.
  165. Randall L, Begovic J, Hudson M, Smiley D, Peng L, Pitre N, Umpierrez D, Umpierrez G. Recurrent diabetic ketoacidosis in inner-city minority patients: behavioral, socioeconomic, and psychosocial factors. Diabetes care. 2011;34(9):1891-1896.
  166. Lindner LME, Rathmann W, Rosenbauer J. Inequalities in glycaemic control, hypoglycaemia and diabetic ketoacidosis according to socio-economic status and area-level deprivation in Type 1 diabetes mellitus: a systematic review. Diabet Med. 2018;35(1):12-32.
  167. Laffel LM, Brackett J, Ho J, Anderson BJ. Changing the process of diabetes care improves metabolic outcomes and reduces hospitalizations. Qual Manag Health Care. 1998;6(4):53-62.
  168. Rewers A, Chase HP, Mackenzie T, Walravens P, Roback M, Rewers M, Hamman RF, Klingensmith G. Predictors of acute complications in children with type 1 diabetes. JAMA. 2002;287(19):2511-2518.
  169. Vanelli M, Chiari G, Ghizzoni L, Costi G, Giacalone T, Chiarelli F. Effectiveness of a prevention program for diabetic ketoacidosis in children. An 8-year study in schools and private practices. Diabetes care. 1999;22(1):7-9.
  170. Runyan JW, Jr., Zwaag RV, Joyner MB, Miller ST. The Memphis diabetes continuing care program. Diabetes care. 1980;3(2):382-386.
  171. Charleer S, Mathieu C, Nobels F, De Block C, Radermecker RP, Hermans MP, Taes Y, Vercammen C, T'Sjoen G, Crenier L, Fieuws S, Keymeulen B, Gillard P, Investigators RT. Effect of Continuous Glucose Monitoring on Glycemic Control, Acute Admissions, and Quality of Life: A Real-World Study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2018;103(3):1224-1232.
  172. Parkin CG, Graham C, Smolskis J. Continuous Glucose Monitoring Use in Type 1 Diabetes: Longitudinal Analysis Demonstrates Meaningful Improvements in HbA1c and Reductions in Health Care Utilization. J Diabetes Sci Technol. 2017;11(3):522-528.
  173. Cardona-Hernandez R, Schwandt A, Alkandari H, Bratke H, Chobot A, Coles N, Corathers S, Goksen D, Goss P, Imane Z, Nagl K, O'Riordan SMP, Jefferies C, Group SS. Glycemic Outcome Associated With Insulin Pump and Glucose Sensor Use in Children and Adolescents With Type 1 Diabetes. Data From the International Pediatric Registry SWEET. Diabetes care. 2021.
  174. Fleming N, Hamblin PS, Story D, Ekinci EI. Evolving Evidence of Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Patients Taking Sodium-Glucose Cotransporter 2 Inhibitors. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2020;105(8).

 

Primary Hyperparathyroidism

ABSTRACT

Primary hyperparathyroidism (PHPT) is characterized by hypercalcemia and elevated or inappropriately normal parathyroid hormone (PTH) levels. PHPT results from excessive secretion of PTH from one or more of the parathyroid glands. The clinical presentation of PHPT has evolved since the 1970’s with the advent of the routine measurement of serum calcium at that time. Classical PHPT, with its associated severe hypercalcemia, osteitis fibrosa cystica, nephrolithiasis, and neuropsychological symptoms, once common is now infrequent. Today most patients are asymptomatic and have mild hypercalcemia, but may have evidence of subclinical skeletal and renal sequelae such as osteoporosis and hypercalciuria as well as vertebral fractures and nephrolithiasis both of which may be asymptomatic. Parathyroidectomy is the only curative treatment for PHPT and is recommended in patients with symptoms and those with asymptomatic disease who have evidence of end-organ sequelae. Parathyroidectomy results in an increase in BMD and a reduction in nephrolithiasis.

 

INTRODUCTION

Primary hyperparathyroidism (PHPT) is characterized by hypercalcemia and elevated or inappropriately normal parathyroid hormone (PTH) levels. The disorder today bears few similarities to the severe condition described by Fuller Albright and others as a “disease of stones, bones, and groans” in the 1930s (1-3).  The skeletal hallmark of PHPT was osteitis fibrosa cystica, radiographically characterized by brown tumors of the long bones, subperiosteal bone resorption, distal tapering of the clavicles and phalanges, and “salt-and-pepper” erosions of the skull (4). Nephrocalcinosis and nephrolithiasis were present in the majority of patients, and neuromuscular dysfunction with muscle weakness was also common. With the advent of the automated serum chemistry autoanalyzer in the 1970s, the diagnosis of PHPT was increasingly recognized, leading to a four- to five-fold increase in incidence (5-7). Classic symptomatology, concomitantly, became much less frequent. In the United States and elsewhere in the developed world, symptomatic PHPT is now the exception and more than three fourths of patients having no symptoms attributable to their disease, making PHPT a disease that has “evolved” from its classic presentation (Table 1) (8). Symptomatic nephrolithiasis is still observed, although much less frequently than in the past. Now, radiologically evident bone disease is rare, but subclinical skeletal involvement can be readily detected by bone densitometry (9). This chapter describes the modern presentation, diagnosis and management of PHPT.

 

Table 1. Changing Clinical Profile of Primary Hyperparathyroidism

 

Cope (1930-1965)

Heath et al (1965-1974)

Mallette et al (1965-1972)

Silverberg et al (1984-2009)

Nephrolithiasis (%)

57

51

37

17

Skeletal disease (%)

23

10

14

1.4

Hypercalciuria (%)

NR

36

40

39

Asymptomatic (%)

0.6

18

22

80

NR= not reported

 

RISK FACTORS, PATHOLOGY, AND ANATOMICAL LOCATION         

PHPT results from excessive secretion of PTH from one or more of the parathyroid glands. The underlying cause of sporadic PHPT is unknown in most cases. While external neck radiation and lithium therapy are risk factors for the development of sporadic PHPT, most patients do not report these exposures (10-12). Chronically low calcium intake and higher body weight have also been recently described to be risk factors (13,14). The genetic pathogenesis of sporadic PHPT is unclear in most patients but genes regulating the cell cycle are thought to be important given the clonal nature of sporadic parathyroid adenomas.

 

By far the most common pathological finding in patients with PHPT is a solitary parathyroid adenoma, occurring in 80% of patients (15). In 2-4% of patients, PHPT is due to multiple adenomas (16). In approximately 15% of patients, all four parathyroid glands are involved (15,17). Parathyroid carcinoma accounts for <1% of all cases of PHPT(18). The etiology of four-gland parathyroid hyperplasia is multifactorial. There are no clinical features that definitively differentiate single versus multiglandular disease, but risk factors include inherited genetic syndromes such as multiple endocrine neoplasia (MEN) type 1 or type 2a and lithium exposure (17).

 

Parathyroid adenomas can be found in many unexpected anatomic locations. Parathyroid tissue embryonal migration patterns account for a plethora of possible sites of ectopic parathyroid adenomas. The most common atypical locations are within the thyroid gland, the superior mediastinum, and within the thymus (19). Occasionally, adenomas are identified in the retroesophageal space, the pharynx, the lateral neck, and even in the alimentary submucosa of the esophagus (20-22). On histologic examination, most parathyroid adenomas are encapsulated and are composed of parathyroid chief cells. Adenomas containing mainly oxyphilic or oncocytic cells are rare, but can give rise to clinical PHPT (23). Very rarely, PHPT may be due to parathyromatosis. This refers to an uncommon condition in which benign hyperfunctioning parathyroid tissue is scattered throughout the neck and/or in the superior mediastinum (see Unusual Presentations) (24).

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

The incidence of PHPT has changed dramatically over the last half century (5,6,25,26). Before the advent of the multichannel autoanalyzer in the early 1970s, Heath et al reported an incidence of 7.8 cases per 100,000 persons in Rochester, Minnesota (5). With the introduction of routine calcium measurements in the mid-1970s, this rate rose dramatically to 51.1 cases per 100,000 in the same community. After prevalent cases were diagnosed, the incidence declined to approximately 27 per 100,000 persons per year in the United States until 1998, at which time another sharp increase was noted (25,27,28). This second peak has been attributed to the introduction of osteoporosis screening guidelines and targeted testing in those with osteoporosis (28). Recent works shows the incidence of PHPT increases with age and is higher in women and African-Americans than in men and other racial groups, respectively (29).

 

Greater appreciation of the catabolic potential of PTH in postmenopausal women with osteoporosis has led to measurement of PTH even in subjects who do not have hypercalcemia. This trend has led to the emergence of a new entity, normocalcemic PHPT or NPHPT(30). This condition is characterized by normal serum calcium, elevated PTH, and exclusion of known causes of secondary hyperparathyroidism. The incidence of NPHPT is unknown, but recent studies suggest a prevalence ranging from 0.2-3.1% (31,32).

 

DIAGNOSIS AND DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

The diagnosis of PHPT is made when hypercalcemia and elevated PTH levels are present.

PTH levels that are inappropriately normal are also consistent with the diagnosis. The other major cause of hypercalcemia, malignancy, is readily discriminated from PHPT by a suppressed PTH level. Further, both the clinical presentation and biochemical profile of PHPT and hypercalcemia of malignancy help distinguish them. Patients with hypercalcemia of malignancy typically have severe and symptomatic hypercalcemia and advanced cancers that are clinically obvious. On the other hand, in PHPT most patients are asymptomatic and the serum calcium level is typically mildly elevated (within 1 mg/dl of the upper limit of normal). Extremely rarely, a patient with malignancy will be shown to have elevated PTH levels resulting from ectopic secretion of native PTH from the tumor itself (33). Much more commonly, the malignancy is associated with the secretion of parathyroid hormone–related protein (PTHrP), a molecule that does not cross-react in intact PTH assay (discussed below). Finally, it is possible that a malignancy is present in association with PHPT. When the PTH level is elevated in someone with a malignancy, this is more likely to be the case than a true ectopic PTH syndrome.

 

While ninety percent of patients with hypercalcemia have either PHPT or malignancy, the differential diagnosis of hypercalcemia includes a number of other etiologies such as vitamin D intoxication, granulomatous disease, and others (33).  With the exception of lithium and thiazide use and familial hypocalciuric hypercalcemia (FHH), virtually all other causes of hypercalcemia are associated with suppressed levels of PTH. If lithium and/or thiazides can be safely withdrawn, serum calcium and PTH levels that continue to be elevated 3-6 months later, confirm the diagnosis of PHPT. FHH, on the other hand, is differentiated from PHPT by family history, typically (but not always) low urinary calcium excretion, and mutations in the calcium sensing receptor (CASR) or more recently associated GNA11 and AP2S1 genes (34-36). In addition, virtual complete genetic penetrance leads to its clinical appearance typically before the age of 30. It is extremely unusual for FHH to present without an antecedent history after the age of 50.

 

To distinguish PTH-mediated from non-PTH mediated causes of hypercalcemia, PTH should be measured with an intact immunoradiometric (IRMA) or immunochemiluminometric (ICMA) assay, which readily discriminates between PHPT and hypercalcemia of malignancy. In PHPT, PTH concentrations are usually frankly elevated, but most often within 2 times the upper limit of normal. A minority may have PTH levels in the normal range, typically in the upper range of normal. In PHPT, such values, although within the normal range, are clearly abnormal in a hypercalcemic setting. Several factors affect the PTH level in those with and without PHPT, including age, vitamin D levels, and renal function. Because PTH levels normally rise with age, the broad normal range (typically 10-65 pg/mL) reflects values for the entire population. In the younger individual (< 45 years), one expects a narrower and lower normal range (10-45 pg/mL). Occasionally, the PTH level as measured will be as low as 20-30 pg/mL. Such unusual examples require a more careful consideration of other causes of hypercalcemia, but such individuals will usually be shown to have PHPT because hypercalcemia that is not PTH-mediated suppresses the PTH concentration to levels that are either undetectable or at the lower limits of the reference range. Souberbielle et al (37) have illustrated that the normal range is dependent on whether or not the reference population is or is not vitamin D deficient. When vitamin D–deficient individuals were excluded, the upper limit of the PTH reference interval decreased. Patients with PHPT and vitamin D deficiency have a “heightened” PTH levels compared to those who are vitamin D sufficient (38).

 

On the other hand, renal dysfunction tends to elevate PTH levels via a number of mechanisms, including reduced clearance and degradation of PTH. Indeed, patients with PHPT and severe renal dysfunction (glomerular filtration rate < 30ml/min), may also have higher PTH levels compared to those with better renal function (39). In addition, the “intact” IRMA for PTH overestimates the concentration of biologically active PTH, particularly in renal failure. In 1998, Lepage et al (40) demonstrated a large non-(1–84) PTH fragment that comigrated with a large aminoterminally truncated fragment (PTH[7–84]) and showed substantial cross-reactivity in commercially available IRMAs. This large, inactive moiety constituted as much as 50% of immunoreactivity by IRMA for PTH in individuals with chronic renal failure (41). Recognition of this molecule led to the development of a new IRMA using affinity-purified polyclonal antibodies to PTH (39–84) and to the extreme N-terminal amino acid regions, PTH (1–4) (42,43). This “whole PTH” or third generation assay detects only the full-length PTH molecule, PTH (1–84). This assay has clear utility in uremic patients, but in PHPT, both assays are equally useful (40,44-46). Using the third-generation assay for PTH (1-84), a second molecular form of PTH(1-84) that is immunologically intact at both extremes has been identified. This molecule reacts only poorly in second-generation PTH assays. It represents less than 10% of the immunoreactivity in normal individuals and up to 15% in renal failure patients. In a limited number of patients with a severe form of PHPT or with parathyroid cancer, it may be over-expressed (47).

 

PHPT can be discriminated from secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism by its different biochemical profile. Secondary hyperparathyroidism is associated with an appropriate elevation in PTH in response to a hypocalcemic provocation and either a frankly low or normal serum calcium level. Secondary hyperparathyroidism is often due to vitamin D deficiency. Other causes include malabsorption, kidney disease, or hypercalciuria. Infrequently, patients with secondary hyperparathyroidism may become hypercalcemic, and will ultimately be found to have PHPT, when the underlying condition (for example, vitamin D deficiency) is corrected (48). In these cases, the hypercalcemia of PHPT was ‘masked’ by the co-existing condition. On the other hand, tertiary hyperparathyroidism describes a condition in which prolonged, severe secondary hyperparathyroidism (as in end-stage renal disease) evolves into a hypercalcemic state due to the development of autonomous functioning of one or more of the hyperplastic parathyroid glands. This can be observed in patients on dialysis or after renal transplant. Tertiary hyperparathyroidism is usually obvious from the history.

 

Normocalcemic primary hyperparathyroidism (NPHPT) describes a condition characterized by normal serum albumin-corrected calcium levels and ionized calcium values with an elevated PTH level. This condition can only be diagnosed when all known causes of secondary hyperparathyroidism have been excluded. Patients with NPHPT typically are diagnosed when PTH is measured in the course of an evaluation for low bone mass. NPHPT may represent the earliest manifestations of PHPT, a “forme fruste” of the disease. Several reports have appeared describing these individuals, with some patients progressing to overt hypercalcemia while under observation (30,32,49,50).

 

Although the term “normocalcemic PHPT” has been in use for decades, there has been considerable controversy concerning the accuracy of this designation. In many cases, the increases in PTH levels were attributable to the limitations of available assay technology. The older midmolecule radioimmunoassay for PTH, previously in common use, measured hormone fragments in addition to the intact molecule. Spuriously elevated PTH levels, particularly in those with renal insufficiency in whom clearance of hormone fragments is impaired, were seen. Alternative explanations for hyperparathyroidism with NPHPT have been discovered, including medications, hypercalciuria, renal insufficiency, and certain forms of liver and gastrointestinal disease. In recent years, it has become clear that many patients designated as having NPHPT were vitamin D deficient. Vitamin D deficiency with coexisting PHPT can give the semblance of normal calcium levels when in fact they would have been hypercalcemic if the vitamin D levels were normal. Since a possible view of NPHPT is a condition fostered by an element of vitamin D resistance, it is important to ensure vitamin D sufficiency. While the Institute of Medicine states that normal levels of vitamin D, as measured by 25-hydroxyvitamin D, are 20 ng/ml, it did not address conditions of abnormal mineral metabolism, such as PHPT. In particular, in NPHPT, we and others recommend that levels of 25-hydorxyvitamin D be raised, if necessary, to > 30 ng/mL for at least 3 months in order to rule out an element of vitamin D insufficiency in this population. Biochemical profiles for the various causes of hypercalcemia and hyperparathyroidism are shown in Table 2.

 

Table 2. Biochemical Profiles for Various Causes of Hypercalcemia and Hyperparathyroidism

Cause

Serum Calcium

        PTH

Urine Calcium

Primary Hyperparathyroidism

Elevated

Elevated or Inappropriately Normal

High or High Normal

Hypercalcemia of Malignancy and non-PTH Mediated Hypercalcemia

Elevated

Suppressed

Typically High*

Secondary Hyperparathyroidism

Normal or Low

Elevated

Low in vitamin D deficiency, malabsorption, chronic renal failure,

High in Idiopathic Hypercalciuria

Tertiary Hyperparathyroidism

Elevated

Elevated

Low before transplant

FHH

Elevated

Typically High Normal or Elevated

Typically Low

Normocalcemic Primary Hyperparathyroidism

Normal

High

<350 mg/24 hours (30)

*may vary by cause

 

OTHER BIOCHEMICAL FEATURES

In PHPT, serum phosphorus tends to be in the lower range of normal, but frank hypophosphatemia is present in less than one fourth of patients. Hypophosphatemia, when present, is due to the phosphaturic actions of PTH. Average total urinary calcium excretion is at the upper end of the normal range, with about 40% of all patients experiencing hypercalciuria. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels tend to be in the lower end of the normal range. Although mean values of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D are in the high-normal range, approximately one third of patients have frankly elevated levels of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (51). This pattern is a result of the actions of PTH to increase expression of the 1-alpha hydroxylase that converts 25-hydroxyvitamin D to 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D.  A typical biochemical profile is shown in Table 3.

 

Table 3. Biochemical Profile in Primary Hyperparathyroidism (n = 137)

 

Patients (Mean ± SEM)

Normal Range

Serum calcium

10.7 ± 0.1 mg/dL

8.2-10.2 mg/dL

Serum phosphorus

2.8 ± 0.1 mg/dL

2.5-1.5 mg/dL

Total alkaline phosphatase

114 ± 5 IU/L

<100 IU/L

Serum magnesium

2.0 ± 0.1 mg/dL

1.8-2.4 mg/dL

PTH (IRMA)

119 ± 7 pg/mL

10-65 pg/mL

25(OH)D

19 ± 1 ng/mL

30-80 ng/mL

1,25(OH)2D

54 ± 2 pg/mL

15-60 pg/mL

Urinary calcium

240 ± 11 mg/g creatinine

 

Urine DPD

17.6 ± 1.3 nmol/mmol creatinine

<14.6 nmol/mmol creatinine

Urine PYD

46.8 ± 2.7 nmol/mmol creatinine

<51.8 nmol/mmol creatinine

DPD, Deoxypyridinoline; PTH (IRMA), parathyroid hormone (immunoradiometric assay); PYD, pyridinoline.

 

CLINICAL PRESENTATION

PHPT typically occurs in individuals in their middle years, with a peak incidence between ages 50 and 60 years. However, the condition can occur at any age. Women are affected more frequently than men, in a ratio of approximately 3-4:1. Several different presentations of PHPT are possible and were originally described successively in time (2,30,52). The classical symptomatic presentation was described first; later, asymptomatic PHPT emerged due to biochemical screening, and most recently the normocalcemic variant was discovered as described above. However, these three forms of PHPT contemporaneously exist today. Which presentation predominates depends upon population- and geographic-specific screening practices. It is also postulated that vitamin D deficiency may affect clinical presentation. Vitamin D deficiency heightens PTH elevations and this can worsen the hyperparathyroid process (53). In regions of the world and populations where biochemical screening is not routine and incidentally where vitamin D deficiency is endemic, symptomatic PHPT is the most common form and PHPT will appear to be uncommon because it is only discovered when symptomatic (54-64).  In areas and populations where screening is routine, asymptomatic PHPT will predominate and the incidence of PHPT is higher (52,65).

 

This chapter focuses on asymptomatic PHPT, as it is the predominant form in the United States and in most of the developed world. At the time of diagnosis, most patients with PHPT do not exhibit classic symptoms or signs associated with disease. Clinically overt kidney stones and fractures are rare (66). Constitutional complaints such as weakness, easy fatigability, depression, and intellectual weariness are seen with some regularity (see later discussion) (67). The physical examination is generally unremarkable. Band keratopathy, a hallmark of classic PHPT, occurs because of deposition of calcium phosphate crystals in the cornea, but is virtually never seen grossly. Even by slit-lamp examination, this finding is rare. The neck shows no masses. The neuromuscular system is normal. The sections below provide a detailed description of the multi-systemic manifestations of PHPT.

 

Diseases associated epidemiologically with PHPT have included hypertension (68-70), peptic ulcer disease, gout, or pseudogout (71,72). More recently celiac disease has been associated with PHPT (73). Some concomitant disorders such as hypertension are commonly seen, but it is not established that any of these associated disorders are etiologically linked to the disease.

 

The Skeleton 

The classic radiologic bone disease of PHPT, osteitis fibrosa cystica, is rarely seen today in the United States. Most series place the incidence of osteitis fibrosa cystica at less than 2% of patients with PHPT. The absence of classic radiographic features (salt-and-pepper skull, tapering of the distal third of the clavicle, subperiosteal bone resorption of the phalanges, brown tumors) does not mean that the skeleton is not affected. With more sensitive techniques, it has become clear that skeletal involvement in the hyperparathyroid process is actually quite common. This section reviews the profile of the skeleton in PHPT as it is reflected in assays for bone markers, bone densitometry, bone histomorphometry, and new skeletal imaging techniques.

 

BONE TURNOVER MARKERS

PTH stimulates both bone resorption and bone formation. Markers of bone turnover, which reflect those dynamics, provide clues to the extent of skeletal involvement in PHPT (74).

 

Bone Formation Markers

Osteoblast products, including bone-specific alkaline phosphatase activity, osteocalcin, and serum amino-terminal propeptide of type I collagen (P1NP), reflect bone formation (74). In PHPT, alkaline phosphatase levels, the most widely clinically available marker, can be mildly elevated, but in many patients, total alkaline phosphatase values are within normal limits (75,76). In a small study from our group (77), bone-specific alkaline phosphatase activity correlated with PTH levels and BMD at the lumbar spine and femoral neck. Osteocalcin is also generally increased in patients with PHPT (77-79). Sclerostin is an important regulator of bone formation. Patients with PHPT  have low sclerostin levels, suggesting PTH down regulates sclerostin (80). As expected the bone formation marker, serum amino-terminal propeptide of type I collagen (P1NP), is negatively associated with sclerostin in PHPT (81). In a small series of 27 patients followed for up to a year post-PTX, circulating sclerostin increases shortly after post-surgery but return to the age reference range within 10 days (82).

 

Bone Resorption Markers

Markers of bone resorption include the osteoclast product, tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase (TRAP), and collagen breakdown products such as hydroxyproline, hydroxypyridinium cross-links of collagen, and N- and C-telopeptides of type 1 collagen (NTX and CTX) (74). Urinary hydroxyproline, once the only available marker of bone resorption, no longer offers sufficient sensitivity or specificity to make it useful. Although urinary hydroxyproline was frankly elevated in patients with osteitis fibrosa cystica, in mild asymptomatic PHPT it is generally normal. Hydroxypyridinium cross-links of collagen, pyridinoline (PYD), and deoxypyridinoline (DPD), on the other hand, are often elevated in PHPT. They return to normal after parathyroidectomy (83). DPD and PYD both correlate positively with PTH concentrations. Studies of NTX, CTX and TRAP are limited, although levels of the latter have been shown to be elevated (48). Thus, sensitive assays of bone formation and bone resorption are both elevated in mild PHPT.

 

Longitudinal Bone Turnover Marker Studies

Studies of bone turnover markers in the longitudinal follow-up of patients with PHPT indicate a reduction in these markers following parathyroidectomy. Information from our group (83,84), Guo et al (85), and Tanaka et al (86) all report declining levels of bone markers following surgery. The kinetics of change in bone resorption versus bone formation following parathyroidectomy provide insight into skeletal recovery. We have found that markers of bone resorption decline rapidly following successful parathyroidectomy, whereas indices of bone formation follow a more gradual decrease (83). Urinary PYD and DPD decreased significantly as early as 2 weeks following parathyroid surgery, preceding reductions in alkaline phosphatase. Similar data were reported from Tanaka et al (86), who demonstrated a difference in time course  between changes in NTX (reflecting bone resorption) and osteocalcin (reflecting bone formation) following parathyroidectomy, and Minisola et al (87), who reported a drop in bone resorptive markers and no significant change in alkaline phosphatase or osteocalcin. The persistence of elevated bone formation markers coupled with rapid declines in bone resorption markers indicate a shift in the coupling between bone formation and bone resorption toward an accrual of bone mineral postoperatively. More recent data indicate that levels of preoperative markers of bone turnover (formation and resorption) are positively associated with the extent of bone accrual after parathyroidectomy, though some of the patients included in this study had more severe PHPT than is typically seen in the United States today (88).

 

BONE DENSITOMETRY

The advent of bone mineral densitometry as a major diagnostic tool for osteoporosis occurred at a time when the clinical profile of PHPT was changing from a symptomatic to an asymptomatic disease. This fortuitous timing allowed questions about skeletal involvement in PHPT to be addressed when specific gross radiologic features of PHPT had all but disappeared. Observations of skeletal health in PHPT made by bone densitometry have established the importance of this technology in the evaluation of all patients with PHPT. The Consensus Development Conference on Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism in 1990 implicitly acknowledged this point when bone mineral densitometry was included as a separate criterion for clinical decision making (89). Since that time, bone densitometry has become an indispensable component of both evaluating the patient and establishing clinical guidelines for management and monitoring.

 

The known physiologic proclivity of PTH to be catabolic at sites of cortical bone make a cortical site essential to any complete densitometric study of PHPT. By convention, the distal third of the radius is the site used. The early densitometric studies in PHPT also showed another physiologic property of PTH, namely, to preserve bone at cancellous sites. The lumbar spine is an important site to measure not only because it is predominantly cancellous bone, but also because postmenopausal women are at risk for cancellous bone loss. In PHPT, bone density at the distal third of the radius is diminished (90,91) while at the lumbar spine it is only minimally reduced (Figure 1). The hip region, containing relatively equal amounts of cortical and cancellous elements, shows bone density intermediate between the cortical and cancellous sites. The results support not only the notion that PTH is catabolic for cortical bone but also the view that PTH is generally protective against bone loss in cancellous bone (92-94). In postmenopausal women, the same pattern was observed (91). Postmenopausal women with PHPT, therefore, show a reversal of the pattern typically associated with postmenopausal bone loss. Rather than preferential loss of cancellous bone at the lumbar spine, the cortical site of the distal radius is more often affected in postmenopausal women with PHPT.

Figure 1. The pattern of bone loss in primary hyperparathyroidism. A typical pattern of bone loss is seen in asymptomatic patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. The lumbar spine is relatively well preserved while the distal radius (1/3 site) is preferentially affected. (Reprinted with permission from Silverberg SJ, Shane E, DeLaCruz L, et al. Skeletal disease in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Bone Mineral Res 1989;4:283-291).

The bone density profile in which there is relative preservation of skeletal mass at the vertebrae and reduction at the more cortical distal radius is not always seen in PHPT. Although this pattern is evident in the vast majority of patients, small groups of patients show evidence of vertebral osteopenia at the time of presentation. In our natural-history study, approximately 15% of patients had a lumbar spine Z score of less than –1.5 at the time of diagnosis (95). Only half of these patients were postmenopausal women, so not all vertebral bone loss could be attributed entirely to estrogen deficiency. These patients are of interest with regard to changes in bone density following parathyroidectomy and are discussed in further detail later. The extent of vertebral bone involvement will vary as a function of disease severity. In the typical mild form of the disease, the pattern described earlier is seen. When PHPT is more advanced, there will be more generalized involvement, with involvement of the lumbar bone. When PHPT is severe or more symptomatic, all bones can be extensively involved. Vitamin D deficiency in mild asymptomatic PHPT seems to have minimal effect on BMD with only slightly reduced BMD at the 1/3 radius in those with low vitamin D (96,97).

 

BONE HISTOMORPHOMETRY 

Analyses of percutaneous bone biopsies from patients with PHPT have provided direct information that could only be indirectly surmised by bone densitometry and by bone markers. Both static and dynamic parameters present a picture of cortical thinning, maintenance of cancellous bone volume, and a very dynamic process associated with high turnover and accelerated bone remodeling. Cortical thinning, inferred by bone mineral densitometry, is clearly documented in a quantitative manner by iliac crest bone biopsy (98,99). Van Doorn et al (100) demonstrated a positive correlation between PTH levels and cortical porosity. These findings are consistent with the known effect of PTH to be catabolic at endocortical surfaces of bone. Osteoclasts are thought to erode more deeply along the corticomedullary junction under the influence of PTH.

 

Histomorphometric studies have also contributed information about cancellous bone  in PHPT (100). Again, as suggested by bone densitometry, cancellous bone volume is well preserved in PHPT. This is seen as well among postmenopausal women with PHPT. Several studies have shown that cancellous bone is actually increased in PHPT as compared to normal subjects (101,102). When cancellous bone volume is compared among age- and sex-matched subjects with PHPT or postmenopausal osteoporosis, a dramatic difference is evident. Whereas postmenopausal women with osteoporosis have reduced cancellous bone volume, women with PHPT have higher cancellous bone volume (101). The region(s) of bone loss in PHPT is (are) directed toward the cortical bone compartment, with good maintenance of cancellous bone volume unless the PHPT is unusually active.

 

In PHPT, age-related bone loss appears to be mitigated. In a study of 27 patients with PHPT (10 men and 17 women), static parameters of bone turnover (osteoid surface, osteoid volume, and eroded surface) were increased, as expected, in patients relative to control subjects (103). However, in control subjects, trabecular number varied inversely with age, whereas trabecular separation increased with advancing age. These observations are expected concomitants of aging. In marked contrast, in the patients with PHPT, no such age dependency was seen. There was no relationship between trabecular number or separation and age in PHPT, suggesting that the actual plates and their connections were being maintained over time more effectively than one would have expected by aging per se. Thus, PHPT seems to retard the normal age-related processes associated with trabecular loss.

 

In PHPT, indices of trabecular connectivity are greater than expected, whereas indices of disconnectivity are decreased. When three matched groups of postmenopausal women were assessed (a normal group, a group with postmenopausal osteoporosis, and a group with PHPT), women with PHPT were shown to have trabeculae with less evidence of disconnectivity compared with normal, despite increased levels of bone turnover (102,103). Thus, cancellous bone is preserved in PHPT through the maintenance of well-connected trabecular plates. To determine the mechanism of cancellous bone preservation in PHPT, static and dynamic histomorphometric indices were compared between normal and hyperparathyroid postmenopausal women. In normal postmenopausal women, there is an imbalance in bone formation and resorption, which favors excess bone resorption. In postmenopausal women with PHPT, on the other hand, the adjusted apposition rate is increased. Bone formation, thus favored, may explain the efficacy of PTH at cancellous sites in patients with osteoporosis (92,104-106). Assessment of bone remodeling variables in patients with PHPT shows increases in the active bone-formation period (101) (Table 4). The increased bone formation rate and total formation period may explain the preservation of cancellous bone seen in this disease.

 

Table 4. Wall Width and Remodeling Variables in PHPT and Control Groups (Mean ± SEM)

Variable

PHPT (n = 19)

Control (n = 34)

P

Wall width (μm)

40.26 ± 0.36

34.58 ± 0.45

<.0001

Eroded perimeter (%)

9.00 ± 0.86

4.76 ± 0.39

<.0001

Osteoid perimeter (%)

26.84 ± 2.79

15.04 ± 1.09

<.0001

Osteoid width (μm)

13.39 ± 0.54

9.92 ± 0.36

<.0001

Single-labeled perimeter (%)

11.56 ± 1.63

4.47 ± 0.48

<.0001

Double-labeled perimeter (%)

10.41 ± 1.28

4.45 ± 0.65

<.0001

Mineralizing perimeter (%)

16.19 ± 1.75

6.68 ± 0.83

<.0001

Mineralizing perimeter/osteoid perimeter (%)

63.0 ± 5.0

44.04 ± 4.0

<.01

Mineral apposition rate (μm/day)

0.63 ± 0.03

0.63 ± 0.02

NS

Bone formation rate (μm 2/μm/day)

0.10 ± 0.01

0.042 ± 0.006

<.0001

Adjusted apposition rate (μm/day)

0.40 ± 0.04

0.29 ± 0.03

<.015

Activation frequency/yr

0.95 ± 0.12

0.45 ± 0.06

<.0002

Mineralization lag time (days)

44.0 ± 6.5

57.0 ± 8.9

NS

Osteoid maturation time (days)

22.5 ± 1.8

16.6 ± 0.9

<.003

Total formation period (days)

129.2 ± 21.0

208.8 ± 32.5

NS

Active formation period (days)

67.8 ± 5.1

57.3 ± 2.3

<.05

Resorption period (days)

48.4 ± 7.3

84.8 ± 25.0

NS

Remodeling period (days)

172.5 ± 25.2

299.9 ± 55.1

NS

NS, Not significant; PHPT, primary hyperparathyroidism. Modified from Dempster DW, Parisien M, Silverberg SJ, et al: On the mechanism of cancellous bone preservation in postmenopausal women with mild primary hyperparathyroidism, J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1999; 84:1562-1566.

 

More recently, further analysis of trabecular microarchitecture has taken advantage of newer technologies that have largely been confirmatory. In a three-dimensional analysis of transiliac bone biopsies using microCT technology, a highly significant correlation was observed with the conventional histomorphometry described earlier (107). In comparison to age-matched control subjects without PHPT, postmenopausal women with PHPT had higher bone volume (BV/TV), higher bone surface area (BS/TV), higher connectivity density (Conn.D), and lower trabecular separation (Tb.Sp.). There were also less marked age-related declines in BV/TV and Conn.D as compared to controls, with no decline in BS/TV. Using the technique of backscattered electron imaging (qBEI) to evaluate trabecular BMD distribution (BMDD) in iliac crest bone biopsies, Roschger et al (108) showed reduced average mineralization density and an increase in the heterogeneity of the degree of mineralization, consistent with reduced mean age of bone tissue. Studies of collagen maturity using Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy provide further support for these observations (109). Bone strength, therefore, in PHPT has to take into account a number of factors related to skeletal properties of bone besides BMD (110).

 

NEW IMAGING TECHNIQUES

Newer non-invasive skeletal imaging technologies offer new insight into the skeletal manifestations of PHPT beyond observations made by DXA and radiography. The trabecular bone score or TBS provides an indirect assessment of trabecular microstructure from the DXA image. In those without PHPT, it has been shown to predicts fracture independently of BMD (111). In PHPT, TBS reveals trabecular microstructural deterioration at the spine, despite preserved BMD by DXA at this site (112). High resolution peripheral quantitative CT (HRpQCT) is a technology that noninvasively and directly measures skeletal microstructure at the distal radius and tibia. Utilizing this technology, studies in patients with PHPT indicate not only cortical thinning, but additionally trabecular deficits at the radius and tibia (Figure 2) (113-115). At the radius, trabeculae were fewer, thinner, more widely and heterogeneously spaced.  At the tibia, trabeculae were more heterogeneously spaced (116). These deficits led to reduced stiffness when images were analyzed using microfinite element analysis, a technique that integrates structural and denisitometric information from the HRpQCT image into an estimated of mechanical competence. These recent findings, pointing to abnormalities in the trabecular compartment of bone, help to account for the increased risk of vertebral fractures (see below) observed in PHPT that had remained unexplained prior to the advent of such technologies (117-120). The difference in microskeletal abnormalities between the iliac crest bone biopsy data and HRpQCT may well reflect site-specific sampling differences.

Figure 2. High-resolution peripheral quantitative CT images of the radius in a patient with primary hyperparathyroidism (PHPT; left) and a normal control (right). Trabecular deterioration is evident in PHPT. Image from Stein EM, Silva BC, Boutroy S, et al. Primary hyperparathyroidism is associated with abnormal cortical and trabecular microstructure and reduced bone stiffness in postmenopausal women. J Bone Miner Res 2012

FRACTURES

Fractures were a common clinical event in classic PHPT. In modern PHPT, one would anticipate, based on the BMD patterns observed with DXA, an increased risk of peripheral fractures, but a reduction in vertebral fractures. While not all studies are consistent and much of the data is retrospective and/or cross-sectional, the majority of studies suggest an increased risk for vertebral fractures in patients with PHPT (117-123). Moreover, recent data indicates that many vertebral fractures are in fact clinically silent (118,124). The paradox of increased vertebral fracture risk despite preserved lumbar spine BMD in PHPT had remained unclear until the advent of TBS and HRpQCT, which clearly document trabecular deficits in addition to previously recognized cortical skeletal deterioration. Using the Danish National Patient registry and a nested case-control design, Ejlsmark-Svensson et al. recently showed that vertebral fractures in patients with PHPT occur at a higher BMD than in patients without PHPT, again pointing to the importance of other elements of bone quality in PHPT (125). In one recent study, among asymptomatic PHPT patients, only those who met surgical guidelines showed a higher incidence of vertebral fractures compared with controls (118).

 

The risk for hip fracture is not clearly increased in PHPT. In a study that focused on hip fracture, a population-based prospective analysis (mean of 17 years’ duration; 23,341 person years) showed women with PHPT in Sweden not to be at increased risk (126). The Mayo Clinic experience with PHPT and risk of fracture reviewed 407 cases of PHPT recognized during the 28-year period between 1965 and 1992 (117). Fracture risk was assessed by comparing fractures at a number of sites with numbers of fractures expected based on gender and age from the general population. The clinical presentation of these patients with PHPT was typical of the mild form of the disease, with the serum calcium being only modestly elevated at 10.9 ± 0.6 mg/dL. The data from this retrospective epidemiologic study indicate that overall fracture risk was significantly increased at many sites such as the vertebral spine, the distal forearm, the ribs, and the pelvis. There was no increase in hip fractures. One might expect to see an increased incidence of distal forearm fractures as seen in the May study, because the hyperparathyroid process tends to lead to a reduction of cortical bone (distal forearm) in preference to cancellous bone (vertebral spine). Unfortunately, there were no densitometric data provided in this study, so one could not relate bone density to fracture incidence.

 

The impact of PHPT on fracture incidence appears complex and may be site-specific. This relationship is likely influenced by site-specific changes in areal bone density, bone size, and microstructure. Excess PTH would induce cortical thinning due to endosteal bone resorption but would also increase periosteal apposition, thus increasing bone diameter. Decreased areal bone density would increase fracture risk, while increased bone diameter and preserved microstructure at certain sites, might protect against fractures. Prospective studies are needed to elucidate the site-specific risk of fracture in PHPT.

 

Nephrolithiasis and Renal Function

In the past, classic clinical descriptions of PHPT emphasized kidney stones as a principal complication of the disease (127). The cause of nephrolithiasis in PHPT is probably multifactorial. An increase in the amount of calcium filtered at the glomerulus resulting from hypercalcemia may lead to hypercalciuria despite the physiologic actions of PTH to facilitate calcium reabsorption. A component of absorptive hypercalciuria exists in this disorder. The enhanced intestinal calcium absorption is likely a result of increased production of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d, a consequence of PTH’s action to increase the synthesis of this active metabolite (128) (129). Indeed, urinary calcium excretion is correlated with 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d levels (129,130). The skeleton provides yet another possible source for the increased levels of calcium in the glomerular filtrate. Hyperparathyroid bone resorption might contribute to hypercalciuria, and subsequently to nephrolithiasis, even though there is no convincing evidence to support this hypothesis (131). Finally, alteration in local urinary factors, such as a reduction in inhibitor activity or an increase in stone-promoting factors, may predispose some patients with PHPT to nephrolithiasis (131,132). It remains unclear whether the urine of patients with hyperparathyroid stone disease is different in this regard from that of other stone formers.

 

Studies in the 1970s and 1980s documented a higher incidence of renal stone disease than do reports of more recent experience.  Although the incidence of symptomatic nephrolithiasis today is much less common than it was in classical PHPT, kidney stones remain the most common manifestation of symptomatic PHPT (see Table 1). Estimates suggest symptomatic kidney stones in 15% to 20% of all patients (133). Screening for asymptomatic nephrolithiasis, indicates that the prevalence is actually much higher and this is now recommended in the most recent set of guidelines on the management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism (134-138).

 

The etiology of why stones develop in some but not others with PHPT has been postulated since the 1930s, but is still not well understood.  In the 1930s, it was generally accepted that bone and stone disease did not coexist in the same patient with classic PHPT (2,139). Albright and Reifenstein (139) theorized that a low dietary calcium intake led to bone disease, whereas adequate or high dietary calcium levels caused stone disease. Dent et al (140), who provided convincing evidence against this construct, proposed the existence of two forms of circulating PTH, one causing renal stones and the other causing bone disease. A host of mechanisms, including differences in dietary calcium, calcium absorption, forms of circulating PTH, and levels of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d, were proposed to account for the clinical distinction between bone and stone disease in PHPT (131,140). Today, there is no clear evidence for two distinct subtypes of PHPT or that the process affecting the skeleton and kidneys occur in different subsets of patients (127). Cortical bone demineralization is as common and as extensive in those with and without nephrolithiasis (127,131).

 

Although more recent work has suggested that 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d plays an etiologic role in the development of nephrolithiasis in PHPT, not all studies are consistent with this premise (127,131,132,138,141). Other investigations have shown risk factors for nephrolithiasis include younger age and male sex, whereas degree of hypercalcemia and hypercalciuria, PTH levels and other urinary factors have less consistently been associated (38,135,136,138,141-143). Hypomagnesuria has recently been associated with silent kidney stones in PHPT (144).

 

Other renal manifestations of PHPT include hypercalciuria, which is seen in approximately 40% of patients, and nephrocalcinosis. The frequency of nephrocalcinosis is unknown, but it appears to be relatively uncommon today (135). Though there were clear reports of renal impairment in early descriptions of PHPT, the prevalence of renal dysfunction (estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) <60 ml/min) today in patients with mild PHPT is low with recent studies suggesting rates of 15–17% (39,145,146). Neither the severity of PHPT nor having a history of nephrolithiasis were risk factors for reduced eGFR in a 2014 study in those with mild PHPT; instead, traditional risk factors, such as age, hypertension, use of antihypertensive medication, and fasting glucose levels were associated with poorer kidney function (145). Longitudinal data is reassuring in this regard, as renal function remains stable in PHPT over long periods of follow-up (52,147).  

 

Other Organ Involvement

CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM

Interest in the effect of PHPT on cardiovascular function is rooted in pathophysiologic observations of the hypercalcemic state. Hypercalcemia has been associated with increases in blood pressure, left ventricular hypertrophy, heart muscle hypercontractility, and arrhythmias (148,149). Furthermore, evidence of calcium deposition has been documented in the form of calcifications in the myocardium, heart valves, and coronary arteries. The association of overt cardiovascular symptomatology with modern-day PHPT is unclear because of inconsistencies between studies. An explanation for the inconsistent results reported in the literature on the cardiovascular manifestations of PHPT relates to the fact that the clinical profile of the disease has changed. As a result, the cohorts that have been studied have varied greatly in the severity of their underlying disease. This is particularly true in terms of the serum calcium and parathyroid hormone concentrations, with data from cohorts with marked hypercalcemia and hyperparathyroidism showing the most cardiovascular involvement. Because it is thought that both calcium and PTH can independently affect the cardiovascular system, such variability among cohorts can give rise to inconsistent results. Recent studies have focused on not only cardiovascular mortality, but also hypertension, coronary artery disease (CAD), valve calcification, left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH), carotid disease, and vascular stiffness.

 

Cardiovascular Mortality

There is little doubt that in very active PHPT, cardiovascular mortality is increased (150-153). Of some interest are the postoperative observations in which the higher cardiovascular mortality rate persists for years after cure (154). These observations differ markedly from those in which asymptomatic PHPT has been studied. Although limited, the studies have not shown any increase in mortality (155,156). The Mayo Clinic studies help to bring these observations together. In the mildly hypercalcemic individuals, overall and cardiovascular mortality was reduced, but in those whose serum calcium was in the highest quartile, cardiovascular mortality was increased (156). The idea that the more common asymptomatic form of PHPT is not associated with increased mortality is supported by data from Nilsson et al (157) and by other studies (158,159) in which more recently enrolled subjects had better survival than those who entered earlier and presumably had more active disease.

 

Hypertension

Hypertension, a common feature of PHPT when it is part of a MEN syndrome with pheochromocytoma or hyperaldosteronism, has also been reported as more prevalent in sporadic, asymptomatic PHPT than in appropriately matched control groups. The mechanism of this association is unknown, and the condition does not clearly remit following cure of the hyperparathyroid state (68,70,160-163).

 

Coronary Artery Disease (CAD) and Valve Calcification

Both calcium and PTH have independently been shown to be associated with coronary heart disease (164,165). Aside from autopsy studies such as those of Roberts and Waller (166), in which coronary atherosclerosis was seen in patients with marked hypercalcemia (16.8 to 27.4 mg/dL), the more recent literature has been controversial. When CAD is present in PHPT, it is most likely due to traditional risk factors rather than the disease itself (159,167,168). Some studies have actually shown that in mild PHPT, there is better exercise tolerance as determined by the electrocardiogram (169). Valve calcification, which is present in severe PHPT, has been shown to be more extensive (greater valve area) when present in those with mild PHPT versus controls (149,170,171), and is associated with increased PTH levels but it is not reversible with parathyroidectomy (171).

 

Left Ventricular Hypertrophy

Left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) is a strong predictor of cardiovascular disease and mortality (172,173). LVH has been associated with PHPT in many, but not all, studies (174). A 2015 meta-analysis indicated that parathyroidectomy is associated with a decline in left ventricular mass and that higher levels of PTH pre-operatively predict a greater cardiovascular benefit. However, dissociating disease severity from study design (RCTs included individuals with lower levels of calcium and PTH than those included in observational studies) was not possible (175).

 

Vascular Function

Conflicting data exist regarding whether intima media thickness is increased in PHPT (176-180). Multiple studies have reported increased vascular stiffness, sometimes associated with PTH levels, in mild PHPT, but its reversibility with parathyroidectomy is inconsistent (180-183). Given conflicting data, most experts do not consider cardiovascular disease to be an indication for parathyroidectomy (137).

 

NEUROLOGICAL, PSYCHOLOGICAL, AND COGNITIVE FEATURES 

Descriptions of classical PHPT do indeed indicate neuropsychological features (2,184). The extent to which these features remain a part of the modern picture of PHPT as well as the exact mechanisms underlying them is unclear. Perhaps the most common complaints have been those of weakness and easy fatigability (67). Classic PHPT was formerly associated with a distinct neuromuscular syndrome characterized by type II muscle cell atrophy (185). Originally described by Vicale in 1949 (186), the syndrome consisted of easy fatigability, symmetric proximal muscle weakness, and muscle atrophy. Both the clinical and electromyographic features of this disorder were reversible after parathyroid surgery (187,188). In the milder, less symptomatic form of the disease that is common today, this disorder is rarely seen (189). In a group of 42 patients with mild disease, none had complaints consistent with the classic neuromuscular dysfunction described previously. Although more than half of all patients expressed nonspecific complaints of paresthesias and muscle cramps, electromyographic studies did not confirm the picture of past observations.

 

The “psychic groans” described by early observers of patients with classic PHPT remain a source of controversy today. Patients with PHPT often report some degree of behavioral and/or psychiatric symptomatology. A retrospective inquiry of patients with more severe disease showed a 23% incidence of psychiatric symptomatology (n = 441) (190). A number of studies suggest, however, that even ‘mild PHPT’ (serum calcium <12 mg/dl) is associated with non-specific symptoms such as depression, anxiety, fatigue, decreased quality of life (QOL), sleep disturbance, and cognitive dysfunction. Many, but not all, observational studies have indicated these features improve after parathyroidectomy (191). Three RCTs have investigated the reversibility of reduced QOL and psychiatric symptoms (192-194). Despite being of similar design and using similar assessment tools, all three randomized controlled trials came to different conclusions; one randomized controlled trial suggested parathyroidectomy prevents worsening of QOL and improves psychiatric symptoms (193); another randomized controlled trial indicated no benefit; and the third randomized controlled trial demonstrated improvement in QOL (192,194). One randomized controlled trial investigated changes in cognition after parathyroidectomy, but its small size precluded definitive conclusions being drawn (195).

 

While less well studied, some, but not all, studies have demonstrated reduced memory or impairment in other cognitive domains (195-201). It is unclear if cognition improves after parathyroidectomy because results of studies in which longitudinal control groups are compared to those undergoing parathyroidectomy are inconsistent (197,199,202-204). Recent work has turned to the potential mechanisms that contribute to cognitive dysfunction in PHPT. Our latest studies have addressed this issue. We hypothesized that cerebrovascular dysfunction (i.e., vascular stiffness) might underlie cognitive changes in patients with PHPT. While PTH correlated with cerebrovascular function as measured by transcranial Doppler, there was no consistent association between cerebrovascular function and cognitive performance (205). In a separate study, we utilized functional magnetic resonance imaging to assess if cerebral activation was altered by PHPT. Functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, is a non-invasive tool that maps brain function based on changes in blood flow (206). We found that PHPT was associated with differences in task-related neural activation patterns but no difference in cognitive performance. This may indicate compensation to maintain the same cognitive function, but there was no clear improvement in neural activation after parathyroidectomy (206). At present, most experts do not recognize cognitive or psychiatric symptoms as a sole indication for parathyroidectomy. Reasons for this include the failure to clearly demonstrate reversibility in randomized controlled trials, the inability to predict which patients might improve and a lack of a clear mechanism (137).

 

GASTROINTESTINAL MANIFESTATIONS  

Primary hyperparathyroidism has long been considered associated with an increased incidence of peptic ulcer disease. Most recent studies suggest that the incidence of peptic ulcer disease in PHPT is approximately 10%, a figure similar to its percentage in the general population. An increased incidence of peptic ulcer disease is seen in patients with PHPT resulting from MEN1, in which approximately 40% of patients have clinically apparent gastrinomas (Zollinger-Ellison syndrome). In those patients, PHPT is associated with increased clinical severity of gastrinoma, and treatment of the associated PHPT has been reported to benefit patients with Zollinger-Ellison syndrome (207,208). Despite this, current recommendations (Consensus Conference Guidelines for Therapy of MEN1) state that the coexistence of Zollinger-Ellison syndrome does not represent sufficient indication for parathyroidectomy, because medical therapy is so successful (208).

 

Although hypercalcemia can underlie pancreatitis, most large series have not reported an increased incidence of pancreatitis in patients with PHPT with serum calcium levels less than 12 mg/dL. The Mayo Clinic experience from 1950 to 1975 showed that only 1.5% of those with PHPT exhibited coexisting pancreatitis, and alternative explanations for pancreatitis were found for several patients. Regarding pancreatitis in pregnancy in patients with PHPT, these conditions may coexist, but there is no evidence for a causal relationship between the disorders (209).

 

OTHER SYSTEMIC INVOLVEMENT

Many organ systems were affected by the hyperparathyroid state in the past. Anemia, band keratopathy, and loose teeth are no longer part of the clinical syndrome of PHPT. Gout and pseudogout are seen infrequently, and their etiologic relationship to PHPT is not clear.

 

Unusual Presentations

NEONATAL PRIMARY HYPERPARATHYROIDISM

Neonatal PHPT is a rare form of the disorder caused by homozygous inactivation of the calcium-sensing receptor (210). When present in a heterozygous form, it is a benign hypercalcemic state known as familial hypercalciuric hypercalcemia (FHH). However, in the homozygous neonatal form, hypercalcemia is severe and the outcome is fatal unless recognized early. The treatment of choice is early subtotal parathyroidectomy to remove the majority of hyperplastic parathyroid tissue.

 

PRIMARY HYPERPARATHYROISM IN PREGNANCY

Primary hyperparathyroidism in pregnancy is primarily of concern for its potential effect on the fetus and neonate (211,212). Potential complications of PHPT in pregnancy include spontaneous abortion, low birth weight, supravalvular aortic stenosis, and neonatal tetany. The last condition is a result of fetal parathyroid gland suppression by high levels of maternal calcium, which readily crosses the placenta during pregnancy. These infants, accustomed to hypercalcemia in utero, have functional hypoparathyroidism after birth, and can develop hypocalcemia and tetany in the first few days of life. Today, with most patients (pregnant or not) presenting with a mild form of PHPT, an individualized approach to the management of the pregnant patient with PHPT is advised. A recent retrospective study suggested that PHPT did not increase the risk of abortion, birth weight, length, or Apgar score (213). Thus, many of those with mild disease can be followed safely, with successful neonatal outcomes without surgery. However, parathyroidectomy during the second trimester remains the traditional recommendation for this condition.

 

ACUTE PRIMARY HYPERPARATHYROIDISM

Acute PHPT is known variously as parathyroid crisis, parathyroid poisoning, parathyroid intoxication, and parathyroid storm. Acute PHPT describes an episode of life-threatening hypercalcemia of sudden onset in a patient with PHPT (214,215). Clinical manifestations of acute PHPT are mainly those associated with severe hypercalcemia. Nephrocalcinosis or nephrolithiasis is frequently seen. Radiologic evidence of subperiosteal bone resorption is also commonly present. Laboratory evaluation is remarkable not only for very high serum calcium levels but also for extremely high levels in PTH to approximately 20 times normal (215). In this way, acute PHPT resembles, in biochemical terms, parathyroid carcinoma. A history of persistent mild hypercalcemia has been reported in 25% of patients. However, given the rarity of this condition, the risk of developing acute PHPT in a patient with mild asymptomatic PHPT is very low. Intercurrent medical illness with immobilization may precipitate acute PHPT. Early diagnosis, with aggressive medical management followed by surgical cure, is essential for a successful outcome. The initial impression of patients who present in this manner, without an antecedent history of hypercalcemia, is often mistaken for malignancy. However, the parathyroid hormone level usually quickly clarifies the diagnosis to PHPT in most situations.

 

PARATHYROID CANCER

An indolent yet potentially fatal disease, parathyroid carcinoma accounts for less than 0.5% of cases of PHPT. In contrast to patients with PHPT due to benign parathyroid pathology, patients with parathyroid carcinoma typically have marked elevations in serum calcium and PHT. The cause of the disease is unknown, and no clear risk factors have been identified except for hereditary syndromes. There is no evidence to support the malignant degeneration of previously benign parathyroid adenomas (216). Parathyroid carcinoma has been reported particularly in hyperparathyroidism-jaw tumor (HPT-JT) syndrome (217-221), a rare autosomal disorder in which as many as 15% of patients will have malignant parathyroid disease. Because cystic changes are common, this disorder has also been referred to as cystic parathyroid adenomatosis (222). In HPT-JT, ossifying fibromas of the maxilla and mandible are seen in 30% of cases. Less commonly, kidney lesions, including cysts, polycystic disease, hamartomas, or Wilms’tumors, can be present (223). Parathyroid carcinoma has also been reported in familial isolated hyperparathyroidism (218,224). Parathyroid carcinoma, as defined pathologically, has been reported in MEN1 syndrome and with somatic MEN1 mutations (225-227). However, recurrent parathyroid disease in MEN1 may mimic but might not actually be a result of malignancy. Only one case of parathyroid carcinoma has been reported in the MEN2A syndrome (228).

 

Loss of the retinoblastoma tumor suppressor gene was formerly considered a marker for parathyroid cancer (229), but more recent studies do not unequivocally support this impression (230). Work by Shattuck et al (231,232) has provided new insights into the molecular pathogenesis of parathyroid cancer. Parathyroid carcinomas from 10 of 15 patients with sporadic parathyroid cancer carried a mutation in the HRPT2 gene. The HRPT2 gene encodes for the parafibromin protein that was shown to be mutated in a substantial number of patients with parathyroid cancer. Marcocci et al (216) have reviewed this topic, pointing out a potential role for parafibromin in parathyroid cancer. In three of 15 patients with parathyroid cancer, Shattuck et al (231) showed that the mutation was in the germline. The presence of the mutation in the germline suggests that this disease might be related in some way to the HPT-JT syndrome, in which this gene has been implicated (231). In addition, there is an increased risk of parathyroid cancer in the HPT-JT syndrome. In fact, certain clinical features in patients with a germline mutation and in their relatives are indicative of the HPT-JT syndrome or phenotypic variants (220,223,224).

 

Manifestations of hypercalcemia are the primary effects of parathyroid cancer. The disease tends not to have a bulk tumor effect, spreading slowly in the neck. Metastatic disease is a late finding, with lung (40%), liver (10%), and lymph node (30%) involvement seen most commonly. The clinical profile of parathyroid cancer differs from that of benign PHPT in several important ways (216). First, no female predominance is seen among patients with carcinoma. Second, elevations in serum calcium and PTH are far greater. Consequently, the hyperparathyroid disease tends to be much more severe, with the classic targets of PTH excess involved in most cases. Nephrolithiasis or nephrocalcinosis is seen in up to 60% of patients; overt radiologic evidence of skeletal involvement is seen in 35% to 90% of patients. A palpable neck mass, distinctly unusual in benign PHPT, has been reported in 30% to 76% of patients with parathyroid cancer (233). Grossly, malignant glands are large, often exceeding 12 g. They tend to be adherent to adjacent structures. Microscopically, thick, fibrous bands divide the trabecular arrangement of the tumor cells. Capsular and blood vessel invasion is common by these cells, which often contain mitotic figures (233). Treatment is reviewed below.

 

Parathyromatosis

Originally reported in 1975, fewer than one-hundred cases of parathyromatosis have been described in the literature (234,235).  The condition is characterized histologically by small collections or nodules of parathyroid cells embedded within surrounding soft tissue outside the parathyroid gland capsule margins (24,236). Parathyromatosis may rarely be embryologic in origin or, more often, is secondary to tissue seeding during parathyroid surgery or fine needle aspiration (24,234,237).  The majority of cases have been described in those who have undergone parathyroid surgery for secondary hyperparathyroidism associated with end-stage renal disease (24,235). While clinically and biochemically similar to primary hyperparathyroidism, parathyromatosis is associated with recurrent or persistentdisease (24). The diagnosis is typically made at the time of surgery, although pre-operative imaging has been reported to be diagnostically helpful (238,239). Management is challenging and complete cure is uncommon. Treatment involves complete surgical excision of all parathyromatosis nodules and/or parathyroid tissue (24,240). Intra-operative parathyroid hormone level monitoring and pathologic review of frozen sections at the time of surgery may be helpful to increase surgical success. Successful accounts of medical therapy with calcimimetics and bisphosphonates have been reported (24,235).

 

EVALUATION

The diagnosis of PHPT is confirmed by demonstrating an elevated or inappropriately normal PTH level in the face of hypercalcemia. Further biochemical assessment should include serum phosphorus, alkaline phosphatase activity, vitamin D metabolites, albumin, and creatinine. A morning 2-hour or 24-hour urine collection should be obtained for calcium and creatinine. A urinary bone resorption marker such as serum CTX or urinary N-telopeptide can be helpful. Bone densitometry is performed in all patients. It is important to obtain densitometry at three sites: the lumbar spine, the hip, and the distal third of the radius. Because of the differing amounts of cortical and cancellous bone at the three sites and the different effects of PTH on cortical and cancellous bone, measurement at all three sites gives the most accurate clinical assessment of skeletal involvement in PHPT. Bone biopsy is not routinely obtained in the evaluation of PHPT, but is essential in research. In the most recent guidelines, spinal imaging is recommended to assess for clinically silent vertebral fractures (137). This can be vertebral X-rays, vertebral fracture assessment or TBS score, the latter two obtained by the DXA image. While symptomatic kidney stones are present in 15% to 20% of patients by history, the finding that many more have clinically silent nephrolithiasis has led to the recommendation to obtain renal ultrasound, CT, or abdominal x-ray to assess for either nephrolithiasis or nephrocalcinosis. 

 

NATURAL HISTORY

Since the early 1990s, new knowledge of the natural history of PHPT with or without surgery has been very helpful in guiding decisions regarding surgery in patients with asymptomatic PHPT. The authors and their colleagues have conducted the longest prospective observational trial (52,241). This project began in 1984 in an effort to define the natural history of asymptomatic PHPT. The study included detailed analyses of pathophysiologic, densitometric, histomorphometric, and other skeletal features of PHPT (52,241). Much of the information gleaned from that study has been summarized already in this chapter. The 15-year follow-up to this study constitutes the longest natural-history study of this disorder (241).

 

Recommendations for surgery or observation were made based on the 1990 set of National Institutes of Health guidelines, but both groups included patients who did or did not meet surgical guidelines. This is because some patients opted for surgery even if they did not meet the guidelines, whereas others opted for a conservative approach even if they did meet guidelines for surgery. As will be described in the following sections, this imperfect design was followed by three studies that were truly randomized but were of much shorter duration. The results with regard to natural history from all studies are remarkably concordant.

 

Natural History with Surgery

Successful parathyroidectomy results in permanent normalization of the serum calcium and PTH levels. Postoperatively, there is  a marked improvement in BMD at all sites (lumbar spine, femoral neck, and distal one-third radius) amounting to gains greater than 10% (52) (Figure 3), The improvement is most rapid at the lumbar spine, followed by gains at the hip regions and the distal 1/3 radius during the 15-year follow-up (241). The improvements were seen in those who met and did not meet surgical criteria at study entry, confirming the salutary effect of parathyroidectomy in this regard on all patients.

Figure 3. Improvement in bone density after parathyroid surgery. Data shown are the cumulative percentage changes from baseline over 15 years of follow-up in patients who underwent parathyroidectomy.

Natural History Without Surgery

In subjects who did not undergo parathyroid surgery, serum calcium remained stable for about 12 years, with a tendency for the serum calcium level to rise in years 13 to 15 (241). Other biochemical indices such as PTH, vitamin D metabolites, and urinary calcium did not change for the entire 15 years of follow-up in the group as a whole. Bone density at all three sites remained stable for the first 8 to 10 years. However, after this period of stability, declining cortical BMD was seen at the hip and more dramatically at the distal one-third radius site. Although the numbers became limiting after 10 years of follow-up, it is noteworthy that a small majority of the subjects lost more than 10% of their BMD during the 15 years of observation. Even though this decline was observed in the majority of subjects, only 37% of subjects met one or more guidelines for surgery after the 15 years of follow-up.

 

Randomized Studies of the Natural History of Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism

The long natural history study of asymptomatic PHPT has added much to our knowledge about this disease throughout time. Subsequent randomized trials confirm the observational data, but are limited by their shorter duration. In 2004, Rao et al (242) reported on 53 subjects, assigned either to parathyroid surgery (n = 25) or to no surgery (n = 28). The follow-up lasted for at least 2 years. There was a significant effect of parathyroidectomy on BMD at the hip and femoral neck but not the spine or forearm. Bollerslev et al (192) reported in 2007 the interim results of their randomized trial of parathyroidectomy versus no surgery. This study from three Scandinavian countries was larger, with 191 patients who were randomized to medical observation or to surgery. After surgery, biochemical indices normalized and BMD increased. In the group that did not undergo parathyroid surgery, BMD did not change. Also, in 2007, Ambrogini et al (194) reported the results of their randomized controlled trial of parathyroidectomy versus observation. Surgery was associated with a significant increase in BMD of the lumbar spine and hip after 1 year.

 

Whether fracture risk decreases after parathyroidectomy is not clear. The study by Bollerslev reported on vertebral fracture risk reduction at 5 years after initial treatment allocation. That study indicated that successful parathyroidectomy versus observation was associated with a reduction in vertebral fracture risk that was of borderline statistical significance (243).

 

GUIDELINES FOR PARATHYROIDECTOMY

Parathyroidectomy remains the only currently available option to cure PHPT. As the disease profile has changed, questions have arisen concerning the advisability of surgery in asymptomatic patients. If asymptomatic patients have a benign natural history, the surgical alternative is not an attractive one. On the other hand, asymptomatic patients may display levels of hypercalcemia or hypercalciuria that cause concern for the future. Similarly, bone-mass measurements can be frankly low. In an effort to address such issues, there have been four consensus development conferences (in 1991, 2002, 2008, and 2013) on the management of asymptomatic PHPT (89,137,244-247). The most recent guidelines that emerged from the 2013 conference are helpful to the clinician faced with the asymptomatic hyperparathyroid patient: All symptomatic patients are advised to undergo parathyroidectomy. Surgery is advised in asymptomatic patients with (1) serum calcium greater than 1 mg/dL higher than the upper limit of normal; (2) renal guidelines: reduction in creatinine clearance to less than 60 mL/min; urinary calcium excretion >400 mg/24 h with increased stone risk; or presence of nephrolithiasis or nephrocalcinosis on renal imaging; (3) skeletal guidelines: reduced bone density T-score < –2.5 at any site; or vertebral compression fracture on an imaging study; and (4) age younger than 50 years. The most recent guidelines are shown in Table 5. A noteworthy change in the guidelines reflects the fact that asymptomatic kidney stones and vertebral compression fractures are now considered as indications for parathyroidectomy.

 

Table 5. Comparison of New and Old Guidelines for Surgery in Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism

 

 

1990 NIH Consensus Conference

2002 NIH Workshop

2008 International Workshop

2013 International Workshop

Serum calcium

1-1.6 mg/dL elevation

1.0 mg/dL elevation

1.0 mg/dL elevation

1.0 mg/dL elevation

Renal

24-h urine calcium >400 mg
Creatinine Cl reduced by 30%

24-h urine calcium >400 mg
Creatinine Cl reduced by 30%

No 24-h urine
Creatinine clearance: <60 mL/min

24-h urine for FHH/stone risk
U Ca >400 mg/day
Creatinine clearance: <60 mL/min
Calcification on renal imaging

Bone

Z-score < −2.0 in forearm

T-score < −2.5 at any site

T-score < −2.5
Fragility fracture

T-score < −2.5
Vertebral fracture on imaging

Age

<50

<50

<50

<50

FHH, Familial hypercalciuric hypercalcemia. Columns 3 and 4 modified from Bilezikian JP, Brandi ML, Eastell R, et al: Guidelines for the management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: summary statement from the Fourth International Workshop, J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014; 99:3561-3569

 

A number of points were discussed that did not lead to specific recommendations, including the issues of the neurocognitive and cardiovascular aspects of PHPT. The workshop panel also acknowledged a potential role of vitamin D deficiency in fueling processes associated with abnormal parathyroid glandular activity. Finally, the panel also reaffirmed the entity of normocalcemic PHPT, but noted that there are insufficient data to provide evidence-based guidelines for management.

 

SURGERY

A large percentage of those patients who meet the surgical guidelines listed in Table 5 are asymptomatic. Some asymptomatic patients who meet surgical guidelines elect not to have surgery for varying reasons including personal choice, intercurrent medical conditions, and previous unsuccessful parathyroid surgery. Conversely, there are patients who meet none of the NIH guidelines for parathyroidectomy but opt for surgery nevertheless. Physician and patient input remain important factors in the decision regarding parathyroid surgery.

 

Preoperative Localization of Hyperfunctioning Parathyroid Tissue

A number of imaging tests have been developed and have been applied singly or in combination to address the challenge of preoperative localization. The rationale for locating abnormal parathyroid tissue before surgery is that the glands can be notoriously unpredictable in their location. Although most parathyroid adenomas are identified in regions proximate to their embryologically intended position (the four poles of the thyroid gland), many are not. In such situations, previous surgical experience and skill are needed to locate the ectopic parathyroid gland. In such hands, 95% of abnormal parathyroid glands will be discovered and removed at the time of initial parathyroid surgery. However, in the patient with previous neck surgery, even expert parathyroid surgeons do not generally achieve such high success rates. Preoperative localization of the abnormal parathyroid tissue can be extremely helpful under these circumstances. Preoperative imaging is also necessary for any patient who will undergo parathyroidectomy using a minimally invasive approach. Imaging studies should not be used for the diagnosis of PHPT because the sensitivity and specificity of various imaging modalities varies with some having false-positive rates as high as 25% (248).

 

NONINVASIVE IMAGING

Noninvasive parathyroid imaging studies include technetium (Tc)-99m sestamibi scintigraphy, ultrasound, computed tomography (CT) scanning, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and positron emission tomography (PET) scanning. Tc-99m sestamibi is generally regarded to be the most sensitive and specific imaging modality, especially when it is combined with single-photon emission CT (SPECT). For the single parathyroid adenoma, sensitivity has ranged from 80% to 100%, with a 5% to 10% false-positive rate. On the other hand, sestamibi scintigraphy and the other localization tests have a relatively poor record in the context of multiglandular disease (249). The success of ultrasonography is highly operator dependent (250). In centers where there is great expertise, this noninvasive approach is most attractive. Abnormalities identified by ultrasound as possible parathyroid tissue may prove to be a thyroid nodule or lymph node, which underscores the importance of the skill and experience of the ultrasonographer. Rapid spiral thin-slice CT scanning of the neck and mediastinum with evaluation of axial, coronal, and sagittal views can add much to the search for elusive parathyroid tissue, albeit with attendant higher radiation exposure (251). Four-dimensional (4D) CT has emerged as a promising method and consists of multiphase CT acquired at non-contrast, contrast-enhanced, arterial and delayed phases. In a recent study, 4D CT was superior compared with sestamibi SPECT/CT (252). MRI can also identify abnormal parathyroid tissue, but it is time consuming and expensive. It is also less sensitive than the other noninvasive modalities. It can nonetheless be useful when the search with these other noninvasive approaches has been unsuccessful. PET with or without simultaneous CT scan (PET/CT) can be used, but like MRI, it is expensive and does not have the kind of experiential basis that make it attractive. There are also specificity issues because FDG, the scanning agent, accumulates in the thyroid, making differentiation between parathyroid adenoma and thyroid nodules difficult. Recently, 18F-fluorocholine (FCH) positron emission tomography (PET) has been employed for the detection of parathyroid adenomas.

 

INVASIVE IMAGING 

Parathyroid Fine-Needle Aspiration

Fine-needle aspiration (FNA) of a parathyroid gland, identified by any of the aforementioned modalities, can be performed and the aspirate analyzed for PTH. This technique is not recommended for routine de novo cases.(253) A theoretical concern with this approach is the possibility that parathyroid cells could be deposited outside the parathyroid gland in the course of the aspiration. Autoseeding of parathyroid tissue would be an unwanted consequence of this procedure if it were to occur.

 

Arteriography and Selective Venous Sampling for Parathyroid Hormone

In situations where the gland has not been identified by any of the techniques described, the combination of arteriography and selective venous sampling can provide both anatomic and functional localization of abnormal parathyroid tissue. This approach, however, is costly and requires an experienced interventional radiologist. It is also performed in only a few centers in the United States. This approach is reserved for those individuals who have undergone previous unsuccessful parathyroid surgery in whom all other localization techniques have failed (254).

 

Surgical Approach

In the hands of an expert parathyroid surgeon, parathyroidectomy is a successful with infrequent complications. A standard surgical approach is the four-gland parathyroid exploration under general or local anesthesia, with or without preoperative localization. This approach has been reported to lead to surgical cure in more than 95% of cases (255). Several alternative approaches have emerged that focus on the single gland and not the total four-gland neck exploration that was routinely used in the past. Unilateral approaches are appealing for a disease in which most often only a single gland is involved. These procedures include a unilateral operation in which the gland on the same side that harbors the adenoma is ascertained to be normal. Because multiple parathyroid adenomas are unusual, a normal parathyroid gland is considered by some to be sufficient evidence for single-gland disease. Another limited surgical approach that has emerged in many centers as the approach of choice is the minimally invasive parathyroidectomy (MIP) (256,257). Preoperative parathyroid imaging is necessary, and the procedure is directed only to the site where the abnormal parathyroid gland has been visualized (258). Preoperative blood is obtained for comparison of the PTH concentration with an intraoperative sample(s) obtained after removal of the “abnormal” parathyroid gland. The availability of a rapid PTH assay in or near the operating room is necessary for this procedure. If the ten-minute post-excision PTH level falls by more than 50% compared to baseline, and into the normal range, the gland that has been removed is considered to be the sole source of overactive parathyroid tissue, and the operation is terminated. If the PTH level does not fall by more than 50%, into the normal range, the operation is extended to a more traditional one in a search for other overactive parathyroid tissue. There is a risk (albeit small) that the minimally invasive procedure may miss other overactive gland(s) that are suppressed in the presence of a dominant gland. The MIP procedure seems to be as successful, in the range of 95% to 98%, as more standard approaches (259,260). According to a recent meta-analysis that included more than 12,000 patients, MIP was associated with similar rates of success, disease recurrence, persistence, overall failure, and reoperation (261). The operative time was significantly shorter, with a lower overall complication rate for MIP compared to bilateral neck exploration. In Europe, MIP is being performed with an endoscopic camera, but this does not offer any advantage other than a smaller incision (262,263). Yet another variation on this theme is the use of preoperative sestamibi scanning with an intraoperative gamma probe to help locate enlarged parathyroid glands.

 

Immediate Postoperative Course

After surgery, biochemical indices return rapidly to normal (52,264). Serum calcium and PTH levels normalize, and urinary calcium excretion falls by as much as 50%. Serum calcium levels no longer fall rapidly into the hypocalcemic range, a situation characteristic of an earlier time when PHPT was a symptomatic disease with overt skeletal involvement. The acute reversal of PHPT was associated with a robust deposition of calcium into the skeleton at a pace that could not be compensated for by supplemental calcium. Thus, postoperative hypocalcemia was routine and was sometimes a serious short-term complication (“hungry bone syndrome”). Occasionally, postoperative hypocalcemia still occurs, especially if preoperative bone turnover markers are markedly elevated or there is concomitant vitamin D deficiency. More typically, however, the early postoperative course is not complicated by symptomatic hypocalcemia.

 

After successful parathyroid surgery, biochemical indices of the disease return to normal and BMD improves, as mentioned. The capacity of the skeleton to restore itself is seen dramatically in young patients with severe PHPT. Kulak et al (265) reported two patients with osteitis fibrosa cystica who experienced increases in bone density that ranged from 260% to 430% in a period of 3 to 4 years following surgery. Tritos and Hartzband (266) and DiGregorio (267) have made similar observations.

 

MEDICAL MANAGEMENT

Patients who do not meet any surgical guidelines are often followed without intervention. The most recent guidelines for management of asymptomatic PHPT restated the position that it is reasonable to pursue a nonsurgical course of management for those who do not meet criteria for surgery, at least for a period of years. In those patients who are not going to have parathyroid surgery, the Workshop (137) suggested a set of monitoring steps that are summarized in Table 6. This includes annual measurements of the serum calcium concentration, a calculated creatinine clearance, and regular monitoring of BMD.

 

Table 6. Comparison of New and Old Management Guidelines for Patients with Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism Who Do Not Undergo Parathyroid Surgery

 

Measurement

Older Guidelines

Newer Guidelines

Serum calcium

Semiannually

Annually

24-h urinary calcium

Annually

Not recommended

Creatinine clearance

Annually

Not recommended

Serum creatinine

Annually

Annually

Bone density

Annually

Annually or biannually

Abdominal x-ray

Annually

Not recommended

From Bilezikian JP, Brandi ML, Eastell R, et al: Guidelines for the management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: summary statement from the Fourth International Workshop, J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014; 99:3561-3569.

 

Ideal medical therapy of PHPT would provide the equivalent to a medical parathyroidectomy. Such an agent would normalize serum calcium and PTH levels as well as urinary calcium excretion, increase BMD and lower fracture risk, and reduce the risk of kidney stones. Unfortunately, no currently available single drug meets all these criteria. The following medications can achieve some of these goals and might be considered in patients not having surgery in whom it is desirable to lower serum or urinary calcium levels or increase BMD.

 

General Measures

Patients should be instructed to remain well hydrated and to avoid, if possible, medications that can increase serum calcium (e.g.  thiazide diuretics). Prolonged immobilization, which can raise the serum calcium concentration further and induce hypercalciuria, should also be avoided.

 

DIET AND SUPPLEMENTS

Dietary management of PHPT has long been an area of controversy. Many patients are advised to limit their dietary calcium intake because of the hypercalcemia. However, it is well known that low dietary calcium can lead to increased PTH levels in normal individuals (268-270). In patients with PHPT, even though the abnormal PTH tissue is not as sensitive to slight perturbations in the circulating calcium concentration, it is still possible that PTH levels will rise when dietary calcium is tightly restricted. Conversely, diets enriched in calcium could suppress PTH levels in PHPT, as shown by Insogna et al (271). Dietary calcium could also be variably influenced by ambient levels of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d. In patients with normal levels of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d, Locker et al (272) noted no difference in urinary calcium excretion between those on high (1000 mg/day) and low (500 mg/day) calcium intake diets. On the other hand, in those with elevated levels of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d, high calcium diets were associated with worsening hypercalciuria. This observation suggests that dietary calcium intake in patients can be liberalized to 1000 mg/day if 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d levels are not increased but should be more tightly controlled if 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d levels are elevated. Although calcium supplements are not specifically recommended in those with PHPT and osteoporosis, small doses do not seem to exacerbate hypercalcemia or hypercalciuria if the diet is deficient (273).  Most experts recommend that patients with PHPT who are going to be followed without surgery have an intake of calcium that is consistent with nutritional guidelines for a normal population. 

 

Recent guidelines recommend maintaining 25-hydroxyvitamin D to levels of 21–30 ng/ml with conservative doses of vitamin D (600–1000 IU daily) based on data showing that vitamin D repletion lowers PTH levels (274). Higher levels of vitamin D might be beneficial. A 2014 RCT of cholecalciferol (2,800 IU daily versus placebo) indicated that treatment increased 25-hydroxyvitamin d levels from 20 ng/ml to 37.8 ng/ml, lowered levels of PTH, and increased lumbar spine BMD without having a deleterious effect on serum or urinary calcium levels (275).

 

PHARMACEUTICALS

Phosphate

Oral phosphate can lower the serum calcium by up to 1 mg/dL (276,277). A complex interplay of mechanisms leads to this moderating effect of oral phosphate. First, calcium absorption falls in the presence of intestinal phosphorus. Second, concomitant increases in serum phosphorus will tend to reduce circulating 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin d levels. Third, phosphate can be an antiresorptive agent. Finally, increased serum phosphorus reciprocally lowers serum calcium. Problems with oral phosphate include limited gastrointestinal tolerance, possible further increase in PTH levels, and the possibility of soft-tissue calcifications after long-term use. It is essentially not used any longer in the management of PHPT.

 

Estrogens and Selective Estrogen-Receptor Modulators

The earliest studies on the use of estrogen replacement therapy in PHPT date back to the early 1970s. A 0.5 to 1.0 mg/dL reduction in total serum calcium levels in postmenopausal women with PHPT who received estrogen was seen along with a lowering of urinary calcium (278,279). Most studies indicated no change in PTH (279-281). A randomized controlled trial of conjugated estrogen (0.625 mg daily plus medroxyprogesterone 5 mg daily) versus placebo indicated that hormone-replacement therapy effectively increases BMD at all skeletal sites in patients with PHPT, with the greatest increases at the lumbar spine (281). This randomized controlled trials, however, did not confirm the calcium-lowering effect of earlier uncontrolled studies (274). In view of concerns expressed about chronic estrogen use in the Women’s Health Study, estrogen use is not often recommended for medical management of hyperparathyroidism.

 

Raloxifene, a selective estrogen-receptor modulator, has been studied in PHPT, but the data are sparse. In a short-term (8-week) trial of 18 postmenopausal women, raloxifene (60 mg/day) was associated with a statistically significant although small (0.5 mg/dL) reduction in the serum calcium concentration and in markers of bone turnover (282). No long-term data or data on bone density are available.

 

Bisphosphonates and Denosumab

Bisphosphonates are conceptually attractive in PHPT because they are antiresorptive agents with an overall effect of reducing bone turnover. Although they do not affect PTH secretion directly, bisphosphonates could reduce serum and urinary calcium levels. Early studies with the first-generation bisphosphonates were disappointing. Etidronate has no effect (283). Clodronate use was associated in several studies with a reduction in serum and urinary calcium (284), but the effect was transient.

 

Alendronate has been studied most extensively in PHPT. Studies by Rossini et al (285) and Hassani et al (286) were followed by those of Chow et al (287), Parker et al (288), and Kahn et al (289). These studies were all characterized by a randomized, controlled design. Typically, BMD of the lumbar spine and hip regions increases along with reductions in bone turnover markers (Figure 4). Except for the study of Chow et al (287), serum calcium was unchanged. These results suggest that bisphosphonates may be useful in patients with low bone density in whom parathyroid surgery is not to be performed. One small study suggests that denosumab increases BMD in women with PHPT to a greater extent than patients without PHPT but with osteoporosis (290).

Figure 4. The effect of alendronate on bone mineral density in primary hyperparathyroidism. With alendronate, bone mineral density increases significantly after 1 year, while the placebo group shows no change until it is crossed over to alendronate in year 2. (Modified from reference Khan AA, Bilezikian JP, Kung AWC, et al: Alendronate in primary hyperparathyroidism: a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2004;89:3319-3325).

Inhibition of Parathyroid Hormone

The most specific pharmacologic approach to PHPT is to inhibit the synthesis and secretion of PTH from the parathyroid glands, such as those that act on the parathyroid cell calcium-sensing receptor. This G protein–coupled receptor recognizes calcium as its cognate ligand (291-293). When activated by increased extracellular calcium, the calcium-sensing receptor signals the cell via a G protein–transducing pathway to raise the intracellular calcium concentration, which inhibits PTH secretion. Molecules that mimic the effect of extracellular calcium by altering the affinity of calcium for the receptor could activate this receptor and inhibit parathyroid cell function. The phenylalkylamine (R)-N(3-methoxy-a-phenylethyl)-3-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-propylamine (R-568) is one such calcimimetic compound. R-568 was found to increase cytoplasmic calcium and to reduce PTH secretion in vitro, as well as in normal postmenopausal women (294,295). This drug was also shown to inhibit PTH secretion in postmenopausal women with PHPT (296). A second-generation ligand, cinacalcet, has been the subject of more extensive investigations in PHPT and is now approved for the treatment of severe hypercalcemia in PHPT when surgery cannot be pursued. Studies conducted by the authors and their colleagues (297-299) indicate that this drug can reduce the serum calcium concentration to normal in PHPT, but despite normalization of the serum calcium concentration, PTH levels do not return to normal; they do fall by 35% to 50% after administration of the drug. Urinary calcium excretion does not change; serum phosphorus levels increase but are maintained in the lower range of normal; and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D levels do not change. The average BMD does not change, even after 5 years of administration of cinacalcet (300). Marcocci et al (299) have shown that cinacalcet is effective in subjects with intractable PHPT. Silverberg et al (301) have shown that cinacalcet reduces calcium levels effectively in inoperable parathyroid carcinoma.

 

Hydrochlorothiazide

Though avoiding agents that exacerbate hypercalcemia is generally recommended in patients with PHPT, a recent study has recently reexamined the role of thiazides in patients with PHPT. This retrospective analysis of 72 patients suggested that thiazides might not increase serum levels of calcium in PHPT as they can do in normal individuals. Hydrochlorothiazide (12.5–50 mg daily for 3.1 years on average) was associated with a decrease in urinary calcium excretion but no change in serum levels of calcium (302). Smaller and cross-sectional studies have suggested similar results, although it is unclear if hydrochlorothiazide reduces the risk of nephrolithiasis (303,304). Given the heterogeneity of doses used, and the absence of larger, (preferably) randomized trial data, recommending thiazide use routinely in PHPT is premature. However, thiazides could be considered in those who refuse surgery or are poor surgical candidates but at high risk of nephrolithiasis in whom the benefit is thought to outweigh the risk as long as serum levels of calcium are monitored regularly.

 

TREATMENT OF PARATHYROID CANCER

Surgery is the only effective therapy currently available for parathyroid cancer. The greatest chance for cure occurs with the first operation. After the disease recurs, cure is unlikely, although the disease may smolder for many years thereafter. The tumor is not radiosensitive, although there are isolated reports of tumor regression with localized radiation therapy. Traditional chemotherapeutic agents have not been useful. When metastasis occurs, isolated removal is an option, especially if only one or two nodules are found in the lung. Such isolated metastasectomies are never curative but they can lead to prolonged remissions, sometimes lasting for several years. Similarly, local debulking of tumor tissue in the neck can be palliative, although malignant tissue is invariably left behind.

 

Chemotherapy has had a very limited role in this disease. Bradwell and Harvey (305) have attempted an immunotherapeutic approach by injecting a patient who had severe hypercalcemia resulting from parathyroid cancer with antibodies raised to their own circulating PTH. Coincident with a rise in antibody titer to PTH, previously refractory hypercalcemia fell impressively. A more recent report (306) provided evidence of the antitumor effect in a single case of PTH immunization in metastatic parathyroid cancer.

 

Attention has been focused instead on control of hypercalcemia. Intravenous bisphosphonates have been used to treat severe hypercalcemia. Although efficacious in the short term, they do not provide an approach that allows long-term outpatient normalization of serum calcium levels. Denosumab has more recently been reported to treat resistant hypercalcemia in patients with parathyroid carcinoma (307,308).

 

The calcimimetic agents offer a newer approach. Our group (309) reported on a single patient treated with the calcimimetic, R-568; despite widely metastatic disease, the patient showed serum calcium levels that were maintained within a range that allowed him to return to normal functioning for nearly 2 years. A wider experience by Silverberg et al (301) showed that cinacalcet is useful in the management of parathyroid cancer. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved this calcimimetic for the treatment of hypercalcemia in patients with parathyroid cancer. Use of this agent in parathyroid cancer led to improvement in serum calcium levels and a decrease in symptoms of nausea, vomiting, and mental lethargy, which are common concomitants of marked hypercalcemia. There are no data on the effect of cinacalcet on tumor growth in parathyroid cancer. Similarly, there are no data on the use of a combination of cinacalcet and bisphosphonates in parathyroid cancer, the former used to decrease PTH secretion from the cancer, and the latter used to decrease release of calcium from the skeleton. Cinacalcet offers an option for control of intractable hypercalcemia when surgical removal of cancerous tissue is no longer an option.

 

SUMMARY

This chapter has presented a comprehensive summary of the modern-day presentation of PHPT. Typically, an asymptomatic disorder in countries that are economically more developed, the disorder’s presentation has raised issues regarding the extent to which such patients may nevertheless show subclinical target organ involvement, who should be recommended for parathyroid surgery, who can be safely followed without surgical intervention, as well as questions regarding the role of medical therapy. Questions about the natural history and pathophysiology of the disorder continue to be of great interest. Inasmuch as this disorder continues to evolve, it is clear that additional careful studies are required continually to gain new insights into this disease.

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This work was supported in part by National Institutes of Health grants NIDDK 32333, DK084986, RR 00645, and R21DK104105. With permission, this chapter is adapted from:

Walker MD, Bilezikian JP. Primary hyperparathyroidism. IN: Endocrinology, 8th edition (Jameson JL, Robertson P, eds) Saunders, Elsevier (in press), 2021.

 

REFERENCES 

  1. Albright F, Bauer W, Claflin D, Cockrill JR. STUDIES IN PARATHYROID PHYSIOLOGY: III. The Effect of Phosphate Ingestion in Clinical Hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Invest 1932; 11:411-435
  2. Albright F, Aub J, Bauer W. Hyperparathyroidism: common and polymorphic condition as illustrated by seventeen proven cases in one clinic. JAMA 1934; 102:1276
  3. Bauer W, Federman DD. Hyperparathyroidism epitomized: the case of Captain Charles E. Martell. Metabolism 1962; 11:21-29
  4. Silverberg S, Bilezikian JP. Clinical presentation of primary hyperparathyroidism in the United States. New York: Academic Press.
  5. Heath H, 3rd, Hodgson SF, Kennedy MA. Primary hyperparathyroidism. Incidence, morbidity, and potential economic impact in a community. N Engl J Med 1980; 302:189-193
  6. Mundy GR, Cove DH, Fisken R. Primary hyperparathyroidism: changes in the pattern of clinical presentation. Lancet 1980; 1:1317-1320
  7. Scholz DA, Purnell DC. Asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism. 10-year prospective study. Mayo Clin Proc 1981; 56:473-478
  8. Silverberg SJ, Bilezikian JP. The diagnosis and management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism. Nat Clin Pract Endocrinol Metab 2006; 2:494-503
  9. Misiorowski W, Czajka-Oraniec I, Kochman M, Zgliczynski W, Bilezikian JP. Osteitis fibrosa cystica-a forgotten radiological feature of primary hyperparathyroidism. Endocrine 2017; 58:380-385
  10. Bendz H, Sjodin I, Toss G, Berglund K. Hyperparathyroidism and long-term lithium therapy--a cross-sectional study and the effect of lithium withdrawal. J Intern Med 1996; 240:357-365
  11. Rao SD, Frame B, Miller MJ, Kleerekoper M, Block MA, Parfitt AM. Hyperparathyroidism following head and neck irradiation. Arch Intern Med 1980; 140:205-207
  12. Nordenstrom J, Strigard K, Perbeck L, Willems J, Bagedahl-Strindlund M, Linder J. Hyperparathyroidism associated with treatment of manic-depressive disorders by lithium. Eur J Surg 1992; 158:207-211
  13. Vaidya A, Curhan GC, Paik JM, Wang M, Taylor EN. Body Size and the Risk of Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Women: A Cohort Study. J Bone Miner Res 2017; 32:1900-1906
  14. Paik JM, Curhan GC, Taylor EN. Calcium intake and risk of primary hyperparathyroidism in women: prospective cohort study. BMJ 2012; 345:e6390
  15. Golden SH, Robinson KA, Saldanha I, Anton B, Ladenson PW. Clinical review: Prevalence and incidence of endocrine and metabolic disorders in the United States: a comprehensive review. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:1853-1878
  16. Attie JN, Bock G, Auguste LJ. Multiple parathyroid adenomas: report of thirty-three cases. Surgery 1990; 108:1014-1019; discussion 1019-1020
  17. Barczynski M, Branstrom R, Dionigi G, Mihai R. Sporadic multiple parathyroid gland disease--a consensus report of the European Society of Endocrine Surgeons (ESES). Langenbecks Arch Surg 2015; 400:887-905
  18. Bilezikian JP, Bandeira L, Khan A, Cusano NE. Hyperparathyroidism. Lancet 2018; 391:168-178
  19. Nudelman IL, Deutsch AA, Reiss R. Primary hyperparathyroidism due to mediastinal parathyroid adenoma. Int Surg 1987; 72:104-108
  20. Sloane JA, Moody HC. Parathyroid adenoma in submucosa of esophagus. Arch Pathol Lab Med 1978; 102:242-243
  21. Joseph MP, Nadol JB, Pilch BZ, Goodman ML. Ectopic parathyroid tissue in the hypopharyngeal mucosa (pyriform sinus). Head Neck Surg 1982; 5:70-74
  22. Gilmour JR. Some developmental abnormalities of the thymus and parathyroids. J Pathol Bacteriol 1941; 52:213-218
  23. Fleischer J, Becker C, Hamele-Bena D, Breen TL, Silverberg SJ. Oxyphil parathyroid adenoma: a malignant presentation of a benign disease. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2004; 89:5948-5951
  24. Jain M, Krasne DL, Singer FR, Giuliano AE. Recurrent primary hyperparathyroidism due to Type 1 parathyromatosis. Endocrine 2017; 55:643-650
  25. Wermers RA, Khosla S, Atkinson EJ, Hodgson SF, O'Fallon WM, Melton LJ, 3rd. The rise and fall of primary hyperparathyroidism: a population-based study in Rochester, Minnesota, 1965-1992. Ann Intern Med 1997; 126:433-440
  26. Melton LJ, 3rd. The epidemiology of primary hyperparathyroidism in North America. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17 Suppl 2:N12-17
  27. Wermers RA, Khosla S, Atkinson EJ, Achenbach SJ, Oberg AL, Grant CS, Melton LJ, 3rd. Incidence of primary hyperparathyroidism in Rochester, Minnesota, 1993-2001: an update on the changing epidemiology of the disease. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:171-177
  28. Griebeler ML, Kearns AE, Ryu E, Hathcock MA, Melton LJ, 3rd, Wermers RA. Secular trends in the incidence of primary hyperparathyroidism over five decades (1965-2010). Bone 2015; 73:1-7
  29. Yeh MW, Ituarte PH, Zhou HC, Nishimoto S, Liu IL, Harari A, Haigh PI, Adams AL. Incidence and prevalence of primary hyperparathyroidism in a racially mixed population. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2013; 98:1122-1129
  30. Lowe H, McMahon DJ, Rubin MR, Bilezikian JP, Silverberg SJ. Normocalcemic primary hyperparathyroidism: further characterization of a new clinical phenotype. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2007; 92:3001-3005
  31. Cusano NE, Maalouf NM, Wang PY, Zhang C, Cremers SC, Haney EM, Bauer DC, Orwoll ES, Bilezikian JP. Normocalcemic hyperparathyroidism and hypoparathyroidism in two community-based nonreferral populations. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2013; 98:2734-2741
  32. Schini M, Jacques RM, Oakes E, Peel NFA, Walsh JS, Eastell R. Normocalcemic Hyperparathyroidism: Study of its Prevalence and Natural History. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2020; 105
  33. Jacobs TP, Bilezikian JP. Clinical review: Rare causes of hypercalcemia. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005; 90:6316-6322
  34. Eastell R, Arnold A, Brandi ML, Brown EM, D'Amour P, Hanley DA, Rao DS, Rubin MR, Goltzman D, Silverberg SJ, Marx SJ, Peacock M, Mosekilde L, Bouillon R, Lewiecki EM. Diagnosis of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: proceedings of the third international workshop. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:340-350
  35. Nesbit MA, Hannan FM, Howles SA, Babinsky VN, Head RA, Cranston T, Rust N, Hobbs MR, Heath H, 3rd, Thakker RV. Mutations affecting G-protein subunit alpha11 in hypercalcemia and hypocalcemia. N Engl J Med 2013; 368:2476-2486
  36. Nesbit MA, Hannan FM, Howles SA, Reed AA, Cranston T, Thakker CE, Gregory L, Rimmer AJ, Rust N, Graham U, Morrison PJ, Hunter SJ, Whyte MP, McVean G, Buck D, Thakker RV. Mutations in AP2S1 cause familial hypocalciuric hypercalcemia type 3. Nat Genet 2013; 45:93-97
  37. Souberbielle JC, Cormier C, Kindermans C, Gao P, Cantor T, Forette F, Baulieu EE. Vitamin D status and redefining serum parathyroid hormone reference range in the elderly. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:3086-3090
  38. Walker MD, Cong E, Lee JA, Kepley A, Zhang C, McMahon DJ, Silverberg SJ. Vitamin D in Primary Hyperparathyroidism: Effects on Clinical, Biochemical, and Densitometric Presentation. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015; 100:3443-3451
  39. Tassone F, Gianotti L, Emmolo I, Ghio M, Borretta G. Glomerular filtration rate and parathyroid hormone secretion in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:4458-4461
  40. Lepage R, Roy L, Brossard JH, Rousseau L, Dorais C, Lazure C, D'Amour P. A non-(1-84) circulating parathyroid hormone (PTH) fragment interferes significantly with intact PTH commercial assay measurements in uremic samples. Clin Chem 1998; 44:805-809
  41. Quarles LD, Lobaugh B, Murphy G. Intact parathyroid hormone overestimates the presence and severity of parathyroid-mediated osseous abnormalities in uremia. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1992; 75:145-150
  42. John MR, Goodman WG, Gao P, Cantor TL, Salusky IB, Juppner H. A novel immunoradiometric assay detects full-length human PTH but not amino-terminally truncated fragments: implications for PTH measurements in renal failure. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1999; 84:4287-4290
  43. Gao P, Scheibel S, D'Amour P, John MR, Rao SD, Schmidt-Gayk H, Cantor TL. Development of a novel immunoradiometric assay exclusively for biologically active whole parathyroid hormone 1-84: implications for improvement of accurate assessment of parathyroid function. J Bone Miner Res 2001; 16:605-614
  44. Slatopolsky E, Finch J, Clay P, Martin D, Sicard G, Singer G, Gao P, Cantor T, Dusso A. A novel mechanism for skeletal resistance in uremia. Kidney Int 2000; 58:753-761
  45. Silverberg SJ, Gao P, Brown I, LoGerfo P, Cantor TL, Bilezikian JP. Clinical utility of an immunoradiometric assay for parathyroid hormone (1-84) in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88:4725-4730
  46. D'Amour P, Brossard JH, Rousseau L, Roy L, Gao P, Cantor T. Amino-terminal form of parathyroid hormone (PTH) with immunologic similarities to hPTH(1-84) is overproduced in primary and secondary hyperparathyroidism. Clin Chem 2003; 49:2037-2044
  47. Rubin MR, Silverberg SJ, D'Amour P, Brossard JH, Rousseau L, Sliney J, Jr., Cantor T, Bilezikian JP. An N-terminal molecular form of parathyroid hormone (PTH) distinct from hPTH(1 84) is overproduced in parathyroid carcinoma. Clin Chem 2007; 53:1470-1476
  48. Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Dempster DW, Bilezikian JP. The effects of vitamin D insufficiency in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Med 1999; 107:561-567
  49. Hagag P, Revet-Zak I, Hod N, Horne T, Rapoport MJ, Weiss M. Diagnosis of normocalcemic hyperparathyroidism by oral calcium loading test. J Endocrinol Invest 2003; 26:327-332
  50. Silverberg SJ, Bilezikian JP. "Incipient" primary hyperparathyroidism: a "forme fruste" of an old disease. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88:5348-5352
  51. Vieth R, Bayley TA, Walfish PG, Rosen IB, Pollard A. Relevance of vitamin D metabolite concentrations in supporting the diagnosis of primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 1991; 110:1043-1046; discussion 1046-1047
  52. Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Jacobs TP, Siris E, Bilezikian JP. A 10-year prospective study of primary hyperparathyroidism with or without parathyroid surgery. N Engl J Med 1999; 341:1249-1255
  53. Lumb GA, Stanbury SW. Parathyroid function in human vitamin D deficiency and vitamin D deficiency in primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Med 1974; 56:833-839
  54. Liu JM, Cusano NE, Silva BC, Zhao L, He XY, Tao B, Sun LH, Zhao HY, Fan WW, Romano ME, Ning G, Bilezikian JP. Primary Hyperparathyroidism: A Tale of Two Cities Revisited - New York and Shanghai. Bone research 2013; 1:162-169
  55. Malabu UH, Founda MA. Primary hyperparathyroidism in Saudi Arabia: a review of 46 cases. The Medical journal of Malaysia 2007; 62:394-397
  56. Paruk IM, Esterhuizen TM, Maharaj S, Pirie FJ, Motala AA. Characteristics, management and outcome of primary hyperparathyroidism in South Africa: a single-centre experience. Postgraduate medical journal 2013; 89:626-631
  57. Shah VN, Bhadada S, Bhansali A, Behera A, Mittal BR. Changes in clinical & biochemical presentations of primary hyperparathyroidism in India over a period of 20 years. Indian J Med Res 2014; 139:694-699
  58. Zhao L, Liu JM, He XY, Zhao HY, Sun LH, Tao B, Zhang MJ, Chen X, Wang WQ, Ning G. The changing clinical patterns of primary hyperparathyroidism in Chinese patients: data from 2000 to 2010 in a single clinical center. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2013; 98:721-728
  59. Castellano E, Attanasio R, Boriano A, Pellegrino M, Garino F, Gianotti L, Borretta G. Sex Difference in the Clinical Presentation of Primary Hyperparathyroidism: Influence of Menopausal Status. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2017; 102:4148-4152
  60. Pradeep PV, Mishra A, Agarwal G, Agarwal A, Verma AK, Mishra SK. Long-term outcome after parathyroidectomy in patients with advanced primary hyperparathyroidism and associated vitamin D deficiency. World J Surg 2008; 32:829-835
  61. Bandeira F, Cassibba S. Hyperparathyroidism and Bone Health. Current rheumatology reports 2015; 17:48
  62. Harinarayan CV, Gupta N, Kochupillai N. Vitamin D status in primary hyperparathyroidism in India. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1995; 43:351-358
  63. Meng X, Xing X, Liu S. [The diagnosis of primary hyperparathyroidism--analysis of 134 cases]. Zhongguo Yi Xue Ke Xue Yuan Xue Bao 1994; 16:13-19
  64. Luong KV, Nguyen LT. Coexisting hyperthyroidism and primary hyperparathyroidism with vitamin D-deficient osteomalacia in a Vietnamese immigrant. Endocr Pract 1996; 2:250-254
  65. Usta A, Alhan E, Cinel A, Turkyilmaz S, Erem C. A 20-year study on 190 patients with primary hyperparathyroidism in a developing country: Turkey experience. Int Surg 2015; 100:648-655
  66. Silverberg SJ, Bilezikian JP. Primary Hyperparathyroidism. Primer on Metabolic Bone Diseases and Disorders of Mineral Metbolism. Washington D. C.: American Society for Bone and Mineral Research:302-306.
  67. Silverberg SJ. Non-classical target organs in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17 Suppl 2:N117-125
  68. Ringe JD. Reversible hypertension in primary hyperparathyroidism--pre- and posteroperative blood pressure in 75 cases. Klin Wochenschr 1984; 62:465-469
  69. Broulik PD, Horky K, Pacovsky V. Blood pressure in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism before and after parathyroidectomy. Exp Clin Endocrinol 1985; 86:346-352
  70. Rapado A. Arterial hypertension and primary hyperparathyroidism. Incidence and follow-up after parathyroidectomy. Am J Nephrol 1986; 6 Suppl 1:49-50
  71. Bilezikian JP, Connor TB, Aptekar R, Freijanes J, Aurbach GD, Pachas WN, Wells SA, Decker JL. Pseudogout after parathyroidectomy. Lancet 1973; 1:445-446
  72. Geelhoed GW, Kelly TR. Pseudogout as a clue and complication in primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 1989; 106:1036-1041, discussion 1041-1032
  73. Ludvigsson JF, Kampe O, Lebwohl B, Green PH, Silverberg SJ, Ekbom A. Primary hyperparathyroidism and celiac disease: a population-based cohort study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2012; 97:897-904
  74. Silverberg SJ, Bilezikian JP. Primary Hyperparathyroidism. In: Seibel MJ, Robins SP, Bilezikian JP, eds. Dynamics of bone and cartilage metabolism. San Diego: Elsevier:767–778.
  75. Silverberg SJ, Gartenberg F, Jacobs TP, Shane E, Siris E, Staron RB, Bilezikian JP. Longitudinal measurements of bone density and biochemical indices in untreated primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:723-728
  76. Seibel MJ. Molecular markers of bone metabolism in primary hyperparathyroidism. In: Bilezikian JP, ed. The parathyroids: basic and clinical concepts. New York: Academic Press:399-410.
  77. Price PA, Parthemore JG, Deftos LJ. New biochemical marker for bone metabolism. Measurement by radioimmunoassay of bone GLA protein in the plasma of normal subjects and patients with bone disease. J Clin Invest 1980; 66:878-883
  78. Deftos LJ, Parthemore JG, Price PA. Changes in plasma bone GLA protein during treatment of bone disease. Calcif Tissue Int 1982; 34:121-124
  79. Ebeling PR, Peterson JM, Riggs BL. Utility of type I procollagen propeptide assays for assessing abnormalities in metabolic bone diseases. J Bone Miner Res 1992; 7:1243-1250
  80. van Lierop AH, Witteveen JE, Hamdy NA, Papapoulos SE. Patients with primary hyperparathyroidism have lower circulating sclerostin levels than euparathyroid controls. Eur J Endocrinol 2010; 163:833-837
  81. Costa AG, Cremers S, Rubin MR, McMahon DJ, Sliney J, Jr., Lazaretti-Castro M, Silverberg SJ, Bilezikian JP. Circulating sclerostin in disorders of parathyroid gland function. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:3804-3810
  82. Ardawi MS, Al-Sibiany AM, Bakhsh TM, Rouzi AA, Qari MH. Decreased serum sclerostin levels in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism: a cross-sectional and a longitudinal study. Osteoporos Int 2011;
  83. Seibel MJ, Gartenberg F, Silverberg SJ, Ratcliffe A, Robins SP, Bilezikian JP. Urinary hydroxypyridinium cross-links of collagen in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1992; 74:481-486
  84. Seibel MJ, Woitge HW, Pecherstorfer M, Karmatschek M, Horn E, Ludwig H, Armbruster FP, Ziegler R. Serum immunoreactive bone sialoprotein as a new marker of bone turnover in metabolic and malignant bone disease. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:3289-3294
  85. Guo CY, Thomas WE, al-Dehaimi AW, Assiri AM, Eastell R. Longitudinal changes in bone mineral density and bone turnover in postmenopausal women with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:3487-3491
  86. Tanaka Y, Funahashi H, Imai T, Tominaga Y, Takagi H. Parathyroid function and bone metabolic markers in primary and secondary hyperparathyroidism. Semin Surg Oncol 1997; 13:125-133
  87. Minisola S, Romagnoli E, Scarnecchia L, Rosso R, Pacitti MT, Scarda A, Mazzuoli G. Serum carboxy-terminal propeptide of human type I procollagen in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism: studies in basal conditions and after parathyroid surgery. Eur J Endocrinol 1994; 130:587-591
  88. Ohe MN, Bonansea TCP, Santos RO, Neves MCD, Santos LM, Rosano M, Kunii IS, Castro ML, Vieira JGH. Prediction of bone mass changes after successful parathyroidectomy using biochemical markers of bone metabolism in primary hyperparathyroidism: is it clinically useful? Arch Endocrinol Metab 2019; 63:394-401
  89. NIH conference. Diagnosis and management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: consensus development conference statement. Ann Intern Med 1991; 114:593-597
  90. Silverberg SJ, Shane E, de la Cruz L, Dempster DW, Feldman F, Seldin D, Jacobs TP, Siris ES, Cafferty M, Parisien MV, et al. Skeletal disease in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Bone Miner Res 1989; 4:283-291
  91. Bilezikian JP, Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Parisien M, Dempster DW. Characterization and evaluation of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism. J Bone Miner Res 1991; 6 Suppl 2:S85-89; discussion S121-124
  92. Dempster DW, Cosman F, Parisien M, Shen V, Lindsay R. Anabolic actions of parathyroid hormone on bone. Endocr Rev 1993; 14:690-709
  93. Bilezikian JP, Rubin MR, Finkelstein JS. Parathyroid hormone as an anabolic therapy for women and men. J Endocrinol Invest 2005; 28:41-49
  94. Canalis E, Giustina A, Bilezikian JP. Mechanisms of anabolic therapies for osteoporosis. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:905-916
  95. Silverberg SJ, Locker FG, Bilezikian JP. Vertebral osteopenia: a new indication for surgery in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:4007-4012
  96. Walker MD, Saeed I, Lee JA, Zhang C, Hans D, Lang T, Silverberg SJ. Effect of concomitant vitamin D deficiency or insufficiency on lumbar spine volumetric bone mineral density and trabecular bone score in primary hyperparathyroidism. Osteoporos Int 2016; 27:3063-3071
  97. Walker MD, Nishiyama KK, Zhou B, Cong E, Wang J, Lee JA, Kepley A, Zhang C, Guo XE, Silverberg SJ. Effect of Low Vitamin D on Volumetric Bone Mineral Density, Bone Microarchitecture, and Stiffness in Primary Hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2016; 101:905-913
  98. Parisien M, Silverberg SJ, Shane E, de la Cruz L, Lindsay R, Bilezikian JP, Dempster DW. The histomorphometry of bone in primary hyperparathyroidism: preservation of cancellous bone structure. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990; 70:930-938
  99. Parfitt AM. Accelerated cortical bone loss: primary and secondary hyperparathyroidism. In: Uhthoff H, Stahl E, eds. Current Concepts in Bone Fragility. New York: Mary Ann Liebert:7-14.
  100. van Doorn L, Lips P, Netelenbos JC, Hackeng WH. Bone histomorphometry and serum concentrations of intact parathyroid hormone (PTH(1-84)) in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Bone Miner 1993; 23:233-242
  101. Dempster DW, Parisien M, Silverberg SJ, Liang XG, Schnitzer M, Shen V, Shane E, Kimmel DB, Recker R, Lindsay R, Bilezikian JP. On the mechanism of cancellous bone preservation in postmenopausal women with mild primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1999; 84:1562-1566
  102. Parisien M, Cosman F, Mellish RW, Schnitzer M, Nieves J, Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Kimmel D, Recker RR, Bilezikian JP, et al. Bone structure in postmenopausal hyperparathyroid, osteoporotic, and normal women. J Bone Miner Res 1995; 10:1393-1399
  103. Parisien M, Mellish RW, Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Lindsay R, Bilezikian JP, Dempster DW. Maintenance of cancellous bone connectivity in primary hyperparathyroidism: trabecular strut analysis. J Bone Miner Res 1992; 7:913-919
  104. Lindsay R, Nieves J, Formica C, Henneman E, Woelfert L, Shen V, Dempster D, Cosman F. Randomised controlled study of effect of parathyroid hormone on vertebral-bone mass and fracture incidence among postmenopausal women on oestrogen with osteoporosis. Lancet 1997; 350:550-555
  105. Dempster DW, Cosman F, Kurland ES, Zhou H, Nieves J, Woelfert L, Shane E, Plavetic K, Muller R, Bilezikian J, Lindsay R. Effects of daily treatment with parathyroid hormone on bone microarchitecture and turnover in patients with osteoporosis: a paired biopsy study. J Bone Miner Res 2001; 16:1846-1853
  106. Neer RM, Arnaud CD, Zanchetta JR, Prince R, Gaich GA, Reginster JY, Hodsman AB, Eriksen EF, Ish-Shalom S, Genant HK, Wang O, Mitlak BH. Effect of parathyroid hormone (1-34) on fractures and bone mineral density in postmenopausal women with osteoporosis. N Engl J Med 2001; 344:1434-1441
  107. Dempster DW, Muller R, Zhou H, Kohler T, Shane E, Parisien M, Silverberg SJ, Bilezikian JP. Preserved three-dimensional cancellous bone structure in mild primary hyperparathyroidism. Bone 2007; 41:19-24
  108. Roschger P, Dempster DW, Zhou H, Paschalis EP, Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Bilezikian JP, Klaushofer K. New observations on bone quality in mild primary hyperparathyroidism as determined by quantitative backscattered electron imaging. J Bone Miner Res 2007; 22:717-723
  109. Zoehrer R, Dempster DW, Bilezikian JP, Zhou H, Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Roschger P, Paschalis EP, Klaushofer K. Bone quality determined by Fourier transform infrared imaging analysis in mild primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2008; 93:3484-3489
  110. Bilezikian JP. Bone strength in primary hyperparathyroidism. Osteoporos Int 2003; 14 Suppl 5:S113-115; discussion S115-117
  111. Hans D, Goertzen AL, Krieg MA, Leslie WD. Bone microarchitecture assessed by TBS predicts osteoporotic fractures independent of bone density: the Manitoba study. J Bone Miner Res 2011; 26:2762-2769
  112. Silva BC, Boutroy S, Zhang C, McMahon DJ, Zhou B, Wang J, Udesky J, Cremers S, Sarquis M, Guo XD, Hans D, Bilezikian JP. Trabecular bone score (TBS)--a novel method to evaluate bone microarchitectural texture in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2013; 98:1963-1970
  113. Stein EM, Silva BC, Boutroy S, Zhou B, Wang J, Udesky J, Zhang C, McMahon DJ, Romano M, Dworakowski E, Costa AG, Cusano N, Irani D, Cremers S, Shane E, Guo XE, Bilezikian JP. Primary hyperparathyroidism is associated with abnormal cortical and trabecular microstructure and reduced bone stiffness in postmenopausal women. J Bone Miner Res 2013; 28:1029-1040
  114. Hansen S, Hauge EM, Rasmussen L, Jensen JE, Brixen K. Parathyroidectomy improves bone geometry and microarchitecture in female patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. A 1-year prospective controlled study using high resolution peripheral quantitative computed tomography. J Bone Miner Res 2012;
  115. Vu TD, Wang XF, Wang Q, Cusano NE, Irani D, Silva BC, Ghasem-Zadeh A, Udesky J, Romano ME, Zebaze R, Jerums G, Boutroy S, Bilezikian JP, Seeman E. New insights into the effects of primary hyperparathyroidism on the cortical and trabecular compartments of bone. Bone 2013; 55:57-63
  116. Stein EM, Silva BC, Boutroy S, Zhou B, Wang J, Udesky J, Zhang C, McMahon DJ, Romano M, Dworakowski E, Costa AG, Cusano N, Irani D, Cremers S, Shane E, Guo XE, Bilezikian JP. Primary hyperparathyroidism is associated with abnormal cortical and trabecular microstructure and reduced bone stiffness in postmenopausal women. J Bone Miner Res 2012;
  117. Khosla S, Melton LJ, 3rd, Wermers RA, Crowson CS, O'Fallon W, Riggs B. Primary hyperparathyroidism and the risk of fracture: a population-based study. J Bone Miner Res 1999; 14:1700-1707
  118. Vignali E, Viccica G, Diacinti D, Cetani F, Cianferotti L, Ambrogini E, Banti C, Del Fiacco R, Bilezikian JP, Pinchera A, Marcocci C. Morphometric vertebral fractures in postmenopausal women with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:2306-2312
  119. Mosekilde L. Primary hyperparathyroidism and the skeleton. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2008; 69:1-19
  120. De Geronimo S, Romagnoli E, Diacinti D, D'Erasmo E, Minisola S. The risk of fractures in postmenopausal women with primary hyperparathyroidism. Eur J Endocrinol 2006; 155:415-420
  121. Dauphine RT, Riggs BL, Scholz DA. Back pain and vertebral crush fractures: an unemphasized mode of presentation for primary hyperparathyroidism. Ann Intern Med 1975; 83:365-367
  122. Kochersberger G, Buckley NJ, Leight GS, Martinez S, Studenski S, Vogler J, Lyles KW. What is the clinical significance of bone loss in primary hyperparathyroidism? Arch Intern Med 1987; 147:1951-1953
  123. Wilson RJ, Rao S, Ellis B, Kleerekoper M, Parfitt AM. Mild asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism is not a risk factor for vertebral fractures. Ann Intern Med 1988; 109:959-962
  124. Liu M, Williams J, Kuo J, Lee JA, Silverberg SJ, Walker MD. Risk factors for vertebral fracture in primary hyperparathyroidism. Endocrine 2019; 66:682-690
  125. Ejlsmark-Svensson H, Bislev LS, Lajlev S, Harslof T, Rolighed L, Sikjaer T, Rejnmark L. Prevalence and Risk of Vertebral Fractures in Primary Hyperparathyroidism: A Nested Case-Control Study. J Bone Miner Res 2018; 33:1657-1664
  126. Larsson K, Ljunghall S, Krusemo UB, Naessen T, Lindh E, Persson I. The risk of hip fractures in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism: a population-based cohort study with a follow-up of 19 years. J Intern Med 1993; 234:585-593
  127. Silverberg SJ, Shane E, Jacobs TP, Siris ES, Gartenberg F, Seldin D, Clemens TL, Bilezikian JP. Nephrolithiasis and bone involvement in primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Med 1990; 89:327-334
  128. Pak CY, Oata M, Lawrence EC, Snyder W. The hypercalciurias. Causes, parathyroid functions, and diagnostic criteria. J Clin Invest 1974; 54:387-400
  129. Kaplan RA, Haussler MR, Deftos LJ, Bone H, Pak CY. The role of 1 alpha, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D in the mediation of intestinal hyperabsorption of calcium in primary hyperparathyroidism and absorptive hypercalciuria. J Clin Invest 1977; 59:756-760
  130. Broadus AE, Horst RL, Lang R, Littledike ET, Rasmussen H. The importance of circulating 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in the pathogenesis of hypercalciuria and renal-stone formation in primary hyperparathyroidism. N Engl J Med 1980; 302:421-426
  131. Pak CY, Nicar MJ, Peterson R, Zerwekh JE, Snyder W. A lack of unique pathophysiologic background for nephrolithiasis of primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1981; 53:536-542
  132. Pak CY. Effect of parathyroidectomy on crystallization of calcium salts in urine of patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Invest Urol 1979; 17:146-148
  133. Klugman VA, Favus M, Pak CY. Nephrolithiasis in primary hyperparathyroidism. In: Bilezikian JP, ed. The parathyroids: basic and clinical concepts. New York: Academic Press:437-450.
  134. Cipriani C, Biamonte F, Costa AG, Zhang C, Biondi P, Diacinti D, Pepe J, Piemonte S, Scillitani A, Minisola S, Bilezikian JP. Prevalence of kidney stones and vertebral fractures in primary hyperparathyroidism using imaging technology. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015; 100:1309-1315
  135. Rejnmark L, Vestergaard P, Mosekilde L. Nephrolithiasis and renal calcifications in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2377-2385
  136. Cassibba S, Pellegrino M, Gianotti L, Baffoni C, Baralis E, Attanasio R, Guarnieri A, Borretta G, Tassone F. Silent renal stones in primary hyperparathyroidism: prevalence and clinical features. Endocr Pract 2014; 20:1137-1142
  137. Bilezikian JP, Brandi ML, Eastell R, Silverberg SJ, Udelsman R, Marcocci C, Potts JT, Jr. Guidelines for the management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: summary statement from the Fourth International Workshop. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3561-3569
  138. Tay YD, Liu M, Bandeira L, Bucovsky M, Lee JA, Silverberg SJ, Walker MD. Occult urolithiasis in asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism. Endocr Res 2018; 43:106-115
  139. Albright F, Reifenstein EC. The parathyroid glands and metabolic bone disease. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins.
  140. Dent CE, Hartland BV, Hicks J, Sykes ED. Calcium intake in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Lancet 1961; 2:336-338
  141. Berger AD, Wu W, Eisner BH, Cooperberg MR, Duh QY, Stoller ML. Patients with primary hyperparathyroidism--why do some form stones? J Urol 2009; 181:2141-2145
  142. Odvina CV, Sakhaee K, Heller HJ, Peterson RD, Poindexter JR, Padalino PK, Pak CY. Biochemical characterization of primary hyperparathyroidism with and without kidney stones. Urological research 2007; 35:123-128
  143. Saponaro F, Cetani F, Mazoni L, Apicella M, Di Giulio M, Carlucci F, Scalese M, Pardi E, Borsari S, Bilezikian JP, Marcocci C. Hypercalciuria: its value as a predictive risk factor for nephrolithiasis in asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism? J Endocrinol Invest 2020; 43:677-682
  144. Saponaro F, Marcocci C, Apicella M, Mazoni L, Borsari S, Pardi E, Di Giulio M, Carlucci F, Scalese M, Bilezikian JP, Cetani F. Hypomagnesuria is Associated With Nephrolithiasis in Patients With Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2020; 105
  145. Walker MD, Nickolas T, Kepley A, Lee JA, Zhang C, McMahon DJ, Silverberg SJ. Predictors of renal function in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:1885-1892
  146. Walker MD, Dempster DW, McMahon DJ, Udesky J, Shane E, Bilezikian JP, Silverberg SJ. Effect of renal function on skeletal health in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2012; 97:1501-1507
  147. Rao DS, Wilson RJ, Kleerekoper M, Parfitt AM. Lack of biochemical progression or continuation of accelerated bone loss in mild asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: evidence for biphasic disease course. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1988; 67:1294-1298
  148. Symons C, Fortune F, Greenbaum RA, Dandona P. Cardiac hypertrophy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, and hyperparathyroidism--an association. Br Heart J 1985; 54:539-542
  149. Stefenelli T, Mayr H, Bergler-Klein J, Globits S, Woloszczuk W, Niederle B. Primary hyperparathyroidism: incidence of cardiac abnormalities and partial reversibility after successful parathyroidectomy. Am J Med 1993; 95:197-202
  150. Palmer M, Adami HO, Bergstrom R, Akerstrom G, Ljunghall S. Mortality after surgery for primary hyperparathyroidism: a follow-up of 441 patients operated on from 1956 to 1979. Surgery 1987; 102:1-7
  151. Ronni-Sivula H. Causes of death in patients previously operated on for primary hyperparathyroidism. Ann Chir Gynaecol 1985; 74:13-18
  152. Hedback G, Tisell LE, Bengtsson BA, Hedman I, Oden A. Premature death in patients operated on for primary hyperparathyroidism. World J Surg 1990; 14:829-835; discussion 836
  153. Ljunghall S, Jakobsson S, Joborn C, Palmer M, Rastad J, Akerstrom G. Longitudinal studies of mild primary hyperparathyroidism. J Bone Miner Res 1991; 6 Suppl 2:S111-116; discussion S121-114
  154. Hedback G, Oden A, Tisell LE. The influence of surgery on the risk of death in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. World J Surg 1991; 15:399-405; discussion 406-397
  155. Soreide JA, van Heerden JA, Grant CS, Yau Lo C, Schleck C, Ilstrup DM. Survival after surgical treatment for primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 1997; 122:1117-1123
  156. Wermers RA, Khosla S, Atkinson EJ, Grant CS, Hodgson SF, O'Fallon WM, Melton LJ, 3rd. Survival after the diagnosis of hyperparathyroidism: a population-based study. Am J Med 1998; 104:115-122
  157. Nilsson IL, Yin L, Lundgren E, Rastad J, Ekbom A. Clinical presentation of primary hyperparathyroidism in Europe--nationwide cohort analysis on mortality from nonmalignant causes. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17 Suppl 2:N68-74
  158. Hedback G, Oden A. Increased risk of death from primary hyperparathyroidism--an update. Eur J Clin Invest 1998; 28:271-276
  159. Vestergaard P, Mollerup CL, Frokjaer VG, Christiansen P, Blichert-Toft M, Mosekilde L. Cardiovascular events before and after surgery for primary hyperparathyroidism. World J Surg 2003; 27:216-222
  160. Bradley EL, 3rd, Wells JO. Primary hyperparathyroidism and hypertension. Am Surg 1983; 49:569-570
  161. Dominiczak AF, Lyall F, Morton JJ, Dargie HJ, Boyle IT, Tune TT, Murray G, Semple PF. Blood pressure, left ventricular mass and intracellular calcium in primary hyperparathyroidism. Clin Sci (Lond) 1990; 78:127-132
  162. Nainby-Luxmoore JC, Langford HG, Nelson NC, Watson RL, Barnes TY. A case-comparison study of hypertension and hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1982; 55:303-306
  163. Lind L, Jacobsson S, Palmer M, Lithell H, Wengle B, Ljunghall S. Cardiovascular risk factors in primary hyperparathyroidism: a 15-year follow-up of operated and unoperated cases. J Intern Med 1991; 230:29-35
  164. Lind L, Skarfors E, Berglund L, Lithell H, Ljunghall S. Serum calcium: a new, independent, prospective risk factor for myocardial infarction in middle-aged men followed for 18 years. J Clin Epidemiol 1997; 50:967-973
  165. Kamycheva E, Sundsfjord J, Jorde R. Serum parathyroid hormone level is associated with body mass index. The 5th Tromso study. Eur J Endocrinol 2004; 151:167-172
  166. Roberts WC, Waller BF. Effect of chronic hypercalcemia on the heart. An analysis of 18 necropsy patients. Am J Med 1981; 71:371-384
  167. Streeten EA, Munir K, Hines S, Mohamed A, Mangano C, Ryan KA, Post W. Coronary artery calcification in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism in comparison with control subjects from the multi-ethnic study of atherosclerosis. Endocr Pract 2008; 14:155-161
  168. Kepez A, Harmanci A, Hazirolan T, Isildak M, Kocabas U, Ates A, Ciftci O, Tokgozoglu L, Gurlek A. Evaluation of subclinical coronary atherosclerosis in mild asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism patients. Int J Cardiovasc Imaging 2009; 25:187-193
  169. Nilsson IL, Aberg J, Rastad J, Lind L. Maintained normalization of cardiovascular dysfunction 5 years after parathyroidectomy in primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 2005; 137:632-638
  170. Iwata S, Walker MD, Di Tullio MR, Hyodo E, Jin Z, Liu R, Sacco RL, Homma S, Silverberg SJ. Aortic valve calcification in mild primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2012; 97:132-137
  171. Walker MD, Rundek T, Homma S, DiTullio M, Iwata S, Lee JA, Choi J, Liu R, Zhang C, McMahon DJ, Sacco RL, Silverberg SJ. Effect of parathyroidectomy on subclinical cardiovascular disease in mild primary hyperparathyroidism. Eur J Endocrinol 2012; 167:277-285
  172. Nuzzo V, Tauchmanova L, Fonderico F, Trotta R, Fittipaldi MR, Fontana D, Rossi R, Lombardi G, Trimarco B, Lupoli G. Increased intima-media thickness of the carotid artery wall, normal blood pressure profile and normal left ventricular mass in subjects with primary hyperparathyroidism. Eur J Endocrinol 2002; 147:453-459
  173. Nilsson IL, Aberg J, Rastad J, Lind L. Left ventricular systolic and diastolic function and exercise testing in primary hyperparathyroidism-effects of parathyroidectomy. Surgery 2000; 128:895-902
  174. Walker MD, Silverberg SJ. Cardiovascular aspects of primary hyperparathyroidism. J Endocrinol Invest 2008; 31:925-931
  175. McMahon DJ, Carrelli A, Palmeri N, Zhang C, DiTullio M, Silverberg SJ, Walker MD. Effect of Parathyroidectomy Upon Left Ventricular Mass in Primary Hyperparathyroidism: A Meta-Analysis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015; 100:4399-4407
  176. Nilsson IL, Aberg J, Rastad J, Lind L. Endothelial vasodilatory dysfunction in primary hyperparathyroidism is reversed after parathyroidectomy. Surgery 1999; 126:1049-1055
  177. Kosch M, Hausberg M, Vormbrock K, Kisters K, Rahn KH, Barenbrock M. Studies on flow-mediated vasodilation and intima-media thickness of the brachial artery in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Hypertens 2000; 13:759-764
  178. Lumachi F, Ermani M, Frego M, Pilon F, Filosa T, Di Cristofaro L, De Lotto F, Fallo F. Intima-media thickness measurement of the carotid artery in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. A prospective case-control study and long-term follow-up. In Vivo 2006; 20:887-890
  179. Fallo F, Camporese G, Capitelli E, Andreozzi GM, Mantero F, Lumachi F. Ultrasound evaluation of carotid artery in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88:2096-2099
  180. Walker MD, Fleischer J, Rundek T, McMahon DJ, Homma S, Sacco R, Silverberg SJ. Carotid vascular abnormalities in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:3849-3856
  181. Rosa J, Raska I, Jr., Wichterle D, Petrak O, Strauch B, Somloova Z, Zelinka T, Holaj R, Widimsky J, Jr. Pulse wave velocity in primary hyperparathyroidism and effect of surgical therapy. Hypertens Res 2011; 34:296-300
  182. Schillaci G, Pucci G, Pirro M, Monacelli M, Scarponi AM, Manfredelli MR, Rondelli F, Avenia N, Mannarino E. Large-artery stiffness: a reversible marker of cardiovascular risk in primary hyperparathyroidism. Atherosclerosis 2011; 218:96-101
  183. Rubin MR, Maurer MS, McMahon DJ, Bilezikian JP, Silverberg SJ. Arterial stiffness in mild primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005; 90:3326-3330
  184. Cope O. The study of hyperparathyroidism at the Massachusetts General Hospital. N Engl J Med 1966; 274:1174-1182
  185. Patten BM, Bilezikian JP, Mallette LE, Prince A, Engel WK, Aurbach GD. Neuromuscular disease in primary hyperparathyroidism. Ann Intern Med 1974; 80:182-193
  186. Vicale CT. Diagnostic features of muscular syndrome resulting from hyperparathyroidism, osteomalacia owing to renal tubular acidosis and perhaps related disorders of calcium metabolism. Trans Am Neurol Assoc 1949; 74:143-147
  187. Frame B, Heinze EG, Jr., Block MA, Manson GA. Myopathy in primary hyperparathyroidism. Observations in three patients. Ann Intern Med 1968; 68:1022-1027
  188. Rollinson RD, Gilligan BS. Primary hyperparathyroidism presenting as a proximal myopathy. Aust N Z J Med 1977; 7:420-421
  189. Turken SA, Cafferty M, Silverberg SJ, De La Cruz L, Cimino C, Lange DJ, Lovelace RE, Bilezikian JP. Neuromuscular involvement in mild, asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Med 1989; 87:553-557
  190. Joborn C, Hetta J, Johansson H, Rastad J, Agren H, Akerstrom G, Ljunghall S. Psychiatric morbidity in primary hyperparathyroidism. World J Surg 1988; 12:476-481
  191. Walker MD, Silverberg SJ. Parathyroidectomy in asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: improves "bones" but not "psychic moans". J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2007; 92:1613-1615
  192. Bollerslev J, Jansson S, Mollerup CL, Nordenstrom J, Lundgren E, Torring O, Varhaug JE, Baranowski M, Aanderud S, Franco C, Freyschuss B, Isaksen GA, Ueland T, Rosen T. Medical observation, compared with parathyroidectomy, for asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: a prospective, randomized trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2007; 92:1687-1692
  193. Talpos GB, Bone HG, 3rd, Kleerekoper M, Phillips ER, Alam M, Honasoge M, Divine GW, Rao DS. Randomized trial of parathyroidectomy in mild asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: patient description and effects on the SF-36 health survey. Surgery 2000; 128:1013-1020;discussion 1020-1011
  194. Ambrogini E, Cetani F, Cianferotti L, Vignali E, Banti C, Viccica G, Oppo A, Miccoli P, Berti P, Bilezikian JP, Pinchera A, Marcocci C. Surgery or surveillance for mild asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: a prospective, randomized clinical trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2007; 92:3114-3121
  195. Perrier ND, Balachandran D, Wefel JS, Jimenez C, Busaidy N, Morris GS, Dong W, Jackson E, Weaver S, Gantela S, Evans DB, Grubbs EG, Lee JE. Prospective, randomized, controlled trial of parathyroidectomy versus observation in patients with "asymptomatic" primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 2009; 146:1116-1122
  196. Walker MD, McMahon DJ, Inabnet WB, Lazar RM, Brown I, Vardy S, Cosman F, Silverberg SJ. Neuropsychological features in primary hyperparathyroidism: a prospective study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:1951-1958
  197. Roman SA, Sosa JA, Mayes L, Desmond E, Boudourakis L, Lin R, Snyder PJ, Holt E, Udelsman R. Parathyroidectomy improves neurocognitive deficits in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 2005; 138:1121-1128; discussion 1128-1129
  198. Benge JF, Perrier ND, Massman PJ, Meyers CA, Kayl AE, Wefel JS. Cognitive and affective sequelae of primary hyperparathyroidism and early response to parathyroidectomy. J Int Neuropsychol Soc 2009; 15:1002-1011
  199. Chiang CY, Andrewes DG, Anderson D, Devere M, Schweitzer I, Zajac JD. A controlled, prospective study of neuropsychological outcomes post parathyroidectomy in primary hyperparathyroid patients. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2005; 62:99-104
  200. Numann PJ, Torppa AJ, Blumetti AE. Neuropsychologic deficits associated with primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 1984; 96:1119-1123
  201. Babinska D, Barczynski M, Stefaniak T, Oseka T, Babinska A, Babinski D, Sworczak K, Lachinski AJ, Nowak W, Sledzinski Z. Evaluation of selected cognitive functions before and after surgery for primary hyperparathyroidism. Langenbecks Arch Surg 2012; 397:825-831
  202. Lourida I, Thompson-Coon J, Dickens CM, Soni M, Kuzma E, Kos K, Llewellyn DJ. Parathyroid hormone, cognitive function and dementia: a systematic review. PLoS One 2015; 10:e0127574
  203. Dotzenrath CM, Kaetsch AK, Pfingsten H, Cupisti K, Weyerbrock N, Vossough A, Verde PE, Ohmann C. Neuropsychiatric and cognitive changes after surgery for primary hyperparathyroidism. World J Surg 2006; 30:680-685
  204. Goyal A, Chumber S, Tandon N, Lal R, Srivastava A, Gupta S. Neuropsychiatric manifestations in patients of primary hyperparathyroidism and outcome following surgery. Indian J Med Sci 2001; 55:677-686
  205. Liu M, Sum M, Cong E, Colon I, Bucovsky M, Williams J, Kepley A, Kuo J, Lee JA, Lazar RM, Marshall R, Silverberg S, Walker MD. Cognition and cerebrovascular function in primary hyperparathyroidism before and after parathyroidectomy. J Endocrinol Invest 2020; 43:369-379
  206. Gazes Y, Liu M, Sum M, Cong E, Kuo J, Lee JA, Silverberg S, Stern Y, Walker M. Functional magnetic resonance imaging in primary hyperparathyroidism. Eur J Endocrinol 2020; 183:21-30
  207. Marx S. Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1. In: Bilezikian JP, ed. The parathyroids. New York: Academic Press:535-584.
  208. Brandi ML, Gagel RF, Angeli A, Bilezikian JP, Beck-Peccoz P, Bordi C, Conte-Devolx B, Falchetti A, Gheri RG, Libroia A, Lips CJ, Lombardi G, Mannelli M, Pacini F, Ponder BA, Raue F, Skogseid B, Tamburrano G, Thakker RV, Thompson NW, Tomassetti P, Tonelli F, Wells SA, Jr., Marx SJ. Guidelines for diagnosis and therapy of MEN type 1 and type 2. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:5658-5671
  209. Khoo TK, Vege SS, Abu-Lebdeh HS, Ryu E, Nadeem S, Wermers RA. Acute pancreatitis in primary hyperparathyroidism: a population-based study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:2115-2118
  210. Marx SJ, Fraser D, Rapoport A. Familial hypocalciuric hypercalcemia. Mild expression of the gene in heterozygotes and severe expression in homozygotes. Am J Med 1985; 78:15-22
  211. Kristoffersson A, Dahlgren S, Lithner F, Jarhult J. Primary hyperparathyroidism in pregnancy. Surgery 1985; 97:326-330
  212. Lowe DK, Orwoll ES, McClung MR, Cawthon ML, Peterson CG. Hyperparathyroidism and pregnancy. Am J Surg 1983; 145:611-619
  213. Abood A, Vestergaard P. Pregnancy outcomes in women with primary hyperparathyroidism. Eur J Endocrinol 2014; 171:69-76
  214. Fitzpatrick LA, Bilezikian JP. Acute primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Med 1987; 82:275-282
  215. Bayat-Mokhtari F, Palmieri GM, Moinuddin M, Pourmand R. Parathyroid storm. Arch Intern Med 1980; 140:1092-1095
  216. Marcocci C, Cetani F, Rubin MR, Silverberg SJ, Pinchera A, Bilezikian JP. Parathyroid carcinoma. J Bone Miner Res 2008; 23:1869-1880
  217. Streeten EA, Weinstein LS, Norton JA, Mulvihill JJ, White BJ, Friedman E, Jaffe G, Brandi ML, Stewart K, Zimering MB, et al. Studies in a kindred with parathyroid carcinoma. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1992; 75:362-366
  218. Wassif WS, Moniz CF, Friedman E, Wong S, Weber G, Nordenskjold M, Peters TJ, Larsson C. Familial isolated hyperparathyroidism: a distinct genetic entity with an increased risk of parathyroid cancer. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1993; 77:1485-1489
  219. Yoshimoto K, Endo H, Tsuyuguchi M, Tanaka C, Kimura T, Iwahana H, Kato G, Sano T, Itakura M. Familial isolated primary hyperparathyroidism with parathyroid carcinomas: clinical and molecular features. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1998; 48:67-72
  220. Marx SJ, F. SW, K. AS. Hyperparathyroidism in hereditary syndromes: special expressions and special managements. Journal of Bone and Mineral Research 2002; 17:N37-N43
  221. Chen JD, Morrison C, Zhang C, Kahnoski K, Carpten JD, Teh BT. Hyperparathyroidism-jaw tumour syndrome. J Intern Med 2003; 253:634-642
  222. Mallette LE, Malini S, Rappaport MP, Kirkland JL. Familial cystic parathyroid adenomatosis. Ann Intern Med 1987; 107:54-60
  223. Carpten JD, Robbins CM, Villablanca A, Forsberg L, Presciuttini S, Bailey-Wilson J, Simonds WF, Gillanders EM, Kennedy AM, Chen JD, Agarwal SK, Sood R, Jones MP, Moses TY, Haven C, Petillo D, Leotlela PD, Harding B, Cameron D, Pannett AA, Hoog A, Heath H, 3rd, James-Newton LA, Robinson B, Zarbo RJ, Cavaco BM, Wassif W, Perrier ND, Rosen IB, Kristoffersson U, Turnpenny PD, Farnebo LO, Besser GM, Jackson CE, Morreau H, Trent JM, Thakker RV, Marx SJ, Teh BT, Larsson C, Hobbs MR. HRPT2, encoding parafibromin, is mutated in hyperparathyroidism-jaw tumor syndrome. Nat Genet 2002; 32:676-680
  224. Simonds WF, James-Newton LA, Agarwal SK, Yang B, Skarulis MC, Hendy GN, Marx SJ. Familial isolated hyperparathyroidism: clinical and genetic characteristics of 36 kindreds. Medicine (Baltimore) 2002; 81:1-26
  225. Dionisi S, Minisola S, Pepe J, De Geronimo S, Paglia F, Memeo L, Fitzpatrick LA. Concurrent parathyroid adenomas and carcinoma in the setting of multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1: presentation as hypercalcemic crisis. Mayo Clin Proc 2002; 77:866-869
  226. Agha A, Carpenter R, Bhattacharya S, Edmonson SJ, Carlsen E, Monson JP. Parathyroid carcinoma in multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1 (MEN1) syndrome: two case reports of an unrecognised entity. J Endocrinol Invest 2007; 30:145-149
  227. Haven CJ, van Puijenbroek M, Tan MH, Teh BT, Fleuren GJ, van Wezel T, Morreau H. Identification of MEN1 and HRPT2 somatic mutations in paraffin-embedded (sporadic) parathyroid carcinomas. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2007; 67:370-376
  228. Jenkins PJ, Satta MA, Simmgen M, Drake WM, Williamson C, Lowe DG, Britton K, Chew SL, Thakker RV, Besser GM. Metastatic parathyroid carcinoma in the MEN2A syndrome. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1997; 47:747-751
  229. Cryns VL, Thor A, Xu HJ, Hu SX, Wierman ME, Vickery AL, Jr., Benedict WF, Arnold A. Loss of the retinoblastoma tumor-suppressor gene in parathyroid carcinoma. N Engl J Med 1994; 330:757-761
  230. Dotzenrath C, Teh BT, Farnebo F, Cupisti K, Svensson A, Toell A, Goretzki P, Larsson C. Allelic loss of the retinoblastoma tumor suppressor gene: a marker for aggressive parathyroid tumors? J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:3194-3196
  231. Shattuck TM, Valimaki S, Obara T, Gaz RD, Clark OH, Shoback D, Wierman ME, Tojo K, Robbins CM, Carpten JD, Farnebo LO, Larsson C, Arnold A. Somatic and germ-line mutations of the HRPT2 gene in sporadic parathyroid carcinoma. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:1722-1729
  232. Weinstein LS, Simonds WF. HRPT2, a marker of parathyroid cancer. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:1691-1692
  233. LiVolsi V. Morphology of the parathyroid glands. In: Becker KL, ed. Principles and Practice of Endocrinology and Metabolism. Philadelphia: Lipincott Williams and Wilkins.
  234. Palmer JA, Brown WA, Kerr WH, Rosen IB, Watters NA. The surgical aspects of hyperparathyroidism. Arch Surg 1975; 110:1004-1007
  235. Hage MP, Salti I, El-Hajj Fuleihan G. Parathyromatosis: a rare yet problematic etiology of recurrent and persistent hyperparathyroidism. Metabolism 2012; 61:762-775
  236. Baloch ZW, LiVolsi VA. Pathology of the parathyroid glands in hyperparathyroidism. Semin Diagn Pathol 2013; 30:165-177
  237. Reddick RL, Costa JC, Marx SJ. Parathyroid hyperplasia and parathyromatosis. Lancet 1977; 1:549
  238. Pinnamaneni N, Shankar PR, Muthukrishnan A. (99m)Tc MIBI SPECT findings in parathyromatosis--a rare entity causing recurrent hyperparathyroidism. Clin Nucl Med 2013; 38:e443-445
  239. Tublin ME, Yim JH, Carty SE. Recurrent hyperparathyroidism secondary to parathyromatosis: clinical and imaging findings. J Ultrasound Med 2007; 26:847-851
  240. Kollmorgen CF, Aust MR, Ferreiro JA, McCarthy JT, van Heerden JA. Parathyromatosis: a rare yet important cause of persistent or recurrent hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 1994; 116:111-115
  241. Rubin MR, Bilezikian JP, McMahon DJ, Jacobs T, Shane E, Siris E, Udesky J, Silverberg SJ. The natural history of primary hyperparathyroidism with or without parathyroid surgery after 15 years. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2008; 93:3462-3470
  242. Rao DS, Phillips ER, Divine GW, Talpos GB. Randomized controlled clinical trial of surgery versus no surgery in patients with mild asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2004; 89:5415-5422
  243. Lundstam K, Heck A, Mollerup C, Godang K, Baranowski M, Pernow Y, Varhaug JE, Hessman O, Rosen T, Nordenstrom J, Jansson S, Hellstrom M, Bollerslev J, Group SS. Effects of parathyroidectomy versus observation on the development of vertebral fractures in mild primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015; 100:1359-1367
  244. Bilezikian JP, Potts JT, Jr., Fuleihan Gel H, Kleerekoper M, Neer R, Peacock M, Rastad J, Silverberg SJ, Udelsman R, Wells SA. Summary statement from a workshop on asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: a perspective for the 21st century. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2002; 87:5353-5361
  245. Khan AA, Bilezikian JP, Potts JT, Jr. The diagnosis and management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism revisited. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:333-334
  246. Bilezikian JP, Khan AA, Potts JT, Jr. Guidelines for the management of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: summary statement from the third international workshop. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:335-339
  247. Silverberg SJ, Clarke BL, Peacock M, Bandeira F, Boutroy S, Cusano NE, Dempster D, Lewiecki EM, Liu JM, Minisola S, Rejnmark L, Silva BC, Walker MD, Bilezikian JP. Current issues in the presentation of asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism: proceedings of the Fourth International Workshop. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3580-3594
  248. Cheung K, Wang TS, Farrokhyar F, Roman SA, Sosa JA. A meta-analysis of preoperative localization techniques for patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Ann Surg Oncol 2012; 19:577-583
  249. Civelek AC, Ozalp E, Donovan P, Udelsman R. Prospective evaluation of delayed technetium-99m sestamibi SPECT scintigraphy for preoperative localization of primary hyperparathyroidism. Surgery 2002; 131:149-157
  250. Van Husen R, Kim LT. Accuracy of surgeon-performed ultrasound in parathyroid localization. World J Surg 2004; 28:1122-1126
  251. Mortenson MM, Evans DB, Lee JE, Hunter GJ, Shellingerhout D, Vu T, Edeiken BS, Feng L, Perrier ND. Parathyroid exploration in the reoperative neck: improved preoperative localization with 4D-computed tomography. J Am Coll Surg 2008; 206:888-895; discussion 895-886
  252. Yeh R, Tay YD, Tabacco G, Dercle L, Kuo JH, Bandeira L, McManus C, Leung DK, Lee JA, Bilezikian JP. Diagnostic Performance of 4D CT and Sestamibi SPECT/CT in Localizing Parathyroid Adenomas in Primary Hyperparathyroidism. Radiology 2019; 291:469-476
  253. Maser C, Donovan P, Santos F, Donabedian R, Rinder C, Scoutt L, Udelsman R. Sonographically guided fine needle aspiration with rapid parathyroid hormone assay. Ann Surg Oncol 2006; 13:1690-1695
  254. Udelsman R, Donovan PI. Remedial parathyroid surgery: changing trends in 130 consecutive cases. Ann Surg 2006; 244:471-479
  255. Clark OH. How should patients with primary hyperparathyroidism be treated? J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88:3011-3014
  256. Udelsman R. Six hundred fifty-six consecutive explorations for primary hyperparathyroidism. Ann Surg 2002; 235:665-670; discussion 670-662
  257. Irvin GL, 3rd, Solorzano CC, Carneiro DM. Quick intraoperative parathyroid hormone assay: surgical adjunct to allow limited parathyroidectomy, improve success rate, and predict outcome. World J Surg 2004; 28:1287-1292
  258. Udelsman R, Donovan PI, Sokoll LJ. One hundred consecutive minimally invasive parathyroid explorations. Ann Surg 2000; 232:331-339
  259. Westerdahl J, Bergenfelz A. Unilateral versus bilateral neck exploration for primary hyperparathyroidism: five-year follow-up of a randomized controlled trial. Ann Surg 2007; 246:976-980; discussion 980-971
  260. Russell CF, Dolan SJ, Laird JD. Randomized clinical trial comparing scan-directed unilateral versus bilateral cervical exploration for primary hyperparathyroidism due to solitary adenoma. Br J Surg 2006; 93:418-421
  261. Jinih M, O'Connell E, O'Leary DP, Liew A, Redmond HP. Focused Versus Bilateral Parathyroid Exploration for Primary Hyperparathyroidism: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. Ann Surg Oncol 2017; 24:1924-1934
  262. Miccoli P, Berti P, Materazzi G, Ambrosini CE, Fregoli L, Donatini G. Endoscopic bilateral neck exploration versus quick intraoperative parathormone assay (qPTHa) during endoscopic parathyroidectomy: A prospective randomized trial. Surg Endosc 2008; 22:398-400
  263. Henry JF, Sebag F, Tamagnini P, Forman C, Silaghi H. Endoscopic parathyroid surgery: results of 365 consecutive procedures. World J Surg 2004; 28:1219-1223
  264. Silverberg SJ, Gartenberg F, Jacobs TP, Shane E, Siris E, Staron RB, McMahon DJ, Bilezikian JP. Increased bone mineral density after parathyroidectomy in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:729-734
  265. Kulak CA, Bandeira C, Voss D, Sobieszczyk SM, Silverberg SJ, Bandeira F, Bilezikian JP. Marked improvement in bone mass after parathyroidectomy in osteitis fibrosa cystica. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1998; 83:732-735
  266. Tritos NA, Hartzband P. Rapid improvement of osteoporosis following parathyroidectomy in a premenopausal woman with acute primary hyperparathyroidism. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:1495-1498
  267. DiGregorio S. Hiperparatiroidismo primario: dramatico incremento de la masa ostea post paratiroidectomia. Diagn Osteol 1999; 1:11-15
  268. Dawson-Hughes B, Stern DT, Shipp CC, Rasmussen HM. Effect of lowering dietary calcium intake on fractional whole body calcium retention. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1988; 67:62-68
  269. Barger-Lux MJ, Heaney RP. Effects of calcium restriction on metabolic characteristics of premenopausal women. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1993; 76:103-107
  270. Calvo MS, Kumar R, Heath H. Persistently elevated parathyroid hormone secretion and action in young women after four weeks of ingesting high phosphorus, low calcium diets. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990; 70:1334-1340
  271. Insogna KL, Mitnick ME, Stewart AF, Burtis WJ, Mallette LE, Broadus AE. Sensitivity of the parathyroid hormone-1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D axis to variations in calcium intake in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. N Engl J Med 1985; 313:1126-1130
  272. Locker FG, Silverberg SJ, Bilezikian JP. Optimal dietary calcium intake in primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Med 1997; 102:543-550
  273. Jorde R, Szumlas K, Haug E, Sundsfjord J. The effects of calcium supplementation to patients with primary hyperparathyroidism and a low calcium intake. Eur J Nutr 2002; 41:258-263
  274. Marcocci C, Bollerslev J, Khan AA, Shoback DM. Medical management of primary hyperparathyroidism: proceedings of the fourth International Workshop on the Management of Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3607-3618
  275. Rolighed L, Rejnmark L, Sikjaer T, Heickendorff L, Vestergaard P, Mosekilde L, Christiansen P. Vitamin D treatment in primary hyperparathyroidism: a randomized placebo controlled trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:1072-1080
  276. Purnell DC, Scholz DA, Smith LH, Sizemore GW, Black MB, Goldsmith RS, Arnaud CD. Treatment of primary hyperparathyroidism. Am J Med 1974; 56:800-809
  277. Broadus AE, Magee JS, Mallette LE, Horst RL, Lang R, Jensen PS, Gertner JM, Baron R. A detailed evaluation of oral phosphate therapy in selected patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1983; 56:953-961
  278. Gallagher JC, Nordin BE. Treatment with with oestrogens of primary hyperparathyroidism in post-menopausal women. Lancet 1972; 1:503-507
  279. Marcus R, Madvig P, Crim M, Pont A, Kosek J. Conjugated estrogens in the treatment of postmenopausal women with hyperparathyroidism. Ann Intern Med 1984; 100:633-640
  280. Selby PL, Peacock M. Ethinyl estradiol and norethindrone in the treatment of primary hyperparathyroidism in postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med 1986; 314:1481-1485
  281. Grey AB, Stapleton JP, Evans MC, Tatnell MA, Reid IR. Effect of hormone replacement therapy on bone mineral density in postmenopausal women with mild primary hyperparathyroidism. A randomized, controlled trial. Ann Intern Med 1996; 125:360-368
  282. Rubin MR, Lee KH, McMahon DJ, Silverberg SJ. Raloxifene lowers serum calcium and markers of bone turnover in postmenopausal women with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88:1174-1178
  283. Kaplan RA, Geho WB, Poindexter C, Haussler M, Dietz GW, Pak CY. Metabolic effects of diphosphonate in primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Pharmacol 1977; 17:410-419
  284. Shane E, Baquiran DC, Bilezikian JP. Effects of dichloromethylene diphosphonate on serum and urinary calcium in primary hyperparathyroidism. Ann Intern Med 1981; 95:23-27
  285. Rossini M, Gatti D, Isaia G, Sartori L, Braga V, Adami S. Effects of oral alendronate in elderly patients with osteoporosis and mild primary hyperparathyroidism. J Bone Miner Res 2001; 16:113-119
  286. Hassani S, Braunstein GD, Seibel MJ, Brickman AS, Geola F, Pekary AE, Hershman JM. Alendronate therapy of primary hyperparathyroidism. Endocrinologist 2001; 11:459-464
  287. Chow CC, Chan WB, Li JK, Chan NN, Chan MH, Ko GT, Lo KW, Cockram CS. Oral alendronate increases bone mineral density in postmenopausal women with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88:581-587
  288. Parker CR, Blackwell PJ, Fairbairn KJ, Hosking DJ. Alendronate in the treatment of primary hyperparathyroid-related osteoporosis: a 2-year study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2002; 87:4482-4489
  289. Khan AA, Bilezikian JP, Kung AW, Ahmed MM, Dubois SJ, Ho AY, Schussheim D, Rubin MR, Shaikh AM, Silverberg SJ, Standish TI, Syed Z, Syed ZA. Alendronate in primary hyperparathyroidism: a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2004; 89:3319-3325
  290. Eller-Vainicher C, Palmieri S, Cairoli E, Goggi G, Scillitani A, Arosio M, Falchetti A, Chiodini I. Protective Effect of Denosumab on Bone in Older Women with Primary Hyperparathyroidism. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66:518-524
  291. Nemeth EF, Scarpa A. Rapid mobilization of cellular Ca2+ in bovine parathyroid cells evoked by extracellular divalent cations. Evidence for a cell surface calcium receptor. J Biol Chem 1987; 262:5188-5196
  292. Brown EM, Gamba G, Riccardi D, Lombardi M, Butters R, Kifor O, Sun A, Hediger MA, Lytton J, Hebert SC. Cloning and characterization of an extracellular Ca(2+)-sensing receptor from bovine parathyroid. Nature 1993; 366:575-580
  293. Brown EM, Pollak M, Seidman CE, Seidman JG, Chou YH, Riccardi D, Hebert SC. Calcium-ion-sensing cell-surface receptors. N Engl J Med 1995; 333:234-240
  294. Fox J, Hadfield S, Petty BA, Nemeth EF. A first generation calcimimetic compound (NPS R-568) that acts on the parathyroid cell calcium receptor: a novel therapeutic approach for hyperparathyroidism. J Bone Miner Res 1993; 8
  295. Heath H, Sanguinetti EL, Oglseby S, Marriott TB. Inhibition of human parathyroid hormone secretion in vivo by NPS R-568, a calcimimetic drug that targets the parathyroid cell surface calcium receptor. Bone 1995; 16:85S
  296. Silverberg SJ, Bone HG, 3rd, Marriott TB, Locker FG, Thys-Jacobs S, Dziem G, Kaatz S, Sanguinetti EL, Bilezikian JP. Short-term inhibition of parathyroid hormone secretion by a calcium-receptor agonist in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:1506-1510
  297. Shoback DM, Bilezikian JP, Turner SA, McCary LC, Guo MD, Peacock M. The calcimimetic cinacalcet normalizes serum calcium in subjects with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88:5644-5649
  298. Peacock M, Bilezikian JP, Klassen PS, Guo MD, Turner SA, Shoback D. Cinacalcet hydrochloride maintains long-term normocalcemia in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005; 90:135-141
  299. Marcocci C, Chanson P, Shoback D, Bilezikian J, Fernandez-Cruz L, Orgiazzi J, Henzen C, Cheng S, Sterling LR, Lu J, Peacock M. Cinacalcet reduces serum calcium concentrations in patients with intractable primary hyperparathyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:2766-2772
  300. Peacock M, Bolognese MA, Borofsky M, Scumpia S, Sterling LR, Cheng S, Shoback D. Cinacalcet treatment of primary hyperparathyroidism: biochemical and bone densitometric outcomes in a five-year study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:4860-4867
  301. Silverberg SJ, Rubin MR, Faiman C, Peacock M, Shoback DM, Smallridge RC, Schwanauer LE, Olson KA, Klassen P, Bilezikian JP. Cinacalcet hydrochloride reduces the serum calcium concentration in inoperable parathyroid carcinoma. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2007; 92:3803-3808
  302. Tsvetov G, Hirsch D, Shimon I, Benbassat C, Masri-Iraqi H, Gorshtein A, Herzberg D, Shochat T, Shraga-Slutzky I, Diker-Cohen T. Thiazide Treatment in Primary Hyperparathyroidism - A New Indication for an Old Medication? J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2016:jc20162481
  303. Riss P, Kammer M, Selberherr A, Bichler C, Kaderli R, Scheuba C, Niederle B. The influence of thiazide intake on calcium and parathyroid hormone levels in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2016; 85:196-201
  304. Farquhar CW, Spathis GS, Barron JL, Levin GE. Failure of thiazide diuretics to increase plasma calcium in mild primary hyperparathyroidism. Postgraduate medical journal 1990; 66:714-716
  305. Bradwell AR, Harvey TC. Control of hypercalcaemia of parathyroid carcinoma by immunisation. Lancet 1999; 353:370-373
  306. Betea D, Bradwell AR, Harvey TC, Mead GP, Schmidt-Gayk H, Ghaye B, Daly AF, Beckers A. Hormonal and biochemical normalization and tumor shrinkage induced by anti-parathyroid hormone immunotherapy in a patient with metastatic parathyroid carcinoma. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2004; 89:3413-3420
  307. Vellanki P, Lange K, Elaraj D, Kopp PA, El Muayed M. Denosumab for management of parathyroid carcinoma-mediated hypercalcemia. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:387-390
  308. Nadarasa K, Theodoraki A, Kurzawinski TR, Carpenter R, Bull J, Chung TT, Drake WM. Denosumab for management of refractory hypercalcaemia in recurrent parathyroid carcinoma. Eur J Endocrinol 2014; 171:L7-8
  309. Collins MT, Skarulis MC, Bilezikian JP, Silverberg SJ, Spiegel AM, Marx SJ. Treatment of hypercalcemia secondary to parathyroid carcinoma with a novel calcimimetic agent. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1998; 83:1083-1088

Diabetes Mellitus and Tuberculosis

ABSTRACT

 

The converging epidemics of non-communicable disease like DM (DM) and an infectious disease like tuberculosis (TB) is a double burden. DM is increasing in the same population that is at high risk for developing TB. There is a two-to-four-fold higher risk of active TB in individuals with DM and up to 30% of individuals with TB are likely to have DM. Immune deficiency either in absolute or relative quantities are sufficient for re-activation of latent TB. From a 10% risk of reactivation over the whole lifetime of an immunocompetent individual, the risk of reactivation increases to 10% every year in immune-deficient individuals. DM impairs cell mediated immunity and poor glycemic control affects cytokine response and alters the defenses in the alveolar macrophages. Fever, hemoptysis, extensive parenchymal lesions, and lung cavities are more common in those with DM particularly heavier and older males. DM increases the risk of treatment failure, death, and relapse. Evidence collected from meta-analysis conclude that DM can increase the odds of developing Multi Drug resistant TB (MDR-TB). The synergism between DM and TB necessitates bi-directional screening. Sputum examination for Ziehl-Neelsen staining is both a sensitive and specific screening test. Rapid molecular diagnostic tests like cartridge based nucleic acid amplification tests (CB-NAAT) are useful in cases where there is a high-index of suspicion and difficulty in arriving at a definitive diagnosis exists. Random plasma glucose and HbA1c (glycosylated Hemoglobin) measurements are convenient tests for DM screening that can be done in non-fasting individuals. Screening for DM more than once during the course of illness is sensible so that transient DM and new-onset DM can be identified. Anti-TB drugs affect glycemic control as they interact with anti-diabetic drugs by either stimulating or inhibiting the metabolizing enzymes. They may also aggravate metabolic, ocular, and neuropathic complications of DM. Insulin is the preferred drug in most instances. The presence of renal and hepatic dysfunction affects TB and hyperglycemic management.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Tuberculosis (TB) and diabetes mellitus (DM) are two diverse conditions of immense public health importance existing for centuries. TB was traditionally identified with poverty while DM was considered as an entity associated with prosperity. TB is today one of the commonest and widespread communicable infectious diseases largely but not necessarily confined to low-economic groups. DM on the other hand spearheads the group of chronic non-communicable diseases affecting people across all socio-economic strata. Contrary to previous beliefs, a larger number of people with DM are living in middle- and low-income countries. Unfortunately, these are the countries where DM is expected to increase in the near future (1). Both DM and TB have been associated with significant morbidity and mortality from time immemorial. Advancements in modern medical science over the years has definitely improved the outcome in both these conditions. But the magnitude of these two diseases has not waned and both are collaborative in worsening each other. In fact, the increase in the population affected with DM is sustaining the TB epidemic.

 

TB is associated with the endocrine system in different ways. The effects of TB on the endocrine system are discussed in detail in another Endotext chapter (2).  The interaction of TB and DM is discussed in this chapter.

 

TUBERCULOSIS

 

TB is a global health threat, particularly to the poor and the susceptible. It is estimated that on average approximately 9 to 10 million people are affected by TB and around 1 to 2 million succumb to it annually (3). In 2019, 1.3 million people died due to TB. In developed countries, TB has slipped down in ranking among the global list of top 10 diseases causing mortality. However, in the underdeveloped regions it still remains among the top 10 diseases with high mortality (up to 30%). When in concurrence with retroviral infections, the risk of active TB is 12 to 20 times higher and the mortality is higher even in developed countries (4). Multi drug resistant TB is another rising problem which requires expensive second line drugs and a longer duration of treatment. A large proportion of the global population is at risk and the true prevalence and the annual incidence also depends on access to health care facilities and the laboratory-based testing capacity of the regions. Individuals who are in close contact with affected individuals, people living in crowded places, immigration to a country or area with a high prevalence of TB, and children less than 5 years of age are considered vulnerable to getting infected by the TB bacilli (Table 1). Bacillary load in the sputum of the infectious individual and close proximity to the infectious persons are two important external determinants for infection in any individual after exposure.

 

Table 1. Risk Factors for TB Infection, Disease, and Outcome

Stage of TB

Intrinsic Factors

Extrinsic factors

 

Exposure to infection

Closeness of contact

Duration of contact

Load of Bacilli

 

 

Overcrowding and lack of ventilation

Indoor pollution

Community prevalence of TB

Tobacco Use, Drug abuse

Alcohol

Migration

 

 

Infection to disease progression

Altered Immune status (disease or drug induced)

Lack of BCG vaccination

Nourishment

DM

Malignancy

Respiratory diseases like Silicosis

Age

Male

Disease Outcome  

Female sex, Social Stigma, Immune status, Malnourishment, DM, Malignancy, Age, MDR-TB,

Barriers to health care access:   Cultural, Geographical, Economical, Weak social support, Weak health care support

 

Latent Tuberculosis

 

In most of the exposed individuals the infection is quelled by the immune system and the bacilli are fenced inside a granuloma or tubercle, immunologically aborting an active disease. This is a subclinical disease (LTBI – Latent TB infection) which doesn’t have symptoms and can last for weeks or decades. This latent infection is seen in nearly one third of the world population. Even though non-infectious, they carry the risk (about 10%) of re-activation into active TB later (primary progressive TB) (5). Such re-activation occurs in immunocompromised as in HIV infection, those on immunosuppressive agents (such as post organ transplant, autoimmune diseases, and allergic diseases), conditions like DM, alcoholism, substance abuse, silicosis, malnutrition, steroid therapy, renal failure, malignancies, indoor air pollution, and smoking. The World Health Organization (WHO) has guidelines on the approach to latent TB especially in countries where the burden of TB is low (an incidence of < 100 / 1, 00,000 per year). It strongly recommends screening and treatment of latent TB in high-risk individuals in these countries (6).

 

TB is an airborne infectious disease which spreads by droplets. TB affects the lungs primarily (Pulmonary TB) and when it affects the pleura, bones/joints, abdominal organs, lymph nodes, and meninges it is called extra-pulmonary TB. Mycobacterium tuberculosis, the causative agent has a thick mycolic acid cell wall that enables its survival in the environment and in its host. External to its cell membrane it has a peptidoglycan polymer which makes it impermeable. Its cell wall also contains lipoarabinomannan which enables its phagocytosis by macrophages and facilitates its survival inside macrophages in airways especially alveoli (7). The ability of the host’s defense system then determines whether the outcome is a progressive primary pulmonary disease or a latent state.

 

DIABETES MELLITUS

 

The prevalence of DM is rapidly increasing to justify it to be termed as an epidemic disease. According to WHO, the global prevalence of DM has doubled from 4.7 % in 1980 to 8.5% in 2014 (8). From an estimated prevalence of 463 million in 2019, it is estimated to increase to 578 million in 2030, and 700 million in 2045. For every diagnosed individual with DM there is another undiagnosed person with DM (9). The differences in the prevalence of DM between high and middle-income countries and similarly between rural and urban population are decreasing.

 

According to WHO, non-communicable diseases constitute 7 out of the top 10 leading causes of death and DM is prominent among them. In 2019 the estimated number of deaths to have occurred due to DM globally is approximately 4 million (10). DM is associated with significant morbidity due to its microvascular and macrovascular complications and high cardiovascular mortality. DM is a major cause of cardiac ischemia, stroke, renal failure, blindness, and amputations.

 

 

The high prevalence of DM and TB being in epidemic proportions has rightly earned them the names ‘the converging epidemics’ and ‘double burden’ (11,12). Due to rapid changes in lifestyle, urbanization, and epidemiological changes, DM is increasingly seen in low- and medium-income groups, and in younger individuals more frequently than before. The prevalence of DM is increasing faster where TB is endemic already. Unfortunately, these are the regions in the world where health care facilities are less common. According to International Diabetes Federation, the 50-55% increase in the prevalence of DM over the next 2 decades will occur predominantly in the continent of Africa (10). A longitudinal, multi-national study involving low-income countries concluded that an odds ratio of 4.7 for prevalence and 8.1 for incidence of TB is highly likely in those counties where DM has increased over the last decade (13). The WHO states that younger age group individuals are three times more likely to get infected with TB (14). There is a two-to four-fold higher risk of active TB in individuals with DM compared to non-diabetic individuals (15). According to a meta-analysis by Wilkinson et al, around 4 % of people with type 2 DM develop TB (16). Since the number of individuals with undiagnosed DM in the world is expected to be more than 50%, the proportion of TB in DM also should be much higher. Analytical models that try to project the future burden of TB in DM predict that the increase in DM counteracts the decreasing incidence of TB by at least 3% over the next 15 years (17).

 

Increased chances of finding undetected and uncontrolled hyperglycemia in close household contacts of subjects with TB have been mentioned in studies from Asian counties. In fact, a systemic analysis of a group of heterogenous studies on bi-directional screening i.e., screening for TB in DM affected individuals and vice versa has shown some evidence to support active screening for both DM and TB in the affected individuals and family members (18). Up to 35% of TB patients may have DM and the quoted figures are variable in literature (19). Jean Jacques Noubiap et al in their systematic review and meta-analysis of data from 2.3 million people with TB world-wide estimated that the prevalence of DM in patients with TB is around 15 % and was twice that of the general population (20). These data clearly give epidemiological evidence for the co-existence of DM and TB as a syndemic. A potentially lethal combination of a communicable disease and a non-communicable disease having a synergistic effect is a challenge on the public health system.

 

Epidemiology of Diabetes Among Patients with Active Tuberculosis

 

The WHO collaborative framework recommends for a joint plan for DM and TB related activities which have to be reflected in the national plans on non-communicable diseases and TB respectively (21). As per the WHO approximately15% of TB cases in the world are associated with DM. Of these 15%, India accounts for more than 40% of the cases (19). Estimates of the burden of DM and TB co-existence has primarily come from studies looking at prevalence of DM and glucose intolerance among newly diagnosed patients with TB diagnosed in TB clinics. The community prevalence of these two disorders co-existing are not clear. Many of these studies have been done in hospitals where sicker patients with TB are treated which would probably account for a higher percentage of patients having glucose intolerance and DM. In a study from five randomly selected TB care clinics in the southern state of Tamil Nadu, around 25% of patients with TB had coexisting DM. Around 10% of these patients had newly diagnosed DM. Risk factors for having DM in this group of patients included older age, higher basal metabolic index (BMI), family history of DM among first degree relatives, and following a sedentary lifestyle (22). Close to Tamil Nadu in the southern state of Kerala, the prevalence of DM in patients with TB was nearly double that observed in the previous study. Among the patients with TB in Kerala, 44% had DM. Among them about half (21%) had newly diagnosed DM (23). The risk of DM was higher among those with sputum positive TB in both of these studies. In a study from Odisha on the Eastern part of India, 13.9% of tribal patients with TB had DM suggestive of a significant burden of disease even among poorer regions of the country (24). In a retrospective study, among 1000 patients with TB from the northern state of Punjab, 11.6% had DM and TB coexistence (25). In the same state the authors found 30% of patients with TB diagnosed in a tertiary referral hospital had DM (26).

 

To better understand the prevalence of DM among newly diagnosed patients with TB a large multicentric study involving five centers is in progress (GIANT Study - Glucose Intolerance Among New patients with TB - Clinical Trial Registry India - CTRI/2019/05/019396). This study incorporates simultaneous OGTT and HbA1c determinations at three different time points to ascertain if HbA1c can replace the standard oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) in this population and avoid the inconvenience of performing an OGTT.

 

A recent systemic review and meta-analysis ascertained the worldwide prevalence of DM among active cases of TB. This meta-analysis involved over 200 studies that included a little under 2.3 million patients with active TB. The overall pooled prevalence was similar to the WHO estimate of 15% prevalence of DM in patients with active TB. However, this varied from 0.1% in Latvia to 45% in the Marshall Islands. The high prevalence areas as per the International Diabetes Federation included North America, Western Pacific (which includes Australia and China), South East Asia, North Africa, and Middle East Asia (27). Figure 1 summarizes the information on the prevalence of DM and active TB in 7 regions of the world.

Figure 1. Prevalence of DM among patients with active TB in the seven International Diabetes Federation (IDF) regions of the world. The areas in red have the high burden of DM co-existing with active TB. The low burden areas are marked in blue. (adapted from ref 27)

DIABETES PREDISPOSING TO TUBERCULOSIS

 

Absolute or relative immune deficiency is sufficient for re-activation of latent TB. The association of increased prevalence of TB in immune deficient diseases like HIV is well established. The wider prevalence of DM makes DM a more important risk factor for developing TB than retroviral diseases. The higher incidence of multi-drug resistant TB reported to be significant in some studies (Odds Ratio of 2.1) reiterates the role of immune dysregulation in DM (28). The immune response in DM to TB is supposed to be hyper-reactive but ineffective and even deleterious as it may produce pulmonary tissue damage.

 

Chronic hyperglycemia impairs immunity (both innate and adaptive). DM impairs cell mediated immunity and poor glycemic control affects cytokine response and alters the defenses in the alveolar macrophages. Hyperglycemia disrupts the recruitment of neutrophils, chemotactic movement of monocytes, and phagocytic action of alveolar macrophages. Also, the antigen-specific interferon-gamma release is affected as the T-helper cell activation is ineffective. In addition, altered pulmonary microvasculature and micronutrient deficiency facilitate the invasion and establishment of TB as surveillance and nutrition is compromised. The chronic immunosuppression or ineffective immune response predisposes the individual for TB infection and with a higher bacilli load. This is summarized in Figure 2.

Figure 2. DM is associated with increase in active TB and relapse in TB which both may be a result of the direct effect of diabetes. There is increased death in DM and TB which may be secondary to TB or due to the inherent excess mortality of DM due to cardiovascular disease

CLINICAL PRESENTATION

 

The manifestations of tuberculous infection in patients with DM have been documented to be different from those without diabetes. Fever and hemoptysis in diabetic population is more common compared to the general population. Radiographic differences include higher than usual parenchymal lesions and lung cavities (30). There are reports of a higher incidence of lower lobe involvement in individuals with DM in contrast to the classical upper lobe involvement in the general population. Also, a higher rate of other atypical presentations like a reduced rate of sputum conversion (low quality evidence), higher probability of treatment failure and death (moderate quality evidences) is known to occur when DM occurs with TB. A higher rate of recurrence and reactivation of latent TB infection (OR=1.83) has been documented (31). Subjects affected with TB and DM are found to be heavier and older males compared to those without diabetes. More pulmonary than extra-pulmonary involvement is seen in TB with DM (32).

 

Outcome

 

Negative smear or culture on two separate occasions while on treatment and on completion of treatment defines a cured TB (Table 2). Apart from being a risk factor for increased incidence of active TB, co-existence of DM worsens the outcome even in treated patients. In the pre-insulin era, the commonest cause of death in DM apart from diabetic coma was the co-affection with TB (33). DM increases the risk of treatment failure, death and relapse. The risks are likely to be an underestimation as loss of follow-up or unreported death has been a major problem in data collection on outcome in TB management. In a systematic review and meta-analysis by Baker et al, the risk ratio for combined treatment failure and death was 1.69. The risk ratio for death was 1.89 when unadjusted and went up to 4.95 when adjusted for age and other confounding factors.

 

Table 2. Terminology and Definitions

Terminology

Definitions

Treatment completed

Bacteriologically confirmed TB patient who has completed treatment without evidence of failure, but not yet completed sputum test to prove negative result in the last month of treatment and on at least one previous occasion

Cured

Bacteriologically confirmed TB in whom smear- or culture-was negative in the last month of treatment and on at least one previous occasion

Treatment Success

The sum of cured and treatment completed

Treatment Failed

Sputum smear or culture positive at or beyond 5th month of treatment

Died

A proven patient who dies for any reason before or during the course of treatment

Lost to follow-up

A proven patient who did not start treatment or who has interrupted treatment for 2 or more consecutive months

Not Evaluated

A proven patient for whom no treatment outcome is assigned. Includes cases “transferred out” to another treatment unit as well as cases for which the treatment outcome is unknown to the reporting unit

Terminology and Definitions adopted from RNTCP, Revised National TB Control Programme, Training Course for Programme Manager (Modules 1-4), 2011.Training modules. Central TB Division. https://tbcindia.gov.in.

 

The risk ratio for relapse was 3.89 but no additional risk of TB relapse in those with multidrug resistant TB was demonstrated. In their analysis, Baker et al found that the effect of co-existing DM on sputum conversion 2 to 3 months after treatment was variable (0.79 to 3.25) and wide (34). Persistence of sputum positivity i.e., delay in sputum conversion has been shown in a few studies. The authors conclude that advancing age and underlying co-morbidity contribute to death and is not due to drug resistant TB or severity of hyperglycemia (35).

 

BI-DIRECTIONAL SCREENING FOR DIABETES AND TUBERCULOSIS

 

The synergism between DM and TB in terms of epidemiology and outcome necessitates bi-directional screening for the presence of either TB or DM in the presence of the other disorder. The Collaborative Framework for Care and Control of TB and DM proposed by the World Health Organization (WHO) along with the International Union against TB and Lung is an effort towards bi-directional screening and management of both these conditions (36). Studies implementing bi-directional screening point towards its feasibility and effectiveness (18).

 

Screening for Active TB Among Patients with Diabetes

 

The diagnosis and treatment of TB is affected by substantial delay which occurs at multiple levels a) between the onset of symptoms and clinical presentation b) clinical presentation and suspicion of TB c) Clinical suspicion of TB and its confirmation. This is due to variability in symptoms, host immunity, lack of knowledge, paucity of access to medical care, and lack of rapid and reliable diagnostic tools. The average delay even in resource- rich countries after presentation to heath care system is 3 weeks (37). According to WHO, patients with suspected TB should be promptly sent to TB diagnostic and treatment centers and evaluated accordingly.

 

The higher risk of TB in diabetic population compels intensive screening for detection of TB at the earliest time so as to reduce transmission, morbidity, and mortality. WHO recommends for TB surveillance among patients with DM in settings with medium to high TB burdens. The practical difficulties are the non-availability of TB screening tools in all DM clinics. Also, in areas of low TB burden, the cost-effectiveness is low. The number needed to screen to detect one case of active TB depends on the prevalence in that area. Screening of all patients with clinical history during their visit to diabetic clinic and additional testing in symptomatic and high-risk patients should be undertaken. Also screening for TB whenever there is unexplained worsening of metabolic control would help detect occult cases. Different modalities (clinical, radiological, sputum microbiology) alone or in combination are used for screening individuals with DM for the presence of active TB.

 

Clinical Assessment

 

It is inexpensive and requires minimum time. Fever, cough of more than 2 weeks duration, hemoptysis, weight loss, night sweats, and exposure to a case of active TB are the clinical clues to suspect pulmonary TB. Lymphadenopathy, fever with altered sensorium, neck stiffness, abdominal symptoms like ascites, intestinal obstruction etc. all favor the possibilities of extra-pulmonary TB. But clinical symptoms lack both sensitivity and specificity as it excludes asymptomatic patients and relies on the presence of symptoms.

 

Radiography of the Chest

 

It has good sensitivity to pick up asymptomatic pulmonary cases, but there can be false positive results. Inconsistent evidence exists on the presence of atypical findings of TB in the chest x-rays of individuals with diabetes. The presence of clinical symptoms of fever, cough, hemoptysis, and weight loss with an abnormal chest-x-ray helps in the presumptive diagnosis of TB. Figure 3, 4, and 5 show different radiological presentations of pulmonary TB.

Figure 3. Chest Radiographs suggesting fibrocavitatory lesions. Post primary infections and reactivation of pulmonary TB are more likely to cavitate. They are most common in the posterior segments of the upper lobes (85%) as seen in Picture A. Red arrow pointing to the cavity. The other common site is the superior segment of the lower lobe (Picture B) Yellow arrow pointing to the cavity (Picture courtesy- Prof Mary John, Christian Medical College and Hospital, Ludhiana)

Figure 4. Chest Radiographs suggesting lobar consolidation. (Picture courtesy- Prof Mary John& Dr Neeru Mittal, Christian Medical College and Hospital, Ludhiana)

Figure 5. Chest Radiographs suggesting miliary TB. It represents hematogenous dissemination of an uncontrolled tuberculous infection. Although implants are seen throughout the body, the lungs are usually the easiest location to image. Miliary deposits appear as 1-3 mm diameter nodules uniformly distributed in the lung parenchyma. (Picture courtesy- Prof Mary John & Dr Neeru Mittal, Christian Medical College and Hospital, Ludhiana)

Microscopic Examination 

 

Sputum collected for Ziehl-Neelsen staining and examination for acid -fast bacilli is both sensitive and specific. Even-though they are the commonly used confirmatory tests, most diabetes-oriented clinics are unlikely to have standard laboratory facilities for sputum tests even though having a radiography unit for screening TB appears feasible (32). Sputum tests have limitations in cases of scanty sputum or salivary contamination especially in children. If sputum availability is scanty then sputum is induced by saline nebulization, which if not helpful, can be followed by bronchoscopy assisted lavage or trans-bronchial pulmonary biopsy.

 

Sputum Culture

 

The gold standard test is sputum culture for TB bacilli but is both time consuming (turnaround time 8 weeks) and expensive. It cannot be used for all individuals attending the DM clinic and is reserved for those patients where the index of suspicion is high and in difficult cases when other available tests are not contributory for diagnosis. Sputum culture is also useful for assessing response in multi-drug resistant TB.

 

Rapid Molecular Diagnostic Tests

 

Tests like cartridge based nucleic acid amplification test (CB-NAAT) (Figure 6) or rapid automated molecular test Expert MTB/ RIF assay using polymerase chain reaction have a quick turnaround time of two hours and additional advantage of using a single sputum sample. They also detect the presence of rifampicin resistance. Being expensive it cannot be used for screening all patients with DM even though it has high sensitivity and specificity. But they are useful in cases with high-index of suspicion and difficulty in arriving at a definitive diagnosis.

Figure 6. All district hospitals in India have been provided with Cartridge Based-Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing equipment under the RNTPC program. Picture of the equipment at Civil Hospital, Ludhiana (Picture courtesy- Dr Ashish Chawla, Civil Hospital, Ludhiana)

Screening for Latent TB Among Patients with Diabetes

 

As mentioned earlier, Identification and treatment of latent TB infection to prevent its progression to active disease is necessary to prevent morbidity, mortality, and spread of TB. The WHO AND USPSTF (US preventive services task force) have issued strong guidelines for the screening and treatment of latent TB infection in high risk adults aged more than 18 years in countries with low incidence of TB (38,39).The high risk groups include persons hailing from countries with high TB prevalence, persons residing in homeless shelters and correctional facilities, immunocompromised individuals (HIV, those on immunosuppressants including post-organ transplant), silicosis, those receiving dialysis, those receiving anti-TNF-alfa inhibitor treatment, previously treated TB, and persons who come in contact with those active TB (household contacts and health care workers). The Mantoux tuberculin skin test (TST) and interferon-gamma release assays (IGRAs) are the two screening tests used and they are moderately sensitive and highly specific (40,41). In the tuberculin test, purified protein derivative (PPD) is injected intradermally and assessed within 48 to 72 hours for the presence of induration which is a palpable hard swelling (a diameter of more than 10 mm is considered positive) over the injected area (42,43). In the IGRA a single venous blood sample is taken for the assay and the reports are available within a day. They are particularly useful in those who are unlikely to return for TST test reading and BCG vaccinees.

 

There is no consensus on the issue of screening for latent TB infection in DM as a high-risk group. The results of studies done previously have been inconsistent. Studies have shown a variable prevalence of latent TB infection and there are no randomized controlled trials demonstrating the benefits of screening. Similarly, there are no recommendations for chemoprophylaxis of latent TB infection in individuals with DM due to the lack of randomized controlled trials that show benefit. The small added risk of hepatotoxicity with chemoprophylactic drugs given for TB in latent TB infection has been the only concern arguing against such measures.

 

Screening for Diabetes in Tuberculosis

 

In geographical regions with a high prevalence of diabetes, screening for hyperglycemia in TB affected individuals is highly recommended (14). Detection and monitoring of hyperglycemia is an essential part of infection management in any patient with an infectious disease. Chronic infectious diseases like TB thrive in hyperglycemic individuals and the outcome is unfavorable in a hyperglycemic milieu. Recognition of hyperglycemia during the entire course of the illness in TB affected individuals implies either monitoring of pre-existing hyperglycemia or new onset of transient or permanent hyperglycemia. Transient hyperglycemia is a manifestation secondary to the insulin resistance induced by the inflammation of TB infection. There is evidence that hyperglycemic status improves during the course of anti-TB treatment. The optimal time to screen for DM in TB patients on anti-TB treatment is thus unresolved particularly when it is well known that transient hyperglycemia exists during the course of TB. Many groups have advocated for screening more than once during the course of illness i.e., once at the initiation of treatment and at least once again either during and at the time of completion of TB treatment.

 

In regions with high prevalence of diabetes, younger age of onset of DM is on the rise and this is an emerging problem. There is a three times higher risk for younger individuals to get TB and a two-to four-fold higher risk in diabetic individuals compared to non-diabetic individuals. Hence screening for DM in all individuals 18 years of age or older appears logical.

 

The type of tests for screening patients with TB for DM depends on the availability of the local health care facilities, cost of the tests, and the ability of patients to come back for additional or repeat tests. Symptom based screening for DM has a low sensitivity. Risk score-based screening also is marred by low sensitivity and specificity. Random plasma glucose test and HbA1c (glycosylated Hb) are convenient tests that can be done in non-fasting individuals as screening tests. Glycosylated Hb test which doesn’t require a fasting blood sample helps to differentiate stress induced hyperglycemia from spontaneous onset pre-existing diabetes. Oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) with 75 gm helps in identifying impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) and frank DM. A FBG ≥126 mg/dL or random plasma glucose ≥200 mg/dl on two tests is diagnostic of diabetes; FBG 110to 125 mg/dL is considered as impaired fasting glucose and post glucose values between 141- to 199 mg/dl is taken as impaired glucose tolerance (43,44). In one study, the number of TB patients needed to screen (NNS) for detecting DM was on average 40. But in the same population it was lower among smear positive subjects (NNS = 23), in age less than 40 years (< 40 years vs. > 40 years NNS = 35 Vs 47), in males (male vs. female NNS = 31 vs. 116), smokers (smoker vs. non-smoker NNS = 27 vs. 68) and HIV positive (Positive vs. Negative 22 Vs 43) indicating that there are high risk individuals (46).

 

Currently, screening for DM in individuals with TB and screening for TB in patients with DM where the prevalence is > 100/1,00,000 population appears feasible. Once diagnosed as having diabetes, diet and drug therapy is initiated and the patients are followed up closely for assessing the glycemic response. Transient hyperglycemic situations improve either spontaneously or with minimal medical intervention. After completion of TB medications, regular follow-up with glycemic monitoring is recommended for all patients who had diabetes.

 

MANAGEMENT OF DIABETES AND TUBERCULOSIS 

 

Anti-Tuberculosis Therapy in Diabetes

 

Management of DM should be according to the existing global guidelines with adaptations according to the regional needs. The treatment of TB in DM is not different from the general population. DOTs (Directly Observed Treatment, short-course) is a patient-centered WHO strategy adopted to treat individuals with active TB. A trained health worker provides drugs and observes in-person the patient taking the drug. It guarantees compliance, completion of the treatment course and prevents transmission, treatment failure and development of drug resistance. For newly detected TB, 2 months of intensive phase with 4 drugs (INH, Rifampicin, Pyrazinamide and Ethambutol) and 4 months of continuation phase with 3 drugs (except pyrazinamide) is the standard regimen. For those with a relapse 3 months of intensive therapy with 5 drugs (streptomycin in addition) followed by 4 months of continuation phase with 3 drugs (except pyrazinamide and streptomycin) is administrated.

 

In Chronic Kidney Disease

 

All four first line drugs (RIF, INH, PZA and EMB) can be used in patients with CKD. Up to 50% dose reduction for EMB and PZA may be needed in patients with creatinine clearance <10 ml/min. Regular monitoring is advised to ensure optimal therapy.

 

Adverse Effects of Anti-TB Drugs

 

INH induced peripheral neuropathy may worsen the underlying diabetic neuropathy. Pyridoxine is supplemented to prevent this. INH is also associated with hepatitis. Ethambutol is known to produce optic nerve toxicity which may confound diabetic retinopathy. Also, ethambutol and rifampicin are known to affect the kidneys. Rifampicin can induce immune-allergic reactions. Pyrazinamide is rarely associated with liver injury but its more common side effect is hyperuricemia induced joint pain. Streptomycin is potentially associated with renal and cochleo-vestibular toxicity

 

Multi-Drug Resistant TB (MDR-TB)

 

Multi-drug resistant TB (MDR-TB) is an added medical and economical burden as it is much more difficult to treat, involves therapy with atypical anti-TB drugs for a longer duration of time, and requires referral to specialty centers. Infections caused by mycobacterial strains which are resistant to INH and rifampicin are called multi-drug resistant TB infections. If there is additional resistance to one fluroquinolone and one of the additional inject able drugs (Kanamycin, Capreomycin or Amikacin) then it is called extensive drug resistant TB (XDR-TB). It is associated with poor outcomes and risk of continued transmission (47). Treatment outcome always has been poor due to the complex drug regimen, non-availability of all the drugs, and the possible occurrence of XDR-TB. The reason for resistance is multi-factorial including patient’s non-compliance to therapy, incomplete or inadequate treatment of susceptible TB, decision error by the treating community, etc. Resistance to drugs arises from mutations which are spontaneous and restricted to specific gene loci making it detectable without much difficulty.

 

There is inconsistent data on the incidence of TB-drug resistance in diabetes. Tegegne et al in their meta-analysis concluded that DM can increase the odds of developing MDR-TB.  (47,48). Observational studies have shown delayed clearance of mycobacterium, failure of treatment, relapse and death in the presence of DM (49). The possible theoretical explanations pertaining to the influence of DM in developing resistance include lower drug concentrations, hyperglycemia induced acute and chronic effects of immune regulation, and the presence of more extensive disease in DM affected individuals (50).

 

Altered plasma concentrations of the anti-TB drug rifampicin has been demonstrated in the continuation phase (but not in the induction phase) of TB treatment in individuals with DM (51). The heavier body weight of insulin resistant individuals with DM is supposed to be one of the reasons because of the use of fixed-dose combination drugs. Giving an exact weight-based dose for a longer duration of time is suggested to overcome this hurdle (52). In addition, DM can influence the plasma concentrations of anti-TB drugs. The absorption, distribution, and metabolism of anti-TB drugs may be altered either due to local gastrointestinal causes (gastropathy, polypharmacy mediated interactions) or dysautonomia of DM predisposing to treatment failure.

 

After initiation of treatment all patients should be closely followed for evidence of resistance. Persistent sputum positivity at the end of 2-3 months of ATT therapy should prompt a look for evidence of drug resistance. CT chest features have been demonstrated to be different from non-DM subjects. Pulmonary segment consolidation and lobe consolidation seen as moth-eaten cavities without a wall and filled with fluid are the features mentioned in published data. They are accompanied by bronchial damage (53). Multiple moth-eaten cavities in chest CT while on ATT should prompt the suspicion of MDR-TB. Rapid molecular techniques like CB-NAAT or sputum culture for sensitivity should be used to look for drug resistance. All MDR-TB should be referred to specialized centers dealing with MDR-TB.

 

Drug Therapy in Multi-Drug Resistant Tuberculosis

 

The second line drugs are generally less efficacious and more toxic. In the presence of drug resistance second line agents are used in multiple combinations to address different pharmacological targets in the mycobacterium. In addition to one of the first line drugs to which there is retained susceptibility, an injectable agent, a fluroquinolone and class 4 and class 5 drugs are used in combination to combat MDR-TB (53). Bedaquiline and Delamanidare are new anti-TB drugs used in MDR-TB

 

Bedaquiline belongs to the diarylquinoline group. It inhibits mycobacterial ATP-synthase activity. A shorter time to sputum conversion compared to placebo has been demonstrated. The adverse effects include enzyme induction,electrolyte imbalance, QTc prolongation, and gastrointestinal toxicity (54).

 

Delamanid a dihydro-imidazooxazole that inhibits mycolic acid synthesis also has shown a shorter time period taken for sputum conversion while used in the regimen for MDR-TB. A dose dependent association with QT prolongation occurs (55).

 

Linezolid an oxazolidinone has demonstrated 87% sputum conversion but more than 80% of patients had adverse effects. Peripheral neuropathy, myelosuppression, optic neuropathy, and rhabdomyolysis have been documented in study subjects.

 

ANTI-DIABETES THERAPY IN TUBERCULOSIS    

 

The outcome of TB in DM is also dependent on good glycemic control. The management of hyperglycemia in TB depends on many factors like age, duration of diabetes, presence of complications of DM and co-morbidities, existing drugs, patient support and preferences, economic background and access to medical facilities.

 

Changes in the lifestyle pattern is once again reiterated when starting ATT. Adequate nutrition with high quality protein without affecting glycemic control is the corner stone of managing nutrition associated glycemic status in TB. In the presence of nephropathy or liver disease, the protein intake has to be modified appropriately and spurious use of protein is avoided. Vitamins particularly pyridoxine (B6), methylcobalamine (B12), vitamin A and Vitamin D should be adequately replaced. Tobacco use and alcohol consumptions have to be stopped. Moderate intensity exercise can help weight lose and improve glycemic control in overweight individuals.

 

Drug regimen, monitoring and follow-up should be individualized to maximize benefit with minimal discomfort and side effects like hypoglycemia, arrhythmias etc. Monitoring of capillary blood glucose at home, dose adjustment, monitoring of renal and liver functions are required during follow-up.

 

Anti-TB drugs can influence the metabolism of anti-diabetic medications (Table 3). Rifampicin, by cytochrome p450 enzyme induction, increases the metabolism of most oral anti-diabetic drugs, which may worsen the hyperglycemia. INH on the other hand inhibits cytochrome P450 enzymes and prolongs the effect of anti-diabetic drugs.

 

Table 3. Anti TB Drugs and Drug Metabolism (Ref 57-59)

Anti TB drug

Effect on Cytochrome P 450

Effect on anti- diabetic drugs

Rifampicin

Induces the cytochrome enzymes thereby accelerating the elimination of drugs like sulphonylureas, thiazolidinediones, and meglitinides

Reduced effect of sulphonylureas by one-third due to CYP2C-mediated accelerated metabolism leading to hyperglycemia

 

Reduced effect of thiazolidinedione by half due to CYP2C8-mediated accelerated metabolism leading to hyperglycemia

INH

Inhibits

Reduced elimination through action on CYP2C9; persistent effect and risk of hypoglycemia

Bedaquiline

Enzyme inducer

Can reduce the effect of anti- diabetic drugs

 

 

Aggressive therapy of DM is necessary for optimal response to TB therapy (Table 4). Insulin is the drug of choice in most illnesses including TB; insulin has the advantage of producing an anabolic effect, positive influence on appetite, and faster relief of hyperglycemic symptoms. It is the most suitable anti-hyperglycemic agent in cachexic and low BMI individuals. It is a mandatory therapeutic agent in Type 1 diabetes, pancreatic diabetes, severe DM and TB, coexisting renal or hepatic diseases, situations complicated by drug interactions and oral drug intolerance. Insulin is neutral in drug-to-drug interactions and achieves glycemic control faster than oral drugs. In the presence of fasting hyperglycemia of > 200 with ketonuria, Insulin is used to treat the hyperglycemia. It is also the preferred drug in renal impairment. The main disadvantage with insulin is that it has to be injected and more than twice a day in presence of infection/ stress. The indications for insulin use in patients with active TB and DM is summarized in Figure 7.

Figure 7. Indications of Insulin Use in patients with Type 2 DM and Active TB

Metformin has the advantage of not producing hypoglycemia when used alone. It can however reduce appetite and needs caution while being used in renal or hepatic dysfunction. It doesn’t interact much with ATT and doesn’t influence cytochrome enzyme induced metabolism. It can help to shorten the course of TB therapy. It modifies the immune response and inflammation. It acts on the mitochondrial respiratory chain and can reduce the intracellular growth by acting through AMPK pathway which has a negative impact on the inflammatory process.

 

Table 4. Anti-Diabetic Drug Use in Patients with Tuberculosis

Drug

Advantages

Disadvantages

Comment

 

Insulin

Increases appetite,

weight; anabolic effect; No drug interactions with ATT

Injectable

 

Needs supervision for change in requirement

Preferred in lean diabetes, secondary diabetes, severe DM with ketosis or hyperosmolar state

Metformin

Oral;

Cost-effective and easily available

Not influenced by ATT; positive anti-TB adjuvant action

Gastrointestinal disturbances;

Needs renal and hepatic function monitoring; Change in eGFR (< 35 ml/ min/l) or > 3 times raised liver enzymes necessitates stopping metformin;

Not suitable in hypoperfusion states (risk of lactic acidosis)

Not potent in severe hyperglycemic situations. Can be used in mild forms of hyperglycemia.

Sulphonylureas

Quick restoration of euglycemia

Long-acting drugs can induce hypoglycemia in anorexic people

Shorter acting sulphonylureas such as gliclazide and glipizide

DPP4- inhibitors

Less hypoglycemic potential

? Risk of immune dysregulation – respiratory

Infection

Selective use

Alpha glucosidase inhibitors

No hypoglycemia

GI intolerance

In mild post meal elevation

Thiazolidinediones

Against insulin resistance

Hepatic

Selective use

SGLT2

inhibitors

No hypoglycemia

 

Dehydration, DKA

Selective use

 

 

Metformin increases the host cell production of reactive oxygen species and acidification of mycobacterial phagosome (60). It has been found to downregulate oxidative phosphorylation, mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) signaling, and type I interferon response pathways (61).  Sulphonylureas can be used for quick glycemic control. The long acting sulphonylureas like glibenclamide and glimepride have a risk of prolonged hypoglycemia particularly seen in anorexic individuals. Their plasma concentration and their duration of action are modified by drugs acting on cytochrome P450 system and hence monitoring of glycemic status is essential while on these drugs. Thiazolidinediones (pioglitazone) do not produce GI symptoms and are non-hypoglycemic when used as monotherapy. Monitoring of hepatic enzymes is required particularly when TB drugs are co-administered. Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors may be helpful in mild postprandial hyperglycemias. SGLT-2 inhibitors have the risk of further weight loss, euglycemic ketoacidosis, worsening of dehydration in sick patients, and urinary tract infections. They should not be used for glycemic control in patients who are sick and cachexic. In individuals who have no contra-indications they can be continued selectively under close follow-up (62, 63).

 

CO-MORBIDITIES OF DIABETES

 

Cardiovascular Disease in Diabetes and Tuberculosis

 

The commonest cause of mortality in DM is cardiovascular disease due to atherosclerosis manifesting as coronary heart disease (myocardial infarction /cardiac failure), stroke and peripheral vascular disease. TB also has a possible role in chronic vascular inflammation, autoimmunity and inhabitation of TB bacilli atheromatous plaque (64). It also affects the myocardium (65). After successful initiation of TB treatment which is done on a priority basis, DM and cardiovascular status should be assessed. In addition to hyperglycemia management, lifestyle modification, antihypertensive treatment, lipid-lowering therapy, and anti-platelet therapy are the corner stones of management of cardiovascular disease in DM irrespective of the presence or absence of TB. In the presence of hemoptysis anti-platelet drugs are withdrawn or held back. Cessation of smoking and moderation of alcohol has to be counselled about. Anti-hypertensive therapy is initiated during review visits and titrated. Anti-lipid therapy using statins are added gradually and the liver enzymes should be monitored during the course of therapy while on ATT.

 

Renal Dysfunction in Diabetes and Tuberculosis

 

More than a third of individuals with DM develop renal complications due to diabetes. This complicates TB in many ways including increased susceptibility to TB and difficulty in the management of TB (66). In patients with chronic renal failure and on dialysis there is a 6.9‐ to 52.5‐fold risk of developing TB (67). Peritoneal TB is another risk for CKD patients on peritoneal dialysis. The altered immune function in chronic renal impairment increases susceptibility to TB (68). CKD adversely affects TB and its treatment. The anti-TB drugs (ethambutol and pyrazinamide) require dose reduction by up to 50%. Insulin is preferred in most instances for glycemic control. Short acting sulphonylureas or repaglinide can be used as an alternative.

 

Hepatic Dysfunction in Diabetes and Tuberculosis

 

DM liver pathology includes fatty liver disease, NASH, and cirrhosis. In TB, drug induced hepatitis is a concern. In such cases the drugs are withdrawn until resolution of hepatotoxicity. Pyrazinamide is withdrawn completely. Quinolones, ethambutol, and ofloxacin can be used instead of the first line agents. Anti-TB drugs are restarted when the liver enzymes are normalized. Insulin is the drug of choice in severe chronic liver disease with diabetes. Metformin is preferred in fatty liver but withdrawn in cirrhosis.

 

Tuberculosis and Diabetes in HIV – The Triangular Overlap

 

DM and HIV are two independent risk factors for developing TB. The wider prevalence of DM makes DM a more important risk factor for developing TB than retroviral diseases. A significantly higher preponderance of DM over HIV has been reported in cases of pulmonary TB while extra-pulmonary TB was predominant in HIV-TB patients (69). DM is increasing in areas where TB and HIV are rampant. Literature reports on the influence of HIV-co infection on DM with TB have been contradictory. Studies have reported reduced odds of developing DM in HIV infected TB patients (70).  A paradoxical protective effect of HIV on the development of TB was reported (71). However, they were cross-sectional single center studies of limited sample size and had used single random blood glucose tests for screening. But in a case-control study the association between DM and TB in HIV was found to be strong except when HbA1c was used for screening. This may be because of anemia of HIV compromising the true HbA1c value (72). HIV testing is mandatory in all presumptive TB and confirmatory assessment using Gene Xpert MTB/RIF assay for drug resistance.

 

PREVENTIVE METHODS

 

Aggressive DM screening among the population with TB and effective management of both TB and DM can improve outcome on an individual basis. The more effective approach to have an impact at the community level is to have a preventive strategy like vaccination against TB and aggressive prevention and management of DM (29).

 

SUMMARY

 

Epidemiological evidence for an uncharacteristic alliance between non-communicable disease like DM and a communicable disease like TB as a syndemic are overwhelming. A two-to four-fold higher risk of active TB in individuals with DM and twice the prevalence of DM in patients with TB explains the double burden. Ranked among the top ten mortal diseases, the geographical spread of both these diseases is unfortunately overlapping and the co-existence is progressive. They are increasing alarmingly in those regions where health care facilities are limited. DM impacts TB both from infection to disease stage and disease stage to progression stage. Chronic hyperglycemia compromises the alveolar defenses.

 

Latent TB infection is a dormant subclinical disease which lasts for weeks or decades. Immune deficiency either in absolute or relative quantities are sufficient for its re-activation. The clinical and radiological presentations of active TB have been reported to be pulmonary predominantly and atypical when DM co-exists with TB. DM increases the risk of treatment failure, death and relapse. The risk ratio for combined treatment failure and death was 1.69, unadjusted and adjusted risk ratios for death were 1.89 and 4.95 respectively and risk ratio for relapse was 3.89.

 

Bidirectional screening is recommended to improve the outcome in both diseases. Sputum microscopic examination, rapid molecular tests, random plasma glucose and glycosylated hemoglobin are the available among the screening tests with their own merits and limitations.

 

Anti-TB treatment has adverse impact on glycemic control and the complications of diabetes. The metabolism of some DM drugs is modified by ATT which affects glycemic control. Modifications of medications are required in co-morbid illnesses of DM like cardio-vascular diseases, renal, and hepatic dysfunction. Insulin is the drug of choice in lean diabetes, severe hyperglycemia, ketotic states, anorexic patients, and in drug intolerance. Metformin if tolerated has an advantage as a non-hypoglycemic agent with some favorable anti-TB activity.

 

Lifestyle modification, antihypertensive treatment, lipid-lowering therapy, and anti-platelet therapy are the cornerstones in the management of cardiovascular disease in DM and TB. Anti-platelet drugs are withdrawn in patients with hemoptysis. Chronic kidney diseases can predispose to TB and its management is complicated by drug toxicity and dose adjustment of ATT is required along with careful monitoring of response and renal functions. In case of ATT induced hepatotoxicity, ATT is withdrawn and second line agents are substituted. Once liver enzymes normalize the first line drugs are restarted cautiously.

 

Effective preventive strategies like vaccination against TB and aggressive prevention and management of DM will be the approach to be adopted till time throws new light on the means to fight these dual epidemics more effectively.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Whiting DR, Guariguata L, Weil C, Shaw J. IDF diabetes atlas: global estimates of the prevalence of diabetes for 2011 and 2030. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2011; 94(3):311-321.
  2. Jacob JJ, Paul PAM. Infections in Endocrinology: Tuberculosis. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, et al., eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; March 14, 2021.
  3. Lönnroth K, Castro KG, Chakaya JM, et al. Tuberculosis control and elimination 2010-50: cure, care, and social development. Lancet. 2010; 375(9728):1814-1829. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(10)60483-7
  4. World Health Organization. Global Tuberculosis Report 2020. https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/336069/9789240013131-eng.pdf (Accessed 28 Nov 2020)
  5. Narasimhan P, Wood J, Macintyre CR, Mathai D. Risk factors for tuberculosis. Pulm Med. 2013; 2013:828939. doi:10.1155/2013/828939
  6. Getahun H, Matteelli A, Abubakar I, et al. Management of latent Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection: WHO guidelines for low tuberculosis burden countries. Eur Respir J. 2015; 46(6):1563-1576. doi:10.1183/13993003.01245-2015
  7. Lee RE, Li W, Chatterjee D, Lee RE. Rapid structural characterization of the arabinogalactan and lipoarabinomannan in live mycobacterial cells using 2D and 3D HR-MAS NMR: structural changes in the arabinan due to ethambutol treatment and gene mutation are observed. Glycobiology. 2005; 15(2):139-151. doi:10.1093/glycob/cwh150
  8. Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration, Sarwar N, Gao P, et al. Diabetes mellitus, fasting blood glucose concentration, and risk of vascular disease: a collaborative meta-analysis of 102 prospective studies [published correction appears in Lancet. 2010 Sep 18;376(9745):958. Hillage, H L [corrected to Hillege, H L]]. Lancet. 2010; 375(9733):2215-2222. Doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(10)60484-9.
  9. International Diabetes Federation. IDF Diabetes Atlas, 8th edn. Brussels, Belgium:International Diabetes Federation, 2019. https://diabetesatlas.org/en/resources/(Accessed 8 March 2021)
  10. World Health Organization. Global tuberculosis report 2019: World Health Organization; 2019. https://www.who.int/tb/publications/global_report/en/ (Accessed 8 March 2021)
  11. Dooley KE, Chaisson RE. Tuberculosis and diabetes mellitus: convergence of two epidemics. Lancet Infect Dis. 2009 Dec; 9(12):737-46. Doi: 10.1016/S1473-3099(09)70282-8. PMID: 19926034; PMCID: PMC2945809.
  12. Viswanathan, V., Bajaj, S., Kalra, S. et al. RSSDI clinical practice recommendations for diagnosis, prevention, and control of the diabetes mellitus-tuberculosis double burden. Int J Diabetes Dev Ctries 2017; 37, 379–399
  13. Goldhaber-Fiebert JD, Jeon CY, Cohen T, Murray MB. Diabetes mellitus and tuberculosis in countries with high tuberculosis burdens: individual risks and social determinants. Int J Epidemiology. 2011 Apr; 40(2):417-28. Doi: 10.1093/ije/dyq238. Epub 2011 Jan 20. PMID: 21252210; PMCID: PMC3621385.
  14. World Health Organization/International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease. Provisional collaborative framework for care and control of tuberculosis and diabetes. WHO/HTM/TB/2011.15. Geneva, Switzerland: WHO, 2011.
  15. Hayashi, S., &Chandramohan, D. (2018). Risk of active tuberculosis among people with diabetes mellitus: systematic review and meta-analysis. Tropical medicine & international health: TM & IH, 23(10), 1058–1070. https://doi.org/10.1111/tmi.13133
  16. Workneh MH, Bjune GA, Yimer SA. Prevalence and associated factors of tuberculosis and diabetes mellitus co morbidity: A systematic review. PLoS One. 2017; 12(4):e0175925. Published 2017 Apr 21. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0175925.
  17. Odone A, Houben RM, White RG, Lönnroth K. The effect of diabetes and under nutrition trends on reaching 2035 global tuberculosis targets. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2014; 2(9):754-764. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(14)70164-0
  18. Jeon CY, Harries AD, Baker MA, et al. Bi-directional screening for tuberculosis and diabetes: a systematic review. Trop Med Int Health. 2010; 15(11):1300-1314. doi:10.1111/j.1365-3156.2010.02632.
  19. Lönnroth K, Roglic G, Harries AD. Improving tuberculosis prevention and care through addressing the global diabetes epidemic: from evidence to policy and practice. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2014; 2(9):730-739. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(14)70109-3
  20. Noubiap JJ, Nansseu JR, Nyaga UF, et al. Global prevalence of diabetes in active tuberculosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis of data from 2·3 million patients with tuberculosis. Lancet Glob Health. 2019; 7(4):e448-e460. doi:10.1016/S2214-109X(18)30487
  21. Collaborative framework for care and control of tuberculosis and diabetes. WHO/HTM/TB/2011.15
  22. Viswanathan V, Kumpatla S, Aravindalochanan V, et al. Prevalence of diabetes and pre-diabetes and associated risk factors among tuberculosis patients in India. PLoS One. 2012;7(7):e41367.
  23. Balakrishnan S, Vijayan S, Nair S, et al. High diabetes prevalence among tuberculosis cases in Kerala, India. PLoS One. 2012;7(10):e46502.
  24. Manjareeka M, Palo SK, Swain S, Pati S, Pati S. Diabetes Mellitus among Newly Diagnosed Tuberculosis Patients in Tribal Odisha: An Exploratory Study. J Clin Diagn Res. 2016;10(10):LC06-LC08.
  25. Singh SP, Singh SP, Kishan J, Kaur S, Ramana S. Association of tuberculosis and diabetes Mellitus: an analysis of 1000 consecutively admitted cases in a tertiary care hospital of North India. Pan Afr Med J. 2016;24:4
  26. Kodiatte A, John M, Jacob JJ. Diabetes mellitus and prediabetes among patients with tuberculosis in a single north Indian tertiary care centre. J R Coll Physicians Edinb. 2020;50(3):242-246.
  27. Noubiap JJ, Nansseu JR, Nyaga UF, Nkeck JR, Endomba FT, Kaze AD, Agbor VN, Bigna JJ. Global prevalence of diabetes in active tuberculosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis of data from 2·3 million patients with tuberculosis. Lancet Glob Health. 2019 Apr;7(4): e448-e460.
  28. Alisjahbana B, Sahiratmadja E, Nelwan EJ, et al. The effect of type 2 diabetes mellitus on the presentation and treatment response of pulmonary tuberculosis. Clin Infect Dis. 2007; 45(4):428-435. doi:10.1086/519841
  29. Crevel RV, Critchley JA. The Interaction of Diabetes and Tuberculosis: Translating Research to Policy and Practice. Trop Med Infect Dis. 2021; 6(1):8. Published 2021 Jan 8. doi:10.3390/tropicalmed6010008
  30. Chiang CY, Lee JJ, Chien ST, et al. Glycemic control and radiographic manifestations of tuberculosis in diabetic patients. PLoS One. 2014; 9(4):e93397. Published 2014 Apr 3. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0093397
  31. Jiménez-Corona ME, Cruz-Hervert LP, García-García L, et al. Association of diabetes and tuberculosis: impact on treatment and post-treatment outcomes. Thorax. 2013; 68(3):214-220. Doi: 10.1136/thoraxjnl-2012-201756.
  32. Riza AL, Pearson F, Ugarte-Gil C, et al. Clinical management of concurrent diabetes and tuberculosis and the implications for patient services. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2014; 2(9):740-753. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(14)70110
  33. Restrepo BI, Schlesinger LS. Impact of diabetes on the natural history of tuberculosis. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2014; 106(2):191-199. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2014.06.011.
  34. Baker MA Harries AD, Jeon CY, et al. The impact of diabetes on tuberculosis treatment outcomes: a systematic review. BMC Med. 2011; 9:81. Published 2011 Jul 1. doi:10.1186/1741-7015-9-81
  35. Chang JT, Dou HY, Yen CL, et al. Effect of type 2 diabetes mellitus on the clinical severity and treatment outcome in patients with pulmonary tuberculosis: a potential role in the emergence of multidrug-resistance. J Formos Med Assoc. 2011; 110(6):372-381. doi:10.1016/S0929-6646(11)60055-7
  36. Collaborative framework for care and control of tuberculosis and diabetes. WHO/HTM/TB/2011.15
  37. Sreeramareddy CT, Panduru KV, Menten J, Van den Ende J. Time delays in diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis: a systematic review of literature. BMC Infect Dis. 2009; 9:91. Published 2009 Jun 11. doi:10.1186/1471-2334-9-91
  38. Getahun H, Matteelli A, Abubakar I, et al. Management of latent Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection: WHO guidelines for low tuberculosis burden countries. Eur Respir J. 2015; 46(6):1563-1576. doi:10.1183/13993003.01245-2015]
  39. US Preventive Services Task Force, Bibbins-Domingo K, Grossman DC, et al. Screening for Latent Tuberculosis Infection in Adults: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Statement. JAMA. 2016; 316(9):962-969. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.11046
  40. Mansilla Bermejo MJ, Sanz Gil MJ, Moraleda Velasco P, Alvárez Prado A, Carbayo García JJ, Mata Guijarro F. Lectura de la prueba de la tuberculinaenpacientesdiabéticos de un centro de salud [Tuberculin test in diabetic patients in a health centre]. Aten Primaria. 1995; 16(3):154-157.
  41. Vega Torres RA, Conde JG, Díaz M. Prevalence of tuberculin reactivity and risk factors for the development of active tuberculosis upon admission to a nursing home. P R Health Sci J. 1996; 15(4):275-277
  42. Nwabudike LC, Ionescu-Tîrgovişte C. Intradermal reactions to purified protein derivative in patients with diabetes mellitus. Rom J Intern Med. 2005; 43(1-2):127-132.
  43. Dabhi PA, Thangakunam B, Gupta R, et al. Screening for prevalence of current TB disease and latent TB infection in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients attending a diabetic clinic in an Indian tertiary care hospital. PLoS One. 2020; 15(6):e0233385. Published 2020 Jun 5. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0233385
  44. Kumpatla S, Aravindalochanan V, Rajan R, Viswanathan V, Kapur A. Evaluation of performance of A1C and FPG tests for screening newly diagnosed diabetes defined by an OGTT among tuberculosis patients-a study from India. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2013; 102(1):60-64. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2013.08.007]
  45. Sariko ML, Mpagama SG, Gratz J, Kisonga R, Saidi Q, Kibiki GS, Heysell SK. Glycated haemoglobin screening identifies patients admitted for retreatment of tuberculosis at risk for diabetes in Tanzania. J Infect Dev Ctries. 2016 Apr 28; 10(4):423-6. Doi: 10.3855/jidc.7324. PMID: 27131008; PMCID: PMC4869164.
  46. Naik B, Kumar AM, Satyanarayana S, et al. Is screening for diabetes among tuberculosis patients feasible at the field level? Public Health Action. 2013; 3(Suppl 1):S34-S37. doi:10.5588/pha.13.0022
  47. Tegegne BS, Habtewold TD, Mengesha MM, Burgerhof JG. Association between diabetes mellitus and multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis: a protocol for a systematic review and meta-analysis. Syst Rev. 2017; 6(1):6. Published 2017 Jan 14. Doi: 10.1186/s13643-017-0407-9.
  48. Pérez-Navarro LM, Fuentes-Domínguez F, Morales-Romero J, Zenteno-Cuevas R. Factoresasociados a tuberculosis pulmonarenpacientes con diabetes mellitus de Veracruz, México [Factors associated to pulmonary tuberculosis in patients with diabetes mellitus from Veracruz, México]. Gac Med Mex. 2011; 147(3):219-225.
  49. Kang YA, Kim SY, Jo KW, et al. Impact of diabetes on treatment outcomes and long-term survival in multidrug-resistant tuberculosis. Respiration. 2013; 86(6):472-478. doi:10.1159/000348374
  50. Ruslami R, Aarnoutse RE, Alisjahbana B, van der Ven AJ, van Crevel R. Implications of the global increase of diabetes for tuberculosis control and patient care. Trop Med Int Health. 2010; 15(11):1289-1299. doi:10.1111/j.1365-3156.2010.02625.
  51. Nijland HM, Ruslami R, Stalenhoef JE, et al. Exposure to rifampicin is strongly reduced in patients with tuberculosis and type 2 diabetes. Clin Infect Dis. 2006; 43(7):848-854. doi:10.1086/507543
  52. Van Ingen J, Aarnoutse RE, Donald PR, et al. Why Do We Use 600 mg of Rifampicin in Tuberculosis Treatment? Clin Infect Dis. 2011; 52(9):e194-e199. doi:10.1093/cid/cir184.
  53. Song Q, Zhang G, Jiang H, Ren Y, Lu X. Imaging Features of Pulmonary CT in Type 2 Diabetic Patients with Multidrug-Resistant Tuberculosis. PLoS One. 2016; 11(3):e0152507. Published 2016 Mar 29. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0152507
  54. Kurz SG, Furin JJ, Bark CM. Drug-Resistant Tuberculosis: Challenges and Progress. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2016; 30(2):509-522. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2016.02.010
  55. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. SIRTURO Prescribing Information.http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2012/204384s000lbl.
  56. Shimokawa Y, Sasahara K, Yoda N, Mizuno K, Umehara K. Delamanid does not inhibit or induce cytochrome p450 enzymes in vitro. Biol Pharm Bull. 2014; 37(11):1727-1735. doi:10.1248/bpb.b14-00311 ]
  57. Niemi M, Backman JT, Neuvonen M, Neuvonen PJ, Kivistö KT. Effects of rifampin on the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of glyburide and glipizide. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2001;69(6):400-406. doi:10.1067/mcp.2001.115822
  58. Niemi M, Backman JT, Neuvonen PJ. Effects of trimethoprim and rifampin on the pharmacokinetics of the cytochrome P450 2C8 substrate rosiglitazone. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2004;76(3):239-249. doi:10.1016/j.clpt.2004.05.001
  59. Boglou P, Steiropoulos P, Papanas N, Bouros D. Hypoglycaemia due to interaction of glimepiride with isoniazid in a patient with type 2 diabetes mellitus. BMJ Case Rep. 2013;2013:bcr2012008528. Published 2013 Apr 16. doi:10.1136/bcr-2012-008528
  60. Singhal A, Jie L, Kumar P, et al. Metformin as adjunct antituberculosis therapy. Sci Transl Med. 2014; 6(263):263ra159.doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.3009885.
  61. Yu X, Li L, Xia L, et al. Impact of metformin on the risk and treatment outcomes of tuberculosis in diabetics: a systematic review. BMC Infect Dis. 2019; 19(1):859. Published 2019 Oct 17. doi:10.1186/s12879-019-4548-4
  62. Niazi AK, Kalra S. Diabetes and tuberculosis: a review of the role of optimal glycemic control. J Diabetes MetabDisord. 2012; 11(1):28. Published 2012 Dec 20. doi:10.1186/2251-6581-11-28
  63. Hsia DS, Grove O, Cefalu WT. An update on sodium-glucose co-transporter-2 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes mellitus. CurrOpin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2017; 24(1):73-79. doi:10.1097/MED.0000000000000311
  64. Huaman MA, Henson D, Ticona E, Sterling TR, Garvy BA. Tuberculosis and Cardiovascular Disease: Linking the Epidemics. Trop Dis Travel Med Vaccines. 2015; 1:10. doi:10.1186/s40794-015-0014-5
  65. Liu A, Hu Y, Coates A. Sudden cardiac death and tuberculosis - how much do we know? Tuberculosis (Edinb). 2012; 92(4):307-313. doi:10.1016/j.tube.2012.02.002
  66. CKD TB : Ates G, Yildiz T, Danis R, et al. Incidence of tuberculosis disease and latent tuberculosis infection in patients with end stage renal disease in an endemic region. Ren Fail. 2010; 32(1):91-95. doi:10.3109/08860220903367528
  67. Hussein MM, Mooij JM, Roujouleh H. Tuberculosis and chronic renal disease. Semin Dial. 2003; 16(1):38-44. doi:10.1046/j.1525-139x.2003.03010.x
  68. Levey AS, Atkins R, Coresh J, et al. Chronic kidney disease as a global public health problem: approaches and initiatives - a position statement from Kidney Disease Improving Global Outcomes. Kidney Int. 2007; 72(3):247-259. doi:10.1038/sj.ki.5002343
  69. Gupta S, Shenoy VP, Bairy I, Srinivasa H, Mukhopadhyay C. Diabetes mellitus and HIV as co-morbidities in tuberculosis patients of rural south India. J Infect Public Health. 2011;4(3):140-144. doi:10.1016/j.jiph.2011.03.005
  70. Faurholt-Jepsen D, Range N, Praygod G, et al. Diabetes is a risk factor for pulmonary tuberculosis: a case-control study from Mwanza, Tanzania. PLoS One. 2011;6(8):e24215. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0024215
  71. Kibirige D, Ssekitoleko R, Mutebi E, Worodria W. Overt diabetes mellitus among newly diagnosed Ugandan tuberculosis patients: a cross sectional study. BMC Infect Dis. 2013; 13:122. Published 2013 Mar 5. doi:10.1186/1471-2334-13-122
  72. Boillat-Blanco N, Ramaiya KL, Mganga M, et al. Transient Hyperglycemia in Patients With Tuberculosis in Tanzania: Implications for Diabetes Screening Algorithms. J Infect Dis. 2016;213(7):1163-1172. doi:10.1093/infdis/jiv568

 

Physiology of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Thyroid Axis

ABSTRACT

 

The activity of the thyroid gland is predominantly regulated by the concentration of the pituitary glycoprotein hormone, thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH). In the absence of the pituitary or of thyrotroph function, hypothyroidism ensues. Thus, regulation of thyroid function in normal individuals is to a large extent determined by the factors which regulate the synthesis and secretion of TSH. Those factors are reviewed in this chapter and consist principally of thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) and the feedback effects of circulating thyroid hormones at the hypothalamic and pituitary levels. The consequence of the dynamic interplay of these two dominant influences on TSH secretion, the positive effect of TRH on the one hand and the negative effects of thyroid hormones on the other, results in a remarkably stable morning concentration of TSH in the circulation and consequently little alteration in the level of circulating thyroid hormones from day to day and year to year. This regulation is so carefully maintained that an abnormal serum TSH in most patients is believed to indicate the presence of a disorder of thyroid gland function. The utility of TSH measurements has been recognized and its use has remarkably increased due to the development of immunometric methodologies for its accurate quantitation in serum, although the criteria to define a “normal range” still remain a matter of controversy. This chapter is organized into two general sections. The first portion reviews basic studies of TSH synthesis, post-translational modification, and release. The second deals with physiological studies in humans which serve as the background for the diagnostic use of TSH measurements and reviews the results of TSH assays in pathophysiological disorders.

 

The Regulation of Thyroid-Stimulating Hormone synthesis and

secretion: Molecular Biology and Biochemistry

The TSH Molecule

 

TSH is a heterodimer consisting of an alpha and a beta subunit that are tightly, but non-covalently, bound (1,2). While the molecular weight of the deduced amino-acid sequence of the mature alpha and beta subunits in combination is approximately 28,000 Da, additional carbohydrate (15% by weight) results in a significantly higher molecular weight estimate based on sizing by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. The alpha subunit (glycoprotein hormones, alpha polypeptide) is common to TSH, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), and chorionic gonadotropin (CG). The beta subunit confers specificity to the molecule since it interacts with the TSH receptor (TSH-R) expressed on the basolateral membrane of thyroid follicular cells, and is rate-limiting in the formation of the mature heterodimeric protein. However, the free beta subunit is inactive and requires noncovalent combination with the alpha subunit to express hormonal bioactivity. The linear sequence of the human alpha subunit consists of 92 amino acids including 10 cystine residues that form a total 5 bonds through disulfide linkage. The human TSH beta (hTSH beta) subunit contains 118 amino-acids, as predicted by complementary DNA sequences, but hTSH beta isolated from the pituitary gland has an apoprotein core of 112 amino-acids, due to carboxyl-terminal truncation during purification.

 

The production rate (PR) of human TSH is normally between 50 and 200 mU/day and increases markedly (up to >4000 mU/day) in primary hypothyroidism; the metabolic clearance rate (MCR) of the hormone is about 25 ml/min/m2 in euthyroidism, while significantly higher in hyperthyroidism and lower in hypothyroidism (3). The PR of free alpha subunit is about 100 µg/day, increases increase approximately two-fold in primary hypothyroidism and in post-menopausal women, and decreases (about to one half) in hyperthyroidism (4). The PR of free TSH beta subunit is too low to be calculated in all hyperthyroid and in most euthyroid subjects, while is 25-30 ug/day in primary hypothyroidism (4). The MCR of the free subunits is 2-3 times faster than that of TSH, being about 68 ml/min/m2 for alpha and 48 ml/min/m2 for the beta subunit (4). The half-life of circulating TSH ranges from 50 to 80 minutes (4).

 

The gene coding for the alpha subunit (CGA) is located on chromosome 6 and the thyroid stimulating hormone subunit beta (TSHB)  gene on chromosome 1 (5). The structure of CGA gene has been determined in several animal species (6,7). The genes of each species are approximately of the same size and similarly organized in four exons and three introns. The human gene is 9.4 kilobases (kb) in length, with three introns measuring 6.4 kb, 1.7 kb and 0.4 kb, respectively. The TSHB gene has been isolated in mouse (7), rat (8), and humans (9,10), among other species. In contrast to the CGA gene, the organization of the TSHB gene is somewhat variable between the different species. The rat and the human genes are organized in three exons, while the mouse gene contains two additional 5'-untranslated exons. The first exon is untranslated, the leader peptide and the first 34 amino-acids are encoded by the second exon, while the third exon represents the remaining coding region and 3'-untranslated sequences. A single transcription start has been identified in the hTSHB gene, while the rat and the mouse genes contain two starting sites separated by approximately 40 base pairs (bp); transcription begins predominantly from the downstream site, which corresponds to the location of the human transcriptional start. A schematic representation of the TSHB gene is shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Thyrotropin β (TSHB) gene structure. Some mutations of the gene found in patients with congenital central hypothyroidism are also depicted (modified from McDermott et al. (11) and Baquedano et al. (12)).

 

The pre-translational regulation of TSH synthesis and secretion is a complex process, detailed in the next paragraphs. The formation of mature TSH involves several post-translational steps including the excision of signal peptides from both subunits and co-translational glycosylation with high mannose oligosaccharides (13,14). As the glycoproteins are successively transferred from the rough endoplasmic reticulum to the Golgi apparatus, the trimming of mannose and further addition of fucose, galactose and sialic acid occurs (15). The alpha subunit has two and the beta subunit has one asparagine (N)-linked oligosaccharide(s) showing a typical biantennary structure fully sulfated in bovine and half-sulfated in human TSH (2). The primary intracellular role of these glycosylation events may be to allow proper folding of the alpha and beta subunits permitting their heterodimerization and also preventing intracellular degradation (16,15). On the basis of crystallographic studies on hCG and other glycoprotein hormones, a homology model of the tridimensional structure of TSH has been proposed (17). This model (Fig. 2) predicts for both the alpha and the beta subunit the presence of two beta-hairpin loops (L1 and L3) on one side of a central "cystine knot" (pair of cysteine molecules) formed by three disulfide bonds, and a long loop (L2) on the other side. Both alpha and beta chains have functionally important domains involved in TSH-R binding and activation (Fig. 2) (18). Of particular relevance is the so-called “seat belt” region of the beta chain comprised between the 10th (C86) and the 12th (C105) cysteine residue (Fig. 2 and Fig. 3). The name “seat belt” derives from the conformational structure of the beta chain determined by the disulfide bridge (C39/C125) toward the C-terminal tail of the beta subunit that wraps the alpha subunit like a “seat belt” (Fig. 3), and stabilizes the heterodimerization of TSH (2,18).

Figure 2. Schematic drawing of human TSH, based on a molecular homology model built on the template of a hCG model (17). The α-subunit is shown as checkered, and the β-subunit as a solid line. The two hairpin loops in each subunit are marked L1, L3; each subunit has also a long loop (L2), which extends from the opposite site of the central cystine knot. The functionally important α-subunit domains are boxed. Important domains of the β-subunit are marked directly within the line drawing (crossed line, beaded line and dashed line). Reproduced from Grossmann et al. (2) with permission, where further details can be found.

Figure 3. Structural model of TSH based on the FSH x-ray structure, which is the best available structural template for TSH. The boxed residue numbers represent cysteines residues, which form stabilizing disulfide bridges (yellow): 5 in α-subunit (red orange), and 6 in the β-subunit (magenta). The disulfide bridge (C39/C125) toward the C-terminal tail of the α-subunit of TSH that wraps around the β-subunit like a “seat belt” stabilizes the heterodimerization of TSH as well as that of FSH, LH, and HCG. (Reproduced from Kleinau et al. (18) with permission)

 

Proper TSH glycosylation is also necessary to attain normal bioactivity (19), a process which requires the interaction of the neuropeptide thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) (Fig. 4), with its receptor on thyrotroph cells (20-22). The requirement for TRH in this process is illustrated by the fact that in patients with central hypothyroidism due to hypothalamic-pituitary dysfunction, normal or even slightly elevated levels of TSH are detected by radioimmunoassay, but biologically subpotent forms are found in the circulation together with reduced levels of free T4 (23-25). Chronic TRH administration to such patients normalizes the glycosylation process enhancing both its TSH-R binding affinity as well as its capacity to activate adenyl cyclase. This, in turn, can normalize thyroid function in such patients (26). On the other hand, enhanced TSH bioactivity is invariably found in sera from patients with thyroid hormone resistance (27). Moreover, variations of TSH bioactivity (mostly related to different TSH glycosylation) have been observed in normal subjects during the nocturnal TSH surge, in normal fetuses during the last trimester of pregnancy, in primary hypothyroidism, in patients with TSH-secreting pituitary adenomas, and in non-thyroidal illnesses (27,28). Glycosylation of the molecule can also influence the rapidity of clearance of TSH from the circulation. Taken together, these findings have led to a new concept of a qualitative regulation of TSH secretion, mainly achieved through both the transcriptional and post-transcriptional mechanisms involving not only TSH glycosylation (29), but also thyrocyte physiology and thyroid disorders (30).

Figure 4. Structure of TRH

 

Specific amino-acid sequences in the common alpha and beta subunits are critical for the heterodimerization, secretion and bioactivity of mature TSH. These sequences include highly conserved segments which are essential for TSH-R binding and biological activity (see Refs (2,18) for an extensive review). The peptide sequence 27CAGYC31 (cysteine-alanine-glycine-tyrosine-cysteine) is highly conserved in the beta subunit of TSH, LH, hCG, as well as FSH, and is thought to be important in heterodimerization with the alpha subunit (31,32). Several inherited TSHB gene mutations are responsible for isolated familial central hypothyroidism and are listed in Table 1 and depicted in Fig. 1. The most frequent mutation is a homozygous single-base deletion in codon 105 that results in a substitution of cysteine 105 by valine and an additional 8 amino acid nonhomologous peptide extension on the mutant protein (C105V, 114X). The mutation destroys a disulfide bond essential for normal protein conformation and bioactivity and leads to an unstable heterodimer (33-38,11,39,40,12,41,42).

 

Table 1. Mutations in the Beta Subunit Gene Responsible for Congenital Isolated Central Hypothyroidism

Mutation of TSHB

Consequence of mutation on TSH heterodimer formation

G29R (31)

Prevents dimer formation modifying the CAGYC region

E12X (33)

Truncated TSH beta subunit unable to associate with alpha chain

C105V, 114X (41)

Destruction of a disulfide bond, non-homologous carboxyterminus. Change of amino acid sequence in the “seat belt” region leads to unstable heterodimer

Q49X (37)

Truncated TSH beta subunit forming a bio-inactive heterodimer with the alpha chain

IVS2+5A (39)

Base substitution at intron 2 (position +5) with shift of the translational start point to an out of frame position of exon 3 resulting in a truncated transcript

C85R (43)

T to C transition at codon 85 of exon 3 resulting in a change of cysteine to arginine, preventing the formation of a functional heterodimer with the alpha subunit

C162GA (12)

G to A change at the 5’ donor splice site of exon/intron 2 transition causing a (CGACGG) polymorphism, which although per se silent, disrupts the 5’ consensus sequence critical for splicing and causes complete skipping of exon 2

C88Y (12)

323G>A transition resulting in a C88Y change. This cysteine residue is conserved among all pituitary and placental glycoprotein hormone-beta subunits and the loss alters the conformation and intracellular degradation

 

The understanding of the relationship between molecular structure and biological activity of TSH recently allowed the synthesis of TSH variants designed by site-directed mutagenesis with either antagonist (43) or superagonist (44) activity that potentially offer novel therapeutic alternatives. More recently, newly chemically modified compounds with low molecular-weight and able to antagonize the TSH receptor have been reported (45,46). These drugs may possess agonist or antagonist properties. Indeed, a non peptidic antagonist, therefore devoid of intrinsic immunogenicity, might be very useful in the treatment of Graves’ disease and other forms of hyperthyroidism, such as TSH-secreting pituitary adenomas, Graves’ orbitopathy, and activating mutations of the TSH receptor (47,48).

 

Other Thyrotropic Hormones

 

A second thyrotropic hormone formed by a heterodimer of two distinct glycoprotein subunits (glycoprotein hormone alpha 2-subunit - GPA2 and glycoprotein hormone beta 5-subunit - GPB5) has been identified in the human pituitary and called thyrostimulin (49-53). Thyrostimulin has a sequence similarity of 29% with the alpha and 43% with the beta subunit and is able to activate the TSH-R (54,18). Although it has been hypothesized that it could account for the residual stimulation of thyroid gland observed in patients with central hypothyroidism (55), its physiological role is still unknown. The GPA2/GPB5 heterodimer is localized in extrapituitary tissues such as the eye, testis, bone, and ovary (54,56,57), while the anterior pituitary expresses almost exclusively GPA2 (54). In the rat ovary, thyrostimulin activates the TSH-R expressed in granulosa cells suggesting a potential paracrine activity (56).

 

Regulation of TSH Synthesis and Secretion        

 

The major regulators of TSH production are represented by the inhibitory effects of thyroid hormone (58) and by the stimulatory action of TRH. As shown in Fig. 5, T3 acts via binding to the nuclear thyroid hormone receptor β2 isoform present in thyrotrophs, and T4 mainly acts via its intra-pituitary or intra-hypothalamic conversion to T3, although a direct negative effect of T4 independent from local T3 generation on TSHB gene expression has been documented (59). Both thyroid hormones directly regulate the synthesis and release of TSH at the pituitary level and indirectly affect TSH synthesis via their effects on TRH and other neuropeptides. TRH is the major positive regulator of hTSHB gene expression and mainly acts by activating the phosphatidylinositol-protein kinase C pathway. Other hormones/factors are also implicated in the complex regulation of TSHB gene expression, as detailed below.

Figure 5. Basic elements in the regulation of thyroid function. TRH is a necessary tonic stimulus to TSH synthesis and release. TRH synthesis is regulated directly by thyroid hormones. T4 is the predominant secretory product of the thyroid gland, with peripheral deiodination of T4 to T3 in the liver and kidney supplying roughly 80% of the circulating T3. Both circulating T3 and T4 directly inhibit TSH synthesis and release independently, T4 after conversion to T3.  SRIH, somatostatin

 

EFFECTS OF THYROID HORMONE ON TSH SYNTHESIS

 

In animal models, thyroid hormone administration is followed by a marked decrease of both alpha and TSHB subunit mRNA expression (60,61), but TSHB is suppressed more rapidly and more completely than the alpha subunit. In humans with primary hypothyroidism a paradoxical increase of serum TSH concentration has been observed shortly after beginning thyroid hormone replacement therapy, followed later by TSH suppression (62). The precise mechanism for this phenomenon has not been fully elucidated: it could be due to a generalized defect in protein synthesis as a consequence of hypothyroidism, or to the presence of a still unrecognized stimulatory thyroid hormone cis-acting element (see below). Thyroid hormone regulation of TSHB subunit transcription is complex and, at least in the rat and mouse, involves control of gene transcription at both start sites of the gene (Fig. 6) (62-69). Studies of the human, rat and mouse TSHB genes have demonstrated that they contain DNA hexamer half sites with strong similarity to the T3 response elements (TREs) found in genes which are positively regulated by thyroid hormone (70-72). The sequences in the TSHB gene are shown in Fig. 6 and their similarity to the typical hexamer binding sites in positively regulated genes and in the rat CGA gene is demonstrated by comparison to the TRE sequences from positively regulated genes (73). In keeping with this concept, T3 exerts similar negative activity on rat GH3 cells transfected with plasmids constructs containing the putative negative TRE of the rat TSHB gene or containing a half-site motif of the consensus positive TRE (74,75,73,69,76). The conserved TRE-like sequences are the best candidate sites in the TSHB gene to which the T3 receptor (TR) binds. The subsequent binding of T3 to TR-DNA complexes suppresses transcription of both the CGA and TSHB genes (77,66,73,69). The inhibitory effect of thyroid hormone is observed with all alpha and beta isoforms of TR, but TR-beta2 (a TR isoform with pituitary and central nervous system-restricted expression) is affected most substantially (78). This in vitro observation is in keeping with a series of in vivo data obtained in transgenic and knockout mice with generalized or pituitary-selective expression of mutated TR isoform genes. Knockout mice for TR-alpha 1 develop only minor abnormalities in circulating T4 and TSH concentration (79), while mice lacking both beta1 and beta2 isoforms (beta-null) develop increased serum T4 and TSH level, but retain partial TSH suppression by T3 administration (80,81). Mice selectively lacking the TR-beta2 isoform develop hormonal abnormalities similar to TR-beta-null animals, indicating a key role of TR-beta2 as a mediator of T3-dependent negative regulation (82). On the other hand, the residual T3-dependent TSH suppression observed in mice lacking TR-beta isoforms suggests that TR-alpha 1 may partially substitute for TR-beta in mediating T3 suppression: accordingly, mice lacking all (alpha and beta) TR isoforms develop dramatic increases in circulating T4 and TSH concentration, indicating that a complete expression of all TR isoforms is required for normal regulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary thyroid axis (83-85). Further studies have been carried out with models of mice expressing selectively at the pituitary (83,86) and hypothalamic (87) level different combinations of double homozygous or combined heterozygous deletions of both TR-alpha and TR-beta genes. These studies confirmed the key role of TR-beta integrity both at the pituitary and hypothalamic level for the inhibition of TSHB and TRH gene expression. TR-alpha however, may partially substitute for TR-beta in mediating a partial thyroid hormone dependent TSH suppression.

 

Figure 6. DNA sequences of the putative TREs in the rat, mouse, and human TSHB gene promoters. A comparison of the proximal promoter regions of the rat, mouse, and human TSHB genes is shown. The straight arrows denote TRE consensus half-sites identified by functional and TR binding assays. The first exons (relative to the downstream promoter for the rat and mouse genes) are shaded, and the bent arrows denote the sites of transcription initiation.  Note a nine-nucleotide deletion in the human gene relative to the rodent genes indicated by the triangle just 5' of the transcriptional start site. (Reproduced from Chin et al. (69) with permission.)

 

The negative transcription conferred by TSH beta TRE sequences is retained even if they are transferred to a different gene or placed in a different position within a heterologous gene (88,89,73,90). This suggests that the negative transcriptional response to thyroid hormone is intrinsic to this TRE structure. In contrast with positive TREs, little is known about the mechanism of T3-dependent negative regulation of genes like TSHB. The data discussed above clearly show the crucial role of the TR-beta in the negative regulation of TSH synthesis. Like for positive TREs, it has been recently established that TR binding to DNA is required for negative gene regulation (91). Early experiments suggested that unliganded TR homodimers stimulate the expression of TSH beta (an effect that is a mirror image of the silencing effect on positive TREs), but the methodology employed was not adequate to study the low level of basal TSHB transcriptional activity. The use of CV1 cell lines containing the TSH beta CAT (chloramphenicol acetyltransferase) reporter allowed a more accurate study of the molecular mechanisms involved in the liganded TR suppression (92). In this experimental system, TSHB gene suppression was dependent on the amounts of T3 and TR, but unliganded TR did not stimulate TSH beta activity, suggesting that TR itself is not an activator. Moreover, recruiting of co-activators and co-repressors were shown to be not necessarily essential, but are required for full suppression of the TSHBa gene (92).

 

In contrast to the potentiating activity exerted on stimulatory TREs, retinoid X receptors (RXR) either unliganded or in combination with retinoic acid (RA) block thyroid hormone-mediated inhibition of the TSHB gene, possibly through competition with the TR-T3 complex binding to DNA (93,76,94,92). However, RA is also able to suppress TSHB gene expression when bound to RAR and RXR interacting with response elements separate from negative TREs (95,96). Taken together, these findings imply that distinct mechanisms are involved in thyroid hormone dependent inhibition and stimulation of TSH synthesis (97,98). Indirect support for this concept derives from the identification of patients with selective pituitary thyroid hormone resistance carrying TR mutations associated with normal or enhanced function on stimulatory TREs in peripheral tissues, but defective function on inhibitory TREs of the TSHB and TRH genes (99).  

 

Another peculiar feature of the negative TSH beta TRE is that its 5' portion (Fig. 6) displays high homology with the consensus sequence of binding sites for c-Jun and c-Fos, which heterodimerize to form the transcription factor called AP-1. This makes the negative TSH beta TRE a "composite element" able to bind both thyroid hormone receptors and AP-1 (100,101,90,99). Since AP-1 antagonizes the inhibition exerted by thyroid hormone in vitro, it may act as a modulator of TRH-dependent regulation of the TSHB gene in vivo (90). The role of other important TSHB gene activity modulators (such as Pit-1 and its splice variants) will be discussed later. Other abnormalities of the mechanisms involved in the negative feed-back on TSH by thyroid hormones could be involved in rare pathological conditions of difficult identification and diagnosis.

 

Since unliganded TR does not behave as an activator of the TSHB gene, other mechanisms are involved in the increase in TSH production observed in hypothyroidism. In the hypothyroid rat TSH production is increased 15 to 20-fold over that in the euthyroid state. This can be attributed to the stimulatory effects of TRH (see below) unopposed by the negative effects of T3; moreover, besides the transcription rate per cell, there is a 3 to 4 fold increase in the absolute number of thyrotrophs in the hypothyroid pituitary (102). Electron microscopic studies have shown near total depletion of secretory granules in the thyrotrophs of hypothyroid animals, a change that is reversed soon after administration of thyroid hormone (103).

 

THYROID HORMONE EFFECTS ON RELEASE OF TSH

 

The acute administration of T3 to the hypothyroid rat causes a rapid and marked decrease in the level of serum TSH (58,104) (Fig. 7). This decrease occurs prior to the decrease in pituitary alpha and beta-TSH mRNAs (104,61,105). During the period that circulating TSH is falling, pituitary TSH content remains unchanged or increases slightly (106). The suppression of TSH release is rapid, beginning within 15 minutes of intravenous T3 injection, but is preceded by the appearance of T3 in pituitary nuclei (106). In the experimental setting in the rat, as the bolus of injected T3 is cleared and the plasma T3 level falls, nuclear T3 decreases followed shortly by a rapid increase in plasma TSH. Both the chronological and quantitative relationships between receptor bound T3 and TSH release are preserved over this time (106).

 

Figure 7. Time course of specific pituitary nuclear T3 binding and changes in plasma TSH in hypothyroid rats after a single intravenous injection of 70 ng T3 per 100 g of body weight.  Since the maximal capacity of thyroid hormone binding in pituitary nuclear proteins is about 1 ng T3/mg DNA, the peak nuclear T3 content of 0.44 ng T3/mg corresponds to 44% saturation.  The plasma level falls to about 55% of its initial basal level by 90 minutes after T3 injection demonstrating that there is both a chronological and a quantitative correlation between nuclear T3 receptor saturation and suppression of TSH release. (From Silva and Larsen (107) with permission).

 

The mechanism for this effect of T3 is unknown. As discussed before, suppression of basal TSH release is difficult to study in vitro. Accordingly, the T3 induced blockade of TRH-induced TSH release has been used as a model for this event. This T3 effect is inhibited by blockers of either protein or mRNA synthesis (108,109). The effect is not specific for TRH since T3 will also block the TSH release induced by calcium ionophores, phorbol ester, or potassium (110,111). Furthermore, T3 will also block the TRH-induced increase in intracellular calcium which precedes TSH release (112). Thus, T3 inhibits TSH secretion regardless of what agent is used to initiate that process.

 

T4 can cause an equally rapid suppression of TSH via its intrapituitary conversion to T3 (104) (Fig. 5). This T4 to T3 conversion process is catalyzed by the deiodinase type 2.  An effect of T4 per se can be demonstrated if its conversion to T3 is blocked by a general deiodinase inhibitor such as iopanoic acid (113,104). In this case, the T4 in the cell rises to concentrations sufficient to occupy a significant number of receptor sites even though its intrinsic binding affinity for the receptor is only 1/10 compared to T3. A similar effect can be achieved by rapid displacement of T4 from its binding proteins by flavonoids (114). It seems likely, however, that under physiological circumstances the feedback effects of T4 on TSH secretion and synthesis can be accounted for by its intracellular conversion to T3.

 

The effect of suppressive doses of T3, T4 and triiodothyroacetic acid on serum TSH has been evaluated in humans by ultrasensitive TSH assays (115). TSH suppression was shown to be a complex, biphasic, nonlinear process, with three temporally distinct phases: phase 1, a rapid TSH suppression, starting after 1 h and lasting for 10-20 h; phase 2, slower suppression, starting between 10 and 20 h and lasting for 6-8 weeks; and phase 3, with stable low TSH level (<0.01 mU/L). This pattern of thyroid hormone suppression of TSH is reproducible and independent of the basal thyroid status or the thyroid hormone analog used.

 

Based on the analyses of the sources of nuclear T3 in the rat pituitary, one would predict that approximately half of the feedback suppression of TSH release in the euthyroid state can be attributed to the T3 derived directly from plasma; the remainder accounted for by the nuclear receptor bound T3 derived from intrapituitary T4 to T3 conversion (104). Various physiological studies in both rats and humans confirm this concept in that a decrease in either T4 or T3 leads to an increase in TSH. The effect of T4 is best illustrated in the iodine deficient rat model (Fig. 8). 

Figure 8. Serum T3, T4, and TSH concentrations (mean ± SD) in rats receiving a low iodine diet (LID), with or without potassium iodide (KI) supplementation in the drinking water. (From Riesco et al. (116) with permission)

 

In this paradigm, rats are placed on a low iodine diet and serum T3, T4, and TSH quantitated at frequent times thereafter (116). Even though serum T3 concentrations remain constant, there is a marked increase in TSH as the serum T4 falls. In humans, severe iodine deficiency produces similar effects (117). The most familiar example of the independent role of circulating T4 in suppression of TSH is found in patients in the early phases of primary hypothyroidism in whom serum T4 is slightly reduced, serum T3 is normal or even increased into the high normal range, but serum TSH is elevated (118,119) (Table 2).

 

Table 2 . Serum concentration of total thyroid hormones and TSH in patients with primary hypothyroidism of increasing severity

 

 

 

TSH (mU/L)

Group*

T4 ug/dl

T3 ng/dl

Basal

After 200 ug TRH

Control

7.1±0.9

115±31

1.3±0.5

11±4.6

1

6-9

119±40

5.3±2.3

39±15

2

4-6

103±20

13±10

92±50

3

2-4

101±35

63±56

196±120

4

<2

43±28

149±144

343±326

Results are mean ± SD.  *Patients were categorized according to the severity of thyroid disease based on serum total T4 concentrations. (Adapted from Bigos et al. (118) with permission)

 

THE ROLE OF THYROTROPIN RELEASING HORMONE (TRH) IN TSH SECRETION

 

TRH is critical for the synthesis and secretion of TSH either in the presence or absence of thyroid hormones. Destruction of the parvo-cellular region of the rat hypothalamus, which synthesizes the TRH relevant for TSH regulation, causes hypothyroidism (120,121). Hypothalamic TRH synthesis is in turn regulated by thyroid hormones and thus TRH synthesis and release are an integral part of the feedback loop regulating thyroid status (see Fig. 5). TRH also interacts with thyroid hormone at the thyrotroph raising the set-point for thyroid hormone inhibition of TSH release (120). The data supporting these general concepts are reviewed in subsequent sections.

 

Control of Thyrotroph-Specific TRH Synthesis  

 

TRH is synthesized as a large pre-pro-TRH protein in the hypothalamus and in several tissues, such as the brain, the beta cells of the pancreas, the C cells of the thyroid gland, the myocardium, reproductive organs including the prostate and testis, in the spinal cord, and in the anterior pituitary (122,123,120,124-127). Recent investigations employing sophisticated techniques such as fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry and gas phase sequence analysis showed that most TRH immunoreactivity found in extrahypothalamic tissues is actually accounted by TRH-immunoreactive peptides displaying different substitutions of the amino-acid histidine of authentic TRH, which could be active in autocrine/paracrine networks involving also extrapituitary TSH secretion (127). On the other hand, pituitary TSH production is dependent only on TRH synthesized in specific areas of the paraventricular nucleus (PVN) (Fig. 9), located at the dorsal limits of the third ventricle (128). In particular, TRH neurons are almost exclusively found in the parvicellular part of the PVN and, while TRH-synthesizing neurons are found in all parvicellular subdivisions of the PVN, hypophysiotropic TRH neurons are located exclusively in the periventricular and medial subdivisions (Fig. 9).

Figure 9. Distribution of TRH-synthesizing neurons in the PVN. Low power micrographs (A–C) illustrate the TRH neurons at three rostrocaudal levels of the PVN. Schematic drawings (D–F) illustrate the subdivisions of the PVN where hypophysiotropic TRH neurons are localized (gray). AP, anterior parvocellular subdivision; DP, dorsal parvocellular subdivision; LP, lateral parvocellular subdivision; MN, magnocellular part of PVN; MP, medial parvocellular subdivision, PV, periventricular parvocellular subdivision; III, third ventricle. (From Fekete & Lechan (128) with permission)

 

Hypophysiotropic TRH neurons project their axons to the median eminence, where TRH is released and drained to the anterior pituitary through the long portal veins (128). Although paracrine and autocrine activity has been recently described for TRH secreted in the anterior pituitary (129), the physiological relevance of pituitary TRH is unknown. The human pre-pro-TRH molecule is a protein of 29 kDa containing 6 progenitor sequences for TRH (130-132). These six peptides consist of a Gln-His-Pro-Gly peptide preceded and followed by Lys-Arg or Arg-Arg di-peptides. The basic di-peptides are the cleavage sites for release of the tetra-peptide progenitor sequence. The glycine residue is the source of the terminal amide for the proline residue of TRH (Fig. 4). In addition to the pro-TRH peptides which are released from the pre-pro TRH molecule, intervening non-TRH peptides which have potential physiological function are co-released (133). In particular, the prepro-TRH fragment 160-169, also known as hST10, TRH-enhancing peptide, and Ps4 (134,135) is able to stimulate TSHB gene expression and to enhance the TRH-induced release of TSH and prolactin (PRL) from the pituitary (136,137,134,138Ps4). Ps4 high affinity receptors have been shown within several extrapituitary neural tissues and other endocrine systems (mainly in the pancreas and the male reproductive system), and targeted pre-pro TRH gene disruption results in hyperglycemia besides the expected hypothyroidism (134). Another pre-proTRH peptide (fragment 178-199) (139,140). appears to be a modulator of ACTH secretion, although the physiological relevance of this phenomenon is unknown. The prepro-TRH processing is mostly mediated by the prohormone convertases PC1 and PC2, and takes place during axonal transport after removal of the signal peptide (138). Subsequent cleavages occur as the peptides move down the axon toward the nerve terminal, from which TRH is released into the hypothalamic-pituitary portal plexus (120,121).

 

Thyroid hormones exert strong negative regulation on TRH synthesis at the hypothalamic level (141-145). Increases in TRH mRNA levels occur during primary or central hypothyroidism and implantation of a small crystal of T3 adjacent to the PVN results in a decrease in TRH mRNA (143). This regulation is observed in vivo exclusively in the parvo-cellular division of the PVN (142,143) (whose neurons contain the functional TR isoforms alpha1, beta2 and beta1 (146)), while in tissues outside the central nervous system expressing the TRH gene, negative regulation by thyroid hormone is absent (147). TR beta2 is the key isoform responsible for T3-mediated feedback regulation by hypophysiotropic TRH neurons (148). Targeted disruption of TR beta2 expression results in increased TRH mRNA expression in the PVN, similar to that found in hypothyroidism. In contrast to the anterior pituitary, where ablation of TR beta2 or the entire TR beta allele produces only partial TH resistance (80,81), the lack of TR beta is associated with a complete resistance of the modulation of TRH synthesis exerted by severe hypo- or hyperthyroidism (148).

 

The physiological source of the T3 causing downregulation of TRH mRNA in the hypothalamus is the subject of ongoing investigations. Somewhat surprisingly, the PVN does not contain the type 2 5' iodothyronine deiodinase (D2) which is thought to be the source of at least 80% of the intracellular T3 in the central nervous system (104,149). However, studies with T3 containing mini-pumps implanted into thyroidectomized rats indicate that, for normalization of circulating TSH and hypothalamic pre-pro-TRH mRNA, T3 concentrations about twice normal have to be maintained in rat plasma (144). Thus, for both systems (TRH and TSH), feedback regulation requires a source of T3 in addition to that provided by the ambient levels of this hormone. While this T3 seems likely to be produced locally from T4, the main anatomical location of such a process has been identified only more recently in the specialized ependymal cells called tanycytes lining the floor and the infralateral wall of the third ventricle between the rostral and caudal poles of the median eminence and the infundibular recess (150,128). Tanycytes are one of the major sources of D2, with D2 mRNA expressed in the cell bodies, in the processes, and in their end feet (128). Originally believed to only serve as part of the blood-brain barrier, tanycytes have complex functions including an active role in endocrine regulation. In particular, T3 locally produced by tanycytes from circulating T4 represents the primary source of T3 involved in the feed-back regulation of hypophysiotropic neurons, unable to express D2 (128). The anatomical location of tanycytes places them in a strategic position to extract T4 from the bloodstream or from cerebrospinal fluid after T4 has traversed the choroid plexus (Fig. 10). Despite their lipophilic nature, the transport of thyroid hormone into the cells require an active processes involving a long list of transporters (151). Two transporter families have been shown to be important in the transport of thyroid hormones in the brain: the monocarboxylate transporter (MCT8)(152) and the organic anion transporting polypeptide (OATP1C1)(153). Several lines of evidence support an important role of MCT8, a member of the MTC family in central nervous system thyroid hormone transport expressed primarily in neurons and in tanycytes. Data from both MCT8 KO mice and from humans with MCT8 mutations indicate that lack of functional MCT8 result in hypothyroid TRH neurons, in spite of high circulating T3 concentration, suggesting that MCT8 is necessary for physiological feed-back regulation (128).

 

Figure 10. Schematic illustration of the feedback system regulating the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis. Thyroid hormones exert negative feedback effect at the level of hypothalamic TRH neurons and of pituitary gland. The central feedback effect of thyroid hormones depends on the circulating T4 levels. In the hypothalamus, T4 is converted to T3 by D2 in tanycytes. By volume transmission, T3 secreted from tanycytes reaches the hypophysiotropic TRH neurons, where T3 inhibits the proTRH gene expression via TR-β2 receptors. The set point of the feedback regulation can be altered by two mechanisms: (i) regulation of D2 activity in tanycytes may alter the hypothalamic T3 availability independently from the peripheral T4 concentration. (ii) Neuronal afferents can alter the PCREB concentration in the hypophysiotropic TRH neurons that can change the set point of feedback regulation through competition of PCREB and thyroid hormone receptors for the multifunctional binding site (Site 4) of the TRH promoter. ARC, hypothalamic arcuate nucleus; C1-3, C1-3 adrenergic area of the brainstem; CSF, cerebrospinal fluid; DMN, hypothalamic dorsomedial nucleus; ME, median eminence; NTS, nucleus tractus solitarius; PVN, hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus; py, pyramidal tract; sp5, spinal trigeminal tract. (From Fekete & Lechan (128) with permission)

 

The synthesis of TRH is under complex transcriptional control sharing several mechanisms, besides the negative regulation by thyroid hormone, with the TSHB gene. The human TRH gene (Fig. 11) is located on chromosome 3 (3q13.3q21) (154); the 5' flanking sequence of the TRH gene has potential glucocorticoid and cyclic AMP response elements (GRE and CRE) (130). There are also potential negative TREs located in this portion of the gene which offer regulatory sites for thyroid hormone control of TRH gene transcription. The thyroid hormone negative regulatory elements of the TRH gene are localized in its 5' flanking element (-242 to +54 bp). Four sequences within this region exhibit a high degree of homology with the consensus sequences for TRE half-sites (AGGTCA) and two of them also show homology with elements implicated in negative regulation by thyroid hormone of the TSHB gene (147). In the absence of thyroid hormone, proTRH gene expression as well as prohormone convertase enzymes (PC1/3 and PC2) are increased in the PVN, while the content of TRH in the median eminence is decreased due to increased secretion of the mature hormone in the portal circulation (128). In contrast, hyperthyroidism is associated with decreased proTRH-mRNA in the PVN (128). The negative feed-back of thyroid hormones is exerted directly on hypophysiotropic TRH neurons of the PVN which express all thyroid hormone receptor isoforms. The recent availability of transgenic mice lacking either TRH, TR-beta isoforms, or both provided evidence for a pivotal role of TRH in the physiological TH feed-back on the hypothalamic pituitary-thyroid (HPT) axis (155). Double TSH and TR-beta knockout mice had reduced TH and TSH levels associated with low TSH content in pituitary thyrotrophs and both serum TSH and pituitary TSH content was increased by chronic exogenous TRH administration (156). Thus, the TRH neuron appears to be required for both TSH and TH synthesis and is the predominant locus of control of the HPT axis (155).  However, studies carried out with different animal models of congenital hypothyroidism show that the thyrotrophs exhibit hyperplasia and hypertrophy along with increased TSH mRNA expression not only in the athyreotic Pax8-/- mice, but also in TRHR1-/- Pax8-/- double-knockout mice, which miss a functional thyroid gland and the TRH receptor at the pituitary level, suggesting that the stimulation of thyrotroph proliferation and TSH synthesis is rather a direct consequence of the continue here athyroidism of the animals (157). Further studies are therefore required to determine the relative contributions of TRH and TH for bioactive pituitary TSH release.

 

As shown in Fig. 11, the TRH gene promoter contains potential binding sites for cAMP response element (CRE) binding protein (CREB), and both human and rat TRH genes are positively regulated by cAMP (147). One of the potential CREs of TRH promoter is a sequence that has overlapping TRE/CRE bases –53 to –60 bp (TGACCTCA) (147). There is evidence for competitive interactions of TR beta1 and CREB at the overlapping TRE/CRE in the TRH promoter (147). Constructs of the TRH promoter with mutations in this overlapping site prevent both the inhibition by the TR-T3 complex and the basal activation in the presence of unliganded TR, underlining the relative importance of the TRE/CRE site in relation to the other TREs in the TRH promoter (147).

Figure 11. Genomic and promoter structure of the TRH gene. The murine, rat and human TRH genes are composed of three exons and two introns (A). The coding sequence for the precursor protein is present on exons 2 and 3. As depicted, the TRH promoter region precedes the transcription start site in exon 1. The proximal 250-bp sequences of the human, mouse and rat promoters are similar and share the indicated transcription factor binding sites. The location of the CREB binding site (Site 4) and sequences in human (H), mouse (M) and rat (R) are shown. (B, C) Hypothesized schematic representation of the interaction between PCREB and the thyroid hormone receptor at Site 4. (B) Illustrates that in the presence of abundant PCREB, there may be less availability for binding of the thyroid hormone receptor/T3 complex, hence, an increase in TRH gene transcription. When PCREB concentrations fall as shown in (C), increased binding of the thyroid hormone receptor/T3 complex reduces TRH gene transcription (From Fekete & Lechan (128) with permission)

 

A glucocorticoid-responsive element (GRE) is also present in the TRH gene promoter (130). and the glucocorticoid receptor has been identified on TRH neurons of the PVN (158). The role of corticosteroids in TRH gene expression is unclear, since both inhibitory and stimulatory effects have been reported (159,160). The direct effect of glucocorticoids on TRH gene expression is generally stimulatory in vitro, but in vivo this activity may be overridden by the complex neuroendocrine reactions following glucocorticoid excess or deficiency (159).

 

TRH INTERACTION WITH PITUITARY THYROTROPHS AND WITH THYROID HORMONE

 

Although TRH (either maternal or embryonic) is not required for the normal development of fetal pituitary thyrotrophs, and TRH-deficient mice are not hypothyroid at birth, TRH is required later for the postnatal maintenance of the normal thyrotroph function (161). TRH exerts its activity binding to a specific receptor in the plasma membrane of the thyrotroph to induce the release of TSH and to stimulate TSH synthesis. The TRH receptor of several animal species (including humans) has been cloned and has been identified as a G-protein-coupled receptor with seven highly conserved transmembrane domains (162-165). Biallelic inactivating mutations in the 5’-part of the TRH receptor gene are one of the molecular causes for central congenital hypothyroidism (166-169). TRH-receptor number and mRNA are increased by glucocorticoids and decreased by thyroid hormone, as well as by TRH itself (170,171). The second messenger for induction of the thyrotroph response to TRH is intracellular Ca2+ ([Ca2+]i) (172-174). TRH was previously believed to act also through stimulation of the adenyl cyclase-cAMP pathway (120), but this mechanism has not been confirmed by studies carried out with recombinant TRH-receptor transfected in different cell systems (175). TRH activates a complex [Ca2+]i response pattern dependent upon both agonist concentration and cell context. The first phase of the TRH response is an acute increase of [Ca2+]i within the thyrotrophs via release from internal stores. This is the consequence of increased inositol triphosphate concentrations from hydrolysis of phosphatidyl inositol (PI) in the cell membrane (176,173,177,178). The hydrolysis of PI is mediated by G protein activation of phospholipase C and also generates diacylglycerol, which in turn activates intracellular protein kinase C (PKC). Stimulation of extracellular calcium influx through verapamil-sensitive channels is also observed after TRH stimulation (172,179). Both TRH and increased [Ca2+]i stimulate intracellular calcium efflux, which helps in terminating the agonist activity (177,179,180). In transfection systems in which the TSHB gene promoter has been linked to a reporter gene, both the calcium ionophore ionomycin and phorbol esters (a protein kinase C activator) stimulate TSH gene transcription, confirming the key role of these second messengers in mediating TRH activity (66). Both increased [Ca2+]i and PKC appear to be independently operative in normal thyrotrophs (181).

 

The molecular mechanism(s) underlying the stimulation of TSHB gene expression by TRH have been partially elucidated. In GH3 cells transfected with hTSHB promoter constructs, two distinct regions of the human TSHB gene responding positively to stimulation by TRH were identified between -130 and +37 bp of the gene (182-184) (Fig. 12) The 3'-region corresponds to eight bp of the first exon; the 5'-region ranged between -128 to -60 bp of the 5'-flanking region (182,183).

Figure 12. The 5’ flanking sequence of the human preproTRH gene between –192 and +58 bp. Four potential thyroid response element (TRE, boxed) and two potential CREB binding elements (CRE, underlined) are shown. One sequence (from –60 to –53 bp) consists of overlapping TRE/CRE sites (bold). (Modified from Wilber & Xu (147))

 

INACTIVATION OF TRH

 

TRH is rapidly inactivated within the central nervous system by a cell-surface peptidase called TRH-degrading ectoenzyme (TRH-DE) (185). TRH-DE is very specific, since there is no other ectopeptidase known capable of degrading TRH and TRH is the only known substrate of this unique enzyme (185). TRH-DE has been purified to homogeneity and cDNA encoding rat TRH-DE has been cloned. In rodents, pituitary TRH-DE mRNA and enzymatic activity are stringently positively regulated by thyroid hormones, and reduced by estrogens (185). This suggests that TRH-DE may act as a regulatory element modulating pituitary TSH secretion. The expression of TRH-DE in the brain is high and displays a distinct distribution pattern, but it is not influenced by peripheral hormones, supporting the concept that brain TRH-DE may act as a terminator of TRH signals (185).

OTHER FACTORS INVOLVED IN THE REGULATION OF TSH/TRH SYNTHESIS AND SECRETION

A number of other substances, including ubiquitous and pituitary or thyrotroph-specific transcription factors, hormones, neuropeptides and cytokines influence TSH synthesis and secretion of TRH (Table 3, Fig. 11&13).

 

Table 3. Predominant Effects of Various Agents on TSH Secretion

STIMULATORY

INHIBITORY

Thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH)

Thyroid hormones and analogues

Prostaglandins (?)

Dopamine

Alpha-adrenergic agonists (? Via TRH)

Somatostatin

Opioids (humans)

Gastrin

Arginine-vasopressin (AVP)

Opioids (rat)

Glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP-1)

Glucocorticoids (in vivo)

Galanin

Serotonin

Leptin

Cholecystokinin (CCK)

Glucocorticoids (in vitro)

Gastrin-releasing peptide (GRP)

 

Vasopressin (AVP)

 

Neuropeptide Y (NPY)

 

Interleukin 1 beta and 6

 

Tumor necrosis factor alpha

 

Role of Pit-1 and its Splicing Variants in the Regulation of TSHB Gene Expression

Sequence analysis of the hTSHB promoter reveals three areas with high (75-80%) homology to the consensus sequence for the pituitary-specific transcription factor Pit-1 (182,183,186,184). These areas are localized between -128 and -58 bp of the 5'-flanking region. Selective mutation analysis revealed that the integrity of these areas was needed for the stimulatory effect of either TRH or forskolin (187). Expression of an inactive mutant of Pit-1 decreases TRH stimulation of hTSHB (183) and transfection of Pit-1 in cell lines lacking this factor restores cAMP induction of the hTSHB gene (186). Taken together, these results strongly support an important role of Pit-1 in the regulation of hTSHB gene expression. Phosphorylation markedly increases the stimulatory activity of Pit-1 in TSHB gene expression (187), and TRH stimulates transient phosphorylation of Pit-1 in GH3 pituitary cells (188).

 

Further support for a role of Pit-1 in the regulation of TSHB gene expression derives from animal models (dwarf mice) and from clinical syndromes of combined pituitary hormone deficiency (CPHD) (189,167). Snell and Jackson dwarf mice lack a functioning Pit-1 protein due to a point mutation and a gross structural rearrangement in the Pit-1 gene, respectively (190). Both species show low serum concentration of GH, prolactin and TSH associated with the loss of somato-, lacto- and thyrotropic pituitary cells. Several Pit-1 point mutations and a deletion of the entire coding sequence have been described in patients with CPHD: the effects on TSH secretion differ with the localization of the mutation, but generally result in central hypothyroidism (191-194,94,189,195,196). Finally, the important role of Pit-1 in the control of TSH synthesis and secretion has been documented by the finding that circulating Pit-1 antibodies are associated with combined GH, prolactin, and TSH deficiency, the so called “anti-PIT-1 antibody syndrome” (197-200).

 

Although important, the role of Pit-1 for cell-specific expression of TSHB is not as clear as with the GH and PRL genes (201,184). Attention has been focused on thyrotropin-specific transcription factors, including Pit-1 splicing variants. Of those, a variant called Pit-1T (containing a 14 amino-acid insertion in the transactivation domain) is found only in thyrotropic cells expressing TSHB and it increases TSHB promoter activity when transfected in non-thyrotropic cells expressing wild type Pit-1 (202,203). These results suggest that the combination of both Pit-1 and Pit-1T may have a synergistic stimulatory effect on TSHB promoter activity (204).

Other Transcription Factors Involved in TSHB Gene Expression

 

As stated above, the transcription factor AP-1 may be involved in modulating regulation of TSHB gene expression mediated by thyroid hormone (Fig. 13). Accordingly, a potential AP-1 binding site is present between -1 to +6 bp of the TSHB gene (184), and the integrity of this site is required for maximal stimulation of  the hTSHB gene (205). Haugen et al. (206) described a new 50 kd thyrotroph-specific protein whose binding together with Pit-1 is needed for optimal basal expression of the mouse TSHB gene; this factor was subsequently identified as the transcription factor GATA-2 (207). GATA-2 stimulates the mouse TSHB promoter synergistically with Pit-1 and is needed for optimal TSHB gene basal activity. Another pituitary-specific protein (P-Lim), which binds and activates the common glycoprotein hormone alpha subunit promoter, also synergizes with Pit-1 in the transcriptional activation of the TSHB gene in mice (208). Moreover, characterization of the dwarfed Ames (df) mouse led to the cloning of the paired-like homeodomain factor Prop-1 (Prophet of Pit-1) (209). PROP-1 is necessary for Pit1 expression. Biallelic mutations in the human PROP-1 gene have been identified as a further cause of CPHD phenotype affecting somatotropes, lactotropes, and thyrotropes (210,189,167,211).

 

Figure 13. The regulatory region of human TSHB gene (see text for details)

 

cAMP

 

An increase in intracellular cAMP stimulates expression of both the common CGA and TSHB subunit genes (182). In contrast to the TRH gene, this action of cAMP is probably not mediated through direct binding of CREB to a CRE sequence, but by promoting Pit-1 phosphorylation with subsequent activation of the TSHB promoter  (183,186).

Steroid Hormones

 

Steroid hormones including corticosteroids, estrogen and testosterone modulate TSHB gene expression. Dexamethasone in pharmacological doses decreases serum TSH concentrations in normal subjects (212), in patients (213), and rats (214) with TSH-secreting pituitary adenomas, but does not significantly change TSH subunit mRNA levels (214). This suggests that glucocorticoids may act on TSH biosynthesis at a translational or post-translational level. Furthermore, as discussed before for the TRH gene, several other neuroendocrine mechanisms may participate in vivo in the modulation of TSH synthesis and secretion by glucocorticoids. In keeping with this concept, it has been shown in humans that enhanced hypothalamic somatostatinergic and dopaminergic inhibitory activities are involved in the glucocorticoid-dependent blunting of the TSH response to TRH (215).

 

Estrogens and testosterone have limited direct effects on TSH synthesis and secretion in humans. Estrogens mildy reduce mRNA levels coding for the alpha and beta TSH subunits in hypothyroid rats (216), perhaps interacting with the same response elements involved in thyroid hormone regulation. Testosterone has similar effects, at least in part explained by its peripheral conversion to estrogen (217).

Other Hormones, Neuropeptides and Cytokines

 

Somatostatin, the major physiological inhibitor of GH secretion, is also an inhibitor of TSH secretion in rats and humans (218-220). The physiological relevance of this inhibition is suggested by studies carried out with antibodies to somatostatin whose administration in rats increases serum TSH in basal conditions and after TRH or cold-exposure (212). Indirect evidence for a physiological role of somatostatin in the regulation of TSH secretion has been obtained in humans by the demonstration that stimulation of the endogenous somatostatin tone by oral glucose inhibits TSH response to TRH (221). The TSH-inhibiting activity of somatostatin is an acute phenomenon, while long-term treatment with somatostatin analogues does not cause hypothyroidism in man (222,223), presumably because the effects of the initial decrease in serum thyroid hormone concentration overrides the inhibitory effects of somatostatin. Somatostatin binds to five distinct types of receptors expressed in the anterior pituitary and brain and differing in binding specificities, molecular weight, and linkage to adenylyl cyclase (224). Binding of somatostatin to its receptor causes activation of Gi proteins which in turn inhibit adenylyl cyclase. Somatostatin also induces cellular hyperpolarization via modulation of voltage-dependent potassium channels (225). This mechanism is cAMP-independent and leads to a fall of [Ca2+]i by reducing extracellular calcium influx (226).

 

In animal models, TSH secretion is affected by other hypothalamic hormones: in particular, corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) stimulates TSH secretion in chickens (227) through an interaction with CRH-receptor-2 (228), and melanin-concentrating hormone (MCH) suppresses in vivo and in vitro TSH release in rats (229).

 

Neurotransmitters are important direct and indirect modulators in TSH synthesis and secretion. A complex network of neurotransmitter neurons terminates on cells bodies of hypophysiotropic neurons and several neurotransmitters (such as dopamine) are directly released into hypophysial portal blood exerting direct effects on anterior pituitary cells. Furthermore, many dopaminergic, serotoninergic, histaminergic, catecolaminergic, opioidergic, and GABAergic systems project from other hypothalamic/brain regions to the hypophysiotropic neurons involved in TSH regulation. These projections are important for a normal TSH circadian rhythm, response to stress, and cold exposure, while basal TSH secretion is mainly regulated by intrinsic hypothalamic activity (230-232). Despite the difficulty to precisely identify the relative contributions of different neurotransmitter systems in the regulation of TSH secretion, the role of some of them (particularly dopamine and catecholamines) has been rather well defined.

 

Dopamine, acting via the DA2 class of dopamine receptors, inhibits TSH synthesis and release; similarly, to somatostatin, this activity is exerted through a decrease in adenylate cyclase (233-235). Dopamine also inhibits mRNA coding for alpha and TSHB subunits and gene transcription in cultured rat anterior pituitary cells (77). In contrast, with its inhibitory activity at the thyrotroph level, dopamine at the hypothalamic levels stimulates both TRH and somatostatin release (236,237), with an opposite effect on TSH secretion.

 

In contrast to dopamine, adrenergic activation positively regulates TSH secretion. Central stimulation of alpha-adrenergic pathways increases TSH release in rats, presumably through stimulation of TRH secretion. Furthermore, alpha1 adrenergic agonists also enhance TSH release from pituitary cells in vitro by mechanisms which are independent of those activated by TRH (238,239,236,237). It is thought that alpha-adrenergic activity on thyrotrophs is linked to adenylate cyclase activation since agents increasing intracellular cyclic AMP in these cells can increase TSH release (240-242).

 

Opioids inhibit TSH secretion in rats and this action is blocked by the antagonist naloxone (243), while in humans they appear to exert a stimulatory effect, especially on the nocturnal TSH surge (244,232).  Several other neuropeptides may affect TSH secretion in vivo or in vitro. Cholecystokinin (CCK) (245), gastrin-releasing peptide (GRP) (246), and neuropeptide Y (NPY) (247) exert inhibitory effects, while arginine-vasopressin (AVP) (248), glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) (249), galanin (250), and leptin (251,252) stimulate TSH secretion. Although the precise physiological role of these peptides remains to be clarified, it has been recently suggested that they may be important in connecting nutrition status and thyroid function (253), as discussed in more detail later.

 

Cytokines have recently been demonstrated to have important effects on TRH or TSH release. Both interleukin 1 beta (IL-1 beta) and tumor necrosis factor alpha (cachectin) inhibit TSH basal release (254-257), while no inhibition is observed on TSH response to TRH (258), and this effect is independent of thyroid hormone uptake or receptor occupancy. At the same time, IL-1 beta stimulates the release of corticotropin-releasing hormone and activates the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (259). Interleukin-1 beta is produced in rat thyrotrophs, and this production is markedly increased by bacterial lipopolysaccharide (260,261). It could thus reduce TSH secretion by either autocrine or paracrine mechanisms. The IL-1 beta-dependent cytokine interleukin 6 (IL-6) exerts similar inhibitory effects on TSH secretion. Both IL-1 beta and IL-6 acutely inhibit TSH release from the thyrotrophs, while IL-1 beta (but not IL-6) also decreases hypothalamic TRH mRNA and gene expression (262,146,263). Both IL-1 beta and IL-6 stimulate 5’-deiodinase activity in cultured pituitary cells (264), suggesting that increased intrapituitary T4T3 conversion may be involved in the inhibitory activity on TSH production. IL-6 is produced by the folliculo-stellate cells of the anterior pituitary (265,266), and, like IL-1 beta may regulate TSH release in a paracrine fashion (263,259). As discussed later, increased concentrations of circulating pro-inflammatory cytokines are involved in the alterations of hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis observed in non-thyroidal illnesses.

 

SIRT1, a NAD-dependent deacetylase, has been proven to be important for TSH secretion by thyrotrophic cells by the SITR1-phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate 5-kinase-gamma pathway (267).

 

In summary, an intricate set of relationships within and outside the central nervous system controls the TRH-producing neurons in the medial basal hypothalamus. Alterations in any of these mechanisms can influence TRH and consequently TSH release (Fig 13 and 14). The relative importance in human physiology of these neural pathways, which have been directly studied only in animal models, is unknown.

Figure 14. Schematic representation of the main factors interacting in the regulation of TSH synthesis and secretion (DA: dopamine; SS: somatostatin; α-AD: α adrenergic pathways). Red arrows: stimulation; blue blunted arrows: inhibition

 

SHORT AND ULTRA SHORT-LOOP FEEDBACK CONTROL OF TSH SECRETION

 

In additional to the classic negative feed-back of thyroid hormone on TSH and TRH secretion detailed in the above paragraphs, evidence is accumulating that pituitary TSH is able to inhibit TRH secretion at the hypothalamic level (short feedback) and TSH secretion at the pituitary level (ultra-short feedback) (268). Early observations of inhibition of TSH secretion by injection of pituitary extracts have been recently corroborated by the demonstration of TSH receptor expression (together with other pituitary hormone receptors) in the hypothalamus (269,270) and in the folliculo-stellate cells of the adenohypophysis (271). The precise physiological role of short and ultra-short feedback in controlling TRH/TSH secretion remains to be elucidated. It may be speculated that they concur in the fine tuning of the homeostatic control and in the generation of the pulsatility of TSH secretion. The possibility that thyroid-stimulating autoantibodies present in Graves’ disease recognize hypothalamic and pituitary TSH receptors has also been suggested to explain suppressed serum TSH levels in some euthyroid Graves’ patients (268).

Summary of the Main Steps Involved in the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Thyroid (HPT) Axis

 

An attempt to summarize the main steps involved in the feedback regulation of the HPT axis is illustrated in Fig 14 (128). Thyroid hormones inhibit the effects of TRH on TSH release without interfering with TRH binding to its receptors, but exerting complex negative transcriptional and post-transcriptional activities on TSH synthesis and secretion discussed above. Several factors other than thyroid hormones are involved in the fine regulation of HPT axis as depicted in Fig. 13 and described in more detail in the following paragraphs.

 

PHYSIOLOGICAL REGULATION OF TSH SECRETION IN HUMANS

 

A number of experimental paradigms have been used to mimic clinical situations that affect the hypothalamic-pituitary thyroid axis in man. However, with the exception of the studies of thyroid status and iodine deficiency, such perturbations have limited application to humans due to differences in the more subtle aspects of TSH regulation between species. For example, starvation is a severe stress and markedly reduces TSH secretion in rats, but only marginally in humans. Cold stress increases TSH release in adult rats by alpha-adrenergic stimulation, while this phenomenon is usually not observed in the adult human. Thus, it is more relevant to evaluate the consequences of various pathophysiological influences on TSH concentrations in humans rather than to extrapolate from results in experimental animals. This approach has the disadvantage that, in many cases, the precise mechanism responsible for the alteration in TSH secretion cannot be identified. This deficit is offset by the enhanced relevance of the human studies for understanding clinical pathophysiology.

 

Table 4.  Common Polymorphisms Related to Serum Thyroid Hormones and TSH Variation (270)

Gene

Polymorphism

Effect on serum

 

 

TSH

T4

T4/T3

T3

rT3

T3/rT3

TSHR

rs10149689 A/G*

­

=

=

=

=

=

 

rs12050077 AG

­

=

=

=

=

=

DIO1

D1a-C/T

=

 

 

¯

­

¯

 

D1b-A/G

=

 

 

­

¯

 

 

rs2235544 C/A

=

 

 

­

¯

­

DIO2

D2-ORFa-Asp3

=

­1

=

=

=

=

 

Thr92Ala

=

=

=

=

=

=2

 

rs225014 C/T

=

=

=

=

=

=3

THRB

TRHB-in9 A/G

(­)

=

=

=

=

=

PDE8B

rs4704397 A/G

­

=

=

=

=

=

* Alleles associated with the specified trait are reported in bold; 1 Only in young subjects;

2 Influence L-T4 dose needed to normalize serum TSH in hypothyroid patients; 3 Influence psychological well-being of hypothyroid patients on L-T4 therapy

 

Normal Physiology

 

The concentration of TSH can now be measured with exquisite sensitivity using immunometric techniques (see below). In euthyroid humans, this concentration ranges from 0.4-0.5 to 4.0-5.0 mU/L. This normal range is to some extent method-dependent in that the various assays use reference preparations of slightly varying biological potency. The glycosylation of circulating TSH is different from that of standard TSH, thus preventing the calculation of a precise molar equivalent for TSH concentrations (272,273). Recently, a narrower range (0.5-2.5 mU/L) has been proposed in order to exclude subjects with minimal thyroid dysfunction, particularly subclinical hypothyroidism (274), but the issue is still controversial (275). Moreover, data form large epidemiological studies mostly carried out in iodine sufficient countries like the USA, suggest that age together with racial/ethnic factors may significantly affect the respective “normal” TSH range, with higher levels for older Caucasian subjects (276,277). These data differ from the findings previously reported in selected small series of healthy elderly subjects (278) suggesting an age-associated trend to lower serum TSH concentrations (see below). The reason(s) for such discrepancies are still not understood. Independently from the “true” normal range of serum TSH, there is substantial evidence that this is genetically controlled, the heritability being estimated between 40-65% (279).  As reported in Table 4, polymorphisms of several genes encoding potentially involved in the control of HPT axis show a significant association with serum TSH concentrations (280) and PDE8B, a gene encoding a high-affinity phosphodiesterase catalyzing the hydrolysis and inactivation of cAMP, has been shown by genome-wide association study to be one of the most important (281).

 

The free alpha subunit is also detectable in serum with a normal range of 1 to 5 µg/L, but free TSHB is not detectable (4,282). Both the intact TSH molecule and the alpha subunit increase in response to TRH. The alpha subunit is also increased in post-menopausal women; thus, the level of gonadal steroid production needs to be taken into account in evaluating alpha subunit concentrations in women. In most patients with hyperthyroidism due to TSH-producing thyrotroph tumors, there is an elevation in the ratio of the alpha subunit to total TSH (4,16,283,182,184). In the presence of normal gonadotropins, this ratio is calculated by assuming a molecular weight for TSH of 28,000 and of 13,600 Da for the alpha subunit. The approximate specific activity of TSH is 0.2 mU/mg. To calculate the molar ratio of alpha subunit to TSH, the concentration of the alpha subunit (in ug/L) is divided by the TSH concentration (in mU/L) and this result multiplied by 10. The normal ratio is <1.0 and it is usually elevated in patients with TSH-producing pituitary tumors but it is normal in patients with thyroid hormone resistance unless they are post-menopausal (284).

 

The volume of distribution of TSH in humans is slightly larger than the plasma volume, the half-life is about 1 hour, and the daily TSH turnover between 40 and 150 mU/day (283). Patients with primary hypothyroidism have serum TSH concentrations greater than 5 and up to several hundred mU/L (118). In patients with hyperthyroidism due to Graves' disease or autonomous thyroid nodules, TSH is suppressed with levels which are inversely proportional to the severity and duration of the hyperthyroidism, down to levels as low as <0.004 mU/L (285-287).

 

TSH secretion in humans is pulsatile (288-290). The pulse frequency is slightly less than 2 hours and the amplitude approximately 0.6 mU/L. The TSH pulse is significantly synchronized with PRL pulsatility: this phenomenon is independent of TRH and suggests the existence of unidentified underlying pulse generator(s) for both hormones (291). The frequency and amplitude of pulsations increases during the evening reaching a peak at sleep onset, thus accounting for the circadian variation in basal serum TSH levels (292,293). The maximal serum TSH is reached between 21:00 and 02:00 hours and the difference between the afternoon nadir and peak TSH concentrations is 1 to 3 mU/L. Sleep prevents the further rise in TSH as reflected in the presence of increases in TSH to 5-10 mU/ml during sleep deprivation (294,295). The circadian variation of TSH secretion is probably the consequence of a varying dopaminergic tone modulating the pulsatile TSH stimulation by TRH (296). Interestingly, TSH molecules secreted during the night are less bioactive and differently glycosylated than those circulating in the same individual during the day, thus explaining why thyroid hormone levels do not rise after the nocturnal TSH surge (296). There is convincing evidence seasonal change in basal TSH (297), but there are no gender-related differences in either the amplitude or frequency of the TSH pulses (290). The diurnal rhythmicity of serum TSH concentration is maintained in mild hyper- and hypothyroidism, but it is abolished in severe short-term primary hypothyroidism, suggesting that the complete lack of negative feedback to the hypothalamus or pituitary or both may override the central influences on TSH secretion (298).

 

TSH in Pathophysiological States

 

NUTRITION

 

In the rat, starvation causes a marked decrease in serum TSH and thyroid hormones.  While there is an impairment of T4 to T3 conversion in the rat liver due to a decrease in both thiol co-factor and later in the Type 1 deiodinase (302-304), the decrease in serum T3 in the fasted rat is primarily due to the decrease in T4 secretion consequent to TSH deficiency (304,305). In humans, starvation and moderate to severe illness are also associated with a decrease in basal serum TSH, pulse amplitude and nocturnal peak (306-310). In the acutely-fasted man, serum TSH falls only slightly and TRH responsiveness is maintained, although blunted (311,312). This suggests that the thyrotroph remains responsive during short-term fasting and that the decrease in TSH is likely due to changes secondary to decreased TRH release. There is evidence to support this in animal studies, showing reduced TRH gene expression in fasted rats (313,314). Administration of anti-somatostatin antibodies prevents the starvation induced serum TSH falls in rats, suggesting a role for hypothalamic somatostatinergic pathways (315). However, fasting-induced changes in dopaminergic tone do not seem to be sufficient to explain the TSH changes (315,309).

 

Recent studies provide compelling evidence that the starvation-induced fall in leptin levels (Fig. 15) plays a major role in the decreased TSH and TSH secretion of fasted animals and, possibly, humans (251,316,317). This concept stems from the observation that administration of leptin prevents the starvation-induced fall of hypothalamic TRH (318). The mechanisms involved in this phenomenon include decreased direct stimulation by leptin of TRH production by neurons of the PVN (251,319), as well as indirect effects on distinct leptin-responsive neuroendocrine circuits communicating with TRH neurons (318,320). The direct stimulatory effects of leptin on TRH production are mediated by binding to leptin receptors, followed by STAT3 activation and subsequent binding to the TRH promoter (321,322). One of the latter circuits has been identified in the melanocortin pathway, a major target of leptin action. This pathway involves 2 ligands expressed in distinct populations of arcuate nucleus neurons in the hypothalamus [the alpha-MSH and the Agouti receptor protein (AgRP)] and the melanocortin 4 receptor (MC4R) on which these ligands converge, but exert antagonistic effects (stimulation by alpha-MSH; inhibition by AgRP). Leptin activates MC4R by increasing the agonist alpha-MSH and by decreasing the antagonist AgRP and this activation is crucial for the anorexic effect of leptin. The specific involvement of the melanocortin pathway in TRH secretion is suggested by the presence of alpha-MSH in nerve terminals innervating hypothalamic TRH neurons in rat (128) and human (323) brains and by the ability of alpha-MSH to stimulate and of AgRP to inhibit hypothalamus-pituitary thyroid axis both in vitro and in vivo (319). The activities of alpha-MSH and AgRP on the thyroid axis are fully mediated by MCR4, as shown by experiments carried out in MCR4 knock out mice (324). Fasting may inhibit the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis also via the orexigenic peptide NPY, which inhibits TRH synthesis by activation of Y1 and Y5 receptors in hypophysiotropic neurons of the hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus (325). At least two distinct populations of NPY neurons innervate hypophysiotropic TRH neurons (326), suggesting that NPY is indeed an important regulator of the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis.

 

A further contributing cause to the decreased TSH release in fasting may be an abrupt increase in the free fraction of T4 due to the inhibition of hormone binding by free fatty acids (327). This would cause an increase in pituitary T4 and, hence, in pituitary nuclear T3. Fasting causes a decrease in the amplitude of TSH pulses, not in their frequency (328).

 

Ingestion of food results in an acute decline of the serum TSH concentration: this is the consequence of meal composition, rather than stomach distension (329). Long-term overfeeding is associated to a transient increase of serum T3 concentration and a sustained increased response of TSH to TRH (330).

 

Taken together, the above data provide compelling evidence that the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis is tightly related to the mechanisms involved in weight control. In keeping with this concept, several epidemiological studies suggest that small differences in thyroid function may be important for the body mass index and the occurrence of obesity in the general population (331-334).

 

ILLNESS

 

The changes in circulating TSH which occur during fasting are more exaggerated during illness. In moderately ill patients, serum TSH may be slightly reduced but the serum free T4 does not fall and is often mildly increased (327,335-337). However, if the illness is severe and/or prolonged, serum TSH will decrease and both serum T4 (and of course T3) decrease during the course of the illness. This may be due to a decreased pulse amplitude and nocturnal TSH secretion (338-341). Since such changes are short-lived, they do not usually cause symptomatic hypothyroidism. They are often associated with an impaired TSH release after TRH (306). However, the illness-induced reductions in serum T4 and T3 will often be followed by a rebound increase in serum TSH as the patient improves. This may lead to a transient serum TSH elevation in association with the still subnormal levels of circulating thyroid hormones and thus be mistaken for primary hypothyroidism (342). On occasion, a transient TSH elevation occurs while the patient is still ill. The pathophysiology of this apparent resistance of the thyroid gland to TSH is not clear (343), although this phenomenon could be the consequence of reduced TSH bioactivity, possibly a consequence of abnormal sialylation (344). The transient nature of these changes is reflected in normalization of the pituitary-thyroid axis after complete recovery. It is currently not clearly established whether the above abnormalities in hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis during critical illness reflect an adaptation of the organism to illness or instead a potentially harmful condition leading to hypothyroidism at the tissue level (345,346).

 

NEUROPSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS

 

Certain neuropsychiatric disorders may also be associated with alterations in TSH secretion.  In patients with anorexia nervosa or depressive illness, serum TSH may be reduced and/or TRH-induced TSH release blunted (347). Such patients often have decreases in the nocturnal rise in TSH secretion (293). The etiology of these changes is not known although it has been speculated that they are a consequence of abnormal TRH secretion (348,349). The latter is supported by observations that TRH concentrations in cerebrospinal fluid of some depressed patients are elevated (350,351). There may be a parallel in such patients between increases in TRH and ACTH secretion (352). The increased serum T4 and TSH levels sometimes found at the time of admission to psychiatric units is in agreement with this concept (353,349).

 

MECHANISMS INVOLVED IN THE HYPOTHALAMIC-PITUITARY-THYROID AXIS SUPPRESSION IN NON-THYROIDAL ILLNESSES    

 

The precise mechanism(s) underlying the suppression of the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis in severe illnesses are only partially known. Evidence for a direct involvement of TRH-producing neurons in humans has been recently provided by the demonstration of low levels of TRH mRNA in the PVN of patients who died of non-thyroidal disease (354). Alterations in neuroendocrine pathways including opioidergic, dopaminergic and somatostatinergic activity have been suggested, but in acutely ill patients the major role appears to be played by glucocorticoids (355) (See below for a more detailed discussion). Activation of pro-inflammatory cytokine pathways is another mechanism potentially involved in the suppression of TSH secretion in nonthyroidal illness. As discussed earlier, IL-1 beta, TNF-alpha and IL-6 exert in vivo and in vitro a marked inhibitory activity on TRH-TSH synthesis/secretion. High levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines (particularly IL-6 and TNF-alpha) have been described in sera of patients with non-thyroidal illnesses (356,357,262,358,359). Serum cytokine concentration is directly correlated with the severity of the underlying disease and to the extent of TSH and thyroid hormone abnormalities observed in these patients. Furthermore, cytokines also affect thyroid hormone secretion, transport and metabolism providing all the characteristics to be considered important mediators of thyroid hormone abnormalities observed in non-thyroidal illness (360-362).

 

EFFECTS OF HORMONES AND NEUROPEPTIDES

Dopamine and Dopamine Agonists  

 

Dopamine and dopamine agonists inhibit TSH release by mechanisms discussed earlier.  Dopamine infusion can overcome the effects of thyroid hormone deficiency in the severely ill patient, suppressing the normally elevated TSH of the patient with primary hypothyroidism nearly into the normal range (235,363). Dopamine causes a reduction of the amplitude of TSH pulsatile release, but not in its frequency (328). However, chronic administration of dopamine agonists, for example in the treatment of prolactinomas, does not lead to central hypothyroidism despite the fact that there is marked decrease in the size of the pituitary tumor and inhibition of prolactin secretion.

 

Glucocorticoids  

 

The acute administration of pharmacological quantities of glucocorticoids will transiently suppress TSH (364-366). The mechanisms responsible for this effect may act both at the hypothalamic and pituitary level, as discussed above. Direct evidence of suppressed TRH synthesis was provided by an autopsy study showing reduced hypothalamic TRH mRNA expression in subjects treated with corticosteroids before death (367). TSH secretion recovers and T4 production rates are generally not impaired. In Cushing's syndrome, TSH may be normal or suppressed and, in general, there is a decrease in serum T3 concentrations relative to those of T4 (366). High levels of glucocorticoids inhibit basal TSH secretion slightly and may influence the circadian variation in serum TSH (222). Perhaps as a reflection of this, a modest serum TSH elevation may be present in patients with Addison's disease (368,369). TSH normalizes with glucocorticoid therapy alone if primary hypothyroidism is not also present. Similar to patients treated with long-acting somatostatin analogs, patients receiving long-term glucocorticoid therapy do not have a sustained reduction of serum TSH nor does hypothyroidism develop, because of the predominant effect of reduced thyroid hormone secretion in stimulating TSH secretion (370).

Gonadal Steroids

 

Aside from the well described effects of estrogen on the concentration of thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG), estrogen and testosterone have only minor influences on thyroid economy. In contrast with the mild inhibitory activity on alpha and beta TSH  subunits expression described in rats(216), in humans TSH release after TRH is enhanced by estradiol treatment perhaps because estrogens increase TRH receptor number (371,372). Treatment with the testosterone analog, fluoxymesterone, causes a significant decrease in the TSH response to TRH in hypogonadal men (373), possibly due to an increase in T4 to T3 conversion by androgen (374). This and the small estrogen effect may account for the lower TSH response to TRH in men than in women although there is no difference in basal TSH levels between the sexes. This is one of the few instances where there is not a close correlation between basal TSH levels and the response to TRH (see below).

 

Growth Hormone (GH) 

 

The possibility that central hypothyroidism could be induced by GH replacement in GH-deficient children was raised in early studies (375,376). However, these patients received human pituitary GH which in some cases was contaminated with TSH, perhaps inducing TSH antibodies. Nonetheless, in a cohort of children treated with recombinant hGH (rhGH) and affected with either idiopathic isolated GHD or MPHD, it was demonstrated that in the former the decrease in serum FT4 levels was not of clinical relevance, while in the latter a clear state of central hypothyroidism was seen in more than a half of the children (377). Concerning adults with GHD treated with rhGH, contradictory results have been reported. One study showed no significant changes in TSH concentrations during rhGH therapy of adults with GH deficiency (378). Later on, in two studies, thyroid function was evaluated in a large cohort of patients with adult or childhood onset of severe GHD. In 47% and 36% of euthyroid subjects, independently from rhGH dose, serum FT4 clearly fell into the hypothyroid range and some of these patients reported symptoms of hypothyroidism (375,376). Such results underline that, in adults as well as in children with organic GHD, rhGH therapy unmasks a state of central hypothyroidism, hidden by the condition of GHD itself.

 

In conclusion, GH does cause an increase in serum free T3, a decrease in free T4, and an increase in the T3 to T4 ratio in both T4-treated and T4 untreated patients. This suggests that the GH-induced increase in IGF-I stimulates T4 to T3 conversion. In keeping with this concept, IGF-I administration in healthy subjects is followed by a fall in serum TSH concentration (379).

 

Catecholamines  

 

Different from the rat, there is scanty evidence of an adrenergic control of TSH secretion in humans. Acute infusions of alpha or beta adrenergic blocking agents or agonists for short periods of time do not affect basal TSH (380,381), although a small stimulatory activity for endogenous adrenergic pathways is suggested by other studies (382,383). Furthermore, there is no effect of chronic propranolol administration on TSH secretion even though there may be modest inhibition of peripheral T4 to T3 conversion if amounts in excess of 160 mg/day are given (384). Evidence of a tonic inhibition of TSH secretion mediated by endogenous catecholamines has been obtained in women during the early follicular phase of the menstrual cycle (385).

 

The Response of TSH to TRH in Humans and the Role of Immunometric TSH Assays

 

More than 4 decades ago, application of ultrasensitive TSH measurements to the evaluation of patients with thyroid disease has undergone a revolutionary change.  This is due to the widespread application of the immunometric TSH assay. This assay uses monoclonal antibodies which bind one epitope of TSH and do not interfere with the binding of a second monoclonal or polyclonal antibody to a second epitope. The principle of the test is that TSH serves as the link between an immobilized antibody binding TSH at one epitope and a labelled (radioactive, chemiluminescent or other tag) monoclonal directed against a second portion of the molecule. This approach has improved both sensitivity and specificity by several orders of magnitude. Technical modifications have led to successive "generations" of TSH assays with progressively greater sensitivities (218,316). The first generation TSH assay was the standard radioimmunoassay which generally has lower detection limits of 1-2 mU/L. The "second" generation (first generation immunometric) assay improved the sensitivity to 0.1-0.2 mU/L and “third" generation assays further improved the sensitivity to approximately 0.005 mU/L.  From a technical point-of-view, the American Thyroid Association recommendations are that third generation assays should be able to quantitate TSH in the 0.010 to 0.020 mU/L range on an interassay basis with a coefficient of variation of 20% or less (386). As assay sensitivity has improved, the reference range has not changed, remaining between approximately 0.5 and 5.0 mU/L in most laboratories.  However, the TSH concentrations in the sera of patients with severe thyrotoxicosis secondary to Graves' disease have been lower with each successive improvement in the TSH assays: using a fourth-generation assay, the serum TSH is <0.004 mU/L in patients with severe hyperthyroidism (287,387).

 

The primary consequence of the availability of (ultra)sensitive TSH assays is to allow the substitution of a basal TSH measurement for the TRH test in patients suspected of thyrotoxicosis (388,285,389,286,287). Nonetheless, it is appropriate to review the results of TRH tests from the point-of-view of understanding thyroid pathophysiology, particularly in patients with hyperthyroidism or autonomous thyroid function. In healthy individuals, bolus i.v. injection of TRH is promptly followed by a rise of serum TSH concentration peaking after 20 to 30 minutes. The magnitude of the TSH peak is proportional to the logarithm of TRH doses between 6.25 up to ³400 ug, is significantly higher in women than in men, and declines with age (390,391). The individual TSH response to TRH is very variable and declines after repeated TRH administrations at short time intervals (391). In the presence of normal TSH bioactivity and adequate thyroid functional reserve, serum T3 and T4 also increase 120-180 minutes after TRH injection (391). There is a tight correlation between the basal TSH and the magnitude of the TRH-induced peak TSH (Fig. 12) Using a normal basal TSH range of 0.5 to 5 mU/L, the TRH response 15 to 20 minutes after 500 ug TRH (intravenously) ranges between 2 and 30 mU/L. The lower responses are found in patients with lower (but still normal) basal TSH levels (287). These results are quite consistent with older studies using radioimmunoassays (392). When the TSH response to TRH of all patients (hypo-, hyper- and euthyroid) is analyzed in terms of a "fold" response, the highest response (approximately 20-fold) occurs at a basal TSH of 0.5 mU/L and falls to less than 5 at either markedly subnormal or markedly elevated basal serum TSH concentrations (Fig. 16) (287). Thus, a low response can have two explanations.  The low response in patients with hyperthyroidism and a reduced basal TSH is due to refractoriness to TRH or depletion of pituitary TSH as a consequence of chronic thyroid hormone excess. In patients with primary hypothyroidism, the low fold-response reflects only the lack of sufficient pituitary TSH to achieve the necessary increment over the elevated basal TSH.

Figure 16. Relationship between basal and absolute (TRH stimulated-basal TSH) TRH-stimulated TSH response in 1061 ambulatory patients with an intact hypothalamic-pituitary (H-P) axis compared with that in untreated and T4-treated patients with central hypothyroidism. (From Spencer et al. (287) with permission)

 

Although, as stated before, the clinical relevance of the TRH test is presently limited, there are still some conditions in which the test may still be useful. These include subclinical primary hypothyroidism, central hypothyroidism (25), the syndromes of inappropriate TSH secretion (393) and non-thyroidal illnesses.

 

In patients with normal serum thyroid hormone concentrations and borderline TSH, an exaggerated TSH response to TRH not followed by an adequate increase in serum thyroid hormone levels may confirm the presence of subtle primary hypothyroidism (391).

 

An abnormal relationship between the basal TSH and the TRH-response is found in patients with central hypothyroidism. Here the fold TSH response to TRH is lower than normal (371,23,287). Again, however, TRH testing does not add substantially to the evaluation of such patients in that the diagnosis of central hypothyroidism is established by finding a normal or slightly elevated basal TSH in the presence of a significantly reduced free T4 concentration. While statistically (287) lower and sometimes delayed increments in TSH release after TRH infusion are found in patients with pituitary as opposed to hypothalamic hypothyroidism, the overlap in the TSH increments found in patients with these two conditions is sufficiently large (371,23,24,394), so that other diagnostic technologies, such as MRI, must be used to provide definitive localization of the lesion in patients with central hypothyroidism. It should be recalled that the TRH test may be useful in the diagnosis and follow-up of several pituitary disorders, but the discussion of this point is beyond the purpose of this chapter.

 

The TRH test still provides fundamental information in the differential diagnosis of hyperthyroidism due to TSH-secreting adenomas from syndromes with non-neoplastic TSH hypersecretion due to pituitary selective or generalized thyroid hormone resistance. In all the above conditions, increased or “inappropriately normal” serum TSH concentrations are observed in the presence of elevated circulating thyroid hormone levels. However, in most (>90%) of TSH-secreting adenomas serum TSH does not increase after TRH, while TRH responsiveness is observed in >95% of patients with nontumoral inappropriate TSH secretion (283,213,391).

 

Perhaps of most interest pathophysiologically is the response to TRH in patients with non-thyroidal illness and either normal or low free T4 indices (Fig. 12). Results from these patients fit within the normal distribution in terms of the relationship between basal TSH (whether suppressed or elevated) and the fold-response to TRH.  Thus the information provided by a TRH infusion test adds little to that obtained from an accurate basal TSH measurement (395). With respect to the evaluation of sick patients, while basal TSH values are on average higher than in patients with thyrotoxicosis, there is still some overlap between these groups (396,337,287,397). This indicates that even with second or third generation TSH assays, it may not be possible to establish that thyrotoxicosis is present based on a serum TSH measurement in a population which includes severely ill patients.

 

CLINICAL APPLICATION OF TSH MEASUREMENTS AND SUMMARY

 

Table 5 lists conditions in which basal TSH values may be altered as practical examples of the pathophysiology of the hypothalamic-pituitary thyroid axis.

 

Table 5. Conditions which May be Associated with Abnormal Serum TSH Concentrations

 

Expected TSH (mU/L)

Thyroid

Status

FT4

TSH reduced

 

 

 

1. Hyperthyroidism

<0.1

­

­, T3

2. “Euthyroid” Graves’ disease

0.2-0.5

N (­)

N(T3­)

3. Autonomous nodules

0.2-0.5

N (­)

N(T3­)

4. Excess thyroid hormone treatment

0.1-0.5

N,­

N,­

5.   Other forms of subclinical hyperthyroidism (including thyroiditis variants)

0.1-0.5

N,­

N,­

6. Illness with or without dopamine

0.1-5.0

N

­, N,¯

7. First trimester pregnancy

0.2-0.5

N (­)

N (­)

8. Hyperemesis gravidarum

0.2-0.5

N (­)

­(N)

9. Hydatidiform mole

0.1-0.4

­

­

10. Acute psychosis or depression (rare)

0.4-10

N

N (­)

11. Elderly (small fraction)

0.2-0.5

N

N

12. Cushing’s syndrome and glucocorticoids excess (inconsistent)

0.1-0.5

N

N

13. Retinoid X receptor-selective ligands

0.01-0.2

¯

¯

14. Various forms of central hypothyroidism

<0.1-0.4

¯

¯

15.  15. Congenital TSH deficiency

    a) Pit-1 mutations

    b) PROP1 mutations

    c) Mutations of TSHB gene in CAGYC region

    d) Skipping of TSHB gene exon 2

    e) Inactivating mutation of TRH receptor gene

 

0

0

0

 

0

1-2   ¯  ¯

 

 

 

¯

¯

¯

 

¯

 

¯

¯

¯

 

¯

 

TSH Elevated

 

 

 

1. Primary hypothyroidism

6-500

¯

¯

2. Resistance to TSH

 

6->100

 

N,¯

 

N,¯

3. Recovery from severe illness

5-30

N

N,¯

4. Iodine deficiency

6-150

N,¯

¯

5. Thyroid hormone resistance

1-15

N (¯,­)

­

6. Thyrotroph tumor

3-30

­

­

7. Central (“tertiary”) hypothyroidism

1-19

¯

¯

8. Psychiatric illness (especially bipolar disorders)

0.4-10

N

N

9. Test artifacts (endogenous anti-mouse gamma-globulin antibodies as well as “macroTSH”)

10-500

N

N

10.  10. Addison’s disease

 

5-30

 

N

 

N

 

 

Clinical Situations Associated with Subnormal TSH Values

 

The most common cause of a reduced TSH in a non-hospitalized patient is thyroid hormone excess. This may be due to endogenous hyperthyroidism or excess exogenous thyroid hormone. The degree of suppression of basal TSH is in proportion to the degree and duration of the thyroid hormone excess. The reduced TSH is the pathophysiological manifestation of the activation of the negative feedback loop.

 

While a low TSH in the presence of elevated thyroid hormones is logical, it results from multiple causes. Prolonged excessive thyroid hormone levels cause physiological "atrophy" of the thyroid stimulatory limb of the hypothalamic-pituitary thyroid axis. Thus, TRH synthesis is reduced, TRH mRNA in the PVN is absent, TRH receptors in the thyrotroph may be reduced, and the concentration of TSH beta and alpha subunits and both mRNAs in the thyrotroph are virtually undetectable. Therefore, it is not surprising that several months are usually required for the re-establishment of TSH secretion after the relief of thyrotoxicosis. This is especially observed in patients with Graves' disease after surgery or radioactive iodine, in whom TSH remains suppressed despite a rapid return to a euthyroid or even hypothyroid functional status (398,399).  Since TRH infusion will not increase TSH release in this situation, it is clear that the thyrotroph is transiently dysfunctional (400). A similar phenomenon occurs after excess thyroid hormone treatment is terminated, and after the transient hyperthyroidism associated with subacute or some variants of autoimmune thyroiditis, though the period of suppression is shorter under the latter circumstances (401). This cause of reduced circulating thyroid hormones and reduced or normal TSH should be distinguishable from central hypothyroidism by the history.

 

Severe illness is a common cause of TSH suppression although it is not often confused with thyrotoxicosis. Quantitation of thyroid hormones will generally resolve the issue (327). Patients receiving high-dose glucocorticoids acutely may also have suppressed TSH values although chronic glucocorticoid therapy does not cause sufficient TSH suppression to produce hypothalamic-pituitary hypothyroidism (see above).

 

Exogenous dopamine suppresses TSH release. Infusion of 5-7.5 mg/kg/min to normal volunteers causes an approximately 50% reduction in the concentrations of TSH and consequent small decreases in serum T4 and T3 concentrations (363). In critically ill patients, this effect of dopamine can be superimposed on the suppressive effects of acute illness on thyroid function, reducing T4 production to even lower levels (357). Dopamine is sufficiently potent to suppress TSH to normal levels in sick patients with primary hypothyroidism (363). This needs to be kept in mind when evaluating severely ill patients for this condition. Dopamine antagonists such as metoclopramide or domperidone cause a small increase in TSH in humans. However, somewhat surprisingly, patients receiving the dopamine agonist bromergocryptine do not become hypothyroid. Although L-dopa causes a statistically significant reduction in the TSH response to TRH, patients receiving this drug also remain euthyroid (370).

 

Studies in animals have suggested that pharmacological amounts of retinoids may decrease serum TSH concentration (see also paragraph “Effect of Thyroid Hormone on TSH Secretion”) (402,96). Severe central hypothyroidism associated with very low serum TSH concentration has been reported in patients with cutaneous T-cell lymphoma treated with high-dose bexarotene, a retinoid X receptor-selective ligand able to suppress TSH secretion (403).

 

hCG may function as a thyroid stimulator. During pregnancy, hCG stimulates the thyroid gland of the mother resulting in the typical transient decrease of the TSH levels during the first trimester (0.2 - 0.4 mU/L). Pathologic hCG secretion can result in frank, often mild, hyperthyroidism in patients with choriocarcinomas or molar pregnancies (404).

 

Patients with acute psychosis or depression and those with agitated psychoses may have high thyroid hormone levels and suppressed or elevated TSH values.  The etiology of the alterations in TSH are not known. Those receiving lithium for bipolar illness may also have elevated TSH values due to impairment of thyroid hormone release. Patients with underlying autoimmune thyroid disease or multi-nodular goiter are especially susceptible (405). A small fraction of elderly patients, particularly males, have subnormal TSH levels with normal serum thyroid hormone concentrations. It is likely that this reflects mild thyrotoxicosis if it is found to be reduced on repeated determinations.

 

Congenital central hypothyroidism with low serum TSH may result from mutations affecting TSHB gene or the Pit-1 gene (see paragraphs “The Thyroid-Stimulating Hormone Molecule”,  “Role of Pit-1 and its splicing variants in the regulation of TSHB gene expression” and “Other Transcription Factors Involved in TSHB Gene Expression”.

 

 

Causes of an Elevated TSH

 

Primary hypothyroidism is the most common cause of an elevated serum TSH. The serum free T4 is low normal or reduced in such patients but the serum free T3 values remain normal until the level of thyroid function has markedly deteriorated (118). Another common cause of an elevated TSH in an iodine-sufficient environment is the transient elevation which occurs during the recovery phase after severe illness (342,343). In such patients a "reawakening" of the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis occurs pari passu with the improvement in their clinical state. In general, such patients do not have underlying thyroid dysfunction. Iodine deficiency is not a cause of elevated TSH in Central and North America but may be in certain areas of Western Europe, South America, Africa and Asia.

 

The remainder of the conditions associated with an elevated TSH are extremely rare. Inherited (autosomal recessive) forms of partial (euthyroid hyperthyrotropinemia) or complete (congenital hypothyroidism) TSH resistance have been described associated with inactivating biallelic point mutations of the TSH receptor gene (406,407). Interestingly, inherited dominant forms of partial TSH resistance have also been described in the absence of TSH receptor gene mutations (408,409). The underlying molecular defect(s) remain(s) to be elucidated in such cases. More frequently, in a patient who has an elevated serum FT4, the presence of TSH at normal or increased levels should lead to a search for either resistance to thyroid hormone or a thyrotroph tumor. Hypothalamic-pituitary dysfunction may be associated with normal or even modest increases in TSH and are explained by the lack of normal TSH glycosylation in the TRH-deficient patient. The diagnosis is generally made by finding a serum free T4 index which is reduced to a greater extent than expected from the coincident serum TSH. Psychiatric illness may be associated with either elevated or suppressed TSH levels, but the abnormal values are not usually in the range normally associated with symptomatic thyroid dysfunction. The effect of glucocorticoids to suppress TSH secretion has already been mentioned. This is of relevance in patients with Addison's disease in whom TSH may be slightly elevated in the absence of primary thyroid disease.

 

Lastly, while most of the artifacts have been eliminated from the immunometric TSH assays, there remains the theoretical possibility of an elevated value due to the presence of endogenous anti-mouse gamma globulin antibodies (410,411). These heterophilic antibodies, like TSH, can complex the two TSH antibodies resulting in artificially elevated serum TSH assay results in euthyroid patients. Such artifacts can usually be identified by finding non-linear results upon assay of serial dilutions of the suspect serum with that from patients with a suppressed TSH. Moreover, the possible presence of “macro TSH” should be investigated in patients with high levels of TSH, normal circulating free thyroid hormones and absence of clinical signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism (410,411). Macro TSH is a large molecular-sized TSH that is mostly a complex of TSH and IgG. Precipitation of the serum with PEG and measurement of TSH in the supernatant is mandatory to confirm the presence of macro TSH, a procedure that is similar to that documenting the presence of macro PRL (412-415).

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Shupnik MA, Ridgway EC, Chin WW. Molecular biology of thyrotropin. Endocr Rev 1989;10:459-475
  2. Grossmann M, Weintraub BD, Szkudlinski MW. Novel insights into the molecular mechanisms of human thyrotropin action: structural, physiological, and therapeutic implications for the glycoprotein hormone family. Endocr Rev 1997;18:476-501
  3. Ridgway EC, Weintraub BD, Maloof F. Metabolic clearance and production rates of human thyrotropin. J Clin Invest 1974;53:895-903
  4. Kourides IA, Re RN, Weintraub BD, Ridgway EC, Maloof F. Metabolic clearance and secretion rates of subunits of human thyrotropin. J Clin Invest 1977;59:508-516
  5. Naylor SL, Chin WW, Goodman HM, Lalley PA, Grzeschik KH, Sakaguchi AY. Chromosome assignment of genes encoding the alpha and beta subunits of glycoprotein hormones in man and mouse. Somatic Cell Genet 1983;9:757-770
  6. Burnside J, Buckland PR, Chin WW. Isolation and characterization of the gene encoding the alpha-subunit of the rat pituitary glycoprotein hormones. Gene 1988;70:67-74
  7. Gordon DF, Wood WM, Ridgway EC. Organization and nucleotide sequence of the gene encoding the beta-subunit of murine thyrotropin. DNA 1988;7:17-26
  8. Carr FE, Need LR, Chin WW. Isolation and characterization of the rat thyrotropin beta-subunit gene. Differential regulation of two transcriptional start sites by thyroid hormone. J Biol Chem 1987;262:981-987
  9. Tatsumi K, Hayashizaki Y, Hiraoka Y, Miyai K, Matsubara K. The structure of the human thyrotropin beta-subunit gene. Gene 1988;73:489-497
  10. Wondisford FE, Radovick S, Moates JM, Usala SJ, Weintraub BD. Isolation and characterization of the human thyrotropin beta-subunit gene. Differences in gene structure and promoter function from murine species. J Biol Chem 1988;263:12538-12542
  11. McDermott MT, Haugen BR, Black JN, Wood WM, Gordon DF, Ridgway EC. Congenital isolated central hypothyroidism caused by a "hot spot" mutation in the thyrotropin-beta gene. Thyroid 2002;12:1141-1146.
  12. Baquedano MS, Ciaccio M, Dujovne N, Herzovich V, Longueira Y, Warman DM, Rivarola MA, Belgorosky A. Two novel mutations of the TSH-beta subunit gene underlying congenital central hypothyroidism undetectable in neonatal TSH screening. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2010;95:E98-103
  13. Magner JA. Thyroid-stimulating hormone: biosynthesis, cell biology, and bioactivity. Endocr Rev 1990;11:354-385
  14. Magner JA. Biosynthesis, cell biology, and bioactivity of thyroid-stimulating hormone: update 1994. In: Braverman L, Refetoff S, eds. Endocrine Reviews Monograph. Vol 3. Rockville: The Endocrine Society; 1994:55.
  15. Weintraub BD, Stannard BS, Magner JA, Ronin C, Taylor T, Joshi L, Constant RB, Menezes-Ferreira MM, Petrick P, Gesundheit N. Glycosylation and posttranslational processing of thyroid-stimulating hormone: clinical implications. Recent Prog Horm Res 1985;41:577-606
  16. Weintraub BD, Stannard BS, Linnekin D, Marshall M. Relationship of glycosylation to de novo thyroid-stimulating hormone biosynthesis and secretion by mouse pituitary tumor cells. J Biol Chem 1980;255:5715-5723
  17. Lapthorn AJ, Harris DC, Littlejohn A, Lustbader JW, Canfield RE, Machin KJ, Morgan FJ, Isaacs NW. Crystal structure of human chorionic gonadotropin. Nature 1994;369:455-461
  18. Kleinau G, Krause G. Thyrotropin and homologous glycoprotein hormone receptors: structural and functional aspects of extracellular signaling mechanisms. Endocr Rev 2009;30:133-151
  19. Amir SM, Kubota K, Tramontano D, Ingbar SH, Keutmann HT. The carbohydrate moiety of bovine thyrotropin is essential for full bioactivity but not for receptor recognition. Endocrinology 1987;120:345-352
  20. Menezes-Ferreira MM, Petrick PA, Weintraub BD. Regulation of thyrotropin (TSH) bioactivity by TSH-releasing hormone and thyroid hormone. Endocrinology 1986;118:2125-2130
  21. Gesundheit N, Fink DL, Silverman LA, Weintraub BD. Effect of thyrotropin-releasing hormone on the carbohydrate structure of secreted mouse thyrotropin. Analysis by lectin affinity chromatography. J Biol Chem 1987;262:5197-5203
  22. Taylor T, Weintraub BD. Altered thyrotropin (TSH) carbohydrate structures in hypothalamic hypothyroidism created by paraventricular nuclear lesions are corrected by in vivo TSH-releasing hormone administration. Endocrinology 1989;125:2198-2203
  23. Petersen VB, McGregor AM, Belchetz PE, Elkeles RS, Hall R. The secretion of thyrotrophin with impaired biological activity in patients with hypothalamic-pituitary disease. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1978;8:397-402
  24. Faglia G, Bitensky L, Pinchera A, Ferrari C, Paracchi A, Beck-Peccoz P, Ambrosi B, Spada A. Thyrotropin secretion in patients with central hypothyroidism: evidence for reduced biological activity of immunoreactive thyrotropin. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1979;48:989-998
  25. Beck-Peccoz P, Rodari G, Giavoli C, Lania A. Central hypothyroidism - a neglected thyroid disorder. Nat Rev Endocrinol 2017;13:588-598
  26. Beck-Peccoz P, Amr S, Menezes-Ferreira MM, Faglia G, Weintraub BD. Decreased receptor binding of biologically inactive thyrotropin in central hypothyroidism. Effect of treatment with thyrotropin-releasing hormone. N Engl J Med 1985;312:1085-1090
  27. Beck-Peccoz P, Persani L. Variable biological activity of thyroid-stimulating hormone. Eur J Endocrinol 1994;131:331-340
  28. Persani L, Terzolo M, Asteria C, Orlandi F, Angeli A, Beck-Peccoz P. Circadian variations of thyrotropin bioactivity in normal subjects and patients with primary hypothyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995;80:2722-2728
  29. Persani L. Hypothalamic thyrotropin-releasing hormone and thyrotropin biological activity. Thyroid 1998;8:941-946
  30. Zabczynska M, Kozlowska K, Pochec E. Glycosylation in the Thyroid Gland: Vital Aspects of Glycoprotein Function in Thyrocyte Physiology and Thyroid Disorders. Int J Mol Sci 2018;19
  31. Hayashizaki Y, Hiraoka Y, Endo Y, Miyai K, Matsubara K. Thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) deficiency caused by a single base substitution in the CAGYC region of the beta-subunit. Embo J 1989;8:2291-2296
  32. Hayashizaki Y, Hiraoka Y, Tatsumi K, Hashimoto T, Furuyama J, Miyai K, Nishijo K, Matsuura M, Kohno H, Labbe A, et al. Deoxyribonucleic acid analyses of five families with familial inherited thyroid stimulating hormone deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;71:792-796
  33. Dacou-Voutetakis C, Feltquate DM, Drakopoulou M, Kourides IA, Dracopoli NC. Familial hypothyroidism caused by a nonsense mutation in the thyroid-stimulating hormone beta-subunit gene. Am J Hum Genet 1990;46:988-993
  34. Medeiros-Neto G, Herodotou DT, Rajan S, Kommareddi S, de Lacerda L, Sandrini R, Boguszewski MC, Hollenberg AN, Radovick S, Wondisford FE. A circulating, biologically inactive thyrotropin caused by a mutation in the beta subunit gene. J Clin Invest 1996;97:1250-1256
  35. Doeker BM, Pfaffle RW, Pohlenz J, Andler W. Congenital central hypothyroidism due to a homozygous mutation in the thyrotropin beta-subunit gene follows an autosomal recessive inheritance. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1998;83:1762-1765.
  36. Heinrichs C, Parma J, Scherberg NH, Delange F, Van Vliet G, Duprez L, Bourdoux P, Bergmann P, Vassart G, Refetoff S. Congenital central isolated hypothyroidism caused by a homozygous mutation in the TSH-beta subunit gene. Thyroid 2000;10:387-391.
  37. Bonomi M, Proverbio MC, Weber G, Chiumello G, Beck-Peccoz P, Persani L. Hyperplastic pituitary gland, high serum glycoprotein hormone alpha- subunit, and variable circulating thyrotropin (TSH) levels as hallmark of central hypothyroidism due to mutations of the TSH beta gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001;86:1600-1604.
  38. Vallette-Kasic S, Barlier A, Teinturier C, Diaz A, Manavela M, Berthezene F, Bouchard P, Chaussain JL, Brauner R, Pellegrini-Bouiller I, Jaquet P, Enjalbert A, Brue T. PROP1 gene screening in patients with multiple pituitary hormone deficiency reveals two sites of hypermutability and a high incidence of corticotroph deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001;86:4529-4535.
  39. Pohlenz J, Dumitrescu A, Aumann U, Koch G, Melchior R, Prawitt D, Refetoff S. Congenital secondary hypothyroidism caused by exon skipping due to a homozygous donor splice site mutation in the TSHbeta-subunit gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2002;87:336-339.
  40. Deladoey J, Vuissoz JM, Domene HM, Malik N, Gruneiro-Papendieck L, Chiesa A, Heinrich JJ, Mullis PE. Congenital secondary hypothyroidism due to a mutation C105Vfs114X thyrotropin-beta mutation: genetic study of five unrelated families from Switzerland and Argentina. Thyroid 2003;13:553-559.
  41. Kleinau G, Kalveram L, Kohrle J, Szkudlinski M, Schomburg L, Biebermann H, Gruters-Kieslich A. Minireview: Insights Into the Structural and Molecular Consequences of the TSH-beta Mutation C105Vfs114X. Mol Endocrinol 2016;30:954-964
  42. Kalveram L, Kleinau G, Szymanska K, Scheerer P, Rivero-Muller A, Gruters-Kieslich A, Biebermann H. The Pathogenic TSH beta-subunit Variant C105Vfs114X Causes a Modified Signaling Profile at TSHR. Int J Mol Sci 2019;20
  43. Azzam N, Bar-Shalom R, Kraiem Z, Fares F. Human thyrotropin (TSH) variants designed by site-directed mutagenesis block TSH activity in vitro and in vivo. Endocrinology 2005;146:2845-2850
  44. Mueller S, Kleinau G, Szkudlinski MW, Jaeschke H, Krause G, Paschke R. The superagonistic activity of bovine thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) and the human TR1401 TSH analog is determined by specific amino acids in the hinge region of the human TSH receptor. J Biol Chem 2009;284:16317-16324
  45. Neumann S, Huang W, Titus S, Krause G, Kleinau G, Alberobello AT, Zheng W, Southall NT, Inglese J, Austin CP, Celi FS, Gavrilova O, Thomas CJ, Raaka BM, Gershengorn MC. Small-molecule agonists for the thyrotropin receptor stimulate thyroid function in human thyrocytes and mice. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2009;106:12471-12476
  46. Neumann S, Eliseeva E, McCoy JG, Napolitano G, Giuliani C, Monaco F, Huang W, Gershengorn MC. A new small-molecule antagonist inhibits Graves' disease antibody activation of the TSH receptor. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011;96:548-554
  47. Beck-Peccoz P. Antithyroid drugs are 65 years old: time for retirement? Endocrinology 2008;149:5943-5944
  48. Gershengorn MC, Neumann S. Update in TSH receptor agonists and antagonists. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2012;97:4287-4292
  49. Nakabayashi K, Matsumi H, Bhalla A, Bae J, Mosselman S, Hsu SY, Hsueh AJ. Thyrostimulin, a heterodimer of two new human glycoprotein hormone subunits, activates the thyroid-stimulating hormone receptor. J Clin Invest 2002;109:1445-1452.
  50. Karponis D, Ananth S. The role of thyrostimulin and its potential clinical significance. Endocr Regul 2017;51:117-128
  51. Hausken KN, Tizon B, Shpilman M, Barton S, Decatur W, Plachetzki D, Kavanaugh S, Ul-Hasan S, Levavi-Sivan B, Sower SA. Cloning and characterization of a second lamprey pituitary glycoprotein hormone, thyrostimulin (GpA2/GpB5). Gen Comp Endocrinol 2018;264:16-27
  52. Wang P, Liu S, Yang Q, Liu Z, Zhang S. Functional Characterization of Thyrostimulin in Amphioxus Suggests an Ancestral Origin of the TH Signaling Pathway. Endocrinology 2018;159:3536-3548
  53. Hausken K, Levavi-Sivan B. Synteny and phylogenetic analysis of paralogous thyrostimulin beta subunits (GpB5) in vertebrates. PLoS One 2019;14:e0222808
  54. Nagasaki H, Wang Z, Jackson VR, Lin S, Nothacker HP, Civelli O. Differential expression of the thyrostimulin subunits, glycoprotein alpha2 and beta5 in the rat pituitary. J Mol Endocrinol 2006;37:39-50
  55. Wondisford FE. The thyroid axis just got more complicated. J Clin Invest 2002;109:1401-1402.
  56. Sun SC, Hsu PJ, Wu FJ, Li SH, Lu CH, Luo CW. Thyrostimulin, but not thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), acts as a paracrine regulator to activate the TSH receptor in mammalian ovary. J Biol Chem 2010;285:3758-3765
  57. Bassett JH, van der Spek A, Logan JG, Gogakos A, Bagchi-Chakraborty J, Williams AJ, Murphy E, van Zeijl C, Down J, Croucher PI, Boyde A, Boelen A, Williams GR. Thyrostimulin Regulates Osteoblastic Bone Formation During Early Skeletal Development. Endocrinology 2015;156:3098-3113
  58. Reichlin S, Utiger RD. Regulation of the pituitary-thyroid axis in man: relationship of TSH concentration to concentration of free and total thyroxine in plasma. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1967;27:251-255
  59. Bogazzi F, Bartalena L, Brogioni S, Burelli A, Grasso L, Dell'Unto E, Manetti L, Martino E. L-thyroxine directly affects expression of thyroid hormone-sensitive genes: regulatory effect of RXRbeta. Mol Cell Endocrinol 1997;134:23-31
  60. Gurr JA, Kourides IA. Regulation of thyrotropin biosynthesis. Discordant effect of thyroid hormone on alpha and beta subunit mRNA levels. J Biol Chem 1983;258:10208-10211
  61. Shupnik MA, Chin WW, Habener JF, Ridgway EC. Transcriptional regulation of the thyrotropin subunit genes by thyroid hormone. J Biol Chem 1985;260:2900-2903
  62. Ridgway EC, Kourides IA, Chin WW, Cooper DS, Maloof F. Augmentation of pituitary thyrotrophin response to thyrotrophin releasing hormone during subphysiological tri-iodothyroinine therapy in hypothyroidism. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1979;10:343-353
  63. Kourides IA, Gurr JA, Wolf O. The regulation and organization of thyroid stimulating hormone genes. Recent Prog Horm Res 1984;40:79-120
  64. Carr FE, Ridgway EC, Chin WW. Rapid simultaneous measurement of rat alpha- and thyrotropin (TSH) beta-subunit messenger ribonucleic acids (mRNAs) by solution hybridization: regulation of TSH subunit mRNAs by thyroid hormones. Endocrinology 1985;117:1272-1278
  65. Shupnik MA, Ridgway EC. Thyroid hormone control of thyrotropin gene expression in rat anterior pituitary cells. Endocrinology 1987;121:619-624
  66. Carr FE, Shupnik MA, Burnside J, Chin WW. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone stimulates the activity of the rat thyrotropin beta-subunit gene promoter transfected into pituitary cells. Mol Endocrinol 1989;3:717-724
  67. Chatterjee VK, Lee JK, Rentoumis A, Jameson JL. Negative regulation of the thyroid-stimulating hormone alpha gene by thyroid hormone: receptor interaction adjacent to the TATA box. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1989;86:9114-9118
  68. Gurr JA, Januszeski MM, Tidikis IM, Norcross JJ, Kourides IA. Thyroid hormone regulates expression of the thyrotropin beta-subunit gene from both transcription start sites in the mouse and rat. Mol Cell Endocrinol 1990;71:185-193
  69. Chin WW, Carr FE, Burnside J, Darling DS. Thyroid hormone regulation of thyrotropin gene expression. Recent Prog Horm Res 1993;48:393-414
  70. Darling DS, Burnside J, Chin WW. Binding of thyroid hormone receptors to the rat thyrotropin-beta gene. Mol Endocrinol 1989;3:1359-1368
  71. Wondisford FE, Farr EA, Radovick S, Steinfelder HJ, Moates JM, McClaskey JH, Weintraub BD. Thyroid hormone inhibition of human thyrotropin beta-subunit gene expression is mediated by a cis-acting element located in the first exon. J Biol Chem 1989;264:14601-14604
  72. Bodenner DL, Mroczynski MA, Weintraub BD, Radovick S, Wondisford FE. A detailed functional and structural analysis of a major thyroid hormone inhibitory element in the human thyrotropin beta-subunit gene. J Biol Chem 1991;266:21666-21673
  73. Brent GA, Williams GR, Harney JW, Forman BM, Samuels HH, Moore DD, Larsen PR. Effects of varying the position of thyroid hormone response elements within the rat growth hormone promoter: implications for positive and negative regulation by 3,5,3'-triiodothyronine. Mol Endocrinol 1991;5:542-548
  74. Burnside J, Darling DS, Carr FE, Chin WW. Thyroid hormone regulation of the rat glycoprotein hormone alpha-subunit gene promoter activity. J Biol Chem 1989;264:6886-6891
  75. Carr FE, Burnside J, Chin WW. Thyroid hormones regulate rat thyrotropin beta gene promoter activity expressed in GH3 cells. Mol Endocrinol 1989;3:709-716
  76. Carr FE, Wong NC. Characteristics of a negative thyroid hormone response element. J Biol Chem 1994;269:4175-4179
  77. Shupnik MA, Greenspan SL, Ridgway EC. Transcriptional regulation of thyrotropin subunit genes by thyrotropin-releasing hormone and dopamine in pituitary cell culture. J Biol Chem 1986;261:12675-12679
  78. Langlois MF, Zanger K, Monden T, Safer JD, Hollenberg AN, Wondisford FE. A unique role of the beta-2 thyroid hormone receptor isoform in negative regulation by thyroid hormone. Mapping of a novel amino-terminal domain important for ligand-independent activation. J Biol Chem 1997;272:24927-24933
  79. Wikstrom L, Johansson C, Salto C, Barlow C, Campos Barros A, Baas F, Forrest D, Thoren P, Vennstrom B. Abnormal heart rate and body temperature in mice lacking thyroid hormone receptor alpha 1. Embo J 1998;17:455-461.
  80. Forrest D, Hanebuth E, Smeyne RJ, Everds N, Stewart CL, Wehner JM, Curran T. Recessive resistance to thyroid hormone in mice lacking thyroid hormone receptor beta: evidence for tissue-specific modulation of receptor function. Embo J 1996;15:3006-3015.
  81. Weiss RE, Forrest D, Pohlenz J, Cua K, Curran T, Refetoff S. Thyrotropin regulation by thyroid hormone in thyroid hormone receptor beta-deficient mice. Endocrinology 1997;138:3624-3629.
  82. Abel ED, Boers ME, Pazos-Moura C, Moura E, Kaulbach H, Zakaria M, Lowell B, Radovick S, Liberman MC, Wondisford F. Divergent roles for thyroid hormone receptor beta isoforms in the endocrine axis and auditory system. J Clin Invest 1999;104:291-300.
  83. Hayashi Y, Xie J, Weiss RE, Pohlenz J, Refetoff S. Selective pituitary resistance to thyroid hormone produced by expression of a mutant thyroid hormone receptor beta gene in the pituitary gland of transgenic mice. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 1998;245:204-210
  84. Gauthier K, Chassande O, Plateroti M, Roux JP, Legrand C, Pain B, Rousset B, Weiss R, Trouillas J, Samarut J. Different functions for the thyroid hormone receptors TRalpha and TRbeta in the control of thyroid hormone production and post-natal development. Embo J 1999;18:623-631.
  85. Gothe S, Wang Z, Ng L, Kindblom JM, Barros AC, Ohlsson C, Vennstrom B, Forrest D. Mice devoid of all known thyroid hormone receptors are viable but exhibit disorders of the pituitary-thyroid axis, growth, and bone maturation. Genes Dev 1999;13:1329-1341.
  86. Weiss RE, Chassande O, Koo EK, Macchia PE, Cua K, Samarut J, Refetoff S. Thyroid function and effect of aging in combined hetero/homozygous mice deficient in thyroid hormone receptors alpha and beta genes. J Endocrinol 2002;172:177-185.
  87. Abel ED, Moura EG, Ahima RS, Campos-Barros A, Pazos-Moura CC, Boers ME, Kaulbach HC, Forrest D, Wondisford FE. Dominant inhibition of thyroid hormone action selectively in the pituitary of thyroid hormone receptor-beta null mice abolishes the regulation of thyrotropin by thyroid hormone. Mol Endocrinol 2003;17:1767-1776
  88. Morita S, Fernandez-Mejia C, Melmed S. Retinoic acid selectively stimulates growth hormone secretion and messenger ribonucleic acid levels in rat pituitary cells. Endocrinology 1989;124:2052-2056
  89. Zenke M, Munoz A, Sap J, Vennstrom B, Beug H. v-erbA oncogene activation entails the loss of hormone-dependent regulator activity of c-erbA. Cell 1990;61:1035-1049
  90. Wondisford FE, Steinfelder HJ, Nations M, Radovick S. AP-1 antagonizes thyroid hormone receptor action on the thyrotropin beta-subunit gene. J Biol Chem 1993;268:2749-2754.
  91. Shibusawa N, Hollenberg AN, Wondisford FE. Thyroid hormone receptor DNA binding is required for both positive and negative gene regulation. J Biol Chem 2003;278:732-738
  92. Nakano K, Matsushita A, Sasaki S, Misawa H, Nishiyama K, Kashiwabara Y, Nakamura H. Thyroid-hormone-dependent negative regulation of thyrotropin beta gene by thyroid hormone receptors: study with a new experimental system using CV1 cells. Biochem J 2004;378:549-557
  93. Hallenbeck PL, Phyillaier M, Nikodem VM. Divergent effects of 9-cis-retinoic acid receptor on positive and negative thyroid hormone receptor-dependent gene expression. J Biol Chem 1993;268:3825-3828
  94. Cohen O, Flynn TR, Wondisford FE. Ligand-dependent antagonism by retinoid X receptors of inhibitory thyroid hormone response elements. J Biol Chem 1995;270:13899-13905
  95. Breen JJ, Hickok NJ, Gurr JA. The rat TSHbeta gene contains distinct response elements for regulation by retinoids and thyroid hormone. Mol Cell Endocrinol 1997;131:137-146.
  96. Haugen BR, Brown NS, Wood WM, Gordon DF, Ridgway EC. The thyrotrope-restricted isoform of the retinoid-X receptor-gamma1 mediates 9-cis-retinoic acid suppression of thyrotropin-beta promoter activity. Mol Endocrinol 1997;11:481-489
  97. Chiamolera MI, Sidhaye AR, Matsumoto S, He Q, Hashimoto K, Ortiga-Carvalho TM, Wondisford FE. Fundamentally distinct roles of thyroid hormone receptor isoforms in a thyrotroph cell line are due to differential DNA binding. Mol Endocrinol 2012;26:926-939
  98. Ramadoss P, Abraham BJ, Tsai L, Zhou Y, Costa-e-Sousa RH, Ye F, Bilban M, Zhao K, Hollenberg AN. Novel mechanism of positive versus negative regulation by thyroid hormone receptor beta1 (TRbeta1) identified by genome-wide profiling of binding sites in mouse liver. J Biol Chem 2014;289:1313-1328
  99. Cheng SY, Leonard JL, Davis PJ. Molecular aspects of thyroid hormone actions. Endocr Rev 2010;31:139-170
  100. Kim MK, McClaskey JH, Bodenner DL, Weintraub BD. A c-fos/c-jun-like factor and the pituitary-specific factor Pit-1 are both necessary to mediate induction of the human thyrotropin beta promoter. Trans Assoc Am Physicians 1993;106:62-68
  101. Pfahl M. Nuclear receptor/AP-1 interaction. Endocr Rev 1993;14:651-658
  102. Koenig RJ, Watson AY. Enrichment of rat anterior pituitary cell types by metrizamide density gradient centrifugation. Endocrinology 1984;115:317-323
  103. Farquhar R, Rinehart J. Cytological alterations in the anterior pituitary gland following thyroidectomy. Endocrinology 1954;55:857
  104. Larsen PR, Silva JE, Kaplan MM. Relationships between circulating and intracellular thyroid hormones: physiological and clinical implications. Endocr Rev 1981;2:87-102
  105. Franklyn JA, Wood DF, Balfour NJ, Ramsden DB, Docherty K, Chin WW, Sheppard MC. Effect of hypothyroidism and thyroid hormone replacement in vivo on pituitary cytoplasmic concentrations of thyrotropin-beta and alpha-subunit messenger ribonucleic acids. Endocrinology 1987;120:2279-2288
  106. Silva JE, Larsen PR. Pituitary nuclear 3,5,3'-triiodothyronine and thyrotropin secretion: an explanation for the effect of thyroxine. Science 1977;198:617-620.
  107. Silva JE, Larsen PR. Peripheral metabolism of homologous thyrotropin in euthyroid and hypothyroid rats: acute effects of thyrotropin-releasing hormone, triiodothyronine, and thyroxine. Endocrinology 1978;102:1783-1796
  108. Bowers CY, Lee KL, Schally AV. A study on the interaction of the thyrotropin-releasing factor and L-triiodothyronine: effects of puromycin and cycloheximide. Endocrinology 1968;82:75-82
  109. Vale W, Burgus R, Guillemin R. On the mechanism of action of TRF: effects of cycloheximide and actinomycin on the release of TSH stimulated in vitro by TRF and its inhibition by thyroxine. Neuroendocrinology 1968;3:34
  110. Gard TG, Bernstein B, Larsen PR. Studies on the mechanism of 3,5,3'-triiodothyronine-induced suppression of secretagogue-induced thyrotropin release in vitro. Endocrinology 1981;108:2046-2053
  111. Koenig RJ, Senator D, Larsen PR. Phorbol esters as probes of the regulation of thyrotropin secretion. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 1984;125:353-359
  112. Schrey MP, Larsen PR. Evidence for a possible role for Ca++ in the 3,5,3'-triiodothyronine inhibition of thyrotropin-releasing hormone-induced secretion of thyrotropin by rat anterior pituitary in vitro. Endocrinology 1981;108:1690-1696
  113. Obregon MJ, Pascual A, Mallol J, Morreale de Escobar G, Escobar del Rey F. Evidence against a major role of L-thyroxine at the pituitary level: studies in rats treated with iopanoic acid (telepaque). Endocrinology 1980;106:1827-1836
  114. Lueprasitsakul W, Alex S, Fang SL, Pino S, Irmscher K, Kohrle J, Braverman LE. Flavonoid administration immediately displaces thyroxine (T4) from serum transthyretin, increases serum free T4, and decreases serum thyrotropin in the rat. Endocrinology 1990;126:2890-2895
  115. Spencer CA, Takeuchi M, Kazarosyan M, MacKenzie F, Beckett GJ, Wilkinson E. Interlaboratory/intermethod differences in functional sensitivity of immunometric assays of thyrotropin (TSH) and impact on reliability of measurement of subnormal concentrations of TSH. Clin Chem 1995;41:367-374.
  116. Riesco G, Taurog A, Larsen R, Krulich L. Acute and chronic responses to iodine deficiency in rats. Endocrinology 1977;100:303-313
  117. Patel YC, Pharoah PO, Hornabrook RW, Hetzel BS. Serum triiodothyronine, thyroxine and thyroid-stimulating hormone in endemic goiter: a comparison of goitrous and nongoitrous subjects in New Guinea. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1973;37:783-789
  118. Bigos ST, Ridgway EC, Kourides IA, Maloof F. Spectrum of pituitary alterations with mild and severe thyroid impairment. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1978;46:317-325
  119. Wennlund A. Variation in serum levels of T3, T4, FT4 and TSH during thyroxine replacement therapy. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1986;113:47-49
  120. Jackson IM. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone. N Engl J Med 1982;306:145-155
  121. Guillemin R. Hypothalamic hormones a.k.a. hypothalamic releasing factors. J Endocrinol 2005;184:11-28.
  122. Jeffcoate SL, White N, Hokfelt T, Fuxe K, Johansson O. Proceedings: Localization of thyrotrophin releasing hormone in the spinal cord of the rat by immunohisto-chemistry and radioimmunoassay. J Endocrinol 1976;69:9P-10P
  123. Martino E, Lernmark A, Seo H, Steiner DF, Refetoff S. High concentration of thyrotropin-releasing hormone in pancreatic islets. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1978;75:4265-4267
  124. Gkonos PJ, Tavianini MA, Liu CC, Roos BA. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene expression in normal thyroid parafollicular cells. Mol Endocrinol 1989;3:2101-2109
  125. Bruhn TO, Rondeel JM, Bolduc TG, Jackson IM. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) gene expression in the anterior pituitary. I. Presence of pro-TRH messenger ribonucleic acid and pro-TRH-derived peptide in a subpopulation of somatotrophs. Endocrinology 1994;134:815-820
  126. Bruhn TO, Rondeel JM, Jackson IM. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene expression in the anterior pituitary. IV. Evidence for paracrine and autocrine regulation. Endocrinology 1998;139:3416-3422
  127. Bilek R. TRH-like peptides in prostate gland and other tissues. Physiol Res 2000;49:S19-26.
  128. Fekete C, Lechan RM. Negative feedback regulation of hypophysiotropic thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) synthesizing neurons: role of neuronal afferents and type 2 deiodinase. Front Neuroendocrinol 2007;28:97-114
  129. Bruhn TO, Huang SS, Vaslet C, Nillni EA. Glucocorticoids modulate the biosynthesis and processing of prothyrotropin releasing-hormone (proTRH). Endocrine 1998;9:143-152
  130. Lee SL, Stewart K, Goodman RH. Structure of the gene encoding rat thyrotropin releasing hormone. J Biol Chem 1988;263:16604-16609
  131. Yamada M, Radovick S, Wondisford FE, Nakayama Y, Weintraub BD, Wilber JF. Cloning and structure of human genomic DNA and hypothalamic cDNA encoding human prepro thyrotropin-releasing hormone. Mol Endocrinol 1990;4:551-556
  132. Yamada M, Wondisford FE, Radovick S, Nakayama Y, Weintraub BD, Wilber JF. Assignment of human preprothyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) gene to chromosome 3. Somat Cell Mol Genet 1991;17:97-100
  133. Bulant M, Roussel JP, Astier H, Nicolas P, Vaudry H. Processing of thyrotropin-releasing hormone prohormone (pro-TRH) generates a biologically active peptide, prepro-TRH-(160-169), which regulates TRH-induced thyrotropin secretion. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1990;87:4439-4443
  134. Pekary AE. Is Ps4 (prepro-TRH [160-169]) more than an enhancer for thyrotropin-releasing hormone? Thyroid 1998;8:963-968
  135. Nillni EA. Neuroregulation of ProTRH biosynthesis and processing. Endocrine 1999;10:185-199
  136. Carr FE, Fein HG, Fisher CU, Wessendorf MW, Smallridge RC. A cryptic peptide (160-169) of thyrotropin-releasing hormone prohormone demonstrates biological activity in vivo and in vitro. Endocrinology 1992;131:2653-2658
  137. Carr FE, Reid AH, Wessendorf MW. A cryptic peptide from the preprothyrotropin-releasing hormone precursor stimulates thyrotropin gene expression. Endocrinology 1993;133:809-814
  138. Nillni EA, Sevarino KA. The biology of pro-thyrotropin-releasing hormone-derived peptides. Endocr Rev 1999;20:599-648
  139. Engler D, Redei E, Kola I. The corticotropin-release inhibitory factor hypothesis: a review of the evidence for the existence of inhibitory as well as stimulatory hypophysiotropic regulation of adrenocorticotropin secretion and biosynthesis. Endocr Rev 1999;20:460-500
  140. Jessop DS. Review: Central non-glucocorticoid inhibitors of the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis. J Endocrinol 1999;160:169-180
  141. Koller KJ, Wolff RS, Warden MK, Zoeller RT. Thyroid hormones regulate levels of thyrotropin-releasing-hormone mRNA in the paraventricular nucleus. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1987;84:7329-7333
  142. Segerson TP, Kauer J, Wolfe HC, Mobtaker H, Wu P, Jackson IM, Lechan RM. Thyroid hormone regulates TRH biosynthesis in the paraventricular nucleus of the rat hypothalamus. Science 1987;238:78-80
  143. Dyess EM, Segerson TP, Liposits Z, Paull WK, Kaplan MM, Wu P, Jackson IM, Lechan RM. Triiodothyronine exerts direct cell-specific regulation of thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene expression in the hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus. Endocrinology 1988;123:2291-2297
  144. Kakucska I, Rand W, Lechan RM. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene expression in the hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus is dependent upon feedback regulation by both triiodothyronine and thyroxine. Endocrinology 1992;130:2845-2850
  145. Strait KA, Zou L, Oppenheimer JH. Beta 1 isoform-specific regulation of a triiodothyronine-induced gene during cerebellar development. Mol Endocrinol 1992;6:1874-1880
  146. Kakucska I, Romero LI, Clark BD, Rondeel JM, Qi Y, Alex S, Emerson CH, Lechan RM. Suppression of thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene expression by interleukin-1-beta in the rat: implications for nonthyroidal illness. Neuroendocrinology 1994;59:129-137
  147. Wilber JF, Xu AH. The thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene 1998: cloning, characterization, and transcriptional regulation in the central nervous system, heart, and testis. Thyroid 1998;8:897-901
  148. Abel ED, Ahima RS, Boers ME, Elmquist JK, Wondisford FE. Critical role for thyroid hormone receptor beta2 in the regulation of paraventricular thyrotropin-releasing hormone neurons. J Clin Invest 2001;107:1017-1023.
  149. Riskind PN, Kolodny JM, Larsen PR. The regional hypothalamic distribution of type II 5'-monodeiodinase in euthyroid and hypothyroid rats. Brain Res 1987;420:194-198
  150. Rodriguez EM, Blazquez JL, Pastor FE, Pelaez B, Pena P, Peruzzo B, Amat P. Hypothalamic tanycytes: a key component of brain-endocrine interaction. Int Rev Cytol 2005;247:89-164
  151. Jansen J, Friesema EC, Milici C, Visser TJ. Thyroid hormone transporters in health and disease. Thyroid 2005;15:757-768
  152. Felmlee MA, Jones RS, Rodriguez-Cruz V, Follman KE, Morris ME. Monocarboxylate Transporters (SLC16): Function, Regulation, and Role in Health and Disease. Pharmacol Rev 2020;72:466-485
  153. Stromme P, Groeneweg S, Lima de Souza EC, Zevenbergen C, Torgersbraten A, Holmgren A, Gurcan E, Meima ME, Peeters RP, Visser WE, Honeren Johansson L, Babovic A, Zetterberg H, Heuer H, Frengen E, Misceo D, Visser TJ. Mutated Thyroid Hormone Transporter OATP1C1 Associates with Severe Brain Hypometabolism and Juvenile Neurodegeneration. Thyroid 2018;28:1406-1415
  154. Yamada M, Satoh T, Monden T, Mori M. Assignment of the thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene (TRH) to human chromosome 3q13.3-->q21 by in situ hybridization. Cytogenet Cell Genet 1999;87:275
  155. Chiamolera MI, Wondisford FE. Minireview: Thyrotropin-releasing hormone and the thyroid hormone feedback mechanism. Endocrinology 2009;150:1091-1096
  156. Nikrodhanond AA, Ortiga-Carvalho TM, Shibusawa N, Hashimoto K, Liao XH, Refetoff S, Yamada M, Mori M, Wondisford FE. Dominant role of thyrotropin-releasing hormone in the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis. J Biol Chem 2006;281:5000-5007
  157. Mittag J, Friedrichsen S, Strube A, Heuer H, Bauer K. Analysis of hypertrophic thyrotrophs in pituitaries of athyroid Pax8-/- mice. Endocrinology 2009;150:4443-4449
  158. Cintra A, Fuxe K, Wikstrom AC, Visser T, Gustafsson JA. Evidence for thyrotropin-releasing hormone and glucocorticoid receptor-immunoreactive neurons in various preoptic and hypothalamic nuclei of the male rat. Brain Res 1990;506:139-144
  159. Jackson IM. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone and corticotropin-releasing hormone--what's the message? Endocrinology 1995;136:2793-2794
  160. Luo LG, Bruhn T, Jackson IM. Glucocorticoids stimulate thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene expression in cultured hypothalamic neurons. Endocrinology 1995;136:4945-4950
  161. Shibusawa N, Yamada M, Hirato J, Monden T, Satoh T, Mori M. Requirement of thyrotropin-releasing hormone for the postnatal functions of pituitary thyrotrophs: ontogeny study of congenital tertiary hypothyroidism in mice. Mol Endocrinol 2000;14:137-146.
  162. Straub RE, Frech GC, Joho RH, Gershengorn MC. Expression cloning of a cDNA encoding the mouse pituitary thyrotropin-releasing hormone receptor. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1990;87:9514-9518
  163. Hinuma S, Hosoya M, Ogi K, Tanaka H, Nagai Y, Onda H. Molecular cloning and functional expression of a human thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) receptor gene. Biochim Biophys Acta 1994;1219:251-259
  164. Bilek R, Starka L. The computer modelling of human TRH receptor, TRH and TRH-like peptides. Physiol Res 2005;54:141-150
  165. Stephenson A, Lau L, Eszlinger M, Paschke R. The Thyrotropin Receptor Mutation Database Update. Thyroid 2020;30:931-935
  166. Collu R, Tang J, Castagne J, Lagace G, Masson N, Huot C, Deal C, Delvin E, Faccenda E, Eidne KA, Van Vliet G. A novel mechanism for isolated central hypothyroidism: inactivating mutations in the thyrotropin-releasing hormone receptor gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1997;82:1561-1565
  167. Collu R. Genetic aspects of central hypothyroidism. J Endocrinol Invest 2000;23:125-134.
  168. Bonomi M, Busnelli M, Beck-Peccoz P, Costanzo D, Antonica F, Dolci C, Pilotta A, Buzi F, Persani L. A family with complete resistance to thyrotropin-releasing hormone. N Engl J Med 2009;360:731-734
  169. Koulouri O, Nicholas AK, Schoenmakers E, Mokrosinski J, Lane F, Cole T, Kirk J, Farooqi IS, Chatterjee VK, Gurnell M, Schoenmakers N. A Novel Thyrotropin-Releasing Hormone Receptor Missense Mutation (P81R) in Central Congenital Hypothyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2016;101:847-851
  170. Gershengorn MC. Bihormonal regulation of the thyrotropin-releasing hormone receptor in mouse pituitary thyrotropic tumor cells in culture. J Clin Invest 1978;62:937-943
  171. Fujimoto J, Gershengorn MC. Evidence for dual regulation by protein kinases A and C of thyrotropin-releasing hormone receptor mRNA in GH3 cells. Endocrinology 1991;129:3430-3432
  172. Gershengorn MC. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone action: mechanism of calcium-mediated stimulation of prolactin secretion. Recent Prog Horm Res 1985;41:607-653
  173. Brenner-Gati L, Gershengorn MC. Effects of thyrotropin-releasing hormone on phosphoinositides and cytoplasmic free calcium in thyrotropic pituitary cells. Endocrinology 1986;118:163-169.
  174. Oron Y, Gillo B, Straub RE, Gershengorn MC. Mechanism of membrane electrical response to thyrotropin-releasing hormone in Xenopus oocytes injected with GH3 pituitary cell messenger ribonucleic acid. Mol Endocrinol 1987;1:918-925
  175. Heinflink M, Nussenzveig DR, Friedman AM, Gershengorn MC. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone receptor activation does not elevate intracellular cyclic adenosine 3',5'-monophosphate in cells expressing high levels of receptors. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1994;79:650-652
  176. Martin TF. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone rapidly activates the phosphodiester hydrolysis of polyphosphoinositides in GH3 pituitary cells. Evidence for the role of a polyphosphoinositide-specific phospholipase C in hormone action. J Biol Chem 1983;258:14816-14822
  177. Nelson EJ, Hinkle PM. Characteristics of the Ca2+ spike and oscillations induced by different doses of thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) in individual pituitary cells and nonexcitable cells transfected with TRH receptor complementary deoxyribonucleic acid. Endocrinology 1994;135:1084-1092
  178. Schaarschmidt J, Nagel MB, Huth S, Jaeschke H, Moretti R, Hintze V, von Bergen M, Kalkhof S, Meiler J, Paschke R. Rearrangement of the Extracellular Domain/Extracellular Loop 1 Interface Is Critical for Thyrotropin Receptor Activation. J Biol Chem 2016;291:14095-14108
  179. Nelson EJ, Hinkle PM. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone activates Ca2+ efflux. Evidence suggesting that a plasma membrane Ca2+ pump is an effector for a G-protein-coupled Ca(2+)-mobilizing receptor. J Biol Chem 1994;269:30854-30860
  180. Ashworth R, Hinkle PM. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone-induced intracellular calcium responses in individual rat lactotrophs and thyrotrophs. Endocrinology 1996;137:5205-5212
  181. Shupnik MA, Weck J, Hinkle PM. Thyrotropin (TSH)-releasing hormone stimulates TSH beta promoter activity by two distinct mechanisms involving calcium influx through L type Ca2+ channels and protein kinase C. Mol Endocrinol 1996;10:90-99
  182. Weintraub BD, Wondisford FE, Farr EA, Steinfelder HJ, Radovick S, Gesundheit N, Gyves PW, Taylor T, DeCherney GS. Pre-translational and post-translational regulation of TSH synthesis in normal and neoplastic thyrotrophs. Horm Res 1989;32:22-24
  183. Steinfelder HJ, Hauser P, Nakayama Y, Radovick S, McClaskey JH, Taylor T, Weintraub BD, Wondisford FE. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone regulation of human TSHB expression: role of a pituitary-specific transcription factor (Pit-1/GHF-1) and potential interaction with a thyroid hormone-inhibitory element. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1991;88:3130-3134
  184. Steinfelder HJ, Wondisford FE. Thyrotropin (TSH) beta-subunit gene expression--an example for the complex regulation of pituitary hormone genes. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes 1997;105:196-203
  185. Heuer H, Schafer MK, Bauer K. The thyrotropin-releasing hormone-degrading ectoenzyme: the third element of the thyrotropin-releasing hormone-signaling system. Thyroid 1998;8:915-920
  186. Steinfelder HJ, Radovick S, Mroczynski MA, Hauser P, McClaskey JH, Weintraub BD, Wondisford FE. Role of a pituitary-specific transcription factor (pit-1/GHF-1) or a closely related protein in cAMP regulation of human thyrotropin-beta subunit gene expression. J Clin Invest 1992;89:409-419
  187. Steinfelder HJ, Radovick S, Wondisford FE. Hormonal regulation of the thyrotropin beta-subunit gene by phosphorylation of the pituitary-specific transcription factor Pit-1. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1992;89:5942-5945
  188. Howard PW, Maurer RA. Thyrotropin releasing hormone stimulates transient phosphorylation of the tissue-specific transcription factor, Pit-1. J Biol Chem 1994;269:28662-28669
  189. Parks JS, Brown MR, Hurley DL, Phelps CJ, Wajnrajch MP. Heritable disorders of pituitary development. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1999;84:4362-4370
  190. Camper SA, Saunders TL, Katz RW, Reeves RH. The Pit-1 transcription factor gene is a candidate for the murine Snell dwarf mutation. Genomics 1990;8:586-590
  191. Pfaffle RW, DiMattia GE, Parks JS, Brown MR, Wit JM, Jansen M, Van der Nat H, Van den Brande JL, Rosenfeld MG, Ingraham HA. Mutation of the POU-specific domain of Pit-1 and hypopituitarism without pituitary hypoplasia. Science 1992;257:1118-1121
  192. Radovick S, Nations M, Du Y, Berg LA, Weintraub BD, Wondisford FE. A mutation in the POU-homeodomain of Pit-1 responsible for combined pituitary hormone deficiency. Science 1992;257:1115-1118
  193. Tatsumi K, Miyai K, Notomi T, Kaibe K, Amino N, Mizuno Y, Kohno H. Cretinism with combined hormone deficiency caused by a mutation in the PIT1 gene. Nat Genet 1992;1:56-58
  194. Parks JS, Kinoshita EI, Pfaffle RW. Pit-1 and hypopituitarism. TEM 1993;4:81
  195. Hashimoto Y, Cisternino M, Cohen LE. A novel nonsense mutation in the Pit-1 gene: evidence for a gene dosage effect. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003;88:1241-1247.
  196. Turton JP, Reynaud R, Mehta A, Torpiano J, Saveanu A, Woods KS, Tiulpakov A, Zdravkovic V, Hamilton J, Attard-Montalto S, Parascandalo R, Vella C, Clayton PE, Shalet S, Barton J, Brue T, Dattani MT. Novel mutations within the POU1F1 gene associated with variable combined pituitary hormone deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90:4762-4770
  197. Yamamoto M, Iguchi G, Takeno R, Okimura Y, Sano T, Takahashi M, Nishizawa H, Handayaningshi AE, Fukuoka H, Tobita M, Saitoh T, Tojo K, Mokubo A, Morinobu A, Iida K, Kaji H, Seino S, Chihara K, Takahashi Y. Adult combined GH, prolactin, and TSH deficiency associated with circulating PIT-1 antibody in humans. J Clin Invest 2011;121:113-119
  198. Bando H, Iguchi G, Fukuoka H, Yamamoto M, Hidaka-Takeno R, Okimura Y, Matsumoto R, Suda K, Nishizawa H, Takahashi M, Tojo K, Takahashi Y. Involvement of PIT-1-reactive cytotoxic T lymphocytes in anti-PIT-1 antibody syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014;99:E1744-1749
  199. Kanie K, Bando H, Iguchi G, Muguruma K, Matsumoto R, Hidaka-Takeno R, Okimura Y, Yamamoto M, Fujita Y, Fukuoka H, Yoshida K, Suda K, Nishizawa H, Ogawa W, Takahashi Y. Pathogenesis of Anti-PIT-1 Antibody Syndrome: PIT-1 Presentation by HLA Class I on Anterior Pituitary Cells. J Endocr Soc 2019;3:1969-1978
  200. Yamamoto M, Iguchi G, Bando H, Kanie K, Hidaka-Takeno R, Fukuoka H, Takahashi Y. Autoimmune Pituitary Disease: New Concepts With Clinical Implications. Endocr Rev 2020;41
  201. Cohen LE, Wondisford FE, Radovick S. Role of Pit-1 in the gene expression of growth hormone, prolactin, and thyrotropin. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1996;25:523-540
  202. Gordon DF, Haugen BR, Sarapura VD, Nelson AR, Wood WM, Ridgway EC. Analysis of Pit-1 in regulating mouse TSH beta promoter activity in thyrotropes. Mol Cell Endocrinol 1993;96:75-84
  203. Haugen BR, Wood WM, Gordon DF, Ridgway EC. A thyrotrope-specific variant of Pit-1 transactivates the thyrotropin beta promoter. J Biol Chem 1993;268:20818-20824
  204. Haugen BR, Gordon DF, Nelson AR, Wood WM, Ridgway EC. The combination of Pit-1 and Pit-1T have a synergistic stimulatory effect on the thyrotropin beta-subunit promoter but not the growth hormone or prolactin promoters. Mol Endocrinol 1994;8:1574-1582
  205. Flynn TR, Hollenberg AN, Cohen O, Menke JB, Usala SJ, Tollin S, Hegarty MK, Wondisford FE. A novel C-terminal domain in the thyroid hormone receptor selectively mediates thyroid hormone inhibition. J Biol Chem 1994;269:32713-32716
  206. Haugen BR, McDermott MT, Gordon DF, Rupp CL, Wood WM, Ridgway EC. Determinants of thyrotrope-specific thyrotropin beta promoter activation. Cooperation of Pit-1 with another factor. J Biol Chem 1996;271:385-389
  207. Gordon DF, Lewis SR, Haugen BR, James RA, McDermott MT, Wood WM, Ridgway EC. Pit-1 and GATA-2 interact and functionally cooperate to activate the thyrotropin beta-subunit promoter. J Biol Chem 1997;272:24339-24347
  208. Bach I, Rhodes SJ, Pearse RV, 2nd, Heinzel T, Gloss B, Scully KM, Sawchenko PE, Rosenfeld MG. P-Lim, a LIM homeodomain factor, is expressed during pituitary organ and cell commitment and synergizes with Pit-1. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1995;92:2720-2724
  209. Sornson MW, Wu W, Dasen JS, Flynn SE, Norman DJ, O'Connell SM, Gukovsky I, Carriere C, Ryan AK, Miller AP, Zuo L, Gleiberman AS, Andersen B, Beamer WG, Rosenfeld MG. Pituitary lineage determination by the Prophet of Pit-1 homeodomain factor defective in Ames dwarfism. Nature 1996;384:327-333
  210. Deladoey J, Fluck C, Buyukgebiz A, Kuhlmann BV, Eble A, Hindmarsh PC, Wu W, Mullis PE. "Hot spot" in the PROP1 gene responsible for combined pituitary hormone deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1999;84:1645-1650
  211. Vieira TC, Dias da Silva MR, Cerutti JM, Brunner E, Borges M, Arnaldi LT, Kopp P, Abucham J. Familial combined pituitary hormone deficiency due to a novel mutation R99Q in the hot spot region of Prophet of Pit-1 presenting as constitutional growth delay. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003;88:38-44.
  212. Arimura A, Schally AV. Increase in basal and thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH)-stimulated secretion of thyrotropin (TSH) by passive immunization with antiserum to somatostatin in rats. Endocrinology 1976;98:1069-1072
  213. Beck-Peccoz P, Brucker-Davis F, Persani L, Smallridge RC, Weintraub BD. Thyrotropin-secreting pituitary tumors. Endocr Rev 1996;17:610-638
  214. Ross DS, Ellis MF, Milbury P, Ridgway EC. A comparison of changes in plasma thyrotropin beta- and alpha-subunits, and mouse thyrotropic tumor thyrotropin beta- and alpha-subunit mRNA concentrations after in vivo dexamethasone or T3 administration. Metabolism 1987;36:799-803
  215. Coiro V, Volpi R, Cataldo S, Capretti L, Caffarri G, Pilla S, Chiodera P. Dopaminergic and cholinergic involvement in the inhibitory effect of dexamethasone on the TSH response to TRH. J Investig Med 2000;48:133-136.
  216. Ahlquist JA, Franklyn JA, Wood DF, Balfour NJ, Docherty K, Sheppard MC, Ramsden DB. Hormonal regulation of thyrotrophin synthesis and secretion. Horm Metab Res Suppl 1987;17:86-89
  217. Glass CK, Holloway JM, Devary OV, Rosenfeld MG. The thyroid hormone receptor binds with opposite transcriptional effects to a common sequence motif in thyroid hormone and estrogen response elements. Cell 1988;54:313-323
  218. Weeke J, Hansen AP, Lundaek K. Inhibition by somatostatin of basal levels of serum thyrotropin (TSH) in normal men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1975;41:168-171
  219. Weeke J, Christensen SE, Hansen AP, Laurberg P, Lundbaek K. Somatostatin and the 24 h levels of serum TSH, T3, T4, and reverse T3 in normals, diabetics and patients treated for myxoedema. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1980;94:30-37
  220. Lamberts SW, Zuyderwijk J, den Holder F, van Koetsveld P, Hofland L. Studies on the conditions determining the inhibitory effect of somatostatin on adrenocorticotropin, prolactin and thyrotropin release by cultured rat pituitary cells. Neuroendocrinology 1989;50:44-50
  221. Yang I, Woo J, Kim S, Kim J, Kim Y, Choi Y. Suppression of TRH-stimulated TSH secretion by glucose-induced hypothalamic somatostatin release. Horm Metab Res 1996;28:553-557
  222. Comi RJ, Gesundheit N, Murray L, Gorden P, Weintraub BD. Response of thyrotropin-secreting pituitary adenomas to a long-acting somatostatin analogue. N Engl J Med 1987;317:12-17
  223. Beck-Peccoz P, Mariotti S, Guillausseau PJ, Medri G, Piscitelli G, Bertoli A, Barbarino A, Rondena M, Chanson P, Pinchera A, et al. Treatment of hyperthyroidism due to inappropriate secretion of thyrotropin with the somatostatin analog SMS 201-995. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1989;68:208-214
  224. Reisine T, Bell GI. Molecular biology of somatostatin receptors. Endocr Rev 1995;16:427-442
  225. Nabekura J, Mizuno Y, Oomura Y. Inhibitory effect of somatostatin on vagal motoneurons in the rat brain stem in vitro. Am J Physiol 1989;256:C155-159
  226. Nilsson T, Arkhammar P, Rorsman P, Berggren PO. Suppression of insulin release by galanin and somatostatin is mediated by a G-protein. An effect involving repolarization and reduction in cytoplasmic free Ca2+ concentration. J Biol Chem 1989;264:973-980
  227. De Groef B, Goris N, Arckens L, Kuhn ER, Darras VM. Corticotropin-Releasing Hormone (CRH)-Induced Thyrotropin Release is Directly Mediated Through CRH Receptor Type 2 on Thyrotropes. Endocrinology 2003;144:5537-5544
  228. De Groef B, Geris KL, Manzano J, Bernal J, Millar RP, Abou-Samra AB, Porter TE, Iwasawa A, Kuhn ER, Darras VM. Involvement of thyrotropin-releasing hormone receptor, somatostatin receptor subtype 2 and corticotropin-releasing hormone receptor type 1 in the control of chicken thyrotropin secretion. Mol Cell Endocrinol 2003;203:33-39.
  229. Kennedy AR, Todd JF, Stanley SA, Abbott CR, Small CJ, Ghatei MA, Bloom SR. Melanin-concentrating hormone (MCH) suppresses thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) release, in vivo and in vitro, via the hypothalamus and the pituitary. Endocrinology 2000;142:3265-3268.
  230. Fukuda H, Greer MA. The effect of basal hypothalamic deafferentation on the nycthemeral rhythm of plasma TSH. Endocrinology 1975;97:749-752
  231. Roelfsema F, Veldhuis JD. Thyrotropin secretion patterns in health and disease. Endocr Rev 2013;34:619-657
  232. Ikegami K, Refetoff S, Van Cauter E, Yoshimura T. Interconnection between circadian clocks and thyroid function. Nat Rev Endocrinol 2019;15:590-600
  233. Spaulding SW, Burrow GN, Donabedian R, van Woert M. L-DOPA suppression of thyrotropin-releasing hormone response in man. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1972;35:182-185
  234. Besses GS, Burrow GN, Spaulding SW, Donabedian RK. Dopamine infusion acutely inhibits the TSH and prolactin response to TRH. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1975;41:985-988
  235. Leebaw WF, Lee LA, Woolf PD. Dopamine affects basal and augmented pituitary hormone secretion. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1978;47:480-487
  236. Lewis BM, Dieguez C, Lewis MD, Scanlon MF. Dopamine stimulates release of thyrotrophin-releasing hormone from perfused intact rat hypothalamus via hypothalamic D2-receptors. J Endocrinol 1987;115:419-424
  237. Lewis BM, Dieguez C, Ham J, Page MD, Creagh FM, Peters JR, Scanlon MF. Effects of Glucose on Thyrotrophin-Releasing Hormone, Growth Hormone-Releasing Hormone, Somatostatin and Luteinizing Hormone-Releasing Hormone Release from Rat Hypothalamus in vitro. J Neuroendocrinol 1989;1:437-441
  238. Krulich L, Giachetti A, Marchlewska-Koj A, Hefco E, Jameson HE. On the role of the central noradrenergic and dopaminergic systems in the regulation of TSH secretion in the rat. Endocrinology 1977;100:496-505
  239. Krulich L, Mayfield MA, Steele MK, McMillen BA, McCann SM, Koenig JI. Differential effects of pharmacological manipulations of central alpha 1- and alpha 2-adrenergic receptors on the secretion of thyrotropin and growth hormone in male rats. Endocrinology 1982;110:796-804
  240. Gershengorn MC, Rebecchi MJ, Geras E, Arevalo CO. Thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) action in mouse thyrotropic tumor cells in culture: evidence against a role for adenosine 3',5'-monophosphate as a mediator of TRH-stimulated thyrotropin release. Endocrinology 1980;107:665-670
  241. Dieguez C, Foord SM, Peters JR, Hall R, Scanlon MF. Alpha 1-adrenoreceptors and alpha 1-adrenoreceptor-mediated thyrotropin release in cultures of euthyroid and hypothyroid rat anterior pituitary cells. Endocrinology 1985;117:624-630
  242. Tekin S, Erden Y, Ozyalin F, Onalan EE, Cigremis Y, Colak C, Tekedereli I, Sandal S. Central irisin administration suppresses thyroid hormone production but increases energy consumption in rats. Neurosci Lett 2018;674:136-141
  243. Sharp B, Morley JE, Carlson HE, Gordon J, Briggs J, Melmed S, Hershman JM. The role of opiates and endogenous opioid peptides in the regulation of rat TSH secretion. Brain Res 1981;219:335-344
  244. Samuels MH, Kramer P, Wilson D, Sexton G. Effects of naloxone infusions on pulsatile thyrotropin secretion. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1994;78:1249-1252
  245. Peuranen E, Vasar E, Koks S, Volke V, Lang A, Rauhala P, Mannisto PT. Further studies on the role of cholecystokinin-A and B receptors in secretion of anterior pituitary hormones in male rats. Neuropeptides 1995;28:1-11
  246. Santos CV, Pazos-Moura CC, Moura EG. Effect of gastrin-releasing peptide (GRP) and GRP antagonists on TSH secretion from rat isolated pituitaries. Life Sci 1995;57:911-915
  247. Fekete C, Kelly J, Mihaly E, Sarkar S, Rand WM, Legradi G, Emerson CH, Lechan RM. Neuropeptide Y has a central inhibitory action on the hypothalamic- pituitary-thyroid axis. Endocrinology 2001;142:2606-2613.
  248. Ciosek J, Stempniak B. The influence of vasopressin or oxytocin on thyroid-stimulating hormone and thyroid hormones' concentrations in blood plasma of euthyroid rats. J Physiol Pharmacol 1997;48:813-823
  249. Beak SA, Small CJ, Ilovaiskaia I, Hurley JD, Ghatei MA, Bloom SR, Smith DM. Glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) releases thyrotropin (TSH): characterization of binding sites for GLP-1 on alpha-TSH cells. Endocrinology 1996;137:4130-4138.
  250. Arvat E, Gianotti L, Ramunni J, Grottoli S, Brossa PC, Bertagna A, Camanni F, Ghigo E. Effect of galanin on basal and stimulated secretion of prolactin, gonadotropins, thyrotropin, adrenocorticotropin and cortisol in humans. Eur J Endocrinol 1995;133:300-304
  251. Nillni EA, Vaslet C, Harris M, Hollenberg A, Bjorbak C, Flier JS. Leptin regulates prothyrotropin-releasing hormone biosynthesis. Evidence for direct and indirect pathways. J Biol Chem 2000;275:36124-36133.
  252. Seoane LM, Carro E, Tovar S, Casanueva FF, Dieguez C. Regulation of in vivo TSH secretion by leptin. Regul Pept 2000;92:25-29.
  253. Flier JS, Harris M, Hollenberg AN. Leptin, nutrition, and the thyroid: the why, the wherefore, and the wiring. J Clin Invest 2000;105:859-861.
  254. Dubuis JM, Dayer JM, Siegrist-Kaiser CA, Burger AG. Human recombinant interleukin-1 beta decreases plasma thyroid hormone and thyroid stimulating hormone levels in rats. Endocrinology 1988;123:2175-2181
  255. Ozawa M, Sato K, Han DC, Kawakami M, Tsushima T, Shizume K. Effects of tumor necrosis factor-alpha/cachectin on thyroid hormone metabolism in mice. Endocrinology 1988;123:1461-1467
  256. Pang XP, Hershman JM, Mirell CJ, Pekary AE. Impairment of hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid function in rats treated with human recombinant tumor necrosis factor-alpha (cachectin). Endocrinology 1989;125:76-84
  257. van der Poll T, Romijn JA, Wiersinga WM, Sauerwein HP. Tumor necrosis factor: a putative mediator of the sick euthyroid syndrome in man. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;71:1567-1572
  258. Wassen FW, Moerings EP, Van Toor H, De Vrey EA, Hennemann G, Everts ME. Effects of interleukin-1 beta on thyrotropin secretion and thyroid hormone uptake in cultured rat anterior pituitary cells. Endocrinology 1996;137:1591-1598
  259. Melmed S. gp130-related cytokines and their receptors in the pituitary. TEM 1998;9:155
  260. Koenig JI, Snow K, Clark BD, Toni R, Cannon JG, Shaw AR, Dinarello CA, Reichlin S, Lee SL, Lechan RM. Intrinsic pituitary interleukin-1 beta is induced by bacterial lipopolysaccharide. Endocrinology 1990;126:3053-3058
  261. Rettori V, Dees WL, Hiney JK, Lyson K, McCann SM. An interleukin-1-alpha-like neuronal system in the preoptic-hypothalamic region and its induction by bacterial lipopolysaccharide in concentrations which alter pituitary hormone release. Neuroimmunomodulation 1994;1:251-258.
  262. Bartalena L, Grasso L, Brogioni S, Martino E. Interleukin 6 effects on the pituitary-thyroid axis in the rat. Eur J Endocrinol 1994;131:302-306
  263. van Haasteren GA, van der Meer MJ, Hermus AR, Linkels E, Klootwijk W, Kaptein E, van Toor H, Sweep CG, Visser TJ, de Greef WJ. Different effects of continuous infusion of interleukin-1 and interleukin-6 on the hypothalamic-hypophysial-thyroid axis. Endocrinology 1994;135:1336-1345
  264. Baur A, Bauer K, Jarry H, Kohrle J. Effects of proinflammatory cytokines on anterior pituitary 5'- deiodinase type I and type II. J Endocrinol 2000;167:505-515.
  265. Vankelecom H, Carmeliet P, Van Damme J, Billiau A, Denef C. Production of interleukin-6 by folliculo-stellate cells of the anterior pituitary gland in a histiotypic cell aggregate culture system. Neuroendocrinology 1989;49:102-106
  266. Spangelo BL, MacLeod RM, Isakson PC. Production of interleukin-6 by anterior pituitary cells in vitro. Endocrinology 1990;126:582-586
  267. Akieda-Asai S, Zaima N, Ikegami K, Kahyo T, Yao I, Hatanaka T, Iemura S, Sugiyama R, Yokozeki T, Eishi Y, Koike M, Ikeda K, Chiba T, Yamaza H, Shimokawa I, Song SY, Matsuno A, Mizutani A, Sawabe M, Chao MV, Tanaka M, Kanaho Y, Natsume T, Sugimura H, Date Y, McBurney MW, Guarente L, Setou M. SIRT1 Regulates Thyroid-Stimulating Hormone Release by Enhancing PIP5Kgamma Activity through Deacetylation of Specific Lysine Residues in Mammals. PLoS One 2010;5:e11755
  268. Prummel MF, Brokken LJ, Wiersinga WM. Ultra short-loop feedback control of thyrotropin secretion. Thyroid 2004;14:825-829
  269. Bockmann J, Winter C, Wittkowski W, Kreutz MR, Bockers TM. Cloning and expression of a brain-derived TSH receptor. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 1997;238:173-178
  270. Crisanti P, Omri B, Hughes E, Meduri G, Hery C, Clauser E, Jacquemin C, Saunier B. The expression of thyrotropin receptor in the brain. Endocrinology 2001;142:812-822.
  271. Prummel MF, Brokken LJ, Meduri G, Misrahi M, Bakker O, Wiersinga WM. Expression of the thyroid-stimulating hormone receptor in the folliculo- stellate cells of the human anterior pituitary. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000;85:4347-4353.
  272. Miura Y, Perkel VS, Papenberg KA, Johnson MJ, Magner JA. Concanavalin-A, lentil, and ricin lectin affinity binding characteristics of human thyrotropin: differences in the sialylation of thyrotropin in sera of euthyroid, primary, and central hypothyroid patients. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1989;69:985-995
  273. Papandreou MJ, Persani L, Asteria C, Ronin C, Beck-Peccoz P. Variable carbohydrate structures of circulating thyrotropin as studied by lectin affinity chromatography in different clinical conditions. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1993;77:393-398
  274. Wartofsky L, Dickey RA. The evidence for a narrower thyrotropin reference range is compelling. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90:5483-5488
  275. Surks MI, Goswami G, Daniels GH. The thyrotropin reference range should remain unchanged. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90:5489-5496
  276. Surks MI, Hollowell JG. Age-specific distribution of serum thyrotropin and antithyroid antibodies in the US population: implications for the prevalence of subclinical hypothyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2007;92:4575-4582
  277. Surks MI, Boucai L. Age- and race-based serum thyrotropin reference limits. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2010;95:496-502
  278. Mariotti S, Franceschi C, Cossarizza A, Pinchera A. The aging thyroid. Endocr Rev 1995;16:686-715
  279. Hansen PS, Brix TH, Sorensen TI, Kyvik KO, Hegedus L. Major genetic influence on the regulation of the pituitary-thyroid axis: a study of healthy Danish twins. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2004;89:1181-1187
  280. Mariotti S, Naitza S, Cao A. Phosphodiesterase 8B (PDE8B) gene variants and TSH levels. Hot Thyroidtology 2010;3:http://www.hotthyroidology.com/editorial_211.html
  281. Arnaud-Lopez L, Usala G, Ceresini G, Mitchell BD, Pilia MG, Piras MG, Sestu N, Maschio A, Busonero F, Albai G, Dei M, Lai S, Mulas A, Crisponi L, Tanaka T, Bandinelli S, Guralnik JM, Loi A, Balaci L, Sole G, Prinzis A, Mariotti S, Shuldiner AR, Cao A, Schlessinger D, Uda M, Abecasis GR, Nagaraja R, Sanna S, Naitza S. Phosphodiesterase 8B gene variants are associated with serum TSH levels and thyroid function. Am J Hum Genet 2008;82:1270-1280
  282. Kuzuya N, Inoue K, Ishibashi M, Murayama Y, Koide Y, Ito K, Yamaji T, Yamashita K. Endocrine and immunohistochemical studies on thyrotropin (TSH)-secreting pituitary adenomas: responses of TSH, alpha-subunit, and growth hormone to hypothalamic releasing hormones and their distribution in adenoma cells. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;71:1103-1111
  283. Faglia G, Beck-Peccoz P, Piscitelli G, Medri G. Inappropriate secretion of thyrotropin by the pituitary. Horm Res 1987;26:79-99
  284. Beck-Peccoz P, Persani L, Faglia G. Glycoprotein hormone alpha-subunit in pituitary adenomas. Trends Endocrinol Metab 1992;3:41-45
  285. Spencer CA, Lai-Rosenfeld AO, Guttler RB, LoPresti J, Marcus AO, Nimalasuriya A, Eigen A, Doss RC, Green BJ, Nicoloff JT. Thyrotropin secretion in thyrotoxic and thyroxine-treated patients: assessment by a sensitive immunoenzymometric assay. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1986;63:349-355
  286. Spencer CA, LoPresti JS, Patel A, Guttler RB, Eigen A, Shen D, Gray D, Nicoloff JT. Applications of a new chemiluminometric thyrotropin assay to subnormal measurement. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;70:453-460
  287. Spencer CA, Schwarzbein D, Guttler RB, LoPresti JS, Nicoloff JT. Thyrotropin (TSH)-releasing hormone stimulation test responses employing third and fourth generation TSH assays. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1993;76:494-498
  288. Greenspan SL, Klibanski A, Schoenfeld D, Ridgway EC. Pulsatile secretion of thyrotropin in man. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1986;63:661-668
  289. Brabant G, Brabant A, Ranft U, Ocran K, Kohrle J, Hesch RD, von zur Muhlen A. Circadian and pulsatile thyrotropin secretion in euthyroid man under the influence of thyroid hormone and glucocorticoid administration. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1987;65:83-88.
  290. Brabant G, Prank K, Ranft U, Schuermeyer T, Wagner TO, Hauser H, Kummer B, Feistner H, Hesch RD, von zur Muhlen A. Physiological regulation of circadian and pulsatile thyrotropin secretion in normal man and woman. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;70:403-409.
  291. Samuels MH, Veldhuis J, Ridgway EC. Copulsatile release of thyrotropin and prolactin in normal and hypothyroid subjects. Thyroid 1995;5:369-372.
  292. Weeke J. Circadian variation of the serum thyrotropin level in normal subjects. Scand J Clin Lab Invest 1973;31:337-342
  293. Bartalena L, Placidi GF, Martino E, Falcone M, Pellegrini L, Dell'Osso L, Pacchiarotti A, Pinchera A. Nocturnal serum thyrotropin (TSH) surge and the TSH response to TSH-releasing hormone: dissociated behavior in untreated depressives. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;71:650-655
  294. Parker DC, Pekary AE, Hershman JM. Effect of normal and reversed sleep-wake cycles upon nyctohemeral rhythmicity of plasma thyrotropin: evidence suggestive of an inhibitory influence in sleep. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1976;43:318-329.
  295. Parker DC, Rossman LG, Pekary AE, Hershman JM. Effect of 64-hour sleep deprivation on the circadian waveform of thyrotropin (TSH): further evidence of sleep-related inhibition of TSH release. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1987;64:157-161
  296. Behrends J, Prank K, Dogu E, Brabant G. Central nervous system control of thyrotropin secretion during sleep and wakefulness. Horm Res 1998;49:173-177
  297. Yoshihara A, Noh JY, Watanabe N, Iwaku K, Kunii Y, Ohye H, Suzuki M, Matsumoto M, Suzuki N, Sugino K, Thienpont LM, Hishinuma A, Ito K. Seasonal Changes in Serum Thyrotropin Concentrations Observed from Big Data Obtained During Six Consecutive Years from 2010 to 2015 at a Single Hospital in Japan. Thyroid 2018;28:429-436
  298. Hirshberg B, Veldhuis JD, Sarlis NJ. Diurnal thyrotropin secretion in short-term profound primary hypothyroidism: does it ever persist? Thyroid 2000;10:1101-1106.
  299. Olsen T, Laurberg P, Weeke J. Low serum triiodothyronine and high serum reverse triiodothyronine in old age: an effect of disease not age. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1978;47:1111-1115
  300. Sawin CT, Geller A, Kaplan MM, Bacharach P, Wilson PW, Hershman JM. Low serum thyrotropin (thyroid-stimulating hormone) in older persons without hyperthyroidism. Arch Intern Med 1991;151:165-168
  301. Barbesino G. Thyroid Function Changes in the Elderly and Their Relationship to Cardiovascular Health: A Mini-Review. Gerontology 2019;65:1-8
  302. Balsam A, Ingbar SH. Observations on the factors that control the generation of triiodothyronine from thyroxine in rat liver and the nature of the defect induced by fasting. J Clin Invest 1979;63:1145-1156
  303. Harris AR, Fang SL, Hinerfeld L, Braverman LE, Vagenakis AG. The role of sulfhydryl groups on the impaired hepatic 3',3,5-triiodothyronine generation from thyroxine in the hypothyroid, starved, fetal, and neonatal rodent. J Clin Invest 1979;63:516-524
  304. Kaplan MM, Tatro JB, Breitbart R, Larsen PR. Comparison of thyroxine and 3,3',5'-triiodothyronine metabolism in rat kidney and liver homogenates. Metabolism 1979;28:1139-1146
  305. Kinlaw WB, Schwartz HL, Oppenheimer JH. Decreased serum triiodothyronine in starving rats is due primarily to diminished thyroidal secretion of thyroxine. J Clin Invest 1985;75:1238-1241
  306. Wartofsky L, Burman KD. Alterations in thyroid function in patients with systemic illness: the "euthyroid sick syndrome". Endocr Rev 1982;3:164-217.
  307. Hugues JN, Burger AG, Pekary AE, Hershman JM. Rapid adaptations of serum thyrotrophin, triiodothyronine and reverse triiodothyronine levels to short-term starvation and refeeding. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1984;105:194-199.
  308. Wehmann RE, Gregerman RI, Burns WH, Saral R, Santos GW. Suppression of thyrotropin in the low-thyroxine state of severe nonthyroidal illness. N Engl J Med 1985;312:546-552.
  309. Samuels MH, Kramer P. Differential effects of short-term fasting on pulsatile thyrotropin, gonadotropin, and alpha-subunit secretion in healthy men--a clinical research center study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996;81:32-36.
  310. Samuels MH, Kramer P. Effects of metoclopramide on fasting-induced TSH suppression. Thyroid 1996;6:85-89.
  311. Carlson HE, Drenick EJ, Chopra IJ, Hershman JM. Alterations in basal and TRH-stimulated serum levels of thyrotropin, prolactin, and thyroid hormones in starved obese men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1977;45:707-713.
  312. Spencer CA, Lum SM, Wilber JF, Kaptein EM, Nicoloff JT. Dynamics of serum thyrotropin and thyroid hormone changes in fasting. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1983;56:883-888.
  313. Blake NG, Eckland DJ, Foster OJ, Lightman SL. Inhibition of hypothalamic thyrotropin-releasing hormone messenger ribonucleic acid during food deprivation. Endocrinology 1991;129:2714-2718.
  314. Shi ZX, Levy A, Lightman SL. The effect of dietary protein on thyrotropin-releasing hormone and thyrotropin gene expression. Brain Res 1993;606:1-4.
  315. Hugues JN, Enjalbert A, Moyse E, Shu C, Voirol MJ, Sebaoun J, Epelbaum J. Differential effects of passive immunization with somatostatin antiserum on adenohypophysial hormone secretions in starved rats. J Endocrinol 1986;109:169-174.
  316. Kok P, Roelfsema F, Frolich M, Meinders AE, Pijl H. Spontaneous Diurnal Tsh Secretion Is Enhanced in Proportion to Circulating Leptin in Obese Premenopausal Women. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;
  317. Kok P, Roelfsema F, Langendonk JG, Frolich M, Burggraaf J, Meinders AE, Pijl H. High circulating thyrotropin levels in obese women are reduced after body weight loss induced by caloric restriction. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90:4659-4663
  318. Legradi G, Emerson CH, Ahima RS, Flier JS, Lechan RM. Leptin prevents fasting-induced suppression of prothyrotropin-releasing hormone messenger ribonucleic acid in neurons of the hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus. Endocrinology 1997;138:2569-2576.
  319. Harris M, Aschkenasi C, Elias CF, Chandrankunnel A, Nillni EA, Bjoorbaek C, Elmquist JK, Flier JS, Hollenberg AN. Transcriptional regulation of the thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene by leptin and melanocortin signaling. J Clin Invest 2001;107:111-120.
  320. Kim MS, Small CJ, Stanley SA, Morgan DG, Seal LJ, Kong WM, Edwards CM, Abusnana S, Sunter D, Ghatei MA, Bloom SR. The central melanocortin system affects the hypothalamo-pituitary thyroid axis and may mediate the effect of leptin. J Clin Invest 2000;105:1005-1011.
  321. Guo F, Bakal K, Minokoshi Y, Hollenberg AN. Leptin signaling targets the thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene promoter in vivo. Endocrinology 2004;145:2221-2227
  322. Huo L, Munzberg H, Nillni EA, Bjorbaek C. Role of signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 in regulation of hypothalamic trh gene expression by leptin. Endocrinology 2004;145:2516-2523
  323. Mihaly E, Fekete C, Tatro JB, Liposits Z, Stopa EG, Lechan RM. Hypophysiotropic thyrotropin-releasing hormone-synthesizing neurons in the human hypothalamus are innervated by neuropeptide Y, agouti-related protein, and alpha-melanocyte-stimulating hormone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000;85:2596-2603.
  324. Fekete C, Marks DL, Sarkar S, Emerson CH, Rand WM, Cone RD, Lechan RM. Effect of Agouti-related protein in regulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis in the melanocortin 4 receptor knockout mouse. Endocrinology 2004;145:4816-4821
  325. Fekete C, Sarkar S, Rand WM, Harney JW, Emerson CH, Bianco AC, Beck-Sickinger A, Lechan RM. Neuropeptide Y1 and Y5 receptors mediate the effects of neuropeptide Y on the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis. Endocrinology 2002;143:4513-4519.
  326. Wittmann G, Liposits Z, Lechan RM, Fekete C. Medullary adrenergic neurons contribute to the neuropeptide Y-ergic innervation of hypophysiotropic thyrotropin-releasing hormone-synthesizing neurons in the rat. Neurosci Lett 2002;324:69-73.
  327. Kaplan MM, Larsen PR, Crantz FR, Dzau VJ, Rossing TH, Haddow JE. Prevalence of abnormal thyroid function test results in patients with acute medical illnesses. Am J Med 1982;72:9-16.
  328. Romijn JA, Adriaanse R, Brabant G, Prank K, Endert E, Wiersinga WM. Pulsatile secretion of thyrotropin during fasting: a decrease of thyrotropin pulse amplitude. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;70:1631-1636.
  329. Kamat V, Hecht WL, Rubin RT. Influence of meal composition on the postprandial response of the pituitary-thyroid axis. Eur J Endocrinol 1995;133:75-79.
  330. Oppert JM, Dussault JH, Tremblay A, Despres JP, Theriault G, Bouchard C. Thyroid hormones and thyrotropin variations during long term overfeeding in identical twins. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1994;79:547-553.
  331. Knudsen N, Laurberg P, Rasmussen LB, Bulow I, Perrild H, Ovesen L, Jorgensen T. Small differences in thyroid function may be important for body mass index and the occurrence of obesity in the population. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90:4019-4024
  332. An YM, Moon SJ, Kim SK, Suh YJ, Lee JE. Thyroid function in obese Korean children and adolescents: Korea National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey 2013-2015. Ann Pediatr Endocrinol Metab 2018;23:141-147
  333. Cho WK, Nam HK, Kim JH, Rhie YJ, Chung S, Lee KH, Suh BK. Thyroid Function in Korean Adolescents with Obesity: Results from the Korea National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey VI (2013-2015). Int J Endocrinol 2018;2018:6874395
  334. Song E, Ahn J, Oh HS, Jeon MJ, Kim WG, Kim WB, Shong YK, Kim TY. Sex-Dependent Association between Weight Change and Thyroid Dysfunction: Population-Level Analysis Using the Korean National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. Eur Thyroid J 2019;8:202-207
  335. Hamblin PS, Dyer SA, Mohr VS, Le Grand BA, Lim CF, Tuxen DV, Topliss DJ, Stockigt JR. Relationship between thyrotropin and thyroxine changes during recovery from severe hypothyroxinemia of critical illness. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1986;62:717-722.
  336. Faber J, Kirkegaard C, Rasmussen B, Westh H, Busch-Sorensen M, Jensen IW. Pituitary-thyroid axis in critical illness. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1987;65:315-320.
  337. Ehrmann DA, Weinberg M, Sarne DH. Limitations to the use of a sensitive assay for serum thyrotropin in the assessment of thyroid status. Arch Intern Med 1989;149:369-372.
  338. Bartalena L, Martino E, Brandi LS, Falcone M, Pacchiarotti A, Ricci C, Bogazzi F, Grasso L, Mammoli C, Pinchera A. Lack of nocturnal serum thyrotropin surge after surgery. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;70:293-296.
  339. Romijn JA, Wiersinga WM. Decreased nocturnal surge of thyrotropin in nonthyroidal illness. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1990;70:35-42.
  340. Custro N, Scafidi V, Gallo S, Notarbartolo A. Deficient pulsatile thyrotropin secretion in the low-thyroid-hormone state of severe non-thyroidal illness. Eur J Endocrinol 1994;130:132-136.
  341. Van den Berghe G, de Zegher F, Veldhuis JD, Wouters P, Gouwy S, Stockman W, Weekers F, Schetz M, Lauwers P, Bouillon R, Bowers CY. Thyrotrophin and prolactin release in prolonged critical illness: dynamics of spontaneous secretion and effects of growth hormone-secretagogues. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1997;47:599-612.
  342. Bacci V, Schussler GC, Kaplan TB. The relationship between serum triiodothyronine and thyrotropin during systemic illness. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1982;54:1229-1235.
  343. Brent GA, Hershman JM, Braunstein GD. Patients with severe nonthyroidal illness and serum thyrotropin concentrations in the hypothyroid range. Am J Med 1986;81:463-466.
  344. Magner J, Roy P, Fainter L, Barnard V, Fletcher P, Jr. Transiently decreased sialylation of thyrotropin (TSH) in a patient with the euthyroid sick syndrome. Thyroid 1997;7:55-61.
  345. De Groot LJ. Dangerous dogmas in medicine: the nonthyroidal illness syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1999;84:151-164.
  346. Fliers E, Alkemade A, Wiersinga WM. The hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis in critical illness. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001;15:453-464.
  347. Hennessey J, Jackson IMD. The interface between thyroid hormones and psychiatry. The endocrinologist 1996;6:214
  348. Gold MS, Pottash AL, Extein I, Martin DM, Howard E, Mueller EA, 3rd, Sweeney DR. The TRH test in the diagnosis of major and minor depression. Psychoneuroendocrinology 1981;6:159-169.
  349. Chopra IJ, Solomon DH, Huang TS. Serum thyrotropin in hospitalized psychiatric patients: evidence for hyperthyrotropinemia as measured by an ultrasensitive thyrotropin assay. Metabolism 1990;39:538-543.
  350. Banki CM, Bissette G, Arato M, Nemeroff CB. Elevation of immunoreactive CSF TRH in depressed patients. Am J Psychiatry 1988;145:1526-1531.
  351. Loosen PT. Thyroid function in affective disorders and alcoholism. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1988;17:55-82.
  352. Kirkegaard C, Carroll BJ. Dissociation of TSH adrenocortical disturbances in endogenous depression. Psychiatry Res 1980;3:253-264.
  353. O'Shanick GJ, Ellinwood EH, Jr. Persistent elevation of thyroid-stimulating hormone in women with bipolar affective disorder. Am J Psychiatry 1982;139:513-514.
  354. Fliers E, Guldenaar SE, Wiersinga WM, Swaab DF. Decreased hypothalamic thyrotropin-releasing hormone gene expression in patients with nonthyroidal illness. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1997;82:4032-4036
  355. Delitala G, Tomasi P, Virdis R. Prolactin, growth hormone and thyrotropin-thyroid hormone secretion during stress states in man. Baillieres Clin Endocrinol Metab 1987;1:391-414.
  356. Chopra IJ, Sakane S, Teco GN. A study of the serum concentration of tumor necrosis factor-alpha in thyroidal and nonthyroidal illnesses. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1991;72:1113-1116.
  357. Boelen A, Platvoet-Ter Schiphorst MC, Wiersinga WM. Association between serum interleukin-6 and serum 3,5,3'-triiodothyronine in nonthyroidal illness. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1993;77:1695-1699.
  358. Davies PH, Black EG, Sheppard MC, Franklyn JA. Relation between serum interleukin-6 and thyroid hormone concentrations in 270 hospital in-patients with non-thyroidal illness. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1996;44:199-205.
  359. Murai H, Murakami S, Ishida K, Sugawara M. Elevated serum interleukin-6 and decreased thyroid hormone levels in postoperative patients and effects of IL-6 on thyroid cell function in vitro. Thyroid 1996;6:601-606.
  360. Hermus RM, Sweep CG, van der Meer MJ, Ross HA, Smals AG, Benraad TJ, Kloppenborg PW. Continuous infusion of interleukin-1 beta induces a nonthyroidal illness syndrome in the rat. Endocrinology 1992;131:2139-2146.
  361. Sweep CG, van der Meer MJ, Ross HA, Vranckx R, Visser TJ, Hermus AR. Chronic infusion of TNF-alpha reduces plasma T4 binding without affecting pituitary-thyroid activity in rats. Am J Physiol 1992;263:E1099-1105.
  362. Bartalena L, Brogioni S, Grasso L, Martino E. Interleukin-6 and the thyroid. Eur J Endocrinol 1995;132:386-393.
  363. Kaptein EM, Spencer CA, Kamiel MB, Nicoloff JT. Prolonged dopamine administration and thyroid hormone economy in normal and critically ill subjects. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1980;51:387-393.
  364. Nicoloff JT, Fisher DA, Appleman MD, Jr. The role of glucocorticoids in the regulation of thyroid function in man. J Clin Invest 1970;49:1922-1929.
  365. Re RN, Kourides IA, Ridgway EC, Weintraub BD, Maloof F. The effect of glucocorticoid administration on human pituitary secretion of thyrotropin and prolactin. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1976;43:338-346
  366. Duick DS, Wahner HW. Thyroid axis in patients with Cushing's syndrome. Arch Intern Med 1979;139:767-772.
  367. Alkemade A, Unmehopa UA, Wiersinga WM, Swaab DF, Fliers E. Glucocorticoids decrease thyrotropin-releasing hormone messenger ribonucleic acid expression in the paraventricular nucleus of the human hypothalamus. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90:323-327
  368. Gharib H, Hodgson SF, Gastineau CF, Scholz DA, Smith LA. Reversible hypothyroidism in Addison's disease. Lancet 1972;2:734-736.
  369. Topliss DJ, White EL, Stockigt JR. Significance of thyrotropin excess in untreated primary adrenal insufficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1980;50:52-56.
  370. Surks MI, Sievert R. Drugs and thyroid function. N Engl J Med 1995;333:1688-1694.
  371. Faglia G, Beck-Peccoz P, Ferrari C, Ambrosi B, Spada A, Travaglini P. Enhanced plasma thyrotrophin response to thyrotrophin-releasing hormone following oestradiol administration in man. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1973;2:207-210.
  372. Gershengorn MC, Marcus-Samuels BE, Geras E. Estrogens increase the number of thyrotropin-releasing hormone receptors on mammotropic cells in culture. Endocrinology 1979;105:171-176.
  373. Morley JE, Sawin CT, Carlson HE, Longcope C, Hershman JM. The relationship of androgen to the thyrotropin and prolactin responses to thyrotropin-releasing hormone in hypogonadal and normal men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1981;52:173-176.
  374. Arafah BM. Decreased levothyroxine requirement in women with hypothyroidism during androgen therapy for breast cancer. Ann Intern Med 1994;121:247-251.
  375. Porter BA, Refetoff S, Rosenfeld RL, De Groat LJ, Lang US, Stark O. Abnormal thyroxine metabolism in hyposomatotrophic dwarfism and inhibition of responsiveness to TRH during GH therapy. Pediatrics 1973;51:668-674.
  376. Lippe BM, Van Herle AJ, LaFranchi SH, Uller RP, Lavin N, Kaplan SA. Reversible hypothyroidism in growth hormone-deficient children treated with human growth hormone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1975;40:612-618.
  377. Giavoli C, Porretti S, Ferrante E, Cappiello V, Ronchi CL, Travaglini P, Epaminonda P, Arosio M, Beck-Peccoz P. Recombinant hGH replacement therapy and the hypothalamus-pituitary-thyroid axis in children with GH deficiency: when should we be concerned about the occurrence of central hypothyroidism? Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2003;59:806-810
  378. Jorgensen JO, Pedersen SA, Laurberg P, Weeke J, Skakkebaek NE, Christiansen JS. Effects of growth hormone therapy on thyroid function of growth hormone-deficient adults with and without concomitant thyroxine-substituted central hypothyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1989;69:1127-1132.
  379. Trainer PJ, Holly J, Medbak S, Rees LH, Besser GM. The effect of recombinant IGF-I on anterior pituitary function in healthy volunteers. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1994;41:801-807.
  380. Rogol AD, Reeves GD, Varma MM, Blizzard RM. Thyroid-stimulating hormone and prolactin responses to thyrotropin-releasing hormone during infusion of epinephrine and propranolol in man. Neuroendocrinology 1979;29:413-417.
  381. Little KY, Garbutt JC, Mayo JP, Mason G. Lack of acute d-amphetamine effects on thyrotropin release. Neuroendocrinology 1988;48:304-307.
  382. Zgliczynski S, Kaniewski M. Evidence for alpha-adrenergic receptors mediated TSH release in men. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1980;95:172-176.
  383. Valcavi R, Dieguez C, Azzarito C, Artioli C, Portioli I, Scanlon MF. Alpha-adrenoreceptor blockade with thymoxamine reduces basal thyrotrophin levels but does not influence circadian thyrotrophin changes in man. J Endocrinol 1987;115:187-191.
  384. Lotti G, Delitala G, Devilla L, Alagna S, Masala A. Reduction of plasma triiodothyronine (T3) induced by propranolol. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1977;6:405-410.
  385. Plosker SM, Rabinovici J, Montalvo M, Jaffe RB. Endogenous catecholamines suppress thyrotropin secretion during the early follicular phase of the menstrual cycle. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995;80:2530-2533.
  386. Hay ID, Bayer MF, Kaplan MM, Klee GG, Larsen PR, Spencer CA. American Thyroid Association assessment of current free thyroid hormone and thyrotropin measurements and guidelines for future clinical assays. The Committee on Nomenclature of the American Thyroid Association. Clin Chem 1991;37:2002-2008.
  387. Baloch Z, Carayon P, Conte-Devolx B, Demers LM, Feldt-Rasmussen U, Henry JF, LiVosli VA, Niccoli-Sire P, John R, Ruf J, Smyth PP, Spencer CA, Stockigt JR. Laboratory medicine practice guidelines. Laboratory support for the diagnosis and monitoring of thyroid disease. Thyroid 2003;13:3-126.
  388. Martino E, Bambini G, Bartalena L, Mammoli C, Aghini-Lombardi F, Baschieri L, Pinchera A. Human serum thyrotrophin measurement by ultrasensitive immunoradiometric assay as a first-line test in the evaluation of thyroid function. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1986;24:141-148.
  389. Toft AD. Use of sensitive immunoradiometric assay for thyrotropin in clinical practice. Mayo Clin Proc 1988;63:1035-1042.
  390. Snyder PJ, Utiger RD. Response to thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH) in normal man. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1972;34:380-385
  391. Faglia G. The clinical impact of the thyrotropin-releasing hormone test. Thyroid 1998;8:903-908
  392. Sawin CT, Hershman JM, Chopra IJ. The comparative effect of T4 and T3 on the TSH response to TRH in young adult men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1977;44:273-278.
  393. Beck-Peccoz P, Persani L, Lania A. Thyrotropin-Secreting Pituitary Adenomas. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dungan K, Grossman A, Hershman JM, Hofland HJ, Kaltsas G, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, McLachlan R, Morley JE, New M, Purnell J, Singer F, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2018.
  394. Mehta A, Hindmarsh PC, Stanhope RG, Brain CE, Preece MA, Dattani MT. Is the thyrotropin-releasing hormone test necessary in the diagnosis of central hypothyroidism in children. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003;88:5696-5703
  395. Borst GC, Osburne RC, O'Brian JT, Georges LP, Burman KD. Fasting decreases thyrotropin responsiveness to thyrotropin-releasing hormone: a potential cause of misinterpretation of thyroid function tests in the critically ill. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1983;57:380-383.
  396. Gow SM, Elder A, Caldwell G, Bell G, Seth J, Sweeting VM, Toft AD, Beckett GJ. An improved approach to thyroid function testing in patients with non-thyroidal illness. Clin Chim Acta 1986;158:49-58.
  397. Franklyn JA, Black EG, Betteridge J, Sheppard MC. Comparison of second and third generation methods for measurement of serum thyrotropin in patients with overt hyperthyroidism, patients receiving thyroxine therapy, and those with nonthyroidal illness. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1994;78:1368-1371.
  398. Toft AD, Irvine WJ, Hunter WM, Ratcliffe JG, Seth J. Anomalous plasma TSH levels in patients developing hypothyroidism in the early months after 131I therapy for thyrotoxicosis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1974;39:607-609.
  399. Toft AD, Irvine WJ, McIntosh D, Seth J, Cameron EH, Lidgard GP. Temporary hypothyroidism after surgical treatment of thyrotoxicosis. Lancet 1976;2:817-818.
  400. Thein-Wai W, Larsen PR. Effects of weekly thyroxine administration on serum thyroxine, 3,5,3'-triiodothyronine, thyrotropin, and the thyrotropin response to thyrotropin-releasing hormone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1980;50:560-564.
  401. Vagenakis AG, Braverman LE, Azizi F, Portinay GI, Ingbar SH. Recovery of pituitary thyrotropic function after withdrawal of prolonged thyroid-suppression therapy. N Engl J Med 1975;293:681-684.
  402. Coya R, Carro E, Mallo F, Dieguez C. Retinoic acid inhibits in vivo thyroid-stimulating hormone secretion. Life Sci 1997;60:247-250
  403. Sherman SI, Gopal J, Haugen BR, Chiu AC, Whaley K, Nowlakha P, Duvic M. Central hypothyroidism associated with retinoid X receptor-selective ligands. N Engl J Med 1999;340:1075-1079
  404. Gow SM, Kellett HA, Seth J, Sweeting VM, Toft AD, Beckett GJ. Limitations of new thyroid function tests in pregnancy. Clin Chim Acta 1985;152:325-333.
  405. Emerson CH, Dysno WL, Utiger RD. Serum thyrotropin and thyroxine concentrations in patients recieving lithium carbonate. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1973;36:338-346.
  406. Refetoff S, Sunthornthepvarakul T, Gottschalk ME, Hayashi Y. Resistance to thyrotropin and other abnormalities of the thyrotropin receptor. Recent Prog Horm Res 1996;51:97-120
  407. Abramowicz MJ, Duprez L, Parma J, Vassart G, Heinrichs C. Familial congenital hypothyroidism due to inactivating mutation of the thyrotropin receptor causing profound hypoplasia of the thyroid gland. J Clin Invest 1997;99:3018-3024
  408. Ahlbom BD, Yaqoob M, Larsson A, Ilicki A, Anneren G, Wadelius C. Genetic and linkage analysis of familial congenital hypothyroidism: exclusion of linkage to the TSH receptor gene. Hum Genet 1997;99:186-190
  409. Xie J, Pannain S, Pohlenz J, Weiss RE, Moltz K, Morlot M, Asteria C, Persani L, Beck-Peccoz P, Parma J, Vassart G, Refetoff S. Resistance to thyrotropin (TSH) in three families is not associated with mutations in the TSH receptor or TSH [see comments]. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1997;82:3933-3940
  410. Boscato LM, Stuart MC. Heterophilic antibodies: a problem for all immunoassays. Clin Chem 1988;34:27-33.
  411. Despres N, Grant AM. Antibody interference in thyroid assays: a potential for clinical misinformation. Clin Chem 1998;44:440-454.
  412. Smith TP, Suliman AM, Fahie-Wilson MN, McKenna TJ. Gross variability in the detection of prolactin in sera containing big big prolactin (macroprolactin) by commercial immunoassays. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2002;87:5410-5415
  413. Giusti M, Conte L, Repetto AM, Gay S, Marroni P, Mittica M, Mussap M. Detection of Polyethylene Glycol Thyrotropin (TSH) Precipitable Percentage (Macro-TSH) in Patients with a History of Thyroid Cancer. Endocrinol Metab (Seoul) 2017;32:460-465
  414. Hattori N, Aisaka K, Chihara K, Shimatsu A. Current Thyrotropin Immunoassays Recognize Macro-Thyrotropin Leading to Hyperthyrotropinemia in Females of Reproductive Age. Thyroid 2018;28:1252-1260
  415. Ohba K, Maekawa M, Iwahara K, Suzuki Y, Matsushita A, Sasaki S, Oki Y, Nakamura H. Abnormal thyroid hormone response to TRH in a case of macro-TSH and the cut-off value for screening cases of inappropriate TSH elevation. Endocr J 2020;67:125-130